As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2023.

Registration Statement No. 333-          

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

HAMMERHEAD ENERGY INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

N/A

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

Canada	1382	Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(IRS Employer Identification Number)

Suite 2700, 525-8th Avenue SW,

Calgary, Alberta, T2P 1G1

(403) 930-0560

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

CT Corporation System

28 Liberty Street

New York, New York 10005

(212) 894-8940

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

With copies to:

Michael G. Kohut Hammerhead Energy Inc. Suite 2700, 525 – 8th Avenue SW Calgary, Alberta T2P 1G1 Canada (403) 930-0560 Adam M. Givertz Ian M. Hazlett Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP 1285 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10019 (212) 373-3000 Bill Maslechko Lindsay Cox Burnet, Duckworth & Palmer LLP 2400, 525 – 8th Avenue SW Calgary, Alberta T2P 1G1 Canada (403) 260-0100

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, check the following box.  ☒

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Emerging growth company  ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling securityholders may issue or sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 16, 2023

HAMMERHEAD ENERGY INC.

99,176,973 Class A Common Shares

12,737,500 Warrants to Purchase Class A Common Shares

28,549,991 Class A Common Shares Underlying Warrants

This prospectus relates to the offer and sale from time to time by the selling securityholders named in this prospectus (the “Selling Securityholders”) of (A) up to 3,557,813 of our Class A Common Shares (“Common Shares”) held by the DCRD Initial Shareholders (as defined below), including 3,464,323 of our Common Shares held by DCRD Sponsor (as defined below), an affiliate of the Riverstone Parties (as defined below), which Common Shares are subject to transfer restrictions in the Sponsor Support Agreement (as defined below); (B) up to 74,733,134 of our Common Shares held by the Riverstone Parties, which 70,384,697 of such Common Shares are subject to the Lock-Up Agreement (as defined below) and 4,348,437 of such Common Shares are subject to transfer restrictions in the Sponsor Support Agreement; (C) 8,148,526 Common Shares issued to certain former shareholders of Hammerhead Resources Inc., which are subject to the Lock-Up Agreement, (D) warrants to purchase up to 12,737,500 Common Shares held by certain Riverstone Fund V Entities (as defined below) (the “Private Warrants”) received in exchange for DCRD Private Placement Warrants (as defined below) for warrants to purchase Common Shares (the “Warrants”) pursuant to the Founder Transfer, which are subject to the Lock-Up Agreement and (E) up to 12,737,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Warrants, which are subject to the Lock-Up Agreement.

In addition, this prospectus relates to the issuance by us of up to (A) 15,812,491 Common Shares that are issuable by us upon the exercise of the Public Warrants, which were previously registered and (B) 12,737,500 Common Shares underlying the Private Warrants.

The Selling Securityholders may offer, sell or distribute all or a portion of the securities hereby registered publicly or through private transactions at prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. We will not receive any of the proceeds from such sales of the Common Shares or Warrants, except with respect to amounts received by us upon the exercise of the Warrants. We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of these securities, including with regard to compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws. The Selling Securityholders will bear all commissions and discounts, if any, attributable to their sale of Common Shares or Warrants. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Our Common Shares and Warrants are listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market (“the NASDAQ”) under the symbols “HHRS” and “HHRSW”, respectively, and on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “TSX”) under the symbols “HHRS” and “HHRS.WT,” respectively. On March 15, 2023, the last reported sales prices of the Common Shares on the NASDAQ and the TSX were $6.35 and C$9.00, respectively, and the last reported sales prices of the Warrants were $1.05 and C$1.45, respectively.

We are a “foreign private issuer” as defined in the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. Additionally, the NASDAQ rules allow foreign private issuers to follow home country practices in lieu of certain of the NASDAQ’s corporate governance rules. As a result, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should review carefully the risks and uncertainties described under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 of this prospectus, and under similar headings in any amendments or supplements to this prospectus.

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission or the securities commission of any Canadian province or territory has approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is accurate or adequate. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                , 2023.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA		ii
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES		ii
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION		ii
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES		iii
EXCHANGE RATES		iv
CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS		v
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS		xiv
SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS		1
THE OFFERING		5
RISK FACTORS		6
USE OF PROCEEDS		50
MARKET PRICE OF OUR SECURITIES AND DIVIDENDS		51
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION		52
BUSINESS		63
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		102
MANAGEMENT		153
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION		168
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES		213
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES		227
COMMON SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE		230
SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS		232
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS		235
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. HOLDERS		239
MATERIAL CANADIAN TAX CONSIDERATIONS		248
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION		254
EXPENSES RELATED TO THE OFFERING		256
LEGAL MATTERS		257
EXPERTS		257
SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER U.S. SECURITIES LAWS		257
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION		258
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION		F-1
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS		II-1

No one has been authorized to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus filed by us. This prospectus is dated as of the date set forth on the cover hereof. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than that date.

Except as otherwise set forth in this prospectus, we have not taken any action to permit a public offering of

these securities outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of these securities and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

i

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains estimates, projections, and other information concerning the Company’s industry and business, as well as data regarding market research, estimates, forecasts and projections prepared by the Company’s management. Information that is based on market research, estimates, forecasts, projections, or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties, and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. The industry in which the Company operates is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Unless otherwise expressly stated, the Company obtained industry, business, market, and other data from reports, research surveys, studies, and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry and general publications, government data, and similar sources. In some cases, the Company does not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when the Company refers to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from sources that the Company paid for, sponsored, or conducted, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. While the Company has compiled, extracted, and reproduced industry data from these sources, the Company has not independently verified the data. Forecasts and other forward-looking information with respect to industry, business, market, and other data are subject to the same qualifications and additional uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

The Company owns or has rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. The use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to create, and does not imply, a relationship with the Company or an endorsement or sponsorship by or of the Company. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ^®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that the Company will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

This prospectus contains:

• the audited consolidated financial statements of DCRD as of December 31, 2021 and for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) to December 31, 2021 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of DCRD as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through September 30, 2021; and

• the audited consolidated financial statements of Hammerhead (as defined below) as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Hammerhead as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021.

Unless indicated otherwise, financial data presented in this prospectus has been taken from the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of DCRD and Hammerhead, as applicable, included in this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information of DCRD has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and the financial information of Hammerhead has been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). This

ii

prospectus does not include any explanation of the principal differences or any reconciliation between U.S. GAAP and IFRS.

As presented herein, Hammerhead presents its consolidated financial statements in Canadian dollars. DCRD publishes its consolidated financial statements in U.S. dollars. In this prospectus, unless otherwise specified, all monetary amounts are in U.S. dollars, all references to “$,” “US$,” “USD” and “dollars” mean U.S. dollars and all references to “C$” and “CAD” mean Canadian dollars.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The Company reports certain financial information using meaningful measures commonly used in the oil and natural gas industry that are not defined under IFRS, and are referred to as non-GAAP measures. The Company believes that these measures provide information that is useful to investors in understanding the performance of the Company and facilitate a comparison of the Company’s results from period to period. Non-GAAP financial measures and ratios used in the Company’s financial information include capital expenditures, available funding, operating netback, operating netback per boe, funds from operations, funds from operations per boe, and funds from operations per basic share and diluted share. These measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures prepared in accordance with IFRS, and should be read in conjunction with the audited annual consolidated financial statements of Hammerhead. Readers are cautioned that these non-GAAP financial measures and capital management measures are not standardized measures under IFRS, and may not be comparable to similar financial measures disclosed by other entities.

For more information on the non-IFRS financial measures used in this prospectus, please see the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

iii

EXCHANGE RATES

The Company’s reporting currency is the Canadian dollar. The determination of the functional and reporting currency of each group company is based on the primary currency in which the group company operates. The functional currency of the Company’s subsidiaries is generally the local currency.

iv

CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to:

• “A&R Registration Rights Agreement” are to that certain amended and restated registration rights agreement entered into concurrently with the Closing.

• “ABCA” are to the Business Corporations Act (Alberta).

• “Adjusted EBITDA” are to a non-IFRS measure calculated as net profit (loss) before interest and financing expenses, income taxes, depletion, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for certain non-cash, extraordinary and non-recurring items.

• “AECO” are to AECO “C” hub price index for Alberta natural gas.

• “Allowable Capital Loss” are to one-half of any capital loss realized by a Canadian Holder in a taxation year that must be deducted from taxable capital gains realized by the Canadian Holder in that year.

• “AmalCo” are to 2453729 Alberta ULC, an Alberta unlimited liability corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of DCRD, which amalgamated with Hammerhead pursuant to the Company Amalgamation to form Hammerhead Resources ULC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

• “Amalgamated Company” are to Hammerhead Resources ULC, the unlimited liability corporation formed as a result of the Company Amalgamation.

• “Antitrust Division” are to the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice.

• “Arrangement” are to an arrangement under section 193 of the ABCA on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan of Arrangement.

• “As-Converted Hammerhead Series II Preferred Shares” are to, at any point of determination, the number of Hammerhead Common Shares (or Hammerhead Class A Common Shares, as applicable) issuable if all holders of Hammerhead Series II Preferred Shares converted such shares in accordance with the Hammerhead Articles.

• “As-Converted Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares” are to, at any point of determination, the number of Hammerhead Common Shares (or Hammerhead Class A Common Shares, as applicable) issuable if all holders of Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares converted such shares in accordance with the Hammerhead Articles.

• “Board” are to the board of directors of the Company.

• “bbl” are to barrel.

• “bbls/d” are to barrels per day.

• “boe” are to barrels of oil equivalent, as calculated by converting natural gas to oil equivalent barrels at a ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one boe. This calculation is an energy content correlation and does not reflect a value or price relationship between the commodities.

• “boe/d” are to barrels of oil equivalent per day.

• “Business Combination” are to the transactions consummated pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Plan of Arrangement and all other agreements entered into in connection therewith.

• “Business Combination Agreement” are to that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated September 25, 2022 by and between DCRD, Hammerhead, NewCo and AmalCo.

• “Canadian Holder” are to a Holder who, at all relevant times, for purposes of the ITA, is or is deemed to be resident in Canada.

• “Cdn$” or “C$” are to Canadian dollars.

v

• “CIBC” are to the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce.

• “Class B Common Shares” are to the Class B common shares in the authorized share capital of the Company.

• “Closing” are to the closing of the Business Combination.

• “Closing Date” are to February 23, 2023.

• “Code” are to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

• “Common Shares” are to the Company’s Class A Common Shares.

• “Company Amalgamation” are to the amalgamation of Hammerhead and AmalCo.

• “Company Amalgamation Effective Time” are to the effective time of the Company Amalgamation.

• “Company Articles” are to the articles of the Company (as amended).

• “Companies Act” are to the Cayman Islands Companies Act (as amended).

• “Company Bylaws” are to the bylaws of the Company.

• “Competition Act” are to the Competition Act (Canada) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

• “Court” are to the Alberta Court of King’s Bench.

• “CRA” are to the Canada Revenue Agency.

• “Credit Facility” are to the credit facilities available to Hammerhead pursuant to the then existing credit agreement between Hammerhead and the lenders thereto, as the context may require.

• “Crown” are to His Majesty the King in right of Canada or His Majesty the King in right of the Province of Alberta, as the context may require.

• “Crude oil” are to light crude oil and medium crude oil as defined in NI 51-101.

• “DCRD” are to Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV, a Cayman Islands exempted company, which (i) transferred by way of continuation from the Cayman Islands to the Province of Alberta, Canada and domesticated as an Alberta corporation pursuant to the Domestication and (ii) amalgamated with NewCo, with NewCo surviving as the Company, pursuant to the SPAC Amalgamation.

• “DCRD Articles” are to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of DCRD, adopted on August 10, 2021, as amended and restated on January 23, 2023.

• “DCRD Board” are to the board of directors of DCRD.

• “DCRD Class A Common Shares” are to DCRD’s Class A common shares.

• “DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares” are to DCRD’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share.

• “DCRD Class B Common Shares” are to DCRD’s Class B common shares.

• “DCRD Class B Ordinary Shares” are to DCRD’s Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share.

• “DCRD Domesticated Warrants” are to the DCRD Private Placement Warrants and the DCRD Public Warrants, collectively.

• “DCRD Founder Shareholders” are to the DCRD Initial Shareholders and, after the Founder Transfer, certain Riverstone Fund V Entities.

• “DCRD Founder Shares” are to the outstanding DCRD Class B Ordinary Shares immediately prior to the SPAC Amalgamation Effective Time.

vi

• “DCRD Initial Shareholders” are to DCRD Sponsor and DCRD’s independent directors, each in their capacity as holders of DCRD Founder Shares.

• “DCRD IPO” are to DCRD’s initial public offering of DCRD Units, which closed on August 13, 2021.

• “DCRD management” are to DCRD’s officers and directors.

• “DCRD Ordinary Shares” are to the DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares and the DCRD Class B Ordinary Shares.

• “DCRD Private Placement Warrants” are to the warrants issued to DCRD Sponsor and certain of DCRD’s independent directors in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the DCRD IPO.

• “DCRD Public Shareholders” are to the holders of DCRD Public Shares.

• “DCRD Public Shares” are to DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares sold as part of the DCRD Units in the DCRD IPO (whether they were purchased in the DCRD IPO or thereafter in the open market).

• “DCRD Public Warrant Holders” are to holders of DCRD Public Warrants.

• “DCRD Public Warrants” are to the warrants sold as part of the DCRD Units in the DCRD IPO (whether they were purchased in the DCRD IPO or thereafter in the open market).

• “DCRD Securities” are to DCRD Ordinary Shares and DCRD Warrants, collectively.

• “DCRD Shareholders” are to, collectively, the DCRD Initial Shareholders and the DCRD Public Shareholders.

• “DCRD Sponsor” are to Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor IV LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability company and an affiliate of Riverstone.

• “DCRD Units” are to the units of DCRD sold in the DCRD IPO, each of which consisted of one DCRD Class A Ordinary Share and one-half of one DCRD Public Warrant.

• “DCRD Warrant Agreement” are to the Warrant Agreement, dated August 10, 2021, between DCRD and Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as warrant agent.

• “DCRD Warrants” are to the DCRD Private Placement Warrants and the DCRD Public Warrants, collectively.

• “Directors” are to the directors of the Company.

• “Domestication” are to the transfer of DCRD by way of continuation from the Cayman Islands to the Province of Alberta, Canada in accordance with the DCRD Articles and the Companies Act and the domestication of DCRD as an Alberta corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of the ABCA, including all matters necessary or ancillary in order to effect such transfer by way of continuation and domestication, including the adoption of the Domestication Articles and Bylaws.

• “Domestication Articles and Bylaws” are to the articles and bylaws of DCRD adopted in connection with the Domestication.

• “DPSP” are to a deferred profit sharing plan.

• “DTC” are to The Depository Trust Company.

• “Duff & Phelps” are to Kroll, LLC, operating through its Duff & Phelps Opinions Practice.

• “E&P” are to exploration and production.

• “EGC” are to emerging growth company, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act.

vii

• “Employee Borrowers” are to the four management employees who received loans from Hammerhead in the aggregate principal amount of C$5,793,000 pursuant to amended and restated limited recourse loan, pledge, call option and security agreements dated February 18, 2020.

• “Exchange Act” are to the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

• “F Reorganization” are to a reorganization pursuant to Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.

• “FHSA” are to a first home savings account.

• “FHSA Amendments” are to Proposed Amendments released on August 9, 2022 to implement tax measures applicable to FHSAs first proposed by the 2022 Federal Budget (Canada).

• “Final Order” are to the final order of the Court pursuant to section 193 of the ABCA, approving the Arrangement, dated February 3, 2023.

• “First Preferred Shares” are to the class of shares of the Company issuable in series, to be limited in number to an amount equal to not more than 20% of the number of issued and outstanding Common Shares at the time of issuance of any First Preferred Shares.

• “Founder Transfer” are to the transfer of DCRD Founder Shares and DCRD Private Placement Warrants pursuant to the Sponsor Side Letter.

• “G&A” are to general and administrative.

• “GAAP” are to generally accepted accounting principles.

• “GHG” are to greenhouse gases.

• “GJ” are to gigajoule.

• “Governmental Authority” are to any U.S. or non-U.S.: (1) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, region, county, city, municipality, district, or other jurisdiction of any nature; (2) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; or (3) governmental, quasi-governmental, public or statutory authority of any nature (including any governmental division, department, agency, regulatory or administrative authority, commission, instrumentality, official, organization, unit, body, or entity and any court, judicial or arbitral body, or other tribunal).

• “Hammerhead 2013 Warrants” are to the 6,000,000 warrants to purchase Hammerhead Common Shares issued pursuant to that certain warrant indenture dated May 1, 2013 by and between Hammerhead and Olympia Trust Company.

• “Hammerhead 2020 Warrants” are to the (i) 33,721,985 warrants to purchase Hammerhead Common Shares issued pursuant to the certain warrant certificate dated June 17, 2020 by and between Hammerhead and Riverstone V Investment Management Coöperatief U.A. (formerly, Riverstone V EMEA Holdings Coöperatief U.A.); and (ii) 1,298,296 warrants to purchase Hammerhead Common Shares issued pursuant to that certain warrant certificate dated December 8, 2020 by and between Hammerhead and HV RA II LLC.

• “Hammerhead” are to Hammerhead Resources Inc., an Alberta corporation, which amalgamated with AmalCo to form Hammerhead Resources ULC pursuant to the Company Amalgamation.

• “Hammerhead Articles” are to the articles of amalgamation of Hammerhead, dated October 1, 2017, as amended from time to time.

• “Hammerhead Board” are to the board of directors of Hammerhead.

• “Hammerhead Circular” are to the information circular/proxy statement of Hammerhead in respect of the Hammerhead Shareholders meeting.

• “Hammerhead Class A Common Shares” are to the Hammerhead Common Shares after the reclassification of such Hammerhead Common Shares as “Hammerhead Class A Common Shares” pursuant to Section 3.2(a) of the Plan of Arrangement.

viii

• “Hammerhead Class B Common Shares” are to the Class B common shares in the authorized share capital of Hammerhead created pursuant to Section 3.2(a) of the Plan of Arrangement.

• “Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio” are to the quotient obtained by (A) dividing (i) $882,092,851.88 minus (a) $130,603,883.57, representing the Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Share Liquidation Preference, (b) $179,631,775.98, representing the Hammerhead Series III Preferred Share Liquidation Preference and (c) $40.00, by (ii) $10.00, representing the Issue Price, and then (B) by further dividing the resulting number of Common Shares established in (A) above by (C) the sum of (i) the As-Converted Hammerhead Series II Preferred Shares, (ii) the As-Converted Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares, (iii) the number of Hammerhead Common Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of Hammerhead Options that are unexpired, issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Company Amalgamation Effective Time minus a number of Hammerhead Common Shares with a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price (determined in US dollars with reference to the US dollar to Canadian dollar exchange rate reported by the Bank of Canada on September 23, 2022 of 1.3570) of all Hammerhead Options so exercised, in each case, assuming that the fair market value of one Hammerhead Common Share equals (x) the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio multiplied by (y) $10.00, (iv) the (1) number of Hammerhead Common Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of Hammerhead RSUs that are unexpired, issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Company Amalgamation Effective Time minus a number of Hammerhead Common Shares with a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price (determined in US dollars with reference to the US dollar to Canadian dollar exchange rate reported by the Bank of Canada on September 23, 2022 of 1.3570) of all Hammerhead RSUs so exercised, in each case, assuming that the fair market value of one Hammerhead Common Share equals (x) the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio multiplied by (y) $10.00; minus (2) 2,010,154 Hammerhead Common Shares, and (v) the number of Hammerhead Class A Common Shares and Hammerhead Class B Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Company Amalgamation Effective Time, including, for greater certainty, any Hammerhead Class A Common Shares issued in connection with the Hammerhead Warrant Settlement.

• “Hammerhead Common Shares” are to the common shares in the authorized share capital of Hammerhead.

• “Hammerhead Options” are to all options to purchase Hammerhead Common Shares, whether or not exercisable and whether or not vested, granted under the Hammerhead Share Option Plan.

• “Hammerhead Preferred Shares” are to, collectively, the Hammerhead Series I Preferred Share, the Hammerhead Series II Preferred Shares, the Hammerhead Series III Preferred Shares, the Hammerhead Series IV Preferred Share, the Hammerhead Series VI Preferred Share, the Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Shares, the Hammerhead Series VIII Preferred Shares and the Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares.

• “Hammerhead RSUs” are to all share awards to purchase Hammerhead Common Shares granted under the Hammerhead Share Award Plan.

• “Hammerhead Series I Preferred Share” are to the Series I First Preferred Share in the authorized share capital of Hammerhead.

• “Hammerhead Series II Preferred Shares” are to the Series II First Preferred Shares in the authorized share capital of Hammerhead.

• “Hammerhead Series III Preferred Share Exchange Ratio” are to the quotient obtained by (A) dividing the Hammerhead Series III Preferred Share Liquidation Preference by the Issue Price, and then (B) by further dividing the resulting number of Common Shares established in (A) above by the number of Hammerhead Series III Preferred Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior the Company Amalgamation Effective Time.

• “Hammerhead Series III Preferred Share Liquidation Preference” are to $179,631,775.98.

ix

• “Hammerhead Series III Preferred Shares” are to the Series III First Preferred Shares in the authorized share capital of Hammerhead.

• “Hammerhead Series IV Preferred Share” are to the Series IV First Preferred Share in the authorized share capital of Hammerhead.

• “Hammerhead Series VI Preferred Share” are to the Series VI First Preferred Share in the authorized share capital of Hammerhead.

• “Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Share Exchange Ratio” are to the quotient obtained by (A) dividing the Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Share Liquidation Preference by the Issue Price, and then (B) by further dividing the resulting number of Common Shares established in (A) above by the number of Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior the Company Amalgamation Effective Time.

• “Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Share Liquidation Preference” are to $130,603,883.57.

• “Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Shares” are to the Series VII Preferred Shares in the authorized share capital of Hammerhead.

• “Hammerhead Series VIII Preferred Shares” are to the Series VIII Preferred Shares in the authorized share capital of Hammerhead.

• “Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares” are to the Series IX First Preferred Shares in the authorized share capital of Hammerhead.

• “Hammerhead Share Award Plan” are to the amended and restated share award plan of Hammerhead effective August 31, 2016 as amended on November 7, 2019, December 31, 2020, March 30, 2022 and May 20, 2022.

• “Hammerhead Share Option Plan” are to the share option plan of Hammerhead effective March 21, 2011 as amended effective January 10, 2017, December 31, 2020, March 30, 2022 and May 30, 2022.

• “Hammerhead Shareholders” are to, collectively, the holders of Hammerhead Shares as of any determination time prior to the Closing.

• “Hammerhead Shares” are to, collectively, the Hammerhead Common Shares and Hammerhead Preferred Shares.

• “Hammerhead Warrants” are to, collectively, the Hammerhead 2013 Warrants and the Hammerhead 2020 Warrants.

• “Hammerhead Warrant Settlement” are to the exchange of the Hammerhead Warrants for Hammerhead Class A Common Shares or cash, in either case, in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement.

• “Holder” are to a person who is a beneficial owner of the Company’s Securities.

• “IFRS” are to the International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, as incorporated in the CPA Canada Handbook at the relevant time.

• “IFRS 2” are to International Financial Reporting Standard 2 – Share-based Payment.

• “IFRS 3” are to International Financial Reporting Standard 3 – Business Combinations.

• “IFRS IC” are to the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretation Committee.

• “Investment Canada Act” are to the Investment Canada Act (Canada) and the regulations made thereunder.

• “IPO Letter Agreement” are to the letter agreement, dated August 10, 2021, by and among DCRD, DCRD management and DCRD Sponsor.

x

• “IRS” are to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

• “Issue Price” are to $10.00.

• “ITA” are to the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations made thereunder as amended from time to time.

• “JOBS Act” are to the U.S. Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

• “Letter of Credit Facility” are to Hammerhead’s letters of credit in both Canadian and US dollars pursuant to a standby letter of credit facility agreement.

• “Liquidation” are to the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or any other distribution of its assets among the Shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

• “Listing Rules” are to the exchange listing rules of the NASDAQ.

• “Lock-Up Agreement” are to the lock-up agreement by which certain existing Hammerhead Shareholders, including the Riverstone Parties, became bound on the Closing Date pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement.

• “Mcf” are to thousand cubic feet.

• “Mcf/d” are to thousand cubic feet per day.

• “MMBOE” are to million barrels of oil equivalent.

• “MMBtu” are to million British Thermal Units.

• “NASDAQ” are to the NASDAQ Capital Market.

• “Natural” are to conventional natural gas as defined in NI 51-101.

• “NewCo” are to Hammerhead Energy Inc., an Alberta corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Hammerhead prior to the SPAC Amalgamation Effective Time, which amalgamated with DCRD to form the Company.

• “NI 51-101” are to National Instrument 51-101 – Standards of Disclosure for Oil and Gas Activities.

• “Non-Canadian Holder” are to a Holder who, at all relevant times, for purposes of the ITA (i) is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada, (ii) does not, and is not deemed to, use or hold the Company’s Securities in, or in the course of carrying on, a business carried on in Canada, (iii) does not have a “permanent establishment” or “fixed base” in Canada, (iv) is not a person who carries on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere, and (v) is not an “authorized foreign bank,” as defined in the ITA.

• “Note” are to that certain promissory note evidencing the loan from DCRD Sponsor to DCRD for an aggregate amount of $300,000 to cover organizational expenses and expenses related to the DCRD IPO.

• “Options” are to options to acquire Common Shares.

• “Ordinary Resolution” are to a resolution by a simple majority of the DCRD Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the DCRD Shareholders’ Meeting.

• “PCAOB” are to the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

• “Peters” are to Peters & Co. Limited.

• “Plan of Arrangement” are to the Plan of Arrangement, as amended in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement.

xi

• “Proposed Amendments” are to all specific proposals to amend the ITA that have been publicly announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof.

• “Private Placement Warrants” are to the Warrants into which the DCRD Private Placement Warrants were exchanged pursuant to the SPAC Amalgamation.

• “Public Warrant Holders” are to the holders of the Public Warrants.

• “Public Warrants” are to the Warrants into which the DCRD Public Warrants were exchanged pursuant to the SPAC Amalgamation.

• “RDSP” are to a registered disability savings plan.

• “Registration Statement” are to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC by the Company, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, of which this prospectus forms a part.

• “RESP” are to registered education savings plan.

• “Riverstone” are to Riverstone Investment Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its affiliates.

• “Riverstone Fund V” are to Riverstone Global Energy and Power Fund V (Cayman), L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership.

• “Riverstone Fund V Entities” are to Riverstone Fund V and its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries.

• “Riverstone Holdings” are to Riverstone Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

• “Riverstone Parties” are to affiliates of Riverstone Holdings, which are shareholders of Hammerhead and affiliates of DCRD Sponsor.

• “RRIF” are to a registered retirement income fund.

• “RRSP” are to a registered retirement savings plan.

• “Sarbanes Oxley Act” are to the U.S. Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

• “SEC” are to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

• “Securities” are to the Common Shares and the Warrants, collectively.

• “Securities Act” are to the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

• “Shareholders” are to the shareholders of the Company.

• “SPAC Amalgamation” are to DCRD’s amalgamation with NewCo.

• “SPAC Amalgamation Effective Time” are to the effective time of the SPAC Amalgamation.

• “Sponsor Side Letter” are to that certain letter agreement dated as of September 25, 2022, by and among DCRD, DCRD Sponsor, Riverstone Fund V and certain Riverstone Fund V Entities.

• “Sponsor Support Agreement” are to that certain letter agreement dated as of September 25, 2022, by and among DCRD Sponsor, Riverstone Fund V, DCRD, NewCo and Hammerhead.

• “Taxable Capital Gain” are to one-half of any capital gain realized by a Canadian Holder in a taxation year that must be included in the Canadian Holder’s income for the year.

• “TCP Conditions” are to the conditions stating that (i) (a) the Non-Canadian Holder, (b) persons with whom the Non-Canadian Holder did not deal at arm’s length, (c) partnerships in which the Non-Canadian Holder or a person described in (b) holds a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, or (d) any combination of the persons and partnerships described in

xii

(a) through (c), owned 25% or more of the issued shares of any class or series of the capital stock of the Company, and (ii) more than 50% of the fair market value of the Common Shares was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of real or immovable property situated in Canada, “Canadian resource properties” (as defined in the ITA), “timber resource properties” (as defined in the ITA), and options in respect of, or interests in or for civil law rights in, any such properties whether or not the properties exist.

• “TFSA” are to a tax-free savings account.

• “Trust Account” are to the trust account that held proceeds (including interest not previously released to DCRD to fund regulatory withdrawals or to pay its taxes, and approximately $11,068,750 previously reserved for deferred underwriting fees, which were used to pay additional transaction expenses in connection with the Business Combination) from the DCRD IPO and the concurrent private placement of the DCRD Private Placement Warrants, established by DCRD for the benefit of the DCRD Public Shareholders maintained at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.

• “TSX” are to the Toronto Stock Exchange.

• “U.S. Holder” are to a beneficial owner of the Company’s Securities that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) that has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

• “Units” are to the units of the Company representing one Common Share and one-half of one Warrant.

• “Warrant Agreement” are to the Warrant Agreement, dated August 10, 2021, between DCRD and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, which was amended and restated in connection with the SPAC Amalgamation.

• “Warrant Holders” are to the holders of the Warrants.

• “Warrant” is to a warrant to acquire one Common Share.

• “WTI” are to West Texas Intermediate.

• “2015 Credit Agreement” are to the credit facility agreement entered into on December 18, 2015 between Hammerhead and a syndicate of banks, which replaced Hammerhead’s then-existing non-syndicated credit facility.

• “2017 Credit Agreement” are to the 2015 Credit Agreement as amended and restated on July 10, 2017.

• “2020 Credit Agreement” are to the 2017 Credit Agreement as amended and restated on June 19, 2020.

• “2021 Credit Agreement” are to the 2020 Credit Agreement as amended and restated on May 31, 2021.

• “2022 Credit Agreement” are to the 2021 Credit Agreement as amended and restated on June 9, 2022.

xiii

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements contained in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements reflect the Company’s current views with respect to, among other things, its capital resources, performance and results of operations. Likewise, all of the Company’s statements regarding anticipated growth in operations, anticipated market conditions, demographics and results of operations are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of terminology such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words or phrases.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus reflect the Company’s current views about future events and are subject to numerous known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and changes in circumstances that may cause actual results to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. In particular, this prospectus contains forward-looking statements pertaining to the consolidated capitalization of the Company; the anticipated timing of ratification of the Company’s incentive plans; the number of Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Legacy Share Option Plan (as defined below) and the Legacy Share Award Plan (as defined below); the executive compensation of the Company’s executive officers; expectations relating to resource potential and the potential to add reserves; expectations relating to pipeline and facility expansions and growth of production and the anticipated timing thereof; and expectations relating to the Company’s carbon capture and storage program (the “CCS Program”) and the timing of same.

The Company does not guarantee that the events described will happen as described (or that they will happen at all). The following factors, among others, could cause actual results and future events to differ materially from those set forth or contemplated in the forward-looking statements:

• general economic uncertainty;

• the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic;

• the volatility of currency exchange rates;

• the Company’s ability to obtain and maintain financing arrangements on attractive terms;

• the Company’s ability to manage growth;

• the Company’s ability to maintain the listing of the Common Shares or the Warrants on the NASDAQ, the TSX or any other national exchange;

• risks related to the rollout of the Company’s business and expansion strategy;

• the effects of competition on the Company’s future business;

• potential disruption in the Company’s employee retention as a result of the Business Combination;

• the impact of and changes in governmental regulations or the enforcement thereof, tax laws and rates, accounting guidance and similar matters in regions in which the Company operates or will operate in the future;

• the Company’s ability to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions with a target of net zero by 2030 and the anticipated timing thereof;

• the Company’s ability to be free cash flow positive by 2024 and the anticipated timing and benefits therefrom;

• potential litigation, governmental or regulatory proceedings, investigations or inquiries involving the Company, including in relation to the Business Combination;

xiv

• the effects of actions by, or disputes among OPEC+ members with respect to production levels or other matters related to the price of oil, market conditions, factors affecting the level of activity in the oil and gas industry, and supply and demand of jackup rigs;

• factors affecting the duration of contracts and the actual amount of downtime;

• factors that reduce applicable dayrates, operating hazards and delays;

• international, national or local economic, social or political conditions that could adversely affect the companies and their business;

• the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls and its corporate policies and procedures;

• changes in personnel and availability of qualified personnel;

• environmental uncertainties and risks related to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters;

• potential write-downs, write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges required to be taken by the Company subsequent to the Business Combination;

• the possibility that the DCRD Board’s valuation of the Company was inaccurate, including the failure of DCRD’s diligence review to identify all material risks associated with the Business Combination;

• the limited experience of certain members of the Company’s management team in operating a public company in the United States;

• the volatility of the market price and liquidity of the Common Shares and the Warrants;

• risks relating to any unforeseen liabilities of the Company;

• the tax treatment of the Common Shares in the United States and Canada;

• declines in oil or natural gas prices;

• inaccuracies of reserve estimates or assumptions underlying them;

• revisions to reserve estimates as a result of changes in commodity prices;

• international, federal, provincial and local initiatives relating to the regulation of hydraulic fracturing;

• failure of assets to yield oil or gas in commercially viable quantities;

• the ability to expand pipeline and facility capacity and grow production;

• failure of the CCS Program;

• the costs associated with the CCS Program;

• uninsured or underinsured losses resulting from oil and gas operations;

• inability to access oil and gas markets due to market conditions or operational impediments;

• the impact and costs of compliance with laws and regulations governing oil and gas operations;

• the ability to replace oil and natural gas reserves;

• the approval of construction and sequestration activity from the Alberta Department of Energy;

• the results of the testing of an acid injection well;

• failure to obtain lender consent, when necessary;

• geological, technical, drilling and processing problems and other difficulties in producing reserves;

• failure to realize anticipated benefits of acquisitions and the development of reserves;

• failure to obtain industry partner and other third-party consents and approvals, when required; and

• the need to obtain required approvals from regulatory authorities.

xv

Additionally, statements relating to “reserves” are deemed to be forward-looking statements, as they involve the implied assessment, based on certain estimates and assumptions, that the reserves described exist in the quantities predicted or estimated and can be profitably produced in the future. Forward-looking statements are inherently uncertain. Estimates such as expected revenue, production, operating expenses, EBITDA, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures, free cash flow, net debt, reserves and other measures are preliminary in nature. There can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements will prove to be accurate and reliance should not be placed on these estimates in making your investment decision with respect to our Securities.

The forward-looking statements contained herein are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, which could cause actual results to differ materially from future results expressed, projected or implied by the forward-looking statements. For a further discussion of the risks and other factors that could cause the Company’s future results, performance or transactions to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statements, please see the section entitled “Risk Factors.” There may be additional risks that the Company does not presently know or that the Company currently believes are immaterial, that could also cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of the assumptions made in making these forward-looking statements prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. While such forward-looking statements reflect the Company’s good faith beliefs, they are not guarantees of future performance. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, data or methods, future events or other changes after the date of this prospectus, except as required by applicable law. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which are based only on information currently available to the Company.

xvi

SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS

This summary highlights selected information contained in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that is important to you. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information included in this prospectus. Before making your investment decision with respect to our Securities, you should read carefully this entire prospectus, including the accompanying financial statements of DCRD and Hammerhead. Please see the section entitled “Where You Can Find More Information” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” and other similar terms refer to Hammerhead Energy Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

General

The Company is an oil and natural gas exploration, development and production company. The Company’s reserves, producing properties and exploration prospects are located in the Province of Alberta in the Deep Basin of West Central Alberta where it is developing multi-zone, liquids-rich oil and gas plays.

Hammerhead was incorporated pursuant to the provisions of the ABCA on November 27, 2009 under the name 1504140 Alberta Ltd. Hammerhead changed its name to Canadian International Oil Corp. (“CIOC”) on April 20, 2010. On October 1, 2017, CIOC amalgamated with its wholly owned subsidiary Canadian International Oil Operating Corp. and changed its name to “Hammerhead Resources Inc.” On December 15, 2017, the Company dissolved its foreign subsidiary “Canadian International Oil (USA) Corp.” On December 31, 2017, the Company dissolved its remaining foreign subsidiaries, “Canadian International Oil (Barbados) Corp.” and “Canadian International Oil (Overseas) Corp.” On March 11, 2019, the Company incorporated a new wholly owned subsidiary, “Prairie Lights Power GP Inc.,” and formed an associated limited partnership, “Prairie Lights Power Limited Partnership,” in order to initiate a power related project.

On September 25, 2022, DCRD, Hammerhead, NewCo, and AmalCo, entered into the Business Combination Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) DCRD transferred by way of continuation from the Cayman Islands to the Province of Alberta, Canada in accordance with the DCRD Articles and the Companies Act and domesticated as an Alberta corporation in accordance with the ABCA, (ii) DCRD amalgamated with NewCo, with NewCo surviving as the Company in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Arrangement and (iii) Hammerhead amalgamated with AmalCo, with the Amalgamated Company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Arrangement.

Pursuant to the SPAC Amalgamation, (a) each DCRD Class A Ordinary Share issued and outstanding (which, pursuant to the Domestication, was exchanged for one Class A common share of DCRD) immediately prior to the effective time of the SPAC Amalgamation (the “SPAC Amalgamation Effective Time”) was exchanged, on a one-for-one basis, for a Common Share; (b) each DCRD Class B Ordinary Share issued and outstanding (which, pursuant to the Domestication, was exchanged for one Class B common share of DCRD) immediately prior to the SPAC Amalgamation Effective Time was exchanged, on a one-for-one basis, for a Class B common share in the authorized share capital of the Company (a “Class B Common Share”); (c) each common share of NewCo outstanding was exchanged for one Common Share; (d) each DCRD Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the SPAC Amalgamation Effective Time was exchanged for a Warrant; (e) each DCRD Unit issued and outstanding immediately prior to the SPAC Amalgamation Effective Time was exchanged for one unit of the Company representing one Common Share and one-half of one Warrant; and (f) the Common Share held by Hammerhead was purchased for cancellation for cash equal to the subscription price for such common share of NewCo.

1

On the Closing Date, prior to the Company Amalgamation, among other things: (a) the Hammerhead Articles were amended to authorize a new class of common shares in the capital of Hammerhead having the rights, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Plan of Arrangement (the “Hammerhead Class B Common Shares”) and concurrently, all of the issued and outstanding Hammerhead Common Shares were re-designated as Class A Common Shares in the capital of Hammerhead (the “Hammerhead Class A Common Shares”, and, together with the Hammerhead Class B Common Shares, the “Hammerhead Common Shares”); (b) each Hammerhead Class A Common Share held by Employee Borrowers was exchanged for one Hammerhead Class B Common Share; (c) each then issued and outstanding Class B Common Share was exchanged for one Common Share pursuant to the articles of the Company adopted at the Company Amalgamation Effective Time (the “Company Articles”), in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement; and (d) each warrant to purchase Hammerhead Common Shares (each, a “Hammerhead Warrant”) was either exchanged for Hammerhead Class A Common Shares or cash, in each case, in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement.

On the Closing Date, pursuant to the Company Amalgamation, among other things, (a) each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead Preferred Share was exchanged for a number of Common Shares; (b) each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead Option and Hammerhead RSU was exchanged for an option to acquire a number of Common Shares; and (c) each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead Class A Common Share and Hammerhead Class B Common Share (together with the Hammerhead Preferred Shares, the “Hammerhead Shares”) was exchanged for a number of Common Shares, in each case, in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement.

The Common Shares and Warrants are listed on the NASDAQ under the ticker symbols “HHRS” and “HHRSW,” respectively, and on the TSX under the ticker symbols “HHRS” and “HHRS.WT,” respectively.

The Company is controlled by the Riverstone Parties. The Company’s principal place of business is located at Eighth Avenue Place, East Tower, Suite 2700, 525-8th Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta, T2P 1G1 and its telephone number is (403) 930-0560. The mailing address of the Company’s registered office is c/o Burnet, Duckworth & Palmer LLP, Suite 2400, 525-8th Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta, T2P 1G1.

Controlled Company Exemption

The Riverstone Parties control a majority of the voting power of the outstanding Common Shares. As a result, the Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ rules, and the Company may qualify for and rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. Under NASDAQ corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements to:

• have a board that includes a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under NASDAQ rules;

• have a compensation committee of the board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

• have independent director oversight of director nominations.

The Company relies on the exemption from having a board that includes a majority of “independent directors” as defined under NASDAQ rules. The Company may elect to rely on additional exemptions and it will be entitled to do so for as long as the Company is considered a “controlled company,” and to the extent it relies on one or more of these exemptions, holders of the Common Shares will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

2

Risk Factor Summary

Investing in our Securities involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks described in “Risk Factors” before making a decision to invest in our Common Shares. Some of the risks related to the Company’s business and industry are summarized below. 

• The Company’s future performance may be affected by the financial, operational, environmental and safety risks associated with the exploration, development and production of oil and natural gas.

• The prices of crude oil, NGLs and natural gas are volatile, outside of the Company’s control and affect its revenues, profitability, cash flows and future rate of growth.

• Adverse general economic, business and industry conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and cash flow.

• Various factors may adversely impact the marketability of oil and natural gas, affecting net production revenue, production volumes and development and exploration activities.

• The anticipated benefits of acquisitions may not be achieved and the Company may dispose of non-core assets for less than their carrying value on the financial statements as a result of weak market conditions.

• The COVID-19 pandemic continues to cause disruptions in economic activity in Canada and internationally and impact demand for oil, natural gas liquids and natural gas.

• The success of the Company’s operations may be negatively impacted by factors outside of its control resulting in operational delays and cost overruns.

• Lack of capacity and/or regulatory constraints on gathering and processing facilities, pipeline systems and railway lines may have a negative impact on the Company’s ability to produce and sell its oil and natural gas.

• The Company competes with other oil and gas companies, some of which have greater financial and operational resources.

• Changes to the demand for oil and natural gas products and the rise of petroleum alternatives may negatively affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

• Modification to current, or implementation of additional, regulations may reduce the demand for oil and natural gas and/or increase the Company’s costs and/or delay planned operations.

• The Company relies on surface and groundwater licenses, which, if rescinded or the conditions of which are amended, could disrupt its business and have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

• Breaches of the Company’s cyber-security and loss of, or unauthorized access to, data may adversely impact the Company’s operations and financial position.

• The Company is subject to laws, rules, regulations and policies regarding data privacy and security. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change and reinterpretation, and could result in claims, changes to its business practices, monetary penalties, increased cost of operations or other harm to its business.

• Changes to applicable tax laws and regulations or exposure to additional tax liabilities could adversely affect the Company’s business and future profitability.

• In the event that the Company expands its operations, including to jurisdictions in which the tax laws may not be favorable, the Company’s effective tax rate may fluctuate, tax obligations may become

3

significantly more complex and subject to greater risk of examination by taxing authorities or the Company may be subject to future changes in tax laws, in each case, the impacts of which could adversely affect the Company’s after-tax profitability and financial results.

• The Company might be a “passive foreign investment company,” or “PFIC”, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders.

• The Company will incur significant increased expenses and administrative burdens as a public company, which could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

• The Company may identify internal control weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to develop and maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of financial statements and/or the Company’s inability to meet periodic reporting obligations.

• The Company may be adversely affected by foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations.

• Failure to comply with anticorruption, economic sanctions, and anti-money laundering laws—including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the UK Bribery Act 2010, the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, Criminal Code, Special Economic Measures Act, Justice for Victims of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act, United Nations Act and Freezing of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act, and similar laws associated with activities outside of the United States or Canada—could subject the Company to penalties and other adverse consequences.

• Failure to comply with laws relating to labor and employment could subject the Company to penalties and other adverse consequences.

• As a “foreign private issuer” under the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company is permitted to, and may, file less or different information with the SEC than a company incorporated in the United States or otherwise not filing as a “foreign private issuer,” and may follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain NASDAQ requirements applicable to U.S. issuers.

• Concentration of ownership among the Company’s existing executive officers, directors and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

• A significant portion of the Company’s total outstanding shares may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of the Common Shares to drop significantly, even if the Company’s business is performing well.

• The success of the Company depends on its business operations, which exposes investors to a concentration of risk in the limited sectors in which the Company’s business is focused.

4

THE OFFERING

Securities offered by the Selling Securityholders We are registering the resale by Selling Securityholders named in this prospectus, or their permitted transferees, of an aggregate of 99,176,973 Common Shares and Warrants to purchase 12,737,500 Common Shares. In addition, we are registering up to (i) 15,812,491 Common Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of the Public Warrants, which were previously registered and (ii) 12,737,500 Common Shares underlying Private Warrants.

Terms of the offering The Selling Securityholders will determine when and how they will dispose of the Common Shares and Warrants registered under this prospectus for resale.

Shares outstanding prior to the offering As of February 23, 2023, we had 90,778,275 Common Shares issued and outstanding. The number of Common Shares outstanding prior to this offering excludes (i) up to 28,549,991 Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of Warrants with an exercise price of $11.50 per share and (ii) up to 3,152,493 Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of Legacy Options and Legacy RSUs.

5

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully review and consider the following risk factors and the other information contained in this prospectus, including the financial statements and notes to the financial statements included herein before making a decision to invest in our Securities. The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in these risk factors, alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may have a material adverse effect on the business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This could cause the trading price of the Common Shares or the Warrants to decline, perhaps significantly, and you therefore may lose all or part of your investment. You should carefully consider the following risk factors in conjunction with the other information included in this prospectus, including matters addressed in the section entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the financial statements of Hammerhead, the financial statements of DCRD and notes to the financial statements included herein. The risks discussed below are not exhaustive and are based on certain assumptions made by the Company which later may prove to be incorrect or incomplete. Investors are encouraged to perform their own investigation with respect to the business, financial condition and prospects of the Company. The Company may face additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to it, or that are currently deemed immaterial, which may also impair its business or financial condition.

Risks Related to the Company’s Business and the E&P Industry

The Company’s future performance may be affected by the financial, operational, environmental and safety risks associated with the exploration, development and production of oil and natural gas.

Oil and natural gas operations involve many risks. The long-term commercial success of the Company depends on its ability to find, acquire, develop and commercially produce oil and natural gas reserves. Without the continual addition of new reserves, the Company’s existing reserves, and the production from them, will decline over time as the Company produces from such reserves. A future increase in the Company’s reserves will depend on both the ability of the Company to explore and develop its existing properties and its ability to select and acquire suitable producing properties or prospects. The Company may not be able to continue to find satisfactory properties to acquire or participate in. Moreover, management of the Company may determine that current markets, terms of acquisitions, participation or pricing conditions make potential acquisitions or participation uneconomic. The Company may not discover or acquire further commercial quantities of oil and natural gas.

Future oil and natural gas exploration may involve unprofitable efforts from dry wells or from wells that are productive but do not produce sufficient petroleum substances to return a profit after drilling, completing (including hydraulic fracturing), operating and other costs. Completion of a well does not ensure a profit on the investment or recovery of drilling, completion and operating costs.

Drilling hazards, environmental damage and various field operating conditions could greatly increase the cost of operations and adversely affect the production from successful wells. Field operating conditions include, but are not limited to, delays in obtaining governmental approvals or consents, shut-ins of wells resulting from extreme weather conditions, insufficient storage or transportation capacity or geological and mechanical conditions. It is not possible to eliminate production delays and declines from normal field operating conditions, which can negatively affect revenue and cash flow levels to varying degrees.

Oil and natural gas exploration, development and production operations are subject to all the risks and hazards typically associated with such operations, including fire, explosion, blowouts, cratering, sour gas releases, spills and other environmental hazards. These typical risks and hazards could result in substantial damage to oil and natural gas wells, production facilities, other property and the environment and cause personal injury or threaten wildlife. An unintentional leak of sour gas could result in personal injury, loss of life or damage to property and may necessitate an evacuation of populated areas, all of which could result in liability to the Company.

6

Oil and natural gas production operations are also subject to geological and seismic risks, including encountering unexpected formations or pressures, premature decline of reservoirs and the invasion of water into producing formations. Losses resulting from the occurrence of any of these risks may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The prices of crude oil, NGLs and natural gas are volatile, outside of the Company’s control and affect its revenues, profitability, cash flows and future rate of growth.

The Company’s revenues, profitability, cash flows and future rate of growth are highly dependent on commodity prices. Commodity prices may fluctuate widely in response to relatively minor changes in the supply of and demand for crude oil, NGLs and natural gas, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors that are beyond the Company’s control, such as:

• domestic and global supply of and demand for crude oil, NGLs and natural gas, as impacted by economic factors that affect gross domestic product growth rates of countries around the world, including impacts from international trade, pandemics and related concerns;

• market expectations with respect to future supply of crude oil, NGLs and natural gas demand and price changes;

• global crude oil, NGLs and natural gas inventory levels;

• volatility and trading patterns in the commodity-futures markets;

• the proximity, capacity, cost and availability of pipelines and other transportation facilities;

• the capacity of refiners to utilize available supplies of crude oil and condensate;

• weather conditions affecting supply and demand;

• overall domestic and global political and economic conditions;

• actions of OPEC, its members and other state-controlled oil companies relating to oil price and production controls;

• fluctuations in the value of the US dollar;

• the price and quantity of crude oil, NGLs and LNG imports to and exports from the US and other countries;

• the development of new hydrocarbon exploration, production and transportation methods of technological advancements in existing methods, including hydraulic fracturing;

• capital investments by oil and gas companies relating to the exploration, development and production of hydrocarbons;

• social attitudes or policies affecting energy consumption and energy supply;

• domestic and foreign governmental regulations, including environmental regulations, climate change regulations and applicable tax regulations;

• shareholder activism or activities by non-governmental organizations to limit certain sources of capital for the energy sector or restrict the exploration, development and production of crude oil and natural gas; and

• the effect of energy conservation efforts and the price, availability and acceptance of alternative energies, including renewable energy.

Commodity prices have historically been, and continue to be, extremely volatile. The Company expects this volatility to continue. The Company makes price assumptions that are used for planning purposes, and a

7

significant portion of its cash outlays, including capital and transportation commitments, are largely fixed in nature. Accordingly, if commodity prices are below the expectations on which these commitments were based, the Company’s financial results are likely to be adversely affected because these cash outlays are not variable in the short term and cannot be quickly reduced to respond to unanticipated decreases in commodity prices. The Company’s risk management arrangements will not fully mitigate the effects of price volatility.

Significant or extended price declines could also materially and adversely affect the amount of crude oil, NGLs and natural gas that the Company can economically produce, require the Company to make significant downward adjustments to its reserve estimates or result in the deferral or cancellation of the Company’s growth projects. A reduction in production could also result in a shortfall in expected cash flows and require the Company to reduce capital spending or borrow funds or access the capital markets to cover any such shortfall. Any of these factors could negatively affect the Company’s ability to replace its production and its future rate of growth.

The Company’s financial condition is substantially dependent on, and highly sensitive to, the prevailing prices of crude oil and natural gas. Low prices for crude oil and natural gas produced by the Company could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations, financial condition and the value and amount of the Company’s reserves.

Prices for crude oil and natural gas fluctuate in response to changes in the supply of, and demand for, crude oil and natural gas, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors beyond the Company’s control. Crude oil prices are primarily determined by international supply and demand. Factors which affect crude oil prices include the actions of OPEC, the condition of the Canadian, United States, European and Asian economies, government regulation, political stability in the Middle East and elsewhere, the supply of crude oil in North America and internationally, the ability to secure adequate transportation for products, the availability of alternate fuel sources and weather conditions. Natural gas prices realized by the Company are affected primarily in North America by supply and demand, weather conditions, industrial demand, prices of alternate sources of energy and developments related to the market for liquefied natural gas. All of these factors are beyond the Company’s control and can result in a high degree of price volatility. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates further compound this volatility when commodity prices, which are generally set in U.S. dollars, are stated in Canadian dollars.

The Company’s financial performance also depends on revenues from the sale of commodities which differ in quality and location from underlying commodity prices quoted on financial exchanges. Of particular importance are the price differentials between the Company’s light/medium oil and heavy oil (in particular the light/heavy differential) and quoted market prices. Not only are these discounts influenced by regional supply and demand factors, they are also influenced by other factors such as transportation costs, capacity and interruptions, refining demand, the availability and cost of diluents used to blend and transport product and the quality of the oil produced, all of which are beyond the Company’s control. In addition, there is not sufficient pipeline capacity for Canadian crude oil to access the American refinery complex or tidewater to access world markets and the availability of additional transport capacity via rail is more expensive and variable; therefore, the price for Canadian crude oil is very sensitive to pipeline and refinery outages, which contributes to this volatility.

Decreases to or prolonged periods of low commodity prices, particularly for oil, may negatively impact the Company’s ability to meet guidance targets, maintain the Company’s business and meet all of the Company’s financial obligations as they come due. It could also result in the shut-in of currently producing wells without an equivalent decrease in expenses due to fixed costs, a delay or cancellation of existing or future drilling, development or construction programs, un-utilized long-term transportation commitments and a reduction in the value and amount of the Company’s reserves.

The Company conducts assessments of the carrying value of the Company’s assets in accordance with IFRS. If crude oil and natural gas forecast prices decline, the carrying value of the Company’s assets could be subject to downward revisions and the Company’s net earnings could be adversely affected.

8

Adverse general economic, business and industry conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and cash flow.

The demand for energy, including crude oil, NGLs and natural gas, is generally linked to broad-based economic activities. If there is a slowdown in economic growth, an economic downturn or recession or other adverse economic or political development in the US, Europe, or Asia, there could be a significant adverse effect on global financial markets and commodity prices. In addition, hostilities in the Middle East and Ukraine and the occurrence or threat of terrorist attacks in the US or other countries could adversely affect the global economy. Global or national health concerns, including the outbreak of pandemic or contagious diseases, such as COVID-19 (coronavirus), may adversely affect the Company by (i) reducing global economic activity thereby resulting in lower demand for crude oil, NGL and natural gas, (ii) impairing its supply chain, for example, by limiting the manufacturing of materials or the supply of goods and services used in the Company’s operations, and (iii) affecting the health of its workforce, rendering employees unable to work or travel. These and other factors that affect the demand for crude oil, NGLs and natural gas, and the Company’s business and industry, could ultimately have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows.

Various factors may adversely impact the marketability of oil and natural gas, affecting net production revenue, production volumes and development and exploration activities.

The Company’s ability to market its oil and natural gas may depend upon its ability to acquire capacity in pipelines that deliver oil, NGLs and natural gas to commercial markets or contract for the delivery of oil and NGLs by rail. Numerous factors beyond the Company’s control do, and will continue to, affect the marketability and price of oil and natural gas acquired, produced, or discovered by the Company, including:

• deliverability uncertainties related to the distance the Company’s reserves are from pipelines, railway lines and processing and storage facilities;

• operational problems affecting pipelines, railway lines and processing and storage facilities; and

• government regulation relating to prices, taxes, royalties, land tenure, allowable production and the export of oil and natural gas.

Prices for oil and natural gas are subject to large fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in the supply of and demand for oil and natural gas, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors beyond the control of the Company. These factors include economic and political conditions in the United States, Canada, Europe, China and emerging markets, the actions of OPEC, governmental regulation, political stability in the Middle East, Northern Africa and elsewhere, the foreign supply and demand of oil and natural gas, risks of supply disruption, the price of foreign imports and the availability of alternative fuel sources. Prices for oil and natural gas are also subject to the availability of foreign markets and the Company’s ability to access such markets. Oil prices are expected to remain volatile as a result of global excess supply due to the increased growth of shale oil production in the United States, the decline in global demand for exported crude oil commodities, OPEC’s recent decisions pertaining to the oil production of OPEC member countries, and non-OPEC member countries’ decisions on production levels, among other factors. A material decline in prices could result in a reduction of the Company’s net production revenue. The economics of producing from some wells may change because of lower prices, which could result in reduced production of oil or natural gas and a reduction in the volumes and the value and amount of the Company’s reserves. The Company might also elect not to produce from certain wells at lower prices.

All these factors could result in a material decrease in the Company’s net production revenue and a reduction in its oil and natural gas production, development and exploration activities. Any substantial and extended decline in the price of oil and natural gas would have an adverse effect on the Company’s carrying value of its reserves, borrowing capacity, revenues, profitability and cash flows from operations and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

9

Oil and natural gas prices may be volatile for a variety of reasons including market uncertainties over the supply and demand of these commodities due to the current state of the world economies, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, OPEC actions, political uncertainties, sanctions imposed on certain oil producing nations by other countries and conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East. Prices for oil and natural gas are also subject to the availability of foreign markets and the Company’s ability to access such markets. A material decline in prices could result in a reduction of the Company’s net production revenue. The economics of producing from some wells may change because of lower prices, which could result in reduced production of oil or natural gas and a reduction in the volumes and the value of the Company’s reserves. The Company might also elect not to produce from certain wells at lower prices. Any substantial and extended decline in the price of oil and natural gas would have an adverse effect on the Company’s carrying value of its reserves, borrowing capacity, revenues, profitability and cash flows from operations and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Volatile oil and natural gas prices make it difficult to estimate the value of producing properties for acquisitions and often cause disruption in the market for oil and natural gas producing properties, as buyers and sellers have difficulty agreeing on such value. Price volatility also makes it difficult to budget for, and project the return on, acquisitions and development and exploitation projects.

The anticipated benefits of acquisitions may not be achieved and the Company may dispose of non-core assets for less than their carrying value on the financial statements as a result of weak market conditions.

The Company considers acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets in the ordinary course of business. Achieving the benefits of acquisitions depends on successfully consolidating functions and integrating operations and procedures in a timely and efficient manner and the Company’s ability to realize the anticipated growth opportunities and synergies from combining the acquired businesses and operations with those of the Company. The integration of acquired businesses and assets may require substantial management effort, time and resources, diverting management’s focus from other strategic opportunities and operational matters. Management continually assesses the value and contribution of services provided by third parties and the resources required to provide such services. In this regard, non-core assets may be periodically disposed of so the Company can focus its efforts and resources more efficiently. Depending on the market conditions for such non-core assets, certain non-core assets of the Company may realize less on disposition than their carrying value on the financial statements of the Company.

The Company’s business may be adversely affected by political and social events and decisions made in Canada.

The Company’s results can be adversely impacted by political, legal, or regulatory developments in Canada that affect local operations and local and international markets. Changes in government, government policy or regulations, changes in law or interpretation of settled law, third-party opposition to industrial activity generally or projects specifically, and duration of regulatory reviews could impact the Company’s existing operations and planned projects. This includes actions by regulators or political actors to delay or deny necessary licenses and permits for the Company’s activities or restrict the operation of third-party infrastructure that the Company relies on. Additionally, changes in environmental regulations, assessment processes or other laws, and increasing and expanding stakeholder consultation (including Indigenous stakeholders), may increase the cost of compliance or reduce or delay available business opportunities and adversely impact the Company’s results.

Other government and political factors that could adversely affect the Company’s financial results include increases in taxes or government royalty rates (including retroactive claims) and changes in trade policies and agreements. Further, the adoption of regulations mandating efficiency standards, and the use of alternative fuels or uncompetitive fuel components could affect the Company’s operations. Many governments are providing tax advantages and other subsidies to support alternative energy sources or are mandating the use of specific fuels or technologies. Governments and others are also promoting research into new technologies to reduce the cost and

10

increase the scalability of alternative energy sources, and the success of these initiatives may decrease demand for the Company’s products.

A change in federal, provincial or municipal governments in Canada may have an impact on the directions taken by such governments on matters that may impact the oil and natural gas industry including the balance between economic development and environmental policy. The oil and natural gas industry has become an increasingly politically polarizing topic in Canada, which has resulted in a rise in civil disobedience surrounding oil and natural gas development—particularly with respect to infrastructure projects. Protests, blockades and demonstrations have the potential to delay and disrupt the Company’s activities.

Global political events may adversely affect commodity prices which in turn affect the Company’s cash flow.

Political events throughout the world that cause disruptions in the supply of oil continuously affect the marketability and price of oil and natural gas acquired or discovered by the Company. Conflicts, or conversely peaceful developments, arising outside of Canada, including changes in political regimes or the parties in power, have a significant impact on the price of oil and natural gas. Any particular event could result in a material decline in prices and result in a reduction of the Company’s net production revenue.

The Company’s properties may be subject to terrorist attack or actions by non-governmental agencies.

In addition to the risks outlined above related to geopolitical developments, the Company’s oil and natural gas properties, wells and facilities could be subject to a terrorist attack, physical sabotage or public opposition. Such public opposition could expose the Company to the risk of higher costs, delays or even project cancellations due to increased pressure on governments and regulators by special interest groups including Indigenous groups, landowners, environmental interest groups (including those opposed to oil and natural gas production operations) and other non-governmental organizations, blockades, legal or regulatory actions or challenges, increased regulatory oversight, reduced support from the federal, provincial or municipal governments, delays in, challenges to, or the revocation of regulatory approvals, permits and/or licenses, and direct legal challenges, including the possibility of climate-related litigation. The Company may not be able to satisfy the concerns of the special interest groups and non-governmental organizations and attempting to address such concerns may require the Company to incur significant and unanticipated capital and operating expenditures. If any of the Company’s properties, wells or facilities are the subject of terrorist attack or sabotage, it may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The Company does not have insurance to protect against such risks.

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to cause disruptions in economic activity in Canada and internationally and impact demand for oil, natural gas liquids and natural gas.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic, prompting many countries around the world to close international borders and order the closure of institutions and businesses deemed non-essential. This resulted in a swift and significant reduction in economic activity in Canada and internationally along with a sudden drop in demand for oil, liquids and natural gas. Since 2020, oil prices have largely recovered from their historic lows, but price support from future demand remains uncertain as countries experience varying degrees of virus outbreak and newly emerging virus variants following efforts to re-open local economies and international borders. Low commodity prices resulting from reduced demand associated with the impact of COVID-19 has had, and may continue to have, a negative impact on the Company’s operational results and financial condition. Low prices for oil, liquids and natural gas will reduce the Company’s funds from operations, and impact the Company’s level of capital investment and may result in the reduction of production at certain producing properties.

The effects of COVID-19 may also include disruptions to production operations, access to materials and services, increased employee absenteeism from illness, and temporary closures of the Company’s facilities.

11

The extent to which the Company’s operational and financial results continue to be affected by COVID-19 will depend on various factors and consequences beyond its control such as the duration and scope of the pandemic; additional actions taken by business and government in response to the pandemic, and the speed and effectiveness of responses to combat the virus. Additionally, COVID-19 and its effect on local and global economic conditions stemming from the pandemic could also aggravate the other risk factors identified herein, the extent of which is not yet known.

The successful operation of a portion of the Company’s properties is dependent on third parties.

Other companies operate some of the assets in which the Company has an interest. The Company has limited ability to exercise influence over the operation of those assets or their associated costs, which could adversely affect the Company’s financial performance. The Company’s return on assets operated by others depends upon a number of factors that may be outside of the Company’s control, including the timing and amount of capital expenditures, the operator’s expertise and financial resources, the approval of other participants, the selection of technology and risk management practices.

In addition, due to volatile commodity prices, many companies, including companies that may operate some of the assets in which the Company has an interest, may be in financial difficulty, which could impact their ability to fund and pursue capital expenditures, carry out their operations in a safe and effective manner and satisfy regulatory requirements with respect to abandonment and reclamation obligations. If companies that operate some of the assets in which the Company has an interest fail to satisfy regulatory requirements with respect to abandonment and reclamation obligations, the Company may be required to satisfy such obligations and to seek reimbursement from such companies. To the extent that any of such companies go bankrupt, become insolvent or make a proposal or institute any proceedings relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, it could result in such assets being shut-in, the Company potentially becoming subject to additional liabilities relating to such assets and the Company having difficulty collecting revenue due from such operators or recovering amounts owing to the Company from such operators for their share of abandonment and reclamation obligations. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial and operational results.

The Company relies on surface and groundwater licenses, which, if rescinded or the conditions of which are amended, could disrupt its business and have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Company relies on access to both surface and groundwater, which is obtained under government licenses, to provide the substantial quantities of water required for certain of its operations. The licenses to withdraw water may be rescinded and additional conditions may be added to these licenses. Further, the Company may have to pay increased fees for the use of water in the future and any such fees may be uneconomic. Finally, new projects or the expansion of existing projects may be dependent on securing licenses for additional water withdrawal, and these licenses may be granted on terms not favorable to the Company, or at all, and such additional water may not be available to divert under such licenses. Any prolonged droughts in the Grande Prairie area could result in the Company’s surface and groundwater licenses being subject to additional conditions or recission. The Company’s inability to secure surface and groundwater licenses in the future and any amendment to or recissions of, its current licenses may disrupt its business and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Company may have to pay certain costs associated with abandonment and reclamation.

The Company will need to comply with the terms and conditions of environmental and regulatory approvals and all legislation regarding the abandonment of its projects and reclamation of the project lands at the end of their economic life, which may result in substantial abandonment and reclamation costs. Any failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the Company’s approvals and legislation may result in the imposition of fines and penalties, which may be material. Generally, abandonment and reclamation costs are substantial and, while

12

the Company accrues a reserve in its financial statements for such costs in accordance with IFRS, such accruals may be insufficient.

It is not possible at this time to estimate abandonment and reclamation costs reliably since they will, in part, depend on future regulatory requirements. In addition, in the future, the Company may determine it prudent or be required by applicable laws, regulations or regulatory approvals to establish and fund one or more reclamation funds to provide for payment of future abandonment and reclamation costs. If the Company establishes a reclamation fund, its liquidity and cash flow may be adversely affected.

Alberta has developed liability management programs designed to prevent taxpayers from incurring costs associated with suspension, abandonment, remediation and reclamation of wells, facilities and pipelines if a licensee or permit holder is unable to satisfy its regulatory obligations. The implementation of or changes to the requirements of liability management programs may result in significant increases to the security that must be posted by licensees, increased and more frequent financial disclosure obligations or may result in the denial of license or permit transfers, which could impact the availability of capital to be spent by such licensees which could in turn materially adversely affect the Company’s business and financial condition. In addition, these liability management programs may prevent or interfere with a licensee’s ability to acquire or dispose of assets, as both the vendor and the purchaser of oil and natural gas assets must be in compliance with the liability management programs (both before and after the transfer of the assets) for the applicable regulatory agency to allow for the transfer of such assets.

Due to the geographical concentration of the Company’s assets, the Company may be disproportionately impacted by delays or interruptions in the regions in which it operates.

The Company’s properties and production are focused in the Gold Creek, Karr and Simonette areas of Alberta. As a result, the Company may be disproportionately exposed to the impact of delays or interruptions of production caused by transportation capacity constraints, curtailment of production, availability of equipment, facilities, personnel or services, significant governmental regulation, natural disasters, adverse weather conditions, plant closures for scheduled maintenance or interruption of transportation of oil or natural gas produced from the wells in these areas. In addition, the effect of fluctuations on supply and demand may become more pronounced within the specific geographic oil and gas producing areas in which the Company’s properties are located, which may cause these conditions to occur with greater frequency or magnify the effect of these conditions on the Company. Due to the concentrated nature of the Company’s portfolio of properties, a number of the Company’s properties could experience one or more of the same conditions at the same time, resulting in a relatively greater impact on the Company’s results of operations than they might have on other companies that have a more diversified portfolio of properties. Such delays or interruptions could have a material adverse effect on the operating results and financial condition of the Company.

The success of the Company’s operations may be negatively impacted by factors outside of its control resulting in operational delays and cost overruns.

The Company manages a variety of small and large projects in the conduct of its business. Project interruptions may delay expected revenues from operations. Significant project cost overruns could make a project uneconomic. The Company’s ability to execute projects and to market oil and natural gas depends upon numerous factors beyond the Company’s control, including:

• availability of processing capacity;

• availability and proximity of pipeline capacity;

• availability of storage capacity;

• availability of, and the ability to acquire, water supplies needed for drilling, hydraulic fracturing and waterfloods or the Company’s ability to dispose of water used or removed from strata at a reasonable cost and in accordance with applicable environmental regulations;

13

• effects of inclement and severe weather events, including fire, drought and flooding;

• availability of drilling and related equipment;

• unexpected cost increases;

• accidental events;

• currency fluctuations;

• regulatory changes;

• availability and productivity of skilled labour; and

• regulation of the oil and natural gas industry by various levels of government and governmental agencies.

Because of these factors, the Company could be unable to execute projects on time, on budget, or at all and may be unable to market the oil and natural gas that it produces effectively.

Lack of capacity and/or regulatory constraints on gathering and processing facilities, pipeline systems and railway lines may have a negative impact on the Company’s ability to produce and sell its oil and natural gas.

The Company delivers its products through gathering and processing facilities, pipeline systems and, may in certain circumstances, deliver by truck and rail. The amount of oil and natural gas that the Company can produce and sell is subject to the accessibility, availability, proximity and capacity of these gathering and processing facilities, pipeline systems, trucking and railway lines. The lack of availability of capacity in any of the gathering and processing facilities, pipeline systems and railway lines could result in the Company’s inability to realize the full economic potential of its production or in a reduction of the price offered for the Company’s production. The lack of firm pipeline capacity continues to affect the oil and natural gas industry and limit the ability to transport produced oil and gas to market. In addition, the pro-rationing of capacity on inter-provincial pipeline systems continues to affect the ability to export oil and natural gas. Unexpected shut downs or curtailment of capacity of pipelines for maintenance or integrity work or because of actions taken by regulators could also affect the Company’s production, operations and financial results.

A portion of the Company’s production may, from time to time, be processed through facilities owned by third parties and over which the Company does not have control. From time to time, these facilities may discontinue or decrease operations either as a result of normal servicing requirements or as a result of unexpected events. A discontinuation or decrease of operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to process its production and deliver the same to market. Midstream and pipeline companies may take actions to maximize their return on investment, which may in turn adversely affect producers and shippers, especially when combined with a regulatory framework that may not always align with the interests of particular shippers.

The Company competes with other oil and natural gas companies, some of which have greater financial and operational resources.

The petroleum industry is competitive in all of its phases. The Company competes with numerous other entities in the exploration, development, production and marketing of oil and natural gas. The Company’s competitors include oil and natural gas companies that may have substantially greater financial resources, staff and facilities than those of the Company. Some of these companies not only explore for, develop and produce oil and natural gas, but also carry on refining operations and market oil and natural gas on an international basis. As a result of these complementary activities, some of these competitors may have greater and more diverse competitive resources to draw on than the Company. The Company’s ability to increase its reserves in the future will depend not only on its ability to explore and develop its present properties, but also on its ability to select and acquire other suitable producing properties or prospects for exploratory drilling. Competitive factors in the distribution and marketing of oil and natural gas include price, process, and reliability of delivery and storage.

14

The Company also faces competition from companies that supply alternative resources of energy, such as wind or solar power. Other factors that could affect competition in the marketplace include additional discoveries of hydrocarbon reserves by the Company’s competitors, changes in the cost of production, and political and economic factors and other factors outside of the Company’s control.

The petroleum industry is characterized by rapid and significant technological advancements and introductions of new products and services utilizing new technologies that may increase the viability of reserves or reduce production costs. Other companies may have greater financial, technical and personnel resources that allow them to implement and benefit from such technological advantages. The Company may not be able to respond to such competitive pressures and implement such technologies on a timely basis, or at an acceptable cost. If the Company does implement such technologies, the Company may not do so successfully. One or more of the technologies currently utilized by the Company or implemented in the future may become obsolete. If the Company is unable to utilize the most advanced commercially available technology, or is unsuccessful in implementing certain technologies, its business, financial condition and results of operations could also be adversely affected in a material way.

Changes to the demand for oil and natural gas products and the rise of petroleum alternatives may negatively affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

Fuel conservation measures, alternative fuel requirements, increasing consumer demand for alternatives to oil and natural gas and technological advances in fuel economy and renewable energy generation systems could reduce the demand for oil, natural gas and liquid hydrocarbons. Recently, certain jurisdictions have implemented policies or incentives to decrease the use of hydrocarbons and encourage the use of renewable fuel alternatives, which may lessen the demand for petroleum products and put downward pressure on commodity prices. Advancements in energy efficient products have a similar effect on the demand for oil and natural gas products. The Company cannot predict the impact of changing demand for oil and natural gas products, and any major changes may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow by decreasing the Company’s profitability, increasing its costs, limiting its access to capital and decreasing the value of its assets.

Modification to current, or implementation of additional, regulations may reduce the demand for oil and natural gas and/or increase the Company’s costs and/or delay planned operations.

The oil and gas industry in Canada is a regulated industry. Various levels of governments impose extensive controls and regulations on oil and natural gas operations (including exploration, development, production, pricing, marketing and transportation). Governments may regulate or intervene with respect to exploration and production activities, prices, taxes, royalties and the exportation of oil and natural gas. Amendments to these controls and regulations may occur from time to time in response to economic or political conditions. The implementation of new regulations or the modification of existing regulations affecting the oil and natural gas industry could reduce demand for oil and natural gas and increase the Company’s costs, either of which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Further, the ongoing third party challenges to regulatory decisions or orders has reduced the efficiency of the regulatory regime, as the implementation of the decisions and orders has been delayed resulting in uncertainty and interruption to business of the oil and natural gas industry.

In order to conduct oil and natural gas operations, the Company will require regulatory permits, licenses, registrations, approvals and authorizations from various governmental authorities at the municipal, provincial and federal level. The Company may not be able to obtain all of the permits, licenses, registrations, approvals and authorizations that may be required to conduct operations that it may wish to undertake. In addition, certain federal legislation such as the Competition Act and the Investment Canada Act could negatively affect the Company’s business, financial condition and the market value of its securities or its assets, particularly when undertaking, or attempting to undertake, acquisition or disposition activity.

15

Changes to royalty regimes may negatively impact the Company’s cash flows.

The governments in Canada may adopt new royalty regimes, or modify the existing royalty regimes, which may have an impact on the economics of the Company’s projects. An increase in royalties would reduce the Company’s earnings and could make future capital investments, or the Company’s operations, less economic.

Implementation of new regulations on hydraulic fracturing may lead to operational delays, increased costs and/or decreased production volumes, adversely affecting the Company’s financial position. The Company’s operations are dependent upon the availability of water and its ability to dispose of produced water from drilling and production activities.

Hydraulic fracturing involves the injection of water, sand, and small amounts of additives under high pressure into tight rock formations that were previously unproductive to stimulate the production of oil, liquids and natural gas. Concerns about seismic activity, including earthquakes, caused by hydraulic fracturing has resulted in regulatory authorities implementing additional protocols for areas that are prone to seismic activity or completely banning hydraulic fracturing in other areas. Any new laws, regulations, or permitting requirements regarding hydraulic fracturing could lead to operational delays, increased operating costs, third-party or governmental claims, and could increase the Company’s costs of compliance and doing business, as well as delay the development of oil, liquids and natural gas resources from shale formations, which are not commercial without the use of hydraulic fracturing. Restrictions or bans on hydraulic fracturing in the areas where the Company operates could result in the Company being unable to economically recover its oil and gas reserves and reserves, which would result in a significant decrease in the value of the Company’s assets.

Water is an essential component of the Company’s drilling and hydraulic fracturing processes. Limitations or restrictions on the Company’s ability to secure sufficient amounts of water (including limitations resulting from natural causes such as drought), could materially and adversely impact its operations. Severe drought conditions can result in local water authorities taking steps to restrict the use of water in their jurisdiction for drilling and hydraulic fracturing in order to protect the local water supply. If the Company is unable to obtain water to use in its operations from local sources it may need to be obtained from new sources and transported to drilling sites, resulting in increased costs, which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

In addition, the Company must dispose of the fluids produced from oil, liquids and natural gas production operations, including produced water, which it does directly or through the use of third-party vendors. The legal requirements related to the disposal of produced water into a non-producing geologic formation by means of underground injection wells are subject to change based on concerns of the public or governmental authorities regarding such disposal activities.

Another consequence of seismic events may be lawsuits alleging that disposal well operations have caused damage to neighboring properties or otherwise violated laws and regulations regarding waste disposal. These developments could result in additional regulation and restrictions on the use of injection wells by the Company or by commercial disposal well vendors that the Company may use from time to time to dispose of produced water. Increased regulation and attention given to induced seismicity could also lead to greater opposition, including litigation to limit or prohibit oil and natural gas activities utilizing injection wells for produced water disposal. Any one or more of these developments may result in the Company or its vendors having to limit disposal well volumes, disposal rates and pressures or locations, or require the Company or its vendors to shut down or curtail the injection of produced water into disposal wells, which events could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Compliance with environmental regulations requires the dedication of a portion of the Company’s financial and operational resources.

All phases of the oil and natural gas business present environmental risks and hazards and are subject to environmental regulation pursuant to a variety of federal, provincial and local laws and regulations.

16

Environmental legislation provides for, among other things, the initiation and approval of new oil and natural gas projects restrictions and prohibitions on the spill, release or emission of various substances produced in association with oil and natural gas industry operations, and the generation, storage, transportation, and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. In addition, such legislation sets out the requirements with respect to oilfield waste handling and storage, habitat protection and the satisfactory operation, maintenance, abandonment and reclamation of well and facility sites. New environmental legislation at the federal and provincial levels may increase uncertainty among oil and natural gas industry participants as the new laws are implemented, and the effects of the new rules and standards are felt in the oil and natural gas industry.

Compliance with environmental legislation can require significant expenditures and a breach of applicable environmental legislation may result in the imposition of fines and penalties, some of which may be material. Environmental legislation is evolving in a manner expected to result in stricter standards and enforcement, larger fines and liability and potentially increased capital expenditures and operating costs. The discharge of oil, natural gas or other pollutants into the air, soil or water may give rise to liabilities to governments and third parties and may require the Company to incur costs to remedy such discharge. Environmental compliance requirements may result in a curtailment of production or a material increase in the costs of production, development or exploration activities or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Restrictions on the availability of and access to drilling equipment may impede the Company’s exploration and development activities.

Oil and natural gas exploration and development activities are dependent on the availability of drilling and related equipment (typically leased from third parties) as well as skilled personnel trained to use such equipment in the areas where such activities will be conducted. Demand for such limited equipment, or access restrictions, may affect the availability of such equipment to the Company and may delay exploration and development activities.

Climate change concerns could result in increased operating costs and reduced demand for the Company’s products and securities, while the potential physical effects of climate change could disrupt the Company’s production and cause it to incur significant costs in preparing for or responding to those effects.

Global climate issues continue to attract public and scientific attention. Numerous reports, including reports from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, have engendered concern about the impacts of human activity, especially hydrocarbon combustion, on global climate issues. In turn, increasing public, government, and investor attention is being paid to global climate issues and to emissions of greenhouse gases (“GHG”), including emissions of carbon dioxide and methane from the production and use of oil, liquids and natural gas. The majority of countries across the globe, including Canada, have agreed to reduce their carbon emissions in accordance with the Paris Agreement. In addition, during the course of the 2021 United Nations Climate Change Conference in Glasgow, Scotland, Canada’s Prime Minister Justin Trudeau made several pledges aimed at reducing Canada’s GHG emissions and environmental impact. As discussed below, the Company faces both transition risks and physical risks associated with climate change and climate change policy and regulations.

Foreign and domestic governments continue to evaluate and implement policy, legislation, and regulations focused on restricting emissions commonly referred to as GHG emissions and promoting adaptation to climate change and the transition to a low-carbon economy. It is not possible to predict what measures foreign and domestic governments may implement in this regard, nor is it possible to predict the requirements that such measures may impose or when such measures may be implemented. However, international multilateral agreements, the obligations adopted thereunder and legal challenges concerning the adequacy of climate-related policy brought against foreign and domestic governments may accelerate the implementation of these measures. Given the evolving nature of climate change policy and the control of GHG emissions and resulting requirements, including carbon taxes and carbon pricing schemes implemented by varying levels of government,

17

it is expected that current and future climate change regulations will have the effect of increasing the Company’s operating expenses, and, in the long-term, potentially reducing the demand for oil, liquids, natural gas and related products, resulting in a decrease in the Company’s profitability and a reduction in the value of its assets.

Concerns about climate change have resulted in a number of environmental activists and members of the public opposing the continued extraction and development of fossil fuels, which has influenced investors’ willingness to invest in the oil and natural gas industry. Historically, political and legal opposition to the fossil fuel industry focused on public opinion and the regulatory process. More recently, however, there has been a movement to more directly hold governments and oil and natural gas companies responsible for climate change through climate litigation. Claims have been made against certain energy companies alleging that GHG emissions from oil and natural gas operations constitute a public nuisance under certain laws or that such energy companies provided misleading disclosure to the public and investors of current or future risks associated with climate change. As a result, individuals, government authorities, or other organizations may make claims against oil and natural gas companies, including the Company, for alleged personal injury, property damage, or other potential liabilities. While the Company is not a party to any such litigation or proceedings, it could be named in actions making similar allegations. An unfavorable ruling in any such case could adversely affect the demand for and price of securities issued by the Company, impact its operations and have an adverse impact on its financial condition.

Given the perceived elevated long-term risks associated with policy development, regulatory changes, public and private legal challenges, or other market developments related to climate change, there have also been efforts in recent years affecting the investment community, including investment advisors, sovereign wealth funds, banks, public pension funds, universities and other institutional investors, promoting direct engagement and dialogue with companies in their portfolios on climate change action (including exercising their voting rights on matters relating to climate change) and increased capital allocation to investments in low-carbon assets and businesses while decreasing the carbon intensity of their portfolios through, among other measures, divestments of companies with high exposure to GHG-intensive operations and products. Certain stakeholders have also pressured insurance providers and commercial and investment banks to reduce or stop financing, and providing insurance coverage to oil and natural gas and related infrastructure businesses and projects. The impact of such efforts require the Company’s management to dedicate significant time and resources to these climate change-related concerns, may adversely affect the Company’s operations, the demand for and price of the Company’s securities and may negatively impact the Company’s cost of capital and access to the capital markets.

Emissions, carbon and other regulations impacting climate and climate-related matters are constantly evolving. With respect to environmental, social, governance (“ESG”) and climate reporting, the International Sustainability Standards Board has issued an IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standard with the aim to develop sustainability disclosure standards that are globally consistent, comparable and reliable. If the Company is not able to meet future sustainability reporting requirements of regulators or current and future expectations of investors, insurance providers, or other stakeholders, its business and ability to attract and retain skilled employees, obtain regulatory permits, licenses, registrations, approvals, and authorizations from various governmental authorities, and raise capital may be adversely affected.

The direct and indirect costs of various GHG regulations, existing and proposed, may adversely affect the Company’s business, operations and financial results, including demand for the Company’s products.

The Company’s exploration and production facilities and other operations and activities emit GHGs which may require the Company to comply with federal and/or provincial greenhouse gas emissions legislation in Canada. Climate change policy is evolving at regional, national and international levels, and political and economic events may significantly affect the scope and timing of climate change measures that are ultimately put in place to prevent climate change or mitigate its effects. The direct or indirect costs of compliance with GHG related regulations may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The Company’s facilities may ultimately be subject to future regional, provincial and/or federal climate change regulations to manage GHG emissions.

18

Although it is not possible at this time to predict how new laws or regulations in the U.S. and Canada would impact the Company’s business, any such future laws, regulations or legal requirements imposing reporting or permitting obligations on, or limiting emissions of GHGs from, the Company’s equipment and operations could require the Company to incur costs to reduce emissions of GHGs associated with its operations or to purchase emission credits or offsets as well as delays or restrictions in its ability to permit GHG emissions from new or modified sources. The direct or indirect costs of compliance with these regulations may have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of the Company. Any such regulations could also increase the cost of consumption, and thereby reduce demand for the oil, condensate and other NGLs and natural gas the Company produces. Given the evolving nature of the discourse related to climate change and the control of GHGs and resulting regulatory requirements, it is not possible to predict with certainty the impact on the Company and its operations and financial condition.

Physical risks associated with climate change.

Based on the Company’s current understanding, the potential physical risks resulting from climate change are long-term in nature and associated with a high degree of uncertainty regarding timing, scope, and severity of potential impacts. Many experts believe global climate change could increase extreme variability in weather patterns such as increased frequency of severe weather, rising mean temperature and sea levels, and long-term changes in precipitation patterns. Extreme hot and cold weather, heavy snowfall, heavy rainfall, and wildfires may restrict the Company’s ability to access its properties and cause operational difficulties, including damage to equipment and infrastructure. Extreme weather also increases the risk of personnel injury as a result of dangerous working conditions. Certain of the Company’s assets are located in locations that are proximate to forests and rivers and a wildfire or flood may lead to significant downtime and/or damage to the Company’s assets or cause disruptions to the production and transport of its products or the delivery of goods and services in its supply chain.

A failure to secure the services and equipment necessary to the Company’s operations for the expected price, on the expected timeline, or at all, may have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance and cash flows.

The Company’s operating costs could escalate and become uncompetitive due to supply chain disruptions, inflationary cost pressures, equipment limitations, escalating supply costs, commodity prices, and additional government intervention through stimulus spending or additional regulations. The Company’s inability to manage costs may impact project returns and future development decisions, which could have a material adverse effect on its financial performance and cash flows.

The cost or availability of oil and gas field equipment may adversely affect the Company’s ability to undertake exploration, development and construction projects. The oil and gas industry is cyclical in nature and is prone to shortages of supply of equipment and services including drilling rigs, geological and geophysical services, engineering and construction services, major equipment items for infrastructure projects and construction materials generally. These materials and services may not be available when required at reasonable prices. A failure to secure the services and equipment necessary to the Company’s operations for the expected price, on the expected timeline, or at all, may have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance and cash flows.

Oil and natural gas operations are subject to seasonal weather conditions and the Company may experience significant operational delays as a result.

The level of activity in the Canadian oil and natural gas industry is influenced by seasonal weather patterns. Wet weather and spring thaw may make the ground unstable. Consequently, municipalities and provincial transportation departments enforce road bans that restrict the movement of rigs and other heavy equipment, thereby reducing activity levels. Certain oil and natural gas producing areas are located in areas that are

19

inaccessible other than during the winter months because the ground surrounding the sites in these areas consists of swampy terrain. In addition, extreme cold weather, heavy snowfall and heavy rainfall may restrict the Company’s ability to access its properties and cause operational difficulties. Seasonal factors and unexpected weather patterns may lead to declines in exploration and production activity and corresponding decreases in the demand for the goods and services of the Company.

The Company’s access to capital may be limited or restricted as a result of factors related and unrelated to it, impacting its ability to conduct future operations and acquire and develop reserves.

The Company anticipates making substantial capital expenditures for the acquisition, exploration, development and production of oil and natural gas reserves in the future. As future capital expenditures will be financed out of cash generated from operations, borrowings and possible future equity sales, the Company’s ability to do so is dependent on, among other factors:

• the overall state of the capital markets;

• the Company’s credit rating (if applicable);

• commodity prices;

• interest rates;

• royalty rates;

• tax burden due to currently applicable tax laws and potential changes in tax laws; and

• investor appetite for investments in the energy industry and the Company’s securities in particular.

Further, if the Company’s revenues or reserves decline, it may not have access to the capital necessary to undertake or complete future drilling programs. The current conditions in the oil and gas industry have negatively impacted the ability of oil and gas companies to access financing. Debt or equity financing or cash generated by operations may not be available or sufficient to meet these requirements or for other corporate purposes or, if debt or equity financing is available, it may not be on terms acceptable to the Company. The Company may be required to seek additional equity financing on terms that are highly dilutive to existing shareholders. The inability of the Company to access sufficient capital for its operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Company may require additional financing, from time to time, to fund the acquisition, exploration and development of properties and its ability to obtain such financing in a timely fashion and on acceptable terms may be negatively impacted by the current economic and global market volatility.

The Company’s cash flow from operations may not be sufficient to fund its ongoing activities at all times and, from time to time, the Company may require additional financing in order to carry out its oil and natural gas acquisition, exploration and development activities. Failure to obtain financing on a timely basis could cause the Company to forfeit its interest in certain properties, miss certain acquisition opportunities and reduce its operations. Due to the conditions in the oil and natural gas industry and/or global economic and political volatility, the Company may, from time to time, have restricted access to capital and increased borrowing costs. The current conditions in the oil and natural gas industry have negatively impacted the ability of oil and natural gas companies to access, or the cost of, additional financing.

As a result of global economic and political conditions and the domestic lending landscape, the Company may, from time to time, have restricted access to capital and increased borrowing costs. If the Company’s cash flow from operations decreases as a result of lower oil and natural gas prices or otherwise, it will affect the Company’s ability to expend the necessary capital to replace its reserves or to maintain its production. To the extent that external sources of capital become limited, unavailable or available on onerous terms, the Company’s

20

ability to make capital investments and maintain existing assets may be impaired, and its assets, liabilities, business, financial condition and results of operations may be affected materially and adversely. In addition, the future development of the Company’s properties may require additional financing and such financing may not be available or, if available, may not be available upon acceptable terms. Alternatively, any available financing may be highly dilutive to existing shareholders. Failure to obtain any financing necessary for the Company’s capital expenditure plans may result in a delay in development or production on the Company’s properties.

Defects in the title or rights to produce the Company’s properties may result in a financial loss.

The Company’s actual title to and interest in its properties, and its right to produce and sell the oil and natural gas therefrom, may vary from the Company’s records. In addition, there may be valid legal challenges or legislative changes that affect the Company’s title to and right to produce from its oil and natural gas properties, which could impair the Company’s activities and result in a reduction of the revenue received by the Company.

If a defect exists in the chain of title or in the Company’s right to produce, or a legal challenge or legislative change arises, it is possible that the Company may lose all, or a portion of, the properties to which the title defect relates and/or its right to produce from such properties. This may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Company’s estimated reserves are based on numerous factors and assumptions which may prove incorrect and which may affect the Company.

There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating reserves and the future cash flows attributed to such reserves. The reserves and associated cash flow information set forth in this document are estimates only. Generally, estimates of economically recoverable oil and natural gas reserves (including the breakdown of reserves by product type) and the future net cash flows from such estimated reserves are based upon a number of variable factors and assumptions, such as:

• historical production from properties;

• production rates;

• ultimate reserve recovery;

• timing and amount of capital expenditures;

• marketability of oil and natural gas;

• royalty rates; and

• the assumed effects of regulation by governmental agencies and future operating costs (all of which may vary materially from actual results).

For those reasons, estimates of the economically recoverable oil and natural gas reserves attributable to any particular group of properties, classification of such reserves based on risk of recovery and estimates of future net revenues associated with reserves prepared by different engineers, or by the same engineers at different times may vary. The Company’s actual production, revenues, taxes and development and operating expenditures with respect to its reserves will vary from estimates and such variations could be material.

The estimation of proved reserves that may be developed and produced in the future is often based upon volumetric calculations and upon analogy to similar types of reserves rather than actual production history. Recovery factors and drainage areas are often estimated by experience and analogy to similar producing pools. Estimates based on these methods are generally less reliable than those based on actual production history. Subsequent evaluation of the same reserves based upon production history and production practices will result in variations in the estimated reserves and such variations could be material.

21

Actual production and cash flows derived from the Company’s oil and natural gas reserves will vary from the estimates contained in the reserve evaluation, and such variations could be material. The reserve evaluation is based in part on the assumed success of activities the Company intends to undertake in future years. The reserves and estimated cash flows to be derived therefrom and contained in the reserve evaluation will be reduced to the extent that such activities do not achieve the level of success assumed in the reserve evaluation. The reserve evaluation is effective as of a specific effective date and, except as may be specifically stated, has not been updated and therefore does not reflect changes in the Company’s reserves since that date.

Risk management activities expose the Company to the risk of financial loss and counter-party risk.

From time to time, the Company may enter into physical or financial agreements to receive fixed prices on its crude oil and natural gas production intended to mitigate the effect of commodity price volatility and to support the Company’s capital budgeting and expenditure plans. However, to the extent that the Company engages in price risk management activities to protect itself from commodity price declines, it may also be prevented from realizing the full benefits of price increases above the levels of the derivative instruments used to manage price risk. In addition, the Company’s risk management arrangements may expose it to the risk of financial loss in certain circumstances, including instances in which:

• production falls short of the contracted volumes or prices fall significantly lower than projected;

• there is a widening of price-basis differentials between delivery points for production and the delivery point assumed in the arrangement;

• counterparties to the arrangements or other price risk management contracts fail to perform under those arrangements; or

• a sudden unexpected event materially impacts crude oil and natural gas prices.

On the other hand, failure to protect against decline in commodity prices exposes the Company to reduced liquidity when prices decline. A sustained lower commodity price environment would result in lower realized prices for unprotected volumes and reduce the prices at which the Company would enter into derivative contracts on future volumes. This could make such transactions unattractive, and, as a result, some or all of the Company’s forecasted production volumes may not be protected by derivative arrangements.

Similarly, from time to time, the Company may enter into agreements to fix the exchange rate of Canadian to US dollars or other currencies in order to offset the risk of revenue losses if the Canadian dollar increases in value compared to other currencies. However, if the Canadian dollar declines in value compared to such fixed currencies, the Company will not benefit from the fluctuating exchange rate.

Not all risks of conducting oil and natural gas opportunities are insurable and the occurrence of an uninsurable event may have a materially adverse effect on the Company.

The Company’s involvement in the exploration for and development of oil and natural gas properties may result in the Company becoming subject to liability for pollution, blowouts, leaks of sour gas, property damage, personal injury or other hazards. Although the Company maintains insurance in accordance with industry standards to address certain of these risks, such insurance has limitations on liability and may not be sufficient to cover the full extent of such liabilities. In addition, certain risks are not, in all circumstances, insurable or, in certain circumstances, the Company may elect not to obtain insurance to deal with specific risks due to the high premiums associated with such insurance or other reasons. The payment of any uninsured liabilities would reduce the funds available to the Company. The occurrence of a significant event that the Company is not fully insured against, or the insolvency of the insurer of such event, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Company’s insurance policies are generally renewed on an annual basis and, depending on factors such as market conditions, the premiums, policy limits and/or deductibles for certain insurance policies can vary

22

substantially. In some instances, certain insurance may become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. Significantly increased costs could lead the Company to decide to reduce or possibly eliminate coverage. In addition, insurance is purchased from a number of third-party insurers, often in layered insurance arrangements, some of whom may discontinue providing insurance coverage for their own policy or strategic reasons. Should any of these insurers refuse to continue to provide insurance coverage, the Company’s overall risk exposure could be increased and the Company could incur significant costs.

The Company relies on its reputation to continue its operations and to attract and retain investors and employees.

Oil and gas development receives significant political, media and activist commentary on the subjects of GHG emissions, pipeline transportation, water usage, harm to aboriginal communities, hydraulic fracturing and potential for environmental damage. Public concerns regarding such issues may directly or indirectly harm the Company’s operations and profitability in a number of ways, including by: (i) creating significant regulatory uncertainty that could challenge the economic modeling of future development; (ii) motivating extraordinary environmental regulation by governmental authorities that could result in changes to facility design and operating requirements, thereby increasing the cost of construction, operation and abandonment; (iii) imposing restrictions on hydraulic fracturing that could reduce the amount of crude oil and natural gas that the Company is ultimately able to produce from its reserves; and (iv) resulting in proposed pipelines not being able to receive the necessary permits and approvals, which, in turn may limit the market for the Company’s crude oil and natural gas and reduce its price. Concerns over these issues may also harm the Company’s corporate reputation and limit its ability to access land and joint venture opportunities.

The Company’s business, operations or financial condition may be negatively impacted as a result of any negative public opinion towards the Company or as a result of any negative sentiment toward, or in respect of, the Company’s reputation with stakeholders, special interest groups, political leadership, the media or other entities. Public opinion may be influenced by certain media and special interest groups’ negative portrayal of the industry in which the Company operates as well as their opposition to certain oil and natural gas projects. Potential impacts of negative public opinion or reputational issues may include delays or interruptions in operations, legal or regulatory actions or challenges, blockades, increased regulatory oversight, reduced support for, delays in, challenges to, or the revocation of regulatory approvals, permits and/or licenses and increased costs and/or cost overruns. The Company’s reputation and public opinion could also be impacted by the actions and activities of other companies operating in the oil and natural gas industry, particularly other producers, over which the Company has no control. Similarly, the Company’s reputation could be impacted by negative publicity related to loss of life, injury or damage to property and environmental damage caused by the Company’s operations. In addition, if the Company develops a reputation of having an unsafe work site, it may impact the ability of the Company to attract and retain the necessary skilled employees and consultants to operate its business. Opposition from special interest groups opposed to oil and natural gas development and the possibility of climate-related litigation against governments and hydrocarbon companies may impact the Company’s reputation.

Reputational risk cannot be managed in isolation from other forms of risk. Credit, market, operational, insurance, regulatory and legal risks, among others, must all be managed effectively to safeguard the Company’s reputation. Damage to the Company’s reputation could result in negative investor sentiment towards the Company, which may result in limiting the Company’s access to capital, increasing the cost of capital, and decreasing the price and liquidity of the Company’s securities.

Changing investor sentiment towards the oil and natural gas industry may impact the Company’s access to, and cost of, capital.

A number of factors, including the effects of the use of hydrocarbons on climate change, the impact of oil and natural gas operations on the environment, environmental damage relating to spills of petroleum products

23

during production and transportation and Indigenous rights, have affected certain investors’ sentiments towards investing in the oil and natural gas industry. As a result of these concerns, some institutional, retail and governmental investors have announced that they no longer are willing to fund or invest in oil and natural gas properties or companies, or are reducing the amount thereof over time. In addition, certain institutional investors are requesting that issuers develop and implement more robust social, environmental and governance policies and practices. Developing and implementing such policies and practices can involve significant costs and require a significant time commitment from the Board of Directors, management and employees of the Company. Failing to implement the policies and practices, as requested by institutional investors, may result in such investors reducing their investment in the Company, or not investing in the Company at all. Any reduction in the investor base interested or willing to invest in the oil and natural gas industry and more specifically, the Company, may result in limiting the Company’s access to capital, increasing the cost of capital, and decreasing the price and liquidity of the Company’s securities even if the Company’s operating results, underlying asset values or prospects have not changed.

Opposition by Indigenous groups to the conduct of the Company’s operations, development or exploratory activities may negatively impact the Company.

Opposition by Indigenous groups to the conduct of the Company’s operations, development or exploratory activities may negatively impact it in terms of public perception, diversion of management’s time and resources, legal and other advisory expenses, and could adversely impact the Company’s progress and ability to explore and develop properties.

Some Indigenous groups have established or asserted treaty, Aboriginal title and Aboriginal rights to portions of Canada. Although there are no specific Aboriginal or treaty rights claims on lands where the Company operates, there is no certainty that any lands currently unaffected by claims brought by Indigenous groups will remain unaffected by future claims. Such claims, if successful, could have a material adverse impact on its operations or pace of growth.

The Canadian federal and provincial governments have a duty to consult with Aboriginal people when contemplating actions that may adversely affect the asserted or proven Aboriginal or treaty rights and, in certain circumstances, accommodate their concerns. The scope of the duty to consult by federal and provincial governments varies with the circumstances and is often the subject of ongoing litigation. The fulfillment of the duty to consult Aboriginal people and any associated accommodations may adversely affect the Company’s ability to, or increase the timeline to, obtain or renew, permits, leases, licenses and other approvals, or to meet the terms and conditions of those approvals.

In addition, the federal government has introduced legislation to implement the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (“UNDRIP”). Other Canadian jurisdictions have also introduced or passed similar legislation, or begun considering the principles and objectives of UNDRIP, or may do so in the future. The means and timelines associated with UNDRIP’s implementation by government is uncertain; additional processes may be created or legislation amended or introduced associated with project development and operations, further increasing uncertainty with respect to project regulatory approval timelines and requirements.

An inability to recruit and retain a skilled workforce and key personnel may negatively impact the Company.

The operations and management of the Company require the recruitment and retention of a skilled workforce, including engineers, technical personnel and other professionals. The loss of key members of such workforce, or a substantial portion of the workforce as a whole, could result in the failure to implement the Company’s business plans which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Competition for qualified personnel in the oil and natural gas industry is intense and the Company may not be able to continue to attract and retain all personnel necessary for the development and operation of its business.

24

The Company does not have any key personnel insurance in effect. Contributions of the existing management team to the immediate and near term operations of the Company are likely to be of central importance. In addition, certain of the Company’s current employees may have significant institutional knowledge that must be transferred to other employees prior to their departure from the workforce. If the Company is unable to: (i) retain current employees; (ii) successfully complete effective knowledge transfers; and/or (iii) recruit new employees with the requisite knowledge and experience, the Company could be negatively impacted. In addition, the Company could experience increased costs to retain and recruit these professionals.

The Company’s operations are subject to various laws and governmental regulations which require compliance that can be burdensome and expensive and may expose the Company’s operations to significant delays, costs and liabilities.

The Company’s oil, condensate and other NGLs and natural gas operations are subject to various federal, provincial and local governmental regulations that may be changed from time to time. Matters subject to regulation include the requirements surrounding facility and lease construction, discharge permits for drilling operations, drilling bonds, reports concerning operations, the spacing of wells, unitization and pooling of properties and taxation. From time to time, regulatory agencies have imposed price controls and limitations on production by restricting the rate of flow of oil, condensate and other NGLs and natural gas wells below actual production capacity to conserve supplies of oil, condensate and other NGLs and natural gas. In addition, the production, handling, storage, transportation, remediation, emission and disposal of oil, condensate and other NGLs and natural gas, by-products thereof and other substances and materials produced or used in connection with oil, condensate and other NGLs and natural gas operations are subject to regulation under federal, provincial and local laws and regulations primarily relating to protection of human health and the environment.

These laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become increasingly stringent over time. A failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, regulatory, civil and criminal penalties, imposition of cleanup and site restoration costs and liens, the suspension or revocation of necessary permits, licenses and authorizations, the requirement that additional pollution controls be installed and, in some instances, issuance of orders or injunctions limiting or requiring discontinuation of certain operations. Moreover, these laws and regulations have continually imposed increasingly strict requirements for water and air pollution control and solid waste management. The Company may incur significant expenditures and experience delays in order to maintain compliance with governmental laws and regulations applicable to it. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Under certain environmental laws that impose strict as well as joint and several liability, the Company may be required to remediate contaminated properties currently or formerly operated by the Company or facilities of third parties that received waste generated by the Company’s operations regardless of whether such contamination resulted from the conduct of others or from consequences of the Company’s own actions that were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time those actions were taken. In addition, claims for damages to persons or property, including natural resources, may result from the environmental, health and safety impacts of the Company’s operations. In addition, the risk of accidental spills or releases from the Company’s operations could expose it to significant liabilities under environmental laws. Moreover, public interest in the protection of the environment has increased dramatically in recent years. The trend of more expansive and stringent environmental legislation and regulations applied to the oil and natural gas industry is likely to continue, resulting in increased costs of doing business and consequently affecting profitability. To the extent laws are enacted or other governmental action is taken that restricts drilling or imposes more stringent and costly operating, waste handling, disposal and cleanup requirements, the Company’s business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

The Company has not established a separate reserve fund for the purpose of funding its estimated future environmental, including reclamation and abandonment, obligations. As a result, the Company may not be able

25

to satisfy these obligations. Any site reclamation or abandonment costs incurred in the ordinary course in a specific period will be funded out of the Company’s cash flow from operations or from its other sources of available funding. If the Company is unable to fully fund the cost of remedying an environmental obligation, it might be required to suspend operations or enter into interim compliance measures pending completion of the required remedy, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Oil and natural gas companies operating in Alberta are subject to significant regulation with respect to their employees’ health and safety. Companies are required to self-report accidents and infractions, and regular and random audits of operations are also part of the regulatory process. Previous violations of the same requirement are taken into account when assessing penalties and subsequent behavior may be subjected to escalating levels of oversight and loss of operating freedom. Non-compliance with regulations may in the future result in suspension or closure of the Company’s operations or the imposition of other penalties against the Company.

Restrictions on operational activities intended to protect certain species of wildlife may adversely affect the Company’s ability to conduct drilling and other operational activities in some of the areas where it operates.

Oil, condensate and other NGLs and natural gas operations in the Company’s operating areas can be adversely affected by seasonal or permanent restrictions on construction, drilling and well completions activities designed to protect various wildlife. Seasonal restrictions may limit the Company’s ability to operate in protected areas and can intensify competition for drilling rigs, oilfield equipment, services, supplies and qualified personnel, which may lead to periodic shortages when drilling and completions activities are allowed. These constraints and the resulting shortages or high costs could delay the Company’s operations and materially increase the Company’s operating and capital costs. Permanent restrictions imposed to protect endangered species could prohibit development in certain areas or require the implementation of expensive mitigation measures. The designation of previously unprotected species as threatened or endangered in areas where the Company operates could cause the Company to incur increased costs arising from species protection measures or could result in limitations on the Company’s exploration and production activities that could have an adverse impact on the Company’s ability to develop and produce its reserves.

Risks Related to the Company’s CCS Program

The Company is subject to CCS industry risk, including risk that the industry in which the Company operates may not develop at sufficient speed.

The Company is subject to various market specific risks related to the carbon capture and storage (“CCS”) industry, as further outlined below, and should these risks materialize they may have a material adverse effect on the Company.

The CCS industry risks materializing in respect of a slow ramp-up of CCS in the global market, reduced or delayed CO2 tax and incentive increases, and/or uncertainty in respect of availability of supplier base, supplier capacity and logistical, and supply chain challenges in new market conditions may have a negative impact on the Company’s operations and development.

Evolving climate targets and stronger investment incentives are expected to add momentum to the CCS industry; however, should such favorable regulatory policies and financial support no longer be available or be reduced, such change(s) may have an adverse effect on development of the industry in which the Company operates, which in turn may have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to expand its operations and ultimately on the Company’s financial position and results. The speed of the transition into a low-carbon economy will also affect the realization of carbon capture projects and governmental support and environmental regulation are key factors that will influence the speed of this transition.

The Company intends to derive revenue from the sale of environmental attributes including emission performance credits, emission offset credits, and other instruments created by governments to represent a price

26

on carbon. The Company expects to sell these instruments in the open market and the price received is therefore subject to typical market risks including supply, demand and general lack of available markets and liquidity.

The Company may not be able to successfully implement its CCS cost reduction strategies or achieve its forecasted CCS cost reductions.

In order for CCS to remain a competitive alternative, it is necessary to reduce CCS costs. Cost reduction is viewed as a key strategic pillar to execute the Company’s strategy to improve project economics. Should the Company fail to successfully implement strategies for CCS cost reduction, such failure may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to be competitive.

Tax credits or other government policies related to the development and adoption of CCS may not be implemented in the manner that the Company expects, or at all. Even if tax credits or government policies are implemented, the Company may fail to implement its CCS program in a manner that allows it to take advantage of these credits.

The Government of Canada has signaled its intention to introduce a tax credit program to incentivize and reward the development and adoption of CCS. The Company intends to be in a position to take advantage of certain contemplated government policies through its CCS program. However, the Company cannot predict when or if any new government policy will be adopted, promulgated or become effective. The Company expects to incur significant capital expenditures in connection with its CCS program. If tax credits or other government policies related to the development and adoption of CCS are not implemented in the manner that the Company expects, or at all, the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Even if tax credits or government policies related to the development and adoption of CCS are implemented, the Company may fail to implement its CCS program in a manner that allows it to take advantage of these credits. The Company’s future CCS technology may prove not to be commercially viable, efficient, or operationally effective and efforts to respond to technological innovations may require significant financial investments and resources. Additionally, CCS projects are dependent on prevailing carbon prices. A reduction in prevailing carbon prices could lead to CCS projects not being economical. Failure by the Company to respond to changes in technology and innovations may render the Company’s future CCS operations non-competitive and may have a material, negative effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and future prospects.

The Company may be materially adversely affected by the inability of the Company to meet its emissions targets.

As discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, the Company is committed to reducing its Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions with a target of net zero by 2030. Any failure by the Company to realize its commitments to achieve this net zero emissions target could lead to adverse press coverage and other adverse public statements affecting the Company. In addition, the ability to comply with some or all of the Company’s voluntary commitments may be outside of its control. For example, other companies operate some of the assets in which the Company has an interest. The Company has limited ability to exercise influence over the operation of those assets or their associated costs. Consequently, the Company is at least partially dependent on the actions of these third parties to meet its net zero emissions target. If these third parties do not sufficiently reduce GHG emissions, the Company may not achieve its net zero emissions goal. Adverse press coverage and other adverse statements, whether or not driven by political or public sentiment, may also result in investigations by regulators, legislators and law enforcement officials or in legal claims.

Addressing any adverse publicity, governmental scrutiny or enforcement or other legal proceedings is time consuming and expensive and, regardless of the factual basis for the assertions being made, can have a negative

27

impact on the Company’s reputation, on the morale and performance of the Company’s employees and on the Company’s relationships with regulators, customers and commercial counterparties. It may also have a negative impact on the Company’s ability to take timely advantage of various business and market opportunities. The direct and indirect effects of negative publicity, and the demands of responding to and addressing it, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to the Company’s Technology, Intellectual Property and Infrastructure

Unauthorized use of intellectual property may cause the Company to engage in, or be the subject of, litigation.

Due to the rapid development of oil and natural gas technology, in the normal course of the Company’s operations, the Company may become involved in, named as a party to, or be the subject of, various legal proceedings in which it is alleged that the Company has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated the intellectual property or proprietary rights of others, the Company may also initiate similar claims against third parties if it believes that such parties are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating its intellectual property or proprietary rights. The Company’s involvement in any intellectual property litigation or legal proceedings could (i) result in significant expense, (ii) adversely affect the development of its assets or intellectual property, or (iii) otherwise divert the efforts of its technical and management personnel, whether or not such litigation or proceeding is resolved in the Company’s favor. In the event of an adverse outcome in any such litigation or proceeding, the Company may, among other things, be required to:

• pay substantial damages and/or cease the development, use, sale or importation of processes that infringe or violate upon the intellectual property rights of a third party;

• expend significant resources to develop or acquire the non-infringing intellectual property;

• discontinue processes incorporating the infringing technology; or

• obtain licenses to the non-infringing intellectual property.

However, the Company may not be successful in such development or acquisition of the applicable non-infringing intellectual property, or such licenses may not be available on reasonable terms. In the event of a successful claim of infringement, misappropriation or violation of third party intellectual property rights against the Company and its failure or inability to obtain a license to continue to use the such technology on reasonable terms, the Company’s business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Breaches of the Company’s cyber-security and loss of, or unauthorized access to, data may adversely impact the Company’s operations and financial position.

The Company is increasingly dependent upon the availability, capacity, reliability and security of the Company’s information technology infrastructure, and the Company’s ability to expand and continually update this infrastructure, to conduct daily operations. The Company depends on various information technology systems to estimate reserve quantities, process and record financial data, manage the Company’s land base, manage financial resources, analyze seismic information, administer contracts with operators and lessees and communicate with employees and third-party partners. The Company currently uses, and may use in the future, outsourced service providers to help provide certain information technology services, and any such service providers may face similar security and system disruption risks. Moreover, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, an increased number of the Company’s employees and service providers may be working from home and connecting to its networks remotely on less secure systems, which may further increase the risk of, and vulnerability to, a cyber-security attack or security breach to the Company’s network. In addition, the Company’s ability to monitor its outsourced service providers’ security measures is limited, and, in any event, third parties may be able to circumvent those security measures, resulting in the unauthorized access to, misuse, acquisition, disclosure, loss, alteration, or destruction of the Company’s personal, confidential, or other data, including data relating to individuals.

28

Further, the Company is subject to a variety of information technology and system risks as a part of its operations including potential breakdowns, invasions, viruses, cyber-attacks, cyber-fraud, security breaches, and destruction or interruption of the Company’s information technology systems by third parties or employees. Unauthorized access to these systems by employees or third parties could lead to corruption or exposure of confidential, fiduciary or proprietary information, interruption to communications or operations or disruption to business activities or the Company’s competitive position. In addition, cyber phishing attempts have become more widespread and sophisticated in recent years. If the Company becomes a victim to a cyber phishing attack, it could result in a loss or theft of the Company’s financial resources or critical data and information, or could result in a loss of control of the Company’s technological infrastructure or financial resources. The Company’s employees are often the targets of such cyber phishing attacks by third parties using fraudulent “spoof” emails to misappropriate information or to introduce viruses or other malware through “Trojan horse” programs to the Company’s computers.

Increasingly, social media is used as a vehicle to carry out cyber phishing attacks by nefarious actors. Information posted on social media sites, for business or personal purposes, may be used by attackers to gain entry into the Company’s systems and obtain confidential information. Despite these efforts, there are significant risks that the Company may not be able to properly regulate social media use by its employees and preserve adequate records of business activities and client communications conducted through the use of social media platforms.

The Company maintains policies and procedures that address and implement employee protocols with respect to electronic communications and electronic devices and conducts annual cyber-security risk assessments. The Company also employs encryption protection of its confidential information, and all computers and other electronic devices. Despite the Company’s efforts to mitigate such cyber phishing attacks through employee education and training, cyber phishing activities may result in unauthorized access, data theft and damage to its information technology infrastructure. The Company applies technical and process controls in line with industry-accepted standards to protect its information, assets and systems, and the Company is in the process of implementing a formal written incident response plan for responding to a cyber-security incident. However, these controls may not adequately prevent cyber-security breaches or attacks. As such, the Company may need to continuously develop, modify, upgrade or enhance its information technology infrastructure and cyber-security measures to secure its business, which can lead to increased cyber-security protection costs. Such costs may include making organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants. These efforts may come at the potential cost of revenues and human resources that could be utilized to continue to enhance the Company’s product offerings, and such increased costs and diversion of resources may adversely affect operating margins. Disruption of critical information technology services, or breaches of information security, could have a negative effect on the Company’s performance and earnings, as well as its reputation, and any damages sustained may not be adequately covered by the Company’s current insurance coverage, or at all. The impact of any such cyber-security event could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is subject to laws, rules, regulations and policies regarding data privacy and security. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change and reinterpretation, and could result in claims, changes to its business practices, monetary penalties, increased cost of operations or other harm to its business.

The Company is subject to certain laws, regulations, standards, and other actual and potential obligations relating to privacy, data hosting and transparency of data, data protection, and data security. Such laws are evolving rapidly, and the Company expects to potentially be subject to new laws and regulations, or new interpretations of laws and regulations, in the future in various jurisdictions. These laws, regulations, and other obligations, and changes in their interpretation, could require the Company to modify its operations and practices, restrict its activities, and increase its costs. Further, these laws, regulations, and other obligations are complex and evolving rapidly, and despite the Company’s reasonable efforts to monitor its potential obligations,

29

the Company may face claims, allegations, or other proceedings related to its obligations under applicable privacy, data protection, or data security laws and regulations. The interpretation and implementation of these laws, regulations, and other obligations are uncertain for the foreseeable future and could be inconsistent with one another, which may complicate and increase the costs for compliance. As a result, the Company anticipates needing to dedicate substantial resources to comply with such laws, regulations, and other obligations relating to privacy and cyber-security. Despite the Company’s reasonable efforts to comply, any failure or alleged or perceived failure to comply with any applicable laws, regulations, or other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, or data security could also result in regulatory investigations and proceedings, and misuse of or failure to secure data relating to individuals could also result in claims and proceedings against the Company by governmental entities or other third parties, penalties, fines and other liabilities, and may potentially damage our reputation and credibility, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Financial, Tax and Accounting Risks

Changes to applicable tax laws and regulations or exposure to additional tax liabilities could adversely affect the Company’s business and future profitability.

The Company conducts operations, directly and through its subsidiaries, in Canada and is therefore subject to income taxes in Canada. The Company may also become subject to income taxes in other foreign jurisdictions in the future. The Company’s effective income tax rate could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws, changes in accounting and tax standards or practices, changes in the composition of operating income by tax jurisdiction, changes in the Company’s operating results before taxes, and the outcome of income tax audits in Canada. The Company will regularly assess all of these matters to determine the adequacy of its tax liabilities. If any of the Company’s assessments are ultimately determined to be incorrect, the Company’s business, results of operations, or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Due to the complexity of multinational tax obligations and filings, the Company and its subsidiaries may have a heightened risk related to audits or examinations by federal, state, provincial, and local taxing authorities in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Outcomes from these audits or examinations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, or financial condition.

The tax laws of Canada, as well as potentially any other jurisdiction in which the Company may operate in the future, have detailed transfer pricing rules that require that all transactions with related parties satisfy arm’s length pricing principles. Although the Company believes that its transfer pricing policies have been reasonably determined in accordance with arm’s length principles, the taxation authorities in the jurisdictions where the Company carries on business could challenge its transfer pricing policies. International transfer pricing is a subjective area of taxation and generally involves a significant degree of judgment. If any of these taxation authorities were to successfully challenge the Company’s transfer pricing policies, the Company could be subject to additional income tax expenses, including interest and penalties. Any such increase in the Company’s income tax expense and related interest and penalties could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations, or financial condition.

The Company may also be adversely affected by changes in the relevant tax laws and tax rates, treaties, regulations, administrative practices and principles, judicial decisions, and interpretations thereof, in each case, possibly with retroactive effect.

30

In the event that the Company expands its operations, including to jurisdictions in which the tax laws may not be favorable, the Company’s effective tax rate may fluctuate, tax obligations may become significantly more complex and subject to greater risk of examination by taxing authorities or the Company may be subject to future changes in tax laws, in each case, the impacts of which could adversely affect the Company’s after-tax profitability and financial results.

In the event that the Company expands its operating business domestically or internationally, the Company’s effective tax rates may fluctuate widely in the future. Future effective tax rates could be affected by: operating losses in jurisdictions where no tax benefit can be recorded under IFRS, changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws or the regulatory environment, changes in accounting and tax standards or practices, changes in the composition of operating income by tax jurisdiction, and the pre-tax operating results of the Company’s business.

Additionally, in the event the Company expands its operating business outside of Canada, it may be subject to significant income, withholding, and other tax obligations in other jurisdictions with respect to income, operations and subsidiaries related to those jurisdictions. The Company’s after-tax profitability and financial results could be subject to volatility or be affected by numerous factors, including (a) the availability of tax deductions, credits, exemptions, refunds and other benefits to reduce tax liabilities, (b) changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, if any, (c) the expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances, (d) the tax treatment of stock-based compensation, (e) changes in the relative amount of earnings subject to tax in the various jurisdictions, (f) the potential business expansion into, or otherwise becoming subject to tax in, additional jurisdictions, (g) changes to existing intercompany structure (and any costs related thereto) and business operations, (h) the extent of intercompany transactions and the extent to which taxing authorities in relevant jurisdictions respect those intercompany transactions, (i) the ability to structure business operations in an efficient and competitive manner, and (j) the availability of foreign income tax offsets in Canada. Outcomes from audits or examinations by taxing authorities could have an adverse effect on the Company’s after-tax profitability and financial condition. Additionally, several tax authorities have increasingly focused attention on intercompany transfer pricing with respect to sales of products and services and the use of intangibles. Tax authorities could disagree with the Company’s intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters and assess additional taxes. If the Company does not prevail in any such disagreements, its profitability may be affected.

The Company’s after-tax profitability and financial results may also be adversely affected by changes in relevant tax laws and tax rates, treaties, regulations, administrative practices and principles, judicial decisions and interpretations thereof, in each case, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Company might be a “passive foreign investment company,” or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders.

If the Company is a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder (as defined below in the subsection entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders—U.S. Holder Defined”), the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences with respect to the ownership and disposition of the Company’s Securities and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Because the revenue production of the Company is uncertain, and because PFIC status is based on income, assets and activities for an entire taxable year, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be treated as a PFIC under the income or asset test for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult with their own tax advisors to determine the application of the PFIC rules to them in their particular circumstances and any resulting tax consequences. Please see the subsection entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” for a more detailed discussion with respect to the PFIC status of the Company and the resulting tax consequences to U.S. Holders.

31

The Company’s reported financial results may be negatively impacted by changes in IFRS.

IFRS is subject to the requirements of IFRS as issued by the IASB, the interpretation by the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretation Committee (“IFRS IC”), the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on reported financial results, and may even affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement or effectiveness of a change.

The Company is an “emerging growth company” and, if the Company takes advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, it will make the Common Shares less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare performance with other public companies.

The Company is an emerging growth company (“EGC”) as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and the Company may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not EGCs, including the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation report from its auditors on management’s assessment of its internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. The Company may take advantage of these provisions until the earliest of (a) the last day of its fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) the last date of the Company’s fiscal year in which the Company has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, (c) the date on which the Company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding securities held by non-affiliates or (d) the date on which the Company has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years. Investors may find the Common Shares less attractive because the Company will continue to rely on these exemptions. If the Company relies on such exemptions, investors may find the Common Shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the Common Shares, and the share price may be more volatile.

Further, the exemptions available to the Company under the JOBS Act may not result in significant savings. To the extent that the Company chooses not to use exemptions from various reporting requirements under the JOBS Act, the Company will incur additional compliance costs, which may impact its financial condition.

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. The Company currently prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, so the Company is unable to make use of the extended transition period. The Company will comply with new or revised accounting standards on or before the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB.

The Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ corporate governance standards and, as a result, relies on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protections to shareholders.

As of February 23, 2023, the Riverstone Parties controlled approximately 84.5% (including 12,737,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Private Warrants that are held by certain Riverstone Fund V Entities) of the voting power of the outstanding Common Shares and DCRD Sponsor, an entity affiliated with the Riverstone Parties, controlled approximately 3.8% of the voting power of the outstanding Common Shares. In the aggregate, as of February 23, 2023, the Riverstone Parties and their affiliates, including DCRD Sponsor, controlled an aggregate of 87.8% of the voting power of the outstanding Common Shares (including 12,737,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Private Warrants that are held by certain Riverstone Fund V Entities).

32

As a result, the Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ rules, and the Company may qualify for and rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. Under NASDAQ corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements to:

• have a board that includes a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under NASDAQ rules;

• have a compensation committee of the board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

• have independent director oversight of director nominations.

The Company relies on the exemption from having a board that includes a majority of “independent directors” as defined under NASDAQ rules. The Company may elect to rely on additional exemptions and it will be entitled to do so for as long as the Company is considered a “controlled company,” and to the extent it relies on one or more of these exemptions, holders of Common Shares will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

The Company will incur significant increased expenses and administrative burdens as a public company, which could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that Hammerhead did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the requirements of Section 404 thereof, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the rules and regulations promulgated and to be promulgated thereunder, PCAOB and the securities exchanges, impose additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. Compliance with public company requirements will increase costs and make certain activities more time-consuming. A number of those requirements require the Company to carry out activities it has not done previously. In addition, expenses associated with SEC reporting requirements will be incurred. Furthermore, if any issues in complying with those requirements are identified (for example, if the auditors identify a significant deficiency or material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting), the Company could incur additional costs to rectify those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect its reputation or investor perceptions. In addition, the Company has purchased and will maintain director and officer liability insurance, which has substantial additional premiums. The additional reporting and other obligations imposed by these rules and regulations increase legal and financial compliance costs and the costs of related legal, accounting and administrative activities. Advocacy efforts by shareholders and third parties may also prompt additional changes in governance and reporting requirements, which could further increase costs.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information included in this document may not be indicative of what the Company’s actual financial position or results of operations would have been.

This document includes unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information for the Company.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information for the Company in this prospectus is presented for illustrative purposes only, is based on certain assumptions, addresses a hypothetical situation and reflects limited historical financial data. Therefore, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s actual financial position or results of operations would have been had the Business Combination been completed on the dates indicated, or the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the Company. Accordingly, the Company’s business, assets, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition may differ significantly from those indicated by the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information included in this prospectus. See the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” for more information.

33

There are inherent limitations in all control systems, and misstatements due to error or fraud that could seriously harm the Company’s business may occur and not be detected.

The Company’s management does not expect that its internal and disclosure controls will prevent all possible error and fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, an evaluation of controls may not detect all material control issues and instances of fraud, if any, in the Company. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Further, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons or by collusion of two or more persons. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, which design may not succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. A failure of the Company’s controls and procedures to detect error or fraud could seriously harm the Company’s business and results of operations.

The Company may identify internal control weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to develop and maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of financial statements and/or the Company’s inability to meet periodic reporting obligations.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting until after the Company is no longer an EGC. The Company’s current controls and any new controls that the Company develops may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in its business, personnel, IT systems and applications, or other factors. Any failure to design or maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could increase compliance costs, negatively impact share trading prices, create litigation and regulatory exposures, or otherwise harm the Company’s operating results or cause it to fail to meet its reporting obligations.

The measures the Company has taken to date, and actions it may take in the future, may not be sufficient to prevent or avoid any potential future material weakness. In addition, neither the Company’s management nor its independent registered public accounting firm has performed an evaluation of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act because no such evaluation has been required.

The Company’s management will have broad discretion in the use of the Company’s net proceeds from the Business Combination.

The Company cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds it received from the Business Combination. Accordingly, an investor in the Company’s Securities will have to rely upon the judgment of the Company’s management with respect to the use of proceeds, with only limited information concerning management’s specific intentions. The Company’s management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from the Business Combination in ways that holders of the Company’s Securities might not desire, that might not yield a favorable return and that might not increase the value of a Company securityholder’s investment. The failure by the Company’s management to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations or financial condition. Pending their use, the Company may invest the net proceeds from the Business Combination in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

The Company may be adversely affected by foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations.

The Company routinely transacts business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Additionally, the Company maintains a portion of its cash and investments in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may, from

34

time to time, experience losses resulting from fluctuations in the values of these foreign currencies, which could cause the Company’s reported net earnings to decrease, or could result in a negative impact to Shareholders’ deficit. In addition, failure to manage foreign currency exposures could cause the Company’s results of operations to be more volatile. Adverse, unforeseen or rapidly shifting currency valuations in the Company’s key markets may magnify these risks over time. The Company received the proceeds from the Business Combination in U.S. dollars.

Further, world oil and natural gas prices are quoted in United States dollars. The Canadian/United States dollar exchange rate, which fluctuates over time, consequently affects the price received by Canadian producers of oil and natural gas. Material increases in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to the United States dollar will negatively affect the Company’s production revenues. Accordingly, exchange rates between Canada and the United States could affect the future value of the Company’s reserves as determined by independent evaluators. Although a low value of the Canadian dollar relative to the United States dollar may positively affect the price the Company receives for its oil and natural gas production, it could also result in an increase in the price for certain goods used for the Company’s operations, which may have a negative impact on the Company’s financial results.

To the extent that the Company engages in risk management activities related to foreign exchange rates, there is a credit risk associated with counterparties with which the Company may contract.

An increase in interest rates could result in a significant increase in the amount the Company pays to service debt, resulting in a reduced amount available to fund its exploration and development activities.

Failing to comply with covenants under the Credit Facility could result in restricted access to additional capital or being required to repay all amounts owing thereunder.

The Company currently has a Credit Facility and the amount authorized thereunder is dependent on the borrowing base determined by its lenders. The Company has certain financial ratio tests which dictate the levels of fees and margins owing on amounts borrowed and borrowing base standby fees. Such financial ratio tests may also affect the availability or price of additional funding. The Company is required to comply with covenants under the Credit Facility, and in the event that the Company does not comply with these covenants, the Company’s access to capital could be restricted or repayment could be required. Events beyond the Company’s control may contribute to the failure of the Company to comply with such covenants. A failure to comply with covenants could result in default under the Credit Facility, which could result in the Company being required to repay amounts owing thereunder. In addition, the Credit Facility may impose operating and financial restrictions on the Company that could include restrictions on the payment of dividends, repurchase or making of other distributions, incurring of additional indebtedness, the provision of guarantees, the assumption of loans, making of capital expenditures, entering into of amalgamations, mergers, take-over bids or disposition of assets, among others.

Increased debt levels may impair the Company’s ability to borrow additional capital on a timely basis to fund opportunities as they arise.

From time to time, the Company may enter into transactions to acquire assets or shares of other entities. These transactions may be financed in whole, or in part, with debt, which may increase the Company’s debt levels above industry standards for oil and natural gas companies of similar size. Depending on future exploration and development plans, the Company may require additional debt financing that may not be available or, if available, may not be available on favorable terms. Neither the Company’s articles nor its by-laws limit the amount of indebtedness that the Company may incur. The level of the Company’s indebtedness from time to time could impair the Company’s ability to obtain additional financing on a timely basis to take advantage of business opportunities that may arise.

35

Management estimates may not be accurate.

In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS, estimates and assumptions are used by management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses recognized during the periods presented and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities known to exist as of the date of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions must be made because certain information that is used in the preparation of such financial statements is dependent on future events, cannot be calculated with a high degree of precision from data available, or is not capable of being readily calculated based on generally accepted methodologies. In some cases, these estimates are particularly difficult to determine and the Company must exercise significant judgment. Estimates may be used in management’s assessment of items such as fair values, income taxes, stock-based compensation and asset retirement obligations. Actual results for all estimates could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions used by the Company, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and future prospects.

Risks Related to Legal Matters and Regulations

The handling of secure information for destruction exposes the Company to potential data security risks that could result in monetary damages against the Company and could otherwise damage its reputation, and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The protection of customer, employee, and company data is critical to the Company’s business. The regulatory environment in Canada surrounding information security and privacy is increasingly demanding, with the frequent imposition of new and constantly changing requirements. Certain legislation, including the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act in Canada, require documents to be securely destroyed to avoid identity theft and inadvertent disclosure of confidential and sensitive information. A significant breach of customer, employee, or company data could attract a substantial amount of media attention, damage the Company’s customer relationships and reputation, and result in lost sales, fines, or lawsuits. In addition, an increasing number of countries have introduced and/or increased enforcement of comprehensive privacy laws or are expected to do so. The continued emphasis on information security as well as increasing concerns about government surveillance may lead customers to request the Company to take additional measures to enhance security and/or assume higher liability under its contracts. As a result of legislative initiatives and customer demands, the Company may have to modify its operations to further improve data security. Any such modifications may result in increased expenses and operational complexity, and adversely affect its reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to comply with anticorruption, economic sanctions, and anti-money laundering laws—including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the UK Bribery Act 2010, the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, Criminal Code, Special Economic Measures Act, Justice for Victims of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act, United Nations Act and Freezing of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act, and similar laws associated with activities outside of the United States or Canada—could subject the Company to penalties and other adverse consequences.

The Company is subject to governmental export and import control laws and regulations, as well as laws and regulations relating to foreign ownership and economic sanctions. The Company’s failure to comply with these laws and regulations and other anti-corruption laws that prohibit companies, their officers, directors, employees and third-party intermediaries from directly or indirectly promising, authorizing, offering, or providing improper payments or benefits to any person or entity, including any government officials, political parties, and private-sector recipients, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any advantage could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. Changes to trade policy, economic sanctions, tariffs, and import/export regulations may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. The Company will likely be subject to, and will be required to remain in compliance with, numerous laws and governmental regulations concerning the production, use, and distribution of its products and services.

36

Potential future customers may also require that the Company complies with their own unique requirements relating to these matters, including provision of data and related assurance for environmental, social, and governance related standards or goals. Existing and future environmental health and safety laws and regulations could result in increased compliance costs or additional operating costs or construction costs and restrictions. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations may result in internal and/or government investigations, substantial fines, or other limitations that may adversely impact the Company’s financial results or results of operation. The Company’s business may also be adversely affected by changes in the regulation of the global energy industry.

Failure to comply with laws relating to labor and employment could subject the Company to penalties and other adverse consequences.

The Company is subject to various employment-related laws in the jurisdictions in which its employees are based. It faces risks if it fails to comply with applicable Canadian federal or provincial wage law or applicable Canadian federal or provincial labor and employment laws, or wage, labor or employment laws applicable to any employees outside of Canada. Any violation of applicable wage laws or other labor- or employment-related laws could result in complaints by current or former employees, adverse media coverage, investigations, and damages or penalties which could have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s reputation, business, operating results, and prospects. In addition, responding to any such proceeding may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources, significant defense costs, and other professional fees.

Canadian takeover laws may discourage takeover offers being made for the Company or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of Common Shares.

The Company is incorporated in the Province of Alberta and is subject to the Canadian take-over bid regime pursuant to applicable Canadian securities laws. In general, a take-over bid is an offer to acquire voting or equity securities of a class made to persons in a Canadian jurisdiction where the securities subject to the bid, together with securities beneficially owned, or over which control or direction is exercised, by a bidder, its affiliates and joint actors, constitute 20% or more of the outstanding securities of that class of securities. Subject to the availability of an exemption, take-over bids in Canada are subject to prescribed rules that govern the conduct of a bid by requiring a bidder to comply with detailed disclosure obligations and procedural requirements. Among other things, a take-over bid must be made to all holders of the class of voting or equity securities being purchased; a bid is required to remain open for a minimum of 105 days subject to certain limited exceptions; a bid is subject to a mandatory, non-waivable minimum tender requirement of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the class that are subject to the bid, excluding securities beneficially owned, or over which control or direction is exercised, by a bidder, its affiliates and joint actors; and following the satisfaction of the minimum tender requirement and the satisfaction or waiver of all other terms and conditions, a bid is required to be extended for at least an additional 10-day period. There are a limited number of exemptions from the formal take-over bid requirements. In general, certain of these exemptions include the following: (i) the normal course purchase exemption permits the holder of more than 20% of a class of equity or voting securities to purchase up to an additional 5% of the outstanding securities in a 12-month period (when aggregated with all other purchases in that period), provided there must be a published market and the purchaser must pay not more than the “market price” of the securities (as defined) plus reasonable brokerage fees or commissions actually paid; (ii) the private agreement exemption exempts private agreement purchases that result in the purchaser exceeding the 20% take-over bid threshold, provided the agreement must be made with not more than five sellers and the sellers may not receive more than 115% of the “market price” of the securities (as defined); and (iii) the foreign take-over bid exemption exempts a bid from the formal take-over bid requirements if, among other things, less than 10% of the outstanding securities of the class are held by Canadian residents and the published market on which the greatest volume of trading in securities of the class occurred in the 12 months prior to the bid was not in Canada.

37

The Company may be involved from time to time in legal proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings and commercial disputes. Such proceedings or disputes are typically claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, commercial or contractual disputes, and other disputes with customers and suppliers, intellectual property matters, environmental issues, tax matters and employment matters.

Further, in the normal course of the Company’s operations, potential litigation may develop in relation to personal injuries (including resulting from exposure to hazardous substances, property damage, land and access rights, environmental issues, including claims relating to contamination or natural resource damages and contract disputes).

The outcome with respect to outstanding, pending or future proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and may be determined adversely to the Company and could have a material adverse effect on the Company s assets, liabilities, business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if the Company prevails in any such legal proceedings, the proceedings could be costly and time-consuming and may divert the attention of management and key personnel from business operations, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.

Breach of confidentiality by a third party could impact the Company’s competitive advantage or put it at risk of litigation.

While discussing potential business relationships or other transactions with third parties, the Company may disclose confidential information relating to its business, operations or affairs. Although confidentiality agreements are generally signed by third parties prior to the disclosure of any confidential information, a breach could put the Company at competitive risk and may cause significant damage to its business. The harm to the Company s business from a breach of confidentiality cannot presently be quantified, but may be material and may not be compensable in damages. In the event of a breach of confidentiality, the Company may not be able to obtain equitable remedies, such as injunctive relief, from a court of competent jurisdiction in a timely manner, if at all, in order to prevent or mitigate any damage to its business that such a breach of confidentiality may cause.

Forward-looking information may prove inaccurate.

The Company Shareholders and prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the Company’s forward-looking information. By its nature, forward-looking information involves numerous assumptions, known and unknown risks and uncertainties, of both a general and specific nature, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking information or contribute to the possibility that predictions, forecasts or projections will prove to be materially inaccurate. See the section entitled “Cautionary Note on Forward-Looking Statements.”

The Company may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on its financial condition, results of operations and share price.

For a variety of potential factors, which are currently unforeseen, the Company may be forced to write-down or write-off assets, restructure its operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in reporting losses. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and may not have an immediate impact on the Company’s liquidity, the fact that the Company would report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about the Company or its securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause the Company to violate net worth or other covenants to which the Company may be subject. Accordingly, securityholders could suffer a reduction in the value of their Common Shares and Warrants.

38

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws or regulations, may adversely affect the Company’s business, investments and results of operations. Compliance with changing regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure will result in significant additional expenses.

The Company is subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, the Company is required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations. Changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure for public companies, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, various rules and regulations adopted by the SEC and Canadian securities laws, are creating uncertainty for public companies. The Company’s management needs to invest significant time and financial resources to comply with both existing and evolving requirements for public companies, which will lead, among other things, to significantly increased general and administrative expenses and a certain diversion of management time and attention from revenue generating activities to compliance activities.

Risks Related to Ownership of the Company’s Securities

Concentration of ownership among the Company’s existing executive officers, directors and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

As of February 23, 2023, the Company’s executive officers, directors and their affiliates, including the Riverstone Parties and their affiliates, including DCRD Sponsor, beneficially held approximately 95.0% (including 12,737,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Private Warrants that are held by certain Riverstone Fund V Entities) of the outstanding Common Shares. As a result, these shareholders are able to exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors, any amendment of the Company Articles and the Company Bylaws and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of these shareholders.

The Company may amend the terms of the Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of Warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants (or, if applicable, 65% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants and 65% of the then-outstanding Private Placement Warrants, voting as separate classes). As a result, the exercise price of the Warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of Common Shares purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant could be decreased, all without a holder’s approval.

The Company assumed the DCRD Warrant Agreement and entered into such amendments as were necessary to give effect to the provisions of the Business Combination Agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”). The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any defective provision, but will require the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants to make any other modifications or amendments, including any amendment to increase the warrant price or shorten the exercise period and any amendment to the terms of only the Private Placement Warrants. Accordingly, the Company may amend the terms of the Public Warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants (or, in the case of an amendment that adversely affects the Public Warrants in a different manner than the Private Placement Warrants or vice versa, 65% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants and 65% of the then-outstanding Private Placement Warrants, voting as separate classes) approve of such amendment. Although the Company’s ability to amend the terms of the Public Warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants (or, if applicable, 65% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants and 65% of the then-outstanding Private Placement Warrants, voting as separate classes) is unlimited, examples of such amendments

39

could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the Warrants, convert the Warrants into cash or shares (at a ratio different than initially provided), shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of Common Shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

The Company may redeem unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to warrant holders, thereby making such warrants worthless.

Under the Warrant Agreement, the Company will have the ability to redeem outstanding Public Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of Common Shares has been at least $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on each of 20 trading days within the 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company gives notice of such redemption and provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption rights even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding Public Warrants could force holders of Public Warrants (a) to exercise Public Warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for such holders to do so, (b) to sell Public Warrants at the then-current market price when they might otherwise wish to hold their Public Warrants or (c) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding Public Warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of the Public Warrants. None of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by DCRD Sponsor, DCRD’s independent directors or any of their permitted transferees. Further, in connection with the listing of the Warrants on the TSX, in accordance with the TSX’s listing requirements in respect of warrants, the Company provided certain undertakings to the TSX to the effect that the Company will not exercise certain of its rights under the Warrant Agreement, including, notably, (i) changing the exercise price of the Warrants and (ii) amending the expiry date of the Warrants and will seek TSX pre-clearance and acceptance of any determination of the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid in respect of an Extraordinary Dividend (as defined in the Warrant Agreement), for the effect of anti-dilution provisions for “Other Events” as described in the Warrant Agreement and for any proposed amendments to the Warrant Agreement, other than amendments that are housekeeping in nature.

The Warrant Agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by Warrant Holders, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with the Company.

The Warrant Agreement provides that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against the Company arising out of or relating in any way to the Warrant Agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that the Company irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction will be exclusive. The Company waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

However, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

This choice-of-forum provision may limit a warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with the Company, which may discourage such lawsuits. Additionally, warrantholders who do bring a claim in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York could face additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near New York. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of the Warrant Agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, the Company may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other

40

jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of the Company’s management and board of directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the Warrant Agreement do not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

A significant portion of the Company’s total outstanding shares may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of the Common Shares to drop significantly, even if the Company’s business is performing well.

Sales of a substantial number of Common Shares in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of Common Shares. DCRD Initial Shareholders hold approximately 3.92% of the outstanding Common Shares including the 3,557,813 Common Shares received in exchange for the DCRD Founder Shares when converted. Pursuant to the terms of the Sponsor Support Agreement, among other things, DCRD Sponsor and Riverstone Fund V agreed to (and agreed to cause its controlled affiliates to) (i) not transfer the DCRD Founder Shares, DCRD Class B Common Shares or Class B Common Shares (or Common Shares issuable upon conversion of Class B Common Shares in connection with the Business Combination) until the earlier of (a) one year after the Closing or (b) subsequent to the Closing, (x) if the last sale price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Closing or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property and (ii) not transfer any DCRD Private Placement Warrants, any Private Placement Warrants or Warrants (or Common Shares issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants) until 30 days after the Closing.

As of February 23, 2023, the Riverstone Parties beneficially owned 87,470,634 Common Shares (including 12,737,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Private Warrants held by certain Riverstone Fund V entities), representing approximately 84.5% of the Common Shares. In addition, as of February 23, 2023, DCRD Sponsor, an entity affiliated with the Riverstone Parties, beneficially owned 3,464,323 Common Shares, representing approximately 3.8% of the Common Shares. In the aggregate, as of February 23, 2023, the Riverstone Parties and their affiliates, including DCRD Sponsor, beneficially owned 90,934,957 Common Shares representing approximately 87.8% of the Common Shares (including 12,737,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Private Warrants that are held by certain Riverstone Fund V Entities). The sale of substantial amounts of such Common Shares in the public market by the Riverstone Parties, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of the Common Shares. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for the Company to sell Common Shares in the future at a time and at a price that it deems appropriate. There can be no assurance as to the timing of any disposition of Common Shares by Riverstone Fund V or any of the Riverstone Parties, subject in any event to the Lock-Up Agreement and other contractual restrictions described herein. A majority of the Common Shares owned by the Riverstone Parties are held by vehicles for Riverstone Fund V. Riverstone Fund V has reached the end of its term and will continue operations through its dissolution process, so that Riverstone Fund V will be orderly wound up and its assets liquidated. The general partner of Riverstone Fund V will use its best efforts to reduce to cash and cash equivalent assets such assets of Riverstone Fund V as the general partner deems it advisable to sell, subject to maximizing value for such assets and any tax or other legal considerations.

After the restrictions on transfer referred to above end, DCRD Sponsor could sell, or indicate an intention to sell, any or all of these securities in the public market. As a result, the trading price of the Company’s Securities could decline. In addition, the perception in the market that these sales may occur could also cause the trading price of the Company’s Securities to decline.

41

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about the Company, its business or its market, or if they change their recommendations regarding the Company’s Securities adversely, the price and trading volume of the Company’s Securities could decline.

The trading market for the Company’s Securities will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about the Company, its business, its market or its competitors. If any of the analysts who cover the Company change their recommendation regarding the Company’s Securities adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about the Company’s competitors, the price of the Company’s Securities would likely decline. If any analyst who covers the Company were to cease their coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on the Company, the Company could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause its share price or trading volume to decline.

The Company’s sole material asset is its direct equity interest in Hammerhead, and the Company is accordingly dependent upon distributions from the Amalgamated Company to pay taxes and cover its corporate and other overhead expenses and pay dividends, if any, on Common Shares.

The Company has no material assets other than its direct equity interest in the Amalgamated Company. The Company has no independent means of generating revenue. To the extent the Amalgamated Company has available cash, the Company will cause the Amalgamated Company to make distributions of cash to the Company to pay taxes, cover the Company’s corporate and other overhead expenses and pay dividends, if any, on Common Shares. To the extent that the Company needs funds and the Amalgamated Company fails to generate sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to the Company or is restricted from making such distributions or payments under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of its financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, the Company’s liquidity and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

The price at which the Company’s Securities are quoted on the NASDAQ and the TSX may increase or decrease due to a number of factors, which may negatively affect the price of the Company’s Securities.

The price at which the Company’s Securities are quoted on the NASDAQ and the TSX may increase or decrease due to a number of factors. The price of the Company’s Securities may not increase, even if the Company’s operations and financial performance improves. Some of the factors which may affect the price of the Company’s Securities include:

• fluctuations in domestic and international markets for listed securities;

• general economic conditions, including interest rates, inflation rates, exchange rates and commodity and oil prices;

• changes to government fiscal, monetary or regulatory policies, legislation or regulation;

• inclusion in or removal from market indices;

• strategic decisions by the Company or the Company’s competitors, such as acquisitions, divestments, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business or growth strategies;

• securities issuances by the Company, or share resales by Shareholders, or the perception that such issuances or resales may occur;

• pandemic risk;

• the nature of the markets in which the Company operates; and

• general operational and business risks.

Other factors which may negatively affect investor sentiment and influence the Company, specifically or the securities markets more generally include acts of terrorism, an outbreak of international hostilities or tensions, fires, floods, earthquakes, labor strikes, civil wars, natural disasters, outbreaks of disease or other man-made or natural events. The Company will have a limited ability to insure against the risks mentioned above.

42

In the future, the Company may need to raise additional funds which may result in the dilution of Shareholders, and such funds may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

The Company may need to raise additional capital in the future and may elect to issue shares or engage in fundraising activities for a variety of reasons, including funding acquisitions or growth initiatives. Shareholders may be diluted as a result of such fundraisings.

Additionally, the Company may raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities or through obtaining credit from government or financial institutions. The Company cannot be certain that additional funds will be available on favorable terms when required, or at all. If the Company cannot raise additional funds when needed, its financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. If the Company raises funds through the issuance of debt securities or through loan arrangements, the terms of such securities or loans could require significant interest payments, contain covenants that restrict the Company’s business, or other unfavorable terms.

The Company may not pay dividends or make other distributions in the future.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends or make other distributions in the future is contingent on profits and certain other factors, including the capital and operational expenditure requirements of the Company’s business. Under the ABCA, a dividend may not be declared or paid by the Company if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or the realizable value of the Company’s assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and stated capital of all classes. Therefore, dividends may not be paid. See the section entitled “Material Canadian Tax Considerations” for more information regarding the Canadian tax consequences of future Company dividends. Furthermore, please see the subsection entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Tax Characterization of Distributions with Respect to Common Shares” for a more detailed discussion with respect to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Company’s payment of distributions of cash or other property to U.S. Holders of Common Shares.

Events outside the Company’s control may have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to conduct its business.

Events may occur within or outside Canada that negatively impact global, Canadian or other local economies relevant to the Company’s financial performance, operations and/or the price of the Company’s Securities. These events include but are not limited to an increase of the impact of COVID-19, new pandemics, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of international hostilities, fires, floods, earthquakes, labor strikes, civil wars, natural disasters, outbreaks of disease or other natural or man-made events or occurrences that may have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to conduct its business.

An active trading market may not develop or be sustained for the Common Shares.

Although the Common Shares and Warrants are currently listed on the NASDAQ and the TSX, an active trading market for Common Shares may not develop or the price of Common Shares may not increase. There may be relatively few potential buyers or sellers of Common Shares on the NASDAQ or the TSX at any time. This may increase the volatility of the market price of Common Shares. It may also affect the prevailing market price at which Shareholders are able to sell their Common Shares. This may result in Shareholders receiving a market price for their Common Shares that is less than the value of their initial investment.

The majority of the Company’s directors and executive officers are non-residents of the United States and as a result, it may not be possible for investors to enforce civil liabilities against those directors and executive officers of the Company.

The Company is a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Alberta, the Company’s principal office is located in Calgary, Alberta and a substantial portion of its assets are located outside the United

43

States. Further, the majority of the Company’s directors and executive officers are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors in the United States to effect service of process within the United States upon such directors and officers who are not residents of the United States or to enforce against them judgments of the United States courts based upon civil liability under the federal securities laws or the securities laws of any state within the United States. There is doubt as to the enforceability in Canada against the Company or any of its respective directors or officers who are not residents of the United States, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of United States courts of liabilities based solely upon the United States federal securities laws or securities laws of any state within the United States.

Conflicts of interest may arise for the Company’s directors and officers who are also involved with other industry participants.

Certain directors or officers of the Company may also be directors or officers of other oil and natural gas companies and as such may, in certain circumstances, have a conflict of interest. Conflicts of interest, if any, will be subject to and governed by procedures prescribed by the ABCA which require a director or officer of a company who is a party to, or is a director or an officer of, or has a material interest in any person who is a party to, a material contract or proposed material contract with the Company to disclose his or her interest and, in the case of directors, to refrain from voting on any matter in respect of such contract unless otherwise permitted under the ABCA.

The Company Articles, together with the Company Bylaws, and Canadian laws and regulations applicable to the Company may adversely affect the Company’s ability to take actions that could be deemed beneficial to Shareholders.

As a Canadian company, the Company is subject to different corporate requirements than a corporation organized under the laws of the United States. The Company Articles, the Company Bylaws as well as the ABCA, set forth various rights and obligations that are unique to the Company as a Canadian company. These requirements may limit or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s ability to take actions that could be beneficial to Shareholders.

Provisions of the laws of the Province of Alberta and the federal laws of Canada may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in the Company’s management. For example, the ABCA includes provisions that require any shareholder proposal that includes nominations for the election of directors to be signed by one or more holders of shares representing in the aggregate not less than 5% of the shares or 5% of the shares of a class of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting to which the proposal is to be presented.

The Investment Canada Act requires that a non-Canadian must file an application for review with the Minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act and obtain approval of the Minister prior to acquiring control of a “Canadian business” within the meaning of the Investment Canada Act, where prescribed financial thresholds are exceeded. As a “Canadian business,” an acquisition of control of the Company by a non-Canadian would be subject to a suspensory review if these thresholds are exceeded. Furthermore, limitations on the ability to acquire and hold Common Shares may be imposed by the Competition Act. This legislation permits the Commissioner of Competition appointed under the Competition Act to review any acquisition or establishment, directly or indirectly, including through the acquisition of shares, of control over or of a significant interest in the Company.

If the Business Combination’s benefits do not meet the expectations of investors, shareholders or financial analysts, the market price of the Company’s securities may decline.

Fluctuations in the price of the Company’s securities could contribute to the loss of all or part of your investment. If an active market for the Company’s securities develops and continues, the trading price of the

44

Company’s securities could be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control. Any of the factors listed below could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s securities and such securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of such securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.

Factors affecting the trading price of the Company’s securities may include:

• actual or anticipated fluctuations in its financial results or the financial results of companies perceived to be similar to the Company;

• changes in the market’s expectations about the Company’s operating results;

• success of competitors;

• the Company’s operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;

• changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning the Company or the market in general;

• operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Company;

• changes in laws and regulations affecting the Company’s business;

• the Company’s ability to meet compliance requirements;

• commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving the Company;

• changes in the Company’s capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

• the volume of Common Shares available for public sale;

• any major change in the board of directors or management of the Company;

• sales of substantial amounts of Common Shares by the Company’s directors, executive officers or significant shareholders, including the Riverstone Parties, or the perception that such sales could occur; and

• general economic and political conditions such as recessions; fluctuations in interest rates, fuel prices and international currency; and acts of war or terrorism.

Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of the Company’s securities irrespective of their operating performance. The stock market in general and the NASDAQ and the TSX have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of the Company’s securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for retail stocks or the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to the Company could depress the Company’s share price regardless of its business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price of the Company’s securities also could adversely affect the Company’s ability to issue additional securities and its ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

The trading price of the securities of oil and natural gas issuers is subject to substantial volatility often based on factors related and unrelated to the financial performance or prospects of the issuers involved. Factors unrelated to the Company’s performance could include macroeconomic developments nationally, within North America or globally, domestic and global commodity prices, and/or current perceptions of the oil and natural gas market. In recent years, the volatility of commodities has increased due, in part, to the implementation of computerized trading and the decrease of discretionary commodity trading. In addition, the volatility, trading

45

volume and share price of issuers have been impacted by increasing investment levels in passive funds that track major indices, as such funds only purchase securities included in such indices. Similarly, the market price of the Company’s securities could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to variations in the Company’s operating results, financial condition, liquidity and other internal factors. Accordingly, the price at which the Company’s securities will trade cannot be accurately predicted.

The NASDAQ and the TSX may delist the Company’s Securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in the Company’s Securities and subject the Company to additional trading restrictions.

The Company’s Securities may not continue to be listed on the NASDAQ or the TSX.

If the NASDAQ or the TSX delists the Company’s Securities from trading on its exchange and the Company is not able to list its securities on another national securities exchange, the Company expects that its securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, the Company could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

• a limited availability of market quotations for the Company’s Securities;

• reduced liquidity for the Company’s Securities;

• a determination that Common Shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in Common Shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for the Company’s Securities;

• a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

• a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a United States federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” If the Company’s securities are not listed on the NASDAQ or another United States national securities exchange, such securities would not qualify as covered securities and the Company would be subject to regulation in each state in which the Company offers its securities because states are not preempted from regulating the sale of securities that are not covered securities.

As a “foreign private issuer” under the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company is permitted to, and may, file less or different information with the SEC than a company incorporated in the United States or otherwise not filing as a “foreign private issuer,” and may follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain NASDAQ requirements applicable to U.S. issuers, even if the Company no longer qualifies as an “emerging growth company”.

The Company is a “foreign private issuer” under the Exchange Act and therefore is exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act, including the proxy rules, which impose certain disclosure and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations for U.S. and other issuers. Moreover, the Company is not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or within the same timeframes as U.S. companies with securities registered under the Exchange Act. The Company is not be required to comply with Regulation Fair Disclosure, which imposes restrictions on the selective disclosure of material information. In addition, the Company’s officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, the Company Shareholders may receive less or different information about the Company than they would receive about a U.S. domestic public company.

46

In addition, as a “foreign private issuer” whose shares are listed on the NASDAQ, the Company is permitted, subject to certain exceptions, to follow certain home country rules in lieu of certain NASDAQ listing requirements. A foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC each NASDAQ requirement with which it does not comply, followed by a description of its applicable home country practice. The Company has the option to rely on available exemptions under the Listing Rules that allow it to follow its home country practice, including, among other things, the ability to opt out of (i) the requirement that the Company Board be comprised of a majority independent directors, (ii) the requirement that the Company’s independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions and (iii) the requirement that the Company obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with certain acquisitions, private placements of securities, or the establishment or amendment of certain share option, purchase or other compensation plans.

The Company could lose its status as a “foreign private issuer” under current SEC rules and regulations if more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding voting securities become directly or indirectly held of record by U.S. holders and any one of the following is true: (i) the majority of the Company’s directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents; (ii) more than 50% of the Company’s assets are located in the United States; or (iii) the Company’s business is administered principally in the United States. If the Company loses its status as a foreign private issuer in the future, it will no longer be exempt from the rules described above and, among other things, will be required to file periodic reports and annual and quarterly financial statements as if it were a company incorporated in the United States. If this were to happen, the Company would likely incur substantial costs in fulfilling these additional regulatory requirements and members of the Company’s management would likely have to divert time and resources from other responsibilities to ensuring these additional regulatory requirements are fulfilled.

Additionally, the Company is an “emerging growth company”. As such, the Company may take advantage of exemptions from certain reporting requirements that are applicable to other publicly traded entities that are not emerging growth companies until the earliest of (a) the last day of its fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) the last date of the Company’s fiscal year in which the Company has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, (c) the date on which the Company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding securities held by non-affiliates or (d) the date on which the Company has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years. These exemptions include:

• not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

• not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

• not being required to submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency” and “say-on-golden parachutes;” and

• not being required to disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

Even if the Company no longer qualifies as an emerging growth company, as long as the Company continues to qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, the Company will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

• the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

• the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

47

• the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specific information or current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

Both foreign private issuers and emerging growth companies are also exempt from certain more stringent executive compensation disclosure rules. Thus, even if the Company no longer qualifies as an emerging growth company, but remains a foreign private issuer, the Company will continue to be exempt from the more stringent compensation disclosures required of companies that are neither an emerging growth company nor a foreign private issuer.

The success of the Company depends on its business operations, which exposes investors to a concentration of risk in the limited sectors in which the Company’s business is focused.

Although the Business Combination is intended to accelerate the Company’s growth, expansion and transition, the Business Combination does not result in immediate diversification of the Company’s business and, as such, the combined enterprise will be dependent upon the continued development and market acceptance of a limited number of products and services. As a result, investors will be subject to the economic, competitive and regulatory risks attendant to the relatively narrow industry in which the Company operates, any or all of which could have a substantial adverse impact on the Company.

Any issuance of preferred shares could make it difficult for another company to acquire the Company or could otherwise adversely affect holders of the Common Shares, which could depress the price of the Common Shares.

The Directors have the authority to issue Preferred Shares and to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of Preferred Shares and to fix the number of shares constituting any series (subject to certain limitations) and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by its shareholders. Any such Preferred Shares could be issued with liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of Common Shares. The potential issuance of Preferred Shares may delay or prevent a change in control of the Company, discourage bids for Common Shares at a premium over the market price and adversely affect the market price and other rights of the holders of Common Shares.

The Company Articles permit it to issue an unlimited number of the Common Shares without additional shareholder approval.

The Company Articles permit the Company to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Company may, from time to time, issue additional Common Shares in the future. Subject to the requirements of the NASDAQ and the TSX, the Company will not be required to obtain the approval of shareholders for the issuance of additional Common Shares. Any further issuances of Common Shares will result in immediate dilution to existing shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of their shareholdings.

General Risk Factors

The JOBS Act permits EGCs like the Company to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to public companies that are not EGCs.

The Company qualifies as an EGC. As such, the Company takes advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to public companies that are not EGCs, including (a) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements with respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (b) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (c) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in the Company’s periodic reports and proxy statements. As a result, the Company Shareholders

48

may not have access to certain information they deem important the Company will remain an EGC until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the Closing, (b) the last day of the fiscal year in which the Company has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time), (c) the date on which the Company is deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which determination will be made as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year and means the market value of the Common Shares that is held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of the Company’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (d) the date on which the Company has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period.

The Company cannot predict if investors will find the Common Shares less attractive because the Company relies on these exemptions. If some investors find Common Shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the Common Shares and the price of the Common Shares may be more volatile.

49

USE OF PROCEEDS

All of the Common Shares offered by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Securityholders for their respective accounts. The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from these sales.

The Company would receive up to an aggregate of approximately $328.3 million from the exercise of the Warrants, assuming the exercise in full of all such Warrants for cash. We expect to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants to support the Company’s execution of its capital program. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants.

There is no assurance that the holders of the Warrants will elect to exercise any or all of the Warrants. To the extent that any of the Warrants are exercised on a “cashless basis,” as may be permitted in certain circumstances, the amount of cash we would receive from the exercise of the Warrants will decrease.

50

MARKET PRICE OF OUR SECURITIES AND DIVIDENDS

Our Common Shares and Warrants were listed on the NASDAQ under the symbols “HHRS” and “HHRSW”, respectively, and on the TSX under the symbols “HHRS” and “HHRS.WT,” respectively, on February 27, 2023. On March 15, 2023, the last reported sales prices of the Common Shares on the NASDAQ and the TSX were $6.35 and C$9.00, respectively, and the last reported sales prices of the Warrants were $1.05 and C$1.45, respectively.

Dividends

The Company has not paid any dividends to its shareholders. Under the Company Articles, the holders of the Common Shares will be entitled to receive dividends at such times and in such amounts as the Board may in their discretion from time to time declare, subject to the prior rights and privileges attached to any other class or series of shares of the Company. The holders of each series of First Preferred Shares (if any) will be entitled, in priority to holders of Common Shares and any other shares of the Company ranking junior to the First Preferred Shares from time to time with respect to the payment of dividends, to be paid rateably with holders of each other series of First Preferred Shares, the amount of accumulated dividends (if any) specified as being payable preferentially to the holders of such series.

Under the ABCA, the Company may not pay a dividend in money or other property if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or the realizable value of the Company’s assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and stated capital of all classes.

51

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presents the combination of the financial information of DCRD and Hammerhead adjusted to give effect to the Business Combination and related transactions. Defined terms included below have the same meaning as terms defined in this prospectus.

DCRD is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempt company on February 22, 2021 and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses.

Hammerhead is an oil and natural gas exploration, development and production company incorporated in Alberta on November 27, 2009. Hammerhead’s reserves, producing properties and exploration prospects are located in the Province of Alberta in the Deep Basin of West Central Alberta where it is developing multi-zone, liquids-right oil and gas plays.

The historical financial information of DCRD was derived from the unaudited financial statements of DCRD for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and the audited financial statements as of December 31, 2021 and for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021 included in this prospectus. The historical financial information of Hammerhead was derived from the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of Hammerhead for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 and the audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 included in this prospectus. This information should be read together with DCRD’s and Hammerhead’s financial statements and related notes, the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information included in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of financial position as of September 30, 2022 assumes that the Business Combination and related transactions occurred on September 30, 2022. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of profit (loss) and comprehensive profit (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 give pro forma effect to the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2021. Prior to the closing of the Business Combination and related transactions, the Riverstone Parties, including certain Riverstone Fund V Entities, were shareholders of, and together owned a controlling interest in, Hammerhead, and were also affiliates of DCRD Sponsor, and DCRD’s chief executive officer and director, Robert Tichio, and Jesal Shah, an employee of Riverstone, were also directors of Hammerhead and the Company. DCRD Sponsor was also an affiliate of Riverstone. However, no pro forma adjustments were required to eliminate activities between the entities.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position and results of operations that would have been achieved had the Business Combination and related transactions occurred on the dates indicated. Further, the unaudited pro forma condensed financial information may not be useful in predicting the future financial condition and results of operations of the post-combination company. The actual financial position and results of operations may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors. The unaudited pro forma adjustments represent management’s estimates based on information available as of the date of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information and is subject to change as additional information becomes available and analyses are performed.

Description of the Business Combination

On February 23, 2023, the Business Combination closed. On September 25, 2022, DCRD, Hammerhead, NewCo, and AmalCo, entered into the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to which, among other things

52

and subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Business Combination Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement, (i) DCRD would transfer by way of continuation from the Cayman Islands to the Province of Alberta, Canada in accordance with the DCRD Articles and the Companies Act and domesticate as an Alberta corporation in accordance with the ABCA, (ii) DCRD would amalgamate with NewCo in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Arrangement and (iii) Hammerhead would amalgamate with AmalCo, with the Amalgamated Company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Arrangement.

Pursuant to the closing of the Business Combination, (i) each then issued and outstanding DCRD Class A Common Share was exchanged, on a one-for-one basis, for a Common Share; (ii) each then issued and outstanding DCRD Class B Common Share was exchanged, on a one-for-one basis, for a Class B Common Share; (iii) each common share of NewCo outstanding was exchanged for one Common Share, and immediately thereafter, such Common Share was purchased for cancellation for a nominal amount of cash; (iv) each then issued and outstanding DCRD Warrant was exchanged for a Warrant pursuant to the DCRD Warrant Agreement; (v) each then issued and outstanding DCRD Unit was exchanged for a Unit; (vi) the Common Shares held by Hammerhead were purchased for cancellation for cash equal to the subscription price for the common share of NewCo; (vii) each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead Warrant was either exchanged for Common Shares or cash; (viii) each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Share was exchanged for a number of Common Shares equal to the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio; (ix) each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead Series VIII Preferred Share, Hammerhead Series VI Preferred Share, Hammerhead Series IV Preferred Share and Hammerhead Series I Preferred Share were exchanged for one Common Share; (x) each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead Series II Preferred Share was exchanged for a number of Common Shares equal to the product of the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio and 1.13208; (xi) each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead Series III Preferred Share was exchanged for a number of Common Shares equal to the Hammerhead Series III Preferred Share Exchange Ratio; (xii) each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead Series VII preferred share was exchanged for a number of Common Shares equal to the Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Share Exchange Ratio; (xiii) each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead Option was exchanged for an option to acquire a number of Common Shares equal to (a) the number of Hammerhead Class A Common Shares subject to the applicable Hammerhead Option multiplied by (b) the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio, at a per share exercise price (rounded up to the nearest cent) equal to (x) the per share exercise price for the Hammerhead Class A Common Shares (determined in US dollars with reference to the US dollar to Canadian dollar exchange rate reported by the Bank of Canada on September 23, 2022 of 1.3570) divided by (y) the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio; (xiv) each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead RSU was exchanged for an option to acquire a number of Common Shares equal to (a) the number of Hammerhead Class A Common Shares subject to the applicable Hammerhead RSU multiplied by (b) the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio, at a per share exercise price (rounded up to the nearest cent) equal to (x) the per share exercise price for the Hammerhead Class A Common Shares (determined in US dollars with reference to the US dollar to Canadian dollar exchange rate reported by the Bank of Canada on September 23, 2022 of 1.3570) divided by (y) the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio; and each then issued and outstanding Hammerhead Class A Common Share and Hammerhead Class B Common Share was exchanged for a number of Common Shares equal to the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio.

Anticipated Accounting Treatment

The Business Combination is not within the scope of IFRS 3 since DCRD did not meet the definition of a business in accordance with IFRS 3. Given the substance of the transaction, the Business Combination is accounted for as a share-based payment transaction within the scope of IFRS 2 as it relates to the stock exchange listing service received and under other relevant standards for cash acquired, replacement of warrants or other assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Hammerhead is treated as the “acquirer” and DCRD is treated as the “acquiree” for financial reporting purposes given that Hammerhead’s operations will comprise the operations of the Company, Hammerhead’s executive management will be the executive management of the Company,

53

Hammerhead’s director appointees will hold the majority of director seats of the Company, and Hammerhead’s existing shareholders will be the largest shareholder group of the Company. Under this method of accounting, the net assets of Hammerhead are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

In accordance with IFRS 2, the differences in the fair value of the consideration (i.e., shares issued by the Company) for the acquisition of DCRD over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of DCRD represent a service for the listing of the Company and are recognized as a share-based payment expense. The consideration for the acquisition of DCRD was determined using the closing prices of DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares. The DCRD Public Warrants and DCRD Private Placement Warrants are assumed to be part of the Business Combination and are assumed as a part of the identifiable net assets of DCRD. The replacement of warrants is then separately accounted for under IAS 32. As it was expected the fair value of DCRD Public Warrants and DCRD Private Placement Warrants would have similar fair value as those of Public Warrants as of the Closing, no material impact into profit or loss was expected.

Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

DCRD reports its historical financial information in U.S. Dollars (“US$”) and Hammerhead reports its historical financial information in Canadian Dollars (“C$”). For purposes of this presentation, all US$ balance sheet amounts have been translated into C$ using an exchange rate of US$1.00 to C$1.37, which was the exchange rate published by the Federal Reserve Board as of September 30, 2022. All US$ statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive profit or loss amounts have been translated into C$ using an average exchange rate of US$1.00 to C$1.33 for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and US$1.00 to C$1.25 for the year ended December 31, 2021. All amounts reported within this pro forma financial information are C$ unless otherwise noted as US$.

The following summarizes the pro forma ownership of Common Shares following the Business Combination and related transactions:

	Number of Shares		Percentage of Outstanding Shares
Shares held by current Hammerhead Shareholders(1)		12,360,907		13.6	%
Shares held by current DCRD Public Shareholders(2)(3)		126,421		0.2	%
Shares held by DCRD Founder Shareholders(4)		3,557,813		3.9	%
Shares held by the Riverstone Parties(5)(6)		74,733,134		82.3	%
Pro forma Common Shares		90,778,275		100.0	%

(1) Excludes Common Shares issued to the Riverstone Parties pursuant to the Business Combination.

(2) Reflects the redemptions of 31,498,579 DCRD Public Shares prior to Closing.

(3) Excludes 15,812,491 Common Shares underlying the Public Warrants.

(4) Includes DCRD Founder Shares held by DCRD Sponsor and DCRD management after the Founder Transfer of 4,348,437 Common Shares to the Riverstone Parties.

(5) Includes 70,384,697 Common Shares issued to the Riverstone Parties for their interests in Hammerhead pursuant to the Business Combination and 4,348,437 Common Shares after the Founder Transfer.

(6) Excludes 12,737,500 Common Shares underlying Private Placement Warrants held by the Riverstone Parties after the Founder Transfer.

54

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2022

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	Hammerhead (IFRS, Historical)			DCRD (U.S. GAAP, Historical)			IFRS Conversion and Presentation Alignment (Note 2)			Transaction Accounting Adjustments				Pro Forma Combined
ASSETS
Non-current assets:
Property, plant and equipment	$	1,505,254		$	—		$	—		$	—			$	1,505,254
Risk management contracts		1,031			—			—			—				1,031
Marketable securities held in Trust Account		—			440,468			—			(440,468	)	A		—
Total non-current assets		1,506,285			440,468			—			(440,468	)			1,506,285
Current assets:
Accounts receivable		64,399			—			—			—				64,399
Prepaid expenses and deposits		3,363			732			—			—				4,095
Cash		6,590			—			—			446,577		A		1,776
											(15,127	)	C
											(2,270	)	D
											(168	)	E
											(444,792	)	K
											10,966		L
Risk management contracts		7,340			—			—			—				7,340
Total current assets		81,692			732			—			(4,814	)			77,610
Total assets	$	1,587,977		$	441,200		$	—		$	(445,282	)		$	1,583,895
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Non-current liabilities:
Bank debt	$	107,800		$	—		$	—		$	10,966		L	$	118,766
Term debt		77,614			—			—			—				77,614
Deferred underwriting fee payable		—			15,172			—			(15,172	)	C		—
Warrant liability		22,048			21,470			—			(22,048	)	E		21,470
Non-current portion of lease obligations		3,376			—			—			—				3,376
Decommissioning obligations		21,108			—			—			—				21,108
DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares subject to redemption		—			—			440,331			6,109		A		—
											(446,440	)	B
Total non-current liabilities		231,946			36,642			440,331			(466,585	)			242,334
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		111,354			14,849			—			19,272		C		145,475
Due to related parties		—			2,270			—			(2,270	)	D		—
Risk management contracts		30,022			—			—			—				30,022
Current portion of lease obligations		814			—			—			—				814
Total current liabilities		142,190			17,119			—			17,002				176,311
Total liabilities		374,136			53,761			440,331			(449,583	)			418,645
Commitments and contingencies:
DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption		—			440,331			(440,331	)		—				—
Equity:
DCRD Preferred stock		—			—			—			—				—
DCRD Class A common stock		—			—			—			—				—
DCRD Class B common stock		—			1			—			(1	)	B		—
Preferred share capital		606,131			—			—			(606,131	)	G		—
Common share capital		585,542			—			—			5,793		F		—
											(591,335	)	G
Contributed surplus		95,118			—			—			446,441		B		1,390,690
											(18,160	)	C
											21,880		E
											1,197,466		G
											(52,893	)	H
											138,689		I
											6,941		J
											(444,792	)	K
Deficit		(72,950	)		(52,893	)		—			(1,067	)	C		(225,440	)
											(5,793	)	F
											52,893		H
											(138,689	)	I
											(6,941	)	J
Total shareholders’ equity		1,213,841			(52,892	)		—			4,301				1,165,250
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	1,587,977		$	441,200		$	—		$	(445,282	)		$	1,583,895

55

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE PROFIT (LOSS)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2022

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	Hammerhead (IFRS, Historical)			DCRD (U.S. GAAP, Historical)			IFRS Conversion and Presentation Alignment (Note 2)			Transaction Accounting Adjustments				Pro Forma Combined
Revenue
Oil and gas revenue	$	645,968		$	—		$	—		$	—			$	645,968
Royalties		(81,653	)		—			—			—				(81,653	)
Oil and natural gas revenue, net of royalties		564,315			—			—			—				564,315
Risk Management Contracts
Realized loss on risk management contracts		(93,575	)		—			—			—				(93,575	)
Unrealized gain on risk management contracts		4,455			—			—			—				4,455
		(89,120	)		—			—			—				(89,120	)
Other income		2,560			—			—			—				2,560
		477,755			—			—			—				477,755
Expenses:
Operating		79,789			—			—			—				79,789
Transportation		52,481			—			—			—				52,481
General and administrative		16,725			—			9,297			(14,231	)	BB		11,791
Transaction costs		16,021			—			—			(16,021	)	BB		—
Share-based compensation		8,942			—			—			—				8,942
Depletion, depreciation and impairment		108,766			—			—			—				108,766
Finance		18,150			—			—			658		GG		18,808
Loss on foreign exchange		8,173			—			—			—				8,173
Loss (gain) on warrant evaluation		10,688			—			(15,581	)		(10,688	)	CC		(15,581	)
Loss on debt repayment		218			—			—			—				218
Formation and operating costs		—			9,297			(9,297	)		—				—
Interest income		—			(2,563	)		—			2,563		AA		—
Gain on fair value of derivative warrant liabilities		—			(15,581	)		15,581			—				—
Total expenses		319,953			(8,847	)		—			(37,719	)			273,387
Net comprehensive profit	$	157,802		$	8,847		$	—		$	37,719			$	204,368
Net profit per share (Note 4):
Net income per common share - basic	$	0.36
Net income per common share - diluted		0.15
Net income per share, DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption - basis and diluted				$	0.23
Net income per share, Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares - basis and diluted				$	0.23
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic															90,778,275
Net income per share - basic														$	2.25
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted															96,199,861
Net income per share - diluted														$	2.12

56

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE PROFIT (LOSS)

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	Year Ended December 31, 2021			Period from February 22, 2021 (Inception) Through December 31, 2021
	Hammerhead (IFRS, Historical)			DCRD (U.S. GAAP, Historical)			IFRS Conversion and Presentation Alignment (Note 2)			Transaction Accounting Adjustments				Pro Forma Combined
Revenue
Oil and gas revenue	$	439,843		$	—		$	—		$	—			$	439,843
Royalties		(38,577	)		—			—			—				(38,577	)
Oil and natural gas revenue, net of royalties		401,266			—			—			—				401,266
Risk Management Contracts
Realized loss on risk management contracts		(95,407	)		—			—			—				(95,407	)
Unrealized loss on risk management contracts		(16,649	)		—			—			—				(16,649	)
		(112,056	)		—			—			—				(112,056	)
Other income		1,202			—			—			—				1,202
		290,412			—			—			—				290,412
Expenses:
Operating		82,721			—			—			—				82,721
Transportation		62,044			—			—			—				62,044
General and administrative		21,565			—			9,515			64,749		BB		234,518
											138,689		DD
Optimization fees		19,708			—			—			—				19,708
Share-based compensation		14,039			—			—			6,941		FF		20,980
Depletion, depreciation and impairment		127,333			—			—			—				127,333
Finance		21,264			—			—			877		GG		22,141
Gain on foreign exchange		(350	)		—			—			—				(350	)
Loss (gain) on warrant evaluation		96			—			(11,403	)		(96	)	CC		(11,403	)
Loss on asset disposition		13,813			—			—			—				13,813
Loss on settlement of employee loans		—			—			—			5,793		EE		5,793
Formation and operating costs		—			9,515			(9,515	)		—				—
Interest income		—			(11	)		—			11		AA		—
Gain on fair value of derivative warrant liabilities		—			(11,403	)		11,403			—				—
Transaction costs allocated to derivative warrant liabilities		—			1,733			—			—				1,733
Total expenses		362,233			(166	)		—			216,964				579,031
Net comprehensive (loss) profit	$	(71,821	)	$	166		$	—		$	(216,964	)		$	(288,619	)
Net loss (profit) per share (Note 4):
Net loss per common share - basic and diluted	$	(0.24	)
Net income per share, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption - basis and diluted				$	0.01
Net income per share, Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares - basis and diluted				$	0.01
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted															90,778,275
Net loss per share - basic and diluted														$	(3.18	)

57

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Note 1. Basis of Presentation

The historical consolidated financial statements of Hammerhead have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and in its presentation and reporting currency of Canadian Dollars (C$). The historical financial statements of DCRD have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP in its presentation and reporting currency of US$.

The Business Combination is accounted for as a share-based payment transaction, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Under this method of accounting, DCRD is treated as the “accounting acquiree” and Hammerhead as the “accounting acquirer” for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination is treated as the equivalent of Hammerhead issuing shares for the net assets of DCRD, followed by a recapitalization. The net assets of Hammerhead are stated at historical cost.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of financial position as of September 30, 2022 gives effect to the Business Combination and related transactions as if they occurred on September 30, 2022. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of profit (loss) and comprehensive profit (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 give effect to the Business Combination and related transactions as if they occurred on January 1, 2021.

The pro forma adjustments reflecting the consummation of the Business Combination and the related transaction are based on currently available information and certain assumptions and methodologies that Company management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments, and it is possible that the difference may be material. Company management believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the Business Combination and the related transactions based on information available to management at this time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings, or cost savings that may be associated with the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the Business Combination and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the post-combination company. They should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and notes thereto of DCRD and Hammerhead.

58

The following table reconciles ownership of Hammerhead shareholders and the Riverstone Parties at closing to historical Hammerhead common shares and preferred shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to closing.

	Hammerhead Historical as of Closing		Hammerhead As-Converted as of Closing			Exchange Ratio		Common Shares
Hammerhead Shareholders
Common shares		125,995,244		125,995,244			0.0639		8,051,118
Preferred shares		28,072,868		66,521,846	(2)		0.0639		4,250,746
Outstanding warrants		7,298,296		923,991	(4)		0.0639		59,043
Total Common Shares owned by Hammerhead Shareholders at Closing									12,360,907
Riverstone Parties
Common shares		266,565,580		266,565,580			0.0639		17,033,541
Preferred shares		472,801,334		810,916,431	(1)(2)(3)		0.0639		51,817,560
Outstanding warrants		33,721,985		23,999,938	(4)		0.0639		1,533,596
Total Common Shares owned by Riverstone Parties from Hammerhead shares at Closing									70,384,697
Founder Transfer									4,348,437
Total Common Shares owned by Riverstone Parties at Closing									74,733,134

(1) Each Series II First Preferred Share converted to Hammerhead As Converted at 1.13208 per share.

(2) Each Series III First Preferred Share converted to Hammerhead As Converted using the Hammerhead Series III Preferred Share Exchange Ratio, which is the Company Series III Preferred Share Liquidation Preference, being the as converted share value of US$179,631,775.98, divided by the Share Issue price of US$10.

(3) Each Series VII First Preferred Share converted to Hammerhead As Converted using the Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Share Exchange Ratio, which is the Company Series VII Preferred Share Liquidation Preference, being the as converted share value of US$130,603,883.57, divided by the Share Issue price of US$10.

(4) Each Company 2020 Warrant was exercised on a cashless basis for a number of Company Class A Common Shares determined by the formula (A-B)/A, where A is equal to the Fully-Diluted Company Common Share Price and B is equal to the applicable exercise price (determined with reference to the US dollar to Canadian dollar exchange rate reported by the Bank of Canada on September 23, 2022 of 1.357) of such Company 2020 Warrant. Immediately prior to Closing, each Hammerhead 2013 Warrant was exchanged for a cash payment of CAD$0.028.

Note 2. IFRS Policy and Presentation Alignment

The historical financial information of DCRD has been adjusted to give effect to the differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) for the purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements. The only adjustment required to convert DCRD’s financial statements from U.S. GAAP to IFRS for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements was to reclassify the DCRD Ordinary Shares subject to redemption from commitments and contingencies to non-current liabilities under IFRS.

Further, as part of the preparation of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, certain reclassifications were made to align DCRD’s historical financial statements in accordance with the presentation of Hammerhead’s historical financial statements.

59

Note 3. Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

The adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of financial position as of September 30, 2022 are as follows:

A. Reflects the reclassification of $446.6 million (US$325.8 million) held in the Trust Account, inclusive of interest earned on the Trust Account at February 21, 2023, to cash that is available at closing of the Business Combination, prior to redemptions at closing.

B. Reflects the reclassification of approximately $446.4 million (US$325.7 million) of DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares that are subject to possible redemption into Common Shares, and the ultimate reclassification of DCRD Class B Ordinary Shares into Common Shares as a result of a series of transactions as part of the Business Combination.

C. Represents treatment of total estimated transaction costs of $64.7 million (US$48.6 million) in relation to the Business Combination, of which $15.1 million (US$11.3 million) was paid at or prior to closing, $19.3 million (US$14.5 million) is accrued and to be paid after closing, and $30.3 million (US$22.7 million) is accrued on the historical balance sheets of Hammerhead and DCRD and to be paid after closing. Additionally, on January 16, 2023 the underwriters of the DCRD initial public offering agreed to waive their rights to receive deferred underwriting fees in the amount of $15.2 million (US$11.1 million). All transaction costs are expensed as part of the Business Combination, however all costs incurred by DCRD, net of waived deferred underwriting fees, are expensed and recognized to DCRD’s accumulated deficit and reclassified to additional paid-in capital at closing to reflect the reclassification of DCRD’s historical accumulated deficit. The $1.1 million (US$0.8 million) of transaction costs recognized within accumulated deficit relate to costs incurred by Hammerhead that were not yet accrued on the historical balance sheet presented.

D. Reflects repayment of amounts due to related parties of DCRD for general operating costs incurred by DCRD.

E. Reflects the settlement of existing Hammerhead warrant liabilities of approximately $22.0 million as a result of the Business Combination. Certain of these warrants were deemed exercised on a cashless basis into Common Shares and recognized within equity, and certain of these warrants were settled for cash consideration of $0.2 million (US$0.1 million) in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement.

F. Represents the settlement of certain Hammerhead employee loans receivable pursuant to the Business Combination. The loans were originally accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2 and recognized within common share capital. The settlement of the loans have been accounted for as a loss on settlement of employee loans of approximately $5.8 million (US$4.2 million) (refer to adjustment EE below).

G. Represents the recapitalization of Hammerhead outstanding equity (preferred share capital of $606.1 million and common share capital of $591.3 million) and the issuance of Common Shares to existing Hammerhead Shareholders pursuant to the Business Combination.

H. Reflects the elimination of DCRD’s historical accumulated deficit.

I. Represents the preliminary estimated expense recognized for the stock exchange listing service received, in accordance with IFRS 2, for the excess of the fair value of Common Shares issued to DCRD shareholders and the fair value of DCRD’s identifiable net assets at the date of the Business Combination, resulting in a $138.7 million ($101.2 million) increase to accumulated deficit. The fair value of shares issued was estimated based on the market price of DCRD Class A ordinary shares of $12.77 (US$9.32) per share (as of February 21, 2023). The value is preliminary and will change based on fluctuations in the share price of the DCRD ordinary shares and warrants, and changes to other identifiable net assets of DCRD, through the closing date. A one percent change in the market price per

60

share would result in a change to the IFRS 2 listing expense of $1.0 million (US$0.7 million). The estimated IFRS 2 listing expense is further illustrated below (amounts presented are as of September 30, 2022 unless otherwise noted):

	C$			US$
	(in thousands except share and per share amounts)
Fair value of equity instruments deemed to have been issued by Hammerhead
DCRD Class A Share Price as of February 21, 2023	$	12.77		$	9.32
Total number of DCRD shares at Closing		8,032,671			8,032,671
Total fair value of equity instruments issued to DCRD shareholders	$	102,617		$	74,864
Fair value of identifiable net assets of DCRD(1)
Marketable securities held in Trust Account as of Closing	$	446,577		$	325,802
Prepaid expenses and deposits		732			534
Warrant liability		(21,470	)		(15,664	)
Other liabilities		(17,119	)		(12,489	)
Class A Share redemptions		(444,792	)		(324,500	)
Fair value of identifiable net assets of DCRD	$	(36,072	)	$	(26,317	)
IFRS 2 listing expense	$	138,689		$	101,181

(1) Recognizes the waiver of DCRD deferred underwriting fees payable on January 16, 2023 in the amount of $15.2 million (US$11.1 million).

J. Reflects an acceleration of share-based compensation expense of $6.9 million (US$5.2 million) related to the acceleration of the vesting of certain unvested Hammerhead share-based awards in connection with the Business Combination.

K. Reflects redemptions of 31,498,579 Common Shares prior to closing, for aggregate payments to redeeming DCRD Public Shareholders of $444.8 million ($324.5 million) at a redemption price of $14.12 (US$10.30) per share.

L. Represents cash proceeds of $11.0 million (US$8.0 million) pursuant to the draw on the Credit Facility for working capital and transaction costs at closing. There were minimal direct issuance costs incurred to execute the draw. Interest on the credit facility accrues at rates contingent on certain factors, which has been estimated to be 8% per annum for purposes of this pro forma financial information.

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Profit (Loss) and Comprehensive Profit (Loss)

The adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of profit (loss) and comprehensive profit (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 are as follows:

AA. Reflects elimination of investment income on the Trust Account.

BB. Reflects estimated transaction costs of $64.7 million (US$48.6 million) as if incurred on January 1, 2021, the date the Business Combination occurred for purposes of the pro forma financial information. This amount includes $14.2 million (US$10.7 million) and $16.0 million (US$12.0 million) of transaction costs recognized in the historical statements of operations for the nine months ended

61

September 30, 2022 for DCRD and Hammerhead, respectively. The historical amounts have been reversed in the pro forma statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to recognize all transaction costs as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. This is a non-recurring item.

CC. Represents the elimination of the historical change in fair value of Hammerhead warrants that were exchanged or cancelled at closing (refer to adjustment E above).

DD. Represents $138.7 million (US$101.2 million) listing expense in accordance with IFRS 2, for the difference between the fair value of Common Shares issued and the fair value of DCRD’s identifiable net assets at closing (refer to adjustment I above). This is a nonrecurring item.

EE. Hammerhead had loans to employees that were settled in accordance with the Business Combination. The employee loans were originally accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2 and were therefore recognized within equity. The settlement of the loans have been accounted for as a loss on settlement of employee loans of approximately $5.8 million (US$4.2 million).

FF. Reflects an acceleration of share-based compensation expense of $6.9 million (US$5.2 million) related to the acceleration of the vesting of certain unvested Hammerhead share-based awards in connection with the Business Combination.

GG. Represents the recognition of interest expense on the credit facility draw (refer to adjustment L above), as if the draw was executed on January 1, 2021, consisting of $0.7 million (US$0.5 million) of interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, and $0.9 million (US$0.7 million) of interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021, calculated using an estimated 8% rate of interest. A 1% increase/decrease in the estimated interest rate would not cause a significant difference to interest expense reported for each period presented.

Note 4. Net Income (Loss) per Share

Net income (loss) per share was calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the Business Combination, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2021. As the Business Combination and related transactions are being reflected as if they had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net income (loss) per share assumes that the shares issuable in the Business Combination have been outstanding for the entirety of all periods presented.

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022(1)		Year Ended December 31, 2021(1)
Pro forma net income (loss)(1)	C$	204,368	C$	(288,619	)
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic		90,778,275		90,778,275
Pro forma net income (loss) per share - basic	C$	2.25	C$	(3.18	)
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted		96,199,861		90,778,275
Pro forma net income (loss) per share - diluted	C$	2.12	C$	(3.18	)
Potentially dilutive securities
Public Warrants		15,812,491		15,812,491
Private Placement Warrants		12,737,500		12,737,500
Hammerhead Options(2)		579,891		6,001,477

(1) Pro forma net income (loss) per share includes the related pro forma adjustments as referred to within the section “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

(2) 5,421,586 options are included in the weighted average shares outstanding—diluted for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 as a result of the treasury stock method.

62

BUSINESS

Overview

The Company is an oil and natural gas exploration, development and production company, earning revenue from the extraction and sale of oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids. The Company’s reserves, producing properties and exploration prospects are located in the Province of Alberta in the Deep Basin of West Central Alberta where the Company is developing multi-zone, liquids-rich oil and gas plays. The Company holds a large, contiguous land base in the Gold Creek and Karr areas. The stratigraphy underlying the Company’s operating area falls largely within the Deep Basin liquids window and is characterized as having multiple stacked prospective oil bearing formations that lend themselves to horizontal drilling and multi-stage fracturing technology. The Company believes that its strategically located lands and associated infrastructure have significant optimization, development and enhancement potential.

The Company is controlled by the Riverstone Parties. The Company’s principal place of business is located at Eighth Avenue Place, East Tower, Suite 2700, 525-8th Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta, T2P 1G1.

Hammerhead was incorporated pursuant to the provisions of the ABCA on November 27, 2009 under the name 1504140 Alberta Ltd. Hammerhead changed its name to Canadian International Oil Corp. (“CIOC”) on April 20, 2010, as the Company intended to become an international oil and gas producer. To accomplish this, CIOC initially set up foreign subsidiaries to hold its potential future foreign assets. These foreign subsidiaries were a US entity, Canadian International Oil (USA) Corp. and a Barbados subsidiary, Canadian International Oil (Barbados) Corp., which held the equity interests in two wholly owned subsidiaries, Canadian International Oil Overseas Corporation and Canadian International Oil Poland Corporation Spolka A Ograniczona Odpowiedzialnoscia. Each of these foreign subsidiaries have since been dissolved.

Pursuant to a private placement financing completed in August and September of 2010, the Company issued a total of 150,263,366 Hammerhead Common Shares and 150,263,366 warrants (the “2010 Warrants”) to purchase Hammerhead Common Shares. Each 2010 Warrant entitled the holder thereof to acquire one Hammerhead Common Share upon payment of C$2.00 per Hammerhead Common Share on the terms and conditions set forth therein.

Between 2009 and 2012, the funds from the private placement completed in 2010 were used to acquire and develop Canadian assets, located in Western Canada. At the end of 2012, the Company entered into a C$25,000,000 credit agreement with the Toronto Dominion Bank (“TD”), to assist with short-term working capital commitments.

On May 1, 2013, the Company completed an offering of 75,000 units (“2013 Units”), each 2013 Unit comprised of: (a) a C$1,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.00% cash pay and 3.00% payment in kind (“PIK Interest”) senior secured second lien note due May 2, 2016 (a “2013 Note”); and (b) 80 Hammerhead 2013 Warrants. Provided that a Liquidity Event (as defined in the certain warrant indenture dated May 1, 2013 by and between the Company and Olympia Trust Company (the “Warrant Indenture”)) has occurred, each Hammerhead 2013 Warrant entitles the holder thereof to acquire Hammerhead Common Shares on a “cashless” exercise basis at a deemed exercise price equal to the lesser of: (a) C$3.50 per share; and (b) the Liquidity Price (as defined in the Warrant Indenture) at any time on or before the date that is the earlier of: (a) three years from the date on which a Liquidity Event occurs; and (b) 10 years from the date of issuance of the Hammerhead 2013 Warrants. Additionally, immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control Transaction (as defined in the Warrant Indenture) each Hammerhead 2013 Warrant will be automatically exercised on a “cashless basis” for 0.15 of a Hammerhead Common Share for each Hammerhead 2013 Warrant (with no additional action required on the part of the holder). On December 17, 2015, the Company redeemed all of the 2013 Notes outstanding, and as a result, the Company’s obligations under the 2013 Notes were satisfied and discharged.

On March 27, 2014, the Company entered into an investment agreement with Riverstone V REL Hammerhead B.V (formerly known as Riverstone Seneca B.V.) (“Riverstone V REL”) pursuant to which

63

Riverstone V REL agreed to a C$200,000,000 equity commitment (the “2014 Investment Agreement”). Pursuant to the 2014 Investment Agreement, the Company issued one Hammerhead Series I Preferred Share, 66,666,667 Hammerhead Series II Preferred Shares and 34,285,310 warrants to purchase Hammerhead Series II Preferred Shares (the “2014 Warrants”) for aggregate proceeds of C$200,000,000. The 2014 Warrants were non-transferable and vest and became exercisable for Hammerhead Series II Preferred Shares at a price of C$0.001 per Hammerhead Series II Preferred Share only in the event Hammerhead undertook certain dilutive equity or similar transactions, subject to customary adjustments.

On April 22, 2015, the Company, Riverstone V REL and ZAM Ventures Luxembourg II S.A.R.L. (an affiliate of 1901 Partners Management, LP) (“1901”) entered into an investment agreement (as amended, the “2015 Investment Agreement”) pursuant to which Riverstone V REL and 1901 agreed to a C$200,000,000 equity commitment. Pursuant to the 2015 Investment Agreement, the Company issued an aggregate of 88,888,888 Hammerhead Series III Preferred Shares and one Hammerhead Series IV Preferred Share for aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of C$200,000,000.

In June of 2015, the Company’s shareholders and warrant holders approved a plan of arrangement (the “2015 Plan”) which effectively amended the terms of the 2010 Warrants. The 2015 Plan was implemented on July 1, 2015, pursuant to which new common share purchase warrants (the “New 2010 Warrants”) replaced the 2010 Warrants. The terms of the New 2010 Warrants were substantially the same as the 2010 Warrants other than: (a) the expiry date was March 31, 2017; and (b) the exercise price was reduced from C$2.00 per share to C$1.20 per share. There are currently no New 2010 Warrants outstanding.

On November 20, 2015, Riverstone V REL made an offer to purchase all of the: (a) Hammerhead Common Shares for cash consideration of C$1.675 per Hammerhead Common Share; and (b) New 2010 Warrants for cash consideration of C$0.475 per New 2010 Warrant (the “Offer”). Pursuant to the Offer, which expired on January 13, 2016, an aggregate of 56,670,679 Hammerhead Common Shares and 83,864,510 New 2010 Warrants were validly deposited and taken-up by Riverstone V REL.

Effective December 18, 2015 the Company also entered into a credit facility agreement (the “2015 Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks, which replaced the Company’s then-existing non-syndicated credit facility with TD. The agreement provided for an initial borrowing base of C$70,000,000, with semi-annual borrowing base reviews and options to renew within a year.

On July 10, 2017, the Company and Riverstone V EMEA Investment Management Cooperatief U.A. (formerly known as Riverstone V EMEA Holdings Coöperatief U.A.) (“Riverstone EMEA”) entered into an investment agreement (the “2017 Investment Agreement”) pursuant to which Riverstone EMEA agreed to a $150,000,000 equity commitment. Pursuant to the 2017 Investment Agreement, the Company issued 41,095,890 Hammerhead Common Shares, one Hammerhead Series VI Preferred Share and 9,200,913 Hammerhead Common Share purchase warrants (the “2017 Warrants”) for gross proceeds of approximately C$150,000,000.

On July 10, 2017, the Company also completed an offering of US$160,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.0% senior notes due July 10, 2022 (the “2017 Senior Notes”) and repaid in full a prior term loan, together with the applicable prepayment premium plus accrued and unpaid interest to Riverstone V HHR LP. In connection with the foregoing transactions, the 2015 Credit Agreement was amended and restated (as amended and restated, the “2017 Credit Agreement”) on July 10, 2017.

In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company aligned its Canadian operations with a name change and an update to its corporate structure. On October 1, 2017, CIOC amalgamated with its wholly owned subsidiary Canadian International Oil Operating Corp., and changed its name to “Hammerhead Resources Inc.” On December 15, 2017, the Company dissolved its foreign subsidiary “Canadian International Oil (USA) Corp.” On December 31, 2017, the Company dissolved its remaining foreign subsidiaries, “Canadian International Oil (Barbados) Corp.” and “Canadian International Oil (Overseas) Corp.”

64

On November 6, 2018, the Company entered into a new investment agreement, with Riverstone EMEA and 1901 pursuant to which Riverstone EMEA and 1901 agreed to a $295,500,000 equity commitment (the “2018 Investment Agreement”). Pursuant to the 2018 Investment Agreement, the Company issued 33,333,333 Hammerhead Series VII preferred shares, 777,199 Hammerhead Common Shares, as well as one Hammerhead Series VIII preferred share for aggregate proceeds of C$98,834,204. The remaining commitment under the 2018 Investment Agreement was terminated pursuant to the terms of the June 2020 Investment Agreement (as defined below).

Signing of the 2018 Investment Agreement triggered a right to exercise the 2017 Warrants. The 2017 Warrants were fully exercised, which resulted in the issuance of 9,200,913 Hammerhead Common Shares to Riverstone EMEA for gross proceeds of C$9,201. There are currently no 2017 Warrants outstanding.

On March 11, 2019, the Company incorporated a new wholly owned subsidiary, “Prairie Lights Power GP Inc.,” and formed an associated limited partnership, “Prairie Lights Power Limited Partnership,” in order to initiate a power related project. As at September 30, 2022, the project remains in its preliminary phase with no active operations and no anticipated change in operations or activity in the near term.

On June 17, 2020, the Company entered into an investment agreement with Riverstone EMEA and Riverstone V REL for an equity commitment of C$300,000,000 (the “June 2020 Investment Agreement”). Pursuant to the June 2020 Investment Agreement, Hammerhead issued 267,404,910 Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares and 33,721,985 Hammerhead 2020 Warrants to Riverstone EMEA for aggregate proceeds of $133,702,455. Under the June 2020 Investment Agreement, the remaining equity commitment is subject to approval of Riverstone EMEA and satisfaction of terms and conditions, at any time prior to June 17, 2024. The June 2020 Investment Agreement was terminated at Closing.

The signing of the June 2020 Investment Agreement triggered a right to exercise the remaining 2014 Warrants. As a result of the exercise of the remaining 2014 Warrants, 22,433,772 Hammerhead Series II Preferred Shares were issued to Riverstone V REL on June 17, 2020 for gross proceeds of C$22,434. There are currently no 2014 Warrants outstanding.

On June 19, 2020, the Company amended its 2017 Senior Notes indenture whereby the holders of the 2017 Senior Notes approved an initial debt redemption of US$48,000,000, reducing the aggregate principal balance owing from US$160,000,000 to US$112,000,000 (the “2020 Senior Notes”). The maturity date of the 2020 Senior Notes was extended to July 10, 2024 and the interest rate was increased from 9% to 12% per annum. Under the 2020 Senior Notes indenture, the Company has the option of paying interest as cash or as PIK Interest. The Company subsequently redeemed US$24,000,000 related to the 2020 Senior Notes principal balance on October 10, 2020 for a total cost of US$1.0 dollar.

Concurrently with the signing of the 2020 Senior Notes indenture, on June 19, 2020 the Company amended and restated the 2017 Credit Agreement (as amended and restated, the “2020 Credit Agreement”), whereby the Company’s syndicate of three banks reduced the aggregate principal borrowing base to C$240,600,000, prompting an immediate repayment of C$65,000,000 in principal outstanding. The Company subsequently repaid an additional C$2,700,000 in principal outstanding on June 30, 2020, reducing the principal balance outstanding to C$222,300,000.

On December 8, 2020, the Company entered into another investment agreement with HV RA II LLC, which is managed and/or advised by 1901 Partners Management, LP for an equity commitment of $11,550,000 (“December 2020 Investment Agreement”). Pursuant to the December 2020 Investment Agreement, the Company issued 10,295,090 Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares and 1,298,296 Hammerhead 2020 Warrants to HV RA II LLC for gross proceeds of $5,147,550.

On May 31, 2021, the 2020 Credit Agreement was amended and restated (as amended and restated, the “2021 Credit Agreement”). The 2021 Credit Agreement eliminated the tranche A and tranche B components of

65

the previous facility, and extended the maturity date of the bank debt. Under the 2021 Credit Agreement, the aggregate maximum principal amount of the Credit Facilities was increased to C$175,000,000, consisting of a C$155,000,000 revolving syndicated facility and a C$20,000,000 operating facility, with an aggregate of C$113,800,000 drawn on the facilities as at the date of the agreement.

On June 9, 2022, the 2021 Credit Agreement was amended and restated (as amended and restated, the “2022 Credit Agreement”). Under the 2022 Credit Agreement, the aggregate maximum principal amount of the Credit Facility was increased to C$300,000,000, consisting of a C$280,000,000 revolving syndicated facility and a C$20,000,000 operating facility. As at October 11, 2022, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Credit Facility was C$107,800,000. The proceeds of the Company’s private placements, the Credit Facility and financings were used to acquire approximately 111,000 net acres in the Montney trend in Western Canada.

On September 1, 2022, Hammerhead incorporated NewCo, an Alberta corporation, as a wholly owned subsidiary of Hammerhead for the purpose of effecting the Business Combination.

On September 25, 2022, Hammerhead and DCRD entered into the Business Combination Agreement.

On September 26, 2022, the Company redeemed US$57,937,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Senior Notes outstanding, resulting in a total cash payment of US$59,308,175.67, including all accrued PIK Interest to date.

On December 15, 2022, the aggregate maximum principal amount of the Credit Facility was increased to C$350,000,000, consisting of a C$330,000,000 revolving syndicated facility and a C$20,000,000 operating facility.

On February 23, 2023, the Business Combination closed. The Common Shares and Warrants were listed on the NASDAQ under the symbols “HHRS” and “HHRSW”, respectively, and on the TSX under the symbols “HHRS” and “HHRS.WT,” respectively, on February 27, 2023.

Marketing Channels

The Company sells its production to third party marketers which transport and sell the product at market. The Company has agreements in place which allows the Company to assign some of its natural gas production to a counterparty who then transports it to various geographic markets in North America, allowing the company to capture diversified pricing.

Seasonality of the Business

The level of activity in the Canadian oil and gas industry is influenced by seasonal weather patterns. A mild winter or wet spring may result in limited access and, as a result, reduced operations or a cessation of operations.

Municipalities and provincial transportation departments enforce road bans that restrict the movement of drilling rigs and other heavy equipment during periods of wet weather, thereby reducing activity levels. Also, certain oil and natural gas producing areas are located in areas that are inaccessible other than during the winter months because the ground surrounding the sites in these areas consists of swampy terrain. Seasonal factors and unexpected weather patterns may lead to increases or declines in exploration and production activity and corresponding increases or declines in the demand for the goods the Company produces.

Raw Materials

Oil and natural gas production at the wellhead is in a raw state that requires further refinement. The Company’s raw production is transported to a processing facility via gathering pipelines, where the associated

66

water and basic sediment is removed. The production is required to meet certain refinement standards prior to being accepted on the third party pipelines that transport the product to the end market. Once accepted on the pipeline, natural gas is further refined through straddle plants, which extract additional natural gas liquids sent to market.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The Company’s revenue from contracts with customers primarily consistent of crude oil and field condensate sales, natural gas sales, and natural gas liquids sales. The Company’s crude oil and field condensate, natural gas, and natural gas liquids are generally sold under variable price contracts. The transaction price for variable priced contracts is based on the commodity market price, adjusted for quality, location or other factors. The Company is required to deliver nominated volumes of crude oil and field condensate, natural gas, and natural gas liquids to the contract counterparty. Each barrel equivalent of commodity delivered is considered to be a distinct performance obligation. The amount of revenue recognized is based on the agreed transaction price and is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied, therefore resulting in revenue recognition in the same month as delivery. Receivables are typically collected on the 25th day of the month following production, in accordance with industry standards.

The following section describes the Company’s customer base and the principal markets in which the Company competes, including a breakdown of total revenues by category of activity and geographic market for each of the last three financial years.

Revenues by Category

The table below outlines the Company’s revenue by category of commodity:

($Cdn 000’s)	Year Ended
Commodity Type	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019
Oil and field condensate		199,108		125,711		205,811
Natural Gas		165,957		104,267		94,306
Natural Gas Liquids		74,778		33,536		37,862
Total revenue from commodity sales		439,843		263,514		337,979

Customer base

The table below outlines customers that constituted individually more than 5% of oil and gas revenue, in any of the last three years:

	% of Revenue—Year ended
Customer	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019
Shell Trading Canada		24.8		22.6		23.3
Koch Canada Energy Services, LP		15.5		14.1		8.1
Pembina Infrastructure and Logistics LP		14.1		11.1		10.5
Trafigura Canada Limited		14.4		18.9		18.9
Macquarie Energy Canada Ltd.		6.9		7.8		10.2
Mercuria Commodities Canada Corporation		5.5		3.8		1.2
Sequent Energy Canada Corp		—		—		6.0
Phillips 66 Canada Ltd.		0.2		0.5		5.3
Other		18.6		21.2		16.5
Total		100		100		100

67

Geographic Markets

All points of sale occur in Alberta; however, the Company captures different price points for some Natural Gas sales through contracts in place, as described below. The percentage of total revenue contributed by pricing obtained from various geographic regions is set forth in the table below.

	% of Revenue Year ended
Region	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019
Oil and Field Condensate
Alberta		100.0		100.0		100.0
Total Oil and Field Condensate Sales		100.0		100.0		100.0
Natural Gas
Alberta		41.0		52.0		66.0
Eastern Canada		32.0		29.0		29.0
United States		27.0		19.0		5.0
Total Natural Gas Sales		100		100		100
Natural Gas Liquids
Alberta		100.0		100.0		100.0
Total Natural Gas Sales		100.0		100.0		100.0

Crude Oil

The Company’s crude oil and field condensate production is delivered and sold in Central Alberta through firm service commitments on Pembina Pipeline Corporation’s (“Pembina”) pipeline systems. The price that the Company receives for crude oil and field condensate production is primarily driven by global supply and demand and the Edmonton light sweet oil and condensate price differentials.

Natural Gas

The point of sale for all of the Company’s natural gas is Alberta; however, the Company captures diversified pricing by assigning a proportion of its downstream transport to a counterparty. The Company sells the counterparty gas in Alberta, and the counterparty subsequently transports the gas to markets in Eastern Canada and the United States (Midwest and West Path). The counterparty pays the Company the downstream price less the transport, and deducts a small fee for managing the capacity. The remainder of the Company’s gas is sold on the AECO market within Alberta.

NGLs

The Company’s plant condensate and product mix of NGLs are currently sold on the Alberta market, but achieve geographical diversification in pricing through Pembina’s marketing pool. Pembina operates a pool of sales that provide accessibility to the United States, Asia and Eastern Canada, with market weightings adjusted for supply and demand outlook, as well as seasonality.

68

Principal Capital Expenditures

The Company’s principal capital expenditures and divestitures are set forth in the table below:

	Nine Months ended September 30		Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022		2021			2020		2019
Drilling and completion		121,085		104,051			63,941		76,436
Equipment, facilities and pipelines		71,451		22,742			21,012		54,797
Workovers and maintenance capital		11,327		5,851			5,757		11,794
Land		1,311		—			—		1,168
Geological & geophysical (G&G)		163		1			45		277
Capitalized and other		4,870		5,899			3,607		7,861
Capital expenditures		210,207		138,544			94,362		152,333
Asset dispositions (net of acquisitions)		—		(10,027	)		—		(517	)
Net capital expenditures		210,207		128,517			94,362		151,816

As at December 31, 2021, the Company did not have any material commitments for capital expenditures. As at September 30, 2022, the Company has committed to approximately $20.3 million of purchase orders related to its facility infrastructure expansion in North and South Karr; see Property, Plant and Equipment section below for additional details. The Company anticipates satisfying these capital commitments through funds from operations.

Operations

The following section describes the Company’s: (i) reserves; (ii) employees and training; (iii) operational processes and systems; and (iv) cost efficiency of operation.

Reserves

The Company has actioned certain oversight, review and internal control processes regarding its reserve evaluation, including forming a Reserves Committee amongst its board of directors. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Reserves Committee of Hammerhead consisted of three board members: Mr. Begley, Mr. Charron and Mr. Sobie. Following the Business Combination, the Reserves Committee consists of two board members: Mr. Begley and Mr. Charron. See “Management – Executive Officers and Directors” for the biographies of each member of the Reserves Committee. The Reserves Committee’s primary purpose is to perform the oversight role of the Company’s oil and gas reserves, including any disclosure to shareholders, the public or other third parties. Annually, the Reserves Committee approves the appointment of the independent engineering firm based on technical knowledge and qualifications. On a yearly basis, the Reserves Committee meets with the Company’s management and the independent reserve evaluators, where the reserves evaluation performed by the independent engineering firm is presented and the Reserves Committee provides its review, analysis and approval of such evaluation. In addition to the board oversight, the Company has certain control processes in place to ensure thorough examination of the accuracy and validity of the data used to compile the reserve evaluation. These processes include: senior executive approval on data inputs from each individual business unit, reconciliations between the evaluation report and the data provided by the business unit, restricted access of the software systems employed by the Company to only those team members with the required technical knowledge and qualifications, and a thorough internal review performed by both management and the executive team over the independent reserve engineers’ evaluation of the Company’s oil and gas reserves, prior to it being presented to the Reserves Committee.

The Company’s 2021 year-end reserves evaluation was conducted by McDaniel & Associates Consultants Ltd. (“McDaniel”) with an effective date of December 31, 2021. McDaniel evaluated 100% of the Company’s

69

reserves, which are all located in the Province of Alberta, Canada. First established in 1955, McDaniel has earned a global reputation for consistent and reliable oil and gas consulting services, providing third party reserve reports and certifications for over 60 years with a team of highly skilled and qualified engineers and geoscientists. The technical person primarily responsible for preparing and overseeing the estimates of the Company’s annual reserves evaluation is Mr. Michael J. Verney. Mr. Verney graduated from Queen’s University in 2006 with a Civil Engineering and Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics. A professional member of the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of Alberta (“APEGA”) (Permit No. 3145), Mr. Verney brings over 15 years of experience in oil and gas reservoir studies and evaluations. Mr. Verney’s education, training and technical expertise along with his years of experience within the oil and gas industry, more than qualify him in accordance with the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserves Information as set forth by the Society of Petroleum Engineers. Mr. Verney is proficient in applying industry standard practices to engineering and geoscience evaluations as well as applying SEC and other industry reserve definitions and guidelines.

Within the Company, the primary technical person responsible for overseeing the reserve estimates is Dr. Nkem Ejiofor, the Manager, Reservoir Engineering. Dr. Ejiofor graduated from the University of Alaska, Fairbanks in 2003 with a Master of Science degree in Petroleum Engineering. He later received his Doctorate of Management in Organizational Leadership in 2020 from the University of Phoenix. A professional member with APEGA (Permit No. 4046) since his enrollment in 2005, Dr. Ejiofor has over 20 years of related oil and gas industry experience. Dr. Ejiofor is proficient in applying industry standard practices to engineering and geoscience evaluations as well as applying SEC and other industry reserve definitions and guidelines.

The Company establishes its proved reserves estimates using standard geological and engineering technologies and computational methods, which are generally accepted by the petroleum industry. The Company primarily prepares its proved reserves additions by analogy using type curves that are based on decline curve analysis of wells in analogous reservoirs. Reasonable certainty is further established over the Company’s proved reserve estimates by using one or more of the following methods: geological and geophysical information to establish reservoir continuity between penetrations, rate-transient analysis, analytical and numerical simulations, or other proprietary technical and statistical methods.

In order to achieve reasonable certainty over the estimates derived, both McDaniel and the Company use software technology. McDaniel employs EVA software; a cloud-based analytics platform developed by the firm specifically for the oil and gas industry, and a Resource Inventory Tracking Agent, which is proprietary software used to track well locations and calculate recovery factors. Additionally, machine learning models are employed to gather and examine large volumes of information and translate it into actionable insights. The technologies employed by McDaniel use standard engineering methods that are generally accepted by the petroleum industry. The Company employs well logs, production tests, seismic and core data, as well as historical production trends to develop proved reserves estimations. Reasonable certainty around the accuracy and validity of the information is further confirmed through the technologies used consisting of wireline deployed bottom hole pressure gauges to acquire data for pressure build-up analysis in order to estimate reservoir pressure, core analysis to calibrate and validate wireline log data for estimating resources in place and production interference tests and analysis to evaluate the impact of well spacing assumptions. The disclosures contained in this section providing oil and gas information are prepared in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification topic 932; Extractive Activities – Oil and Gas. The Company’s financial reporting is prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

For the purposes of determining proved oil and natural gas reserves under SEC requirements as at December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company used the 12-month average price, defined by the SEC as the unweighted arithmetic average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month within the 12-month period prior to the end of the reporting period.

McDaniel compiled three reports as to the reserves of the Company as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which were prepared in accordance with guidelines specified in Item 1202(a)(8) of

70

Regulation S-K and in conformity with Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X, and are to be used for inclusion in certain filings of the SEC; such reports are filed as Exhibits 99.1, 99.2 and 99.3 to the Registration Statement.

Petroleum and Natural Gas Reserve Information

The following definitions are consistent with SEC regulations, including Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X.

Proved oil and gas reserves. Proved oil and gas reserves are those quantities of oil and gas, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible—from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations—prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for the estimation. The project to extract the hydrocarbons must have commenced or the operator must be reasonably certain that it will commence the project within a reasonable time. 

Developed oil and gas reserves. Developed oil and gas reserves are reserves of any category that can be expected to be recovered:

i. Through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods or in which the cost of the required equipment is relatively minor compared to the cost of a new well; and

ii. Through installed extraction equipment and infrastructure operational at the time of the reserves estimate if the extraction is by means not involving a well.

Undeveloped oil and gas reserves. Undeveloped oil and gas reserves are reserves of any category that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage, or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion.

The Company cautions users of this information as the process of estimating oil and natural gas reserves is subject to a level of uncertainty. The reserves are based on economic and operating conditions; therefore, changes can be made to future assessments as a result of a number of factors, which can include new technology, changing economic conditions and development activity. Net reserves presented in this section represent the Company’s working interest share of the gross remaining reserves, after deduction of any crown, freehold and overriding royalties. Such royalties are subject to change by legislation or regulation and can also vary depending on production rates, selling prices and timing of initial production.

71

Summary of Corporate Reserves

The following tables are summaries of the Company’s estimated proved reserves at December 31, 2020 and 2021, as reconciled from the previous years:

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Constant Prices and Costs
Net Proved Developed and Proved Undeveloped Reserves(1)	Light and Medium Crude Oil (mbbl)			Natural Gas (mmcf)			Natural Gas Liquids(2) (mbbl)			Barrels of Oil Equivalent (mboe)
December 31, 2020
Developed		8,098.3			153,787.8			4,477.6			38,207.2
Undeveloped		21,881.8			252,552.1			7,647.9			71,621.7
Total – December 31, 2020		29,980.1			406,339.9			12,125.5			109,828.9
Extensions & Discoveries		10,520.9			117,960.7			3,792.2			33,973.2
Improved Recovery		—			—			—			—
Technical Revisions		1,291.5			33,623.7			2,142.6			9,038.1
Acquisitions		—			—			—			—
Dispositions		(70.5	)		(354.9	)		(2.8	)		(132.5	)
Production – 2021		(2,487.8	)		(37,418.3	)		(1,424.6	)		(10,148.8	)
December 31, 2021		39,234.2			520,151.1			16,632.9			142,558.9
Developed		8,849.8			187,537.6			5,922.2			46,028.2
Undeveloped		30,384.4			332,613.5			10,710.7			96,530.6
Total – December 31, 2021		39,234.2			520,151.1			16,632.9			142,558.9

(1) Numbers may not add due to rounding

(2) Net quantities of Natural Gas Liquids include immaterial amounts of condensate

In 2021, the Company’s proved reserves increased by 32.7 MMBOE from 2020 primarily due to extensions and discoveries of 34.0 MMBOE. Approximately 6 percent of the extension volume was the result of drilling wells that did not have any proved undeveloped reserves assigned at the beginning of the fiscal year, with approximately 94 percent from new proved undeveloped locations. Approximately 42 percent of the 2021 extensions and discoveries were oil, condensate and NGLs. Revisions of previous estimates were positive 9.0 MMBOE primarily due to higher 12-month average trailing prices of 9.5 MMBOE, positive performance revisions other than price of 1.6 MMBOE, largely offset by changes in pad development of 2.1 MMBOE.

Production for 2021 was 10.1 MMBOE. Dispositions of 0.1 MMBOE were from the sale of the Simonette property.

Proved reserves are estimated based on the average first-day-of-month prices during the 12-month period for the respective year. The average prices used to compute proved reserves at December 31, 2021 were WTI: $66.55 per bbl, Edmonton Light Crude: C$78.15 per bbl, Henry Hub: $3.64 per MMBtu, and AECO Spot: C$3.57 per MMBtu. Prices for oil, NGLs and natural gas are inherently volatile.

Changes to the Company’s proved undeveloped reserves during 2021 are summarized in the table below:

	Barrels of Oil Equivalent (mboe)(1)
December 31, 2020		71,621.7
Extensions and discoveries		31,967.3
Technical revisions		3,638.0
Conversions to developed		(10,696.4	)
December 31, 2021		96,530.6

(1) Numbers may not add due to rounding

72

As of December 31, 2021, there are no proved undeveloped reserves that will remain undeveloped for five years or more.

Extensions and discoveries of 32.0 MMBOE of proved undeveloped reserves were the result of new proved undeveloped locations. Revisions of prior estimates of proved undeveloped reserves were positive 3.6 MMBOE. This was primarily due to the revisions of previous estimates due to higher 12-month average trailing prices of 8.2 MMBOE. These revisions were partially offset by changes in pad layouts of 2.2 MMBOE and negative revisions due to performance of 2.4 MMBOE.

Conversions of proved undeveloped reserves to proved developed status were 10.7 MMBOE, equating to 15 percent of the total prior year-end proved undeveloped reserves. The Company spent approximately $104.1 million on drilling and completions activities to develop proved undeveloped reserves in 2021.

Year Ended December 31, 2020	Constant Prices and Costs
Net Proved Developed and Proved Undeveloped Reserves(1)	Light and Medium Crude Oil (mbbl)			Natural Gas (mmcf)			Natural Gas Liquids(2) (mbbl)			Barrels of Oil Equivalent (mboe)
December 31, 2019
Developed		7,773.2			122,572.8			3,348.7			31,550.7
Undeveloped		40,059.2			400,109.8			11,733.7			118,477.8
Total – December 31, 2019		47,832.4			522,682.6			15,082.4			150,028.5
Extensions & Discoveries		1,643.5			20,465.7			615.8			5,670.2
Improved Recovery		—			—			—			—
Technical Revisions		(16,641.7	)		(96,017.7	)		(2,233.9	)		(34,878.5	)
Acquisitions		—			—			—			—
Dispositions		—			—			—			—
Production – 2020		(2,854.1	)		(40,790.7	)		(1,338.8	)		(10,991.3	)
December 31, 2020		29,980.1			406,339.9			12,125.5			109,828.9
Developed		8,098.3			153,787.8			4,477.6			38,207.2
Undeveloped		21,881.8			252,552.1			7,647.9			71,621.7
Total – December 31, 2020		29,980.1			406,339.9			12,125.5			109,828.9

(1) Numbers may not add due to rounding

(2) Net quantities of Natural Gas Liquids include immaterial amounts of condensate

In 2020, the Company’s proved reserves decreased by 40.2 MMBOE from 2019 largely due to changes in the previously adopted development pace of 24.6 MMBOE, as well as proved undeveloped locations lost due to economics of 15.1 MBOE. Lower 12-month average trailing prices of 2.1 MMBOE also contributed to the year-over-year reduction in reserves. These losses were partially offset by 5.7 MMBOE of extension volume as a result of new proved undeveloped locations, and positive performance revisions other than price of 6.9 MMBOE. Approximately 40 percent of the 2020 extensions and discoveries were oil, condensate and NGLs.

Production for 2020 was 10.9 MMBOE. No acquisitions or dispositions took place during the period of interest.

Proved reserves are estimated based on the average first-day-of-month prices during the 12-month period for the respective year. The average prices used to compute proved reserves at December 31, 2020 were WTI: $39.54 per bbl, Edmonton Light Crude: C$45.56 per bbl, Henry Hub: $2.00 per MMBtu, and AECO Spot: C$2.23 per MMBtu. Prices for oil, NGLs and natural gas are inherently volatile.

73

Changes to the Company’s proved undeveloped reserves during 2020 are summarized in the table below:

	Barrels of Oil Equivalent (mboe)(1)
December 31, 2019		118,477.8
Extensions and discoveries		5,659.8
Technical revisions		(39,653.6	)
Conversions to developed		(12,862.3	)
December 31, 2020		71,621.7

(1) Numbers may not add due to rounding

As of December 31, 2020, there are no proved undeveloped reserves that will remain undeveloped for five years or more.

Extensions and discoveries of 5.7 MMBOE of proved undeveloped reserves were the result of new proved undeveloped locations. Revisions of prior estimates of proved undeveloped reserves were negative 39.7 MMBOE primarily due to development plan changes of 24.6 MMBOE. Development plan changes relate to specific locations that were previously planned to be drilled within five years but were subsequently shifted to a later development timeframe or removed and replaced with different locations that are included in extensions and discoveries. In addition, several locations were lost due to economics resulting in a loss of 15.1 MMBOE and lower 12-month average trailing prices of 1.1 MMBOE. The downward revisions were partly offset by positive revisions of 1.1 MMBOE from improved well performance.

Conversions of proved undeveloped reserves to proved developed status were 12.9 MMBOE, equating to 11 percent of the total prior year-end proved undeveloped reserves. The Company spent approximately $63.9 million on drilling and completions activities to develop proved undeveloped reserves in 2020.

Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Petroleum and Natural Gas Reserves

The future net revenues and net present values presented in this summary were calculated using constant prices and costs based on the average first-day-of-the-month petroleum product prices for the 12 months of 2021 and 2020, with no inflation of operating or capital costs, and were presented in Canadian dollars. All of the future net revenues and net present value estimates in this summary are presented before income taxes. A 10% discount factor was applied to the future net cash flows. Future development costs used in the calculation of future net revenue includes the costs to settle the asset retirement obligations for each period presented. The future net revenues presented in this summary may not necessarily represent the fair market value of the reserves estimates. The Company’s management does not rely upon the following information in making investment and operating decisions. Such decisions are based upon a wide range of factors, including estimates of probable as well as proved reserves, and varying price and cost assumptions considered more representative of a range of possible economic conditions that may be anticipated. The prescribed discount rate of 10% may not appropriately reflect interest rates.

74

The following table summarizes the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil, NGL and natural gas reserves, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

($CAD millions)	2021			2020
Future cash inflows		6,075			2,709
Future production costs		(2,402	)		(1,559	)
Future development/abandonment costs		(1,220	)		(865	)
Undiscounted pre-tax cash flows		2,453			285
Deferred income taxes		(223	)		—
Future net cash flows		2,230			285
Less 10% annual discount factor		(848	)		(111	)
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows		1,382			174

The following table reconciles the changes in standardized measure of future net cash flows discounted at 10% per year relating to proved petroleum and natural gas producing reserves:

	For the year ended December 31,
($CAD millions)	2021			2020
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows at beginning of year		174			618
Oil and gas sales during period net of production costs and royalties(1)		(257	)		(112	)
Changes due to prices(2)		990			(245	)
Development costs during the period(3)		137			92
Changes in forecast development costs(4)		(242	)		377
Changes resulting from extensions, infills and improved recovery(5)		341			(1	)
Changes resulting from discoveries(2)		—			—
Changes resulting from acquisition of reserves(5)		—			—
Changes resulting from disposition of reserves(5)		—			—
Accretion of discount(6)		17			62
Net change in income tax(7)		(223	)		—
Changes resulting from other changes and technical reserves revisions plus effects on timing(8)		445			(617	)
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows at end of year		1,382			174

(1) Company actual before income taxes, excluding general and administrative expenses

(2) The impact of changes in prices and other economic factors on future net revenue

(3) Actual capital expenditures relating to the exploration, development and production of oil and gas reserves

(4) The change in forecast development costs

(5) End of period net present value of the related reserves

(6) Estimated as 10 percent of the beginning of period net present value

(7) The difference between forecast income taxes at beginning of period and the actual taxes for the period plus forecast income taxes at the end of the period

(8) Includes changes due to revised production profiles, development timing, operating costs, royalty rates and actual prices received versus forecast, etc.

75

The following table summarizes net capitalized costs relating to petroleum and natural gas producing activities, as at December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Capitalized Costs
As at December 31, ($CAD millions)	2021			2020
Proved oil and gas properties		2,119			2028
Unproved oil and gas properties		—			—
Total capitalized costs		2,119			2,028
Accumulated depletion and depreciation		(722	)		(621	)
Net Capitalized Costs		1,397			1,407

The following table summarizes costs incurred in petroleum and natural gas property acquisitions, exploration and development activities, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Costs Incurred	For the year ended December 31,
($CAD millions)	2021			2020
Property acquisition (disposition) costs
Proved oil and gas properties – acquisitions		—			—
Proved oil and gas properties – dispositions		(10	)		—
Unproved oil and gas properties		—			—
Exploration costs		—			—
Development costs		137			92
Total Expenditures		127			92

Employees and Training

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company had 73 full- and part-time employees, compared to 72 and 76 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. All employees were located in Canada, and all pertained to the Company’s core business activity of oil and gas exploration activities.

Training and development is encouraged by the Company for all permanent employees. The Company sponsors courses, seminars, workshops for employees as outlined in its education support policies. In addition, the Company sponsors professional memberships and various internal training related to its business. Examples of internal training includes various lunch and learns and guest speakers to address topics such as corporate governance policy training, ESG education, Indigenous and stakeholder awareness and leadership development training.

Operational Processes and Systems

Cost Efficiency of Operation

The Company has sought to establish a mindset of business improvement across the Company, which is intended to allow the Company to adapt its business in accordance with changing industry dynamics, and accommodate the environment in which it operates. To assist in managing fluctuations in commodity pricing, the Company strives for cost efficiencies across all of its operations, derived from evolving processes, technologies and strategic approaches.

76

Operating and Transportation Cost Efficiencies

The following charts outline the changes in operating and transportation expense over the last five years:

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses have been reduced by 22% from 2017 to 2021 from C$9.99/boe to C$8.16/boe, respectively. The largest reductions in costs have been driven by reduced trucking of emulsion and water due to tie-in of certain single well batteries, and a reduction in rental equipment due to facility expansions and improved cycle time of pad facilities post completion. Additionally, improved cost efficiencies on well workovers and a sustained reduction in spill remediation has resulted in further savings. These savings have been partially offset by cost pressures due to take or pay TOP obligations on Midstream gathering and processing fees, which impacted both 2020 and 2021. As production grows in 2022 and beyond, the Company believes that take or pay expenses will be reduced. Midstream gathering and processing fees impact the Company’s operating expenses by approximately C$2.50/boe.

Transportation Expenses

77

Transportation expenses have climbed by 38% from 2017 to 2021 from, C$4.45/boe to C$6.12/boe, respectively. Transportation costs include downstream transport for sales of gas, oil and also includes fractionation for NGL production. The largest impact to transportation cost escalation has been associated with downstream pipeline costs to the ex-Alberta markets, where the Company sells a portion of its gas. Starting in late 2017, the Company began its strategy of delivering gas beyond the constrained AECO market. By 2021, contracts to Dawn, Chicago, Malin and Stanfield were in place with approximately 65mmcf/d of gas requiring transport beyond the AECO hub. Although the transportation costs are higher, the resultant price for gas is also higher, resulting in higher netbacks for the Company gas. Additionally, in 2021, there was C$0.82/boe of take or pay expenses due to sales gas obligations to TC Energy Corporation and oil obligations to Pembina. The Company believes that take or pay will be reduced in 2022 and beyond, as production starts to grow again.

Capital Cost Efficiencies

Drilling

The Company has executed on drilling efficiencies through continuous improvements and successful implementation of a mono bore wellbore design. Specifically, the Company has successfully shortened drilling times, contributing to a reduction in drilling cost per horizontal meter. Best composite is the combination of the Company’s best performing wells across each of their drill sections. The spud (“Spud”) is the first day a rig starts operations on a well. Rig Release (“RR”) is the last day a rig performs operations on a well.

78

Completion

The Company has executed on completion efficiencies through continuous improvements and a change of completion design to an Extreme Limited Entry (XLE) system. Specifically, the Company has successfully shortened required completion times through a higher tonne per day ratio, contributing to an overall reduction in cost per tonne.

79

Sustainability

The Company seeks to do business in a responsible and sustainable manner, acting with integrity and high standards of business ethics. The Company’s guiding principles are as follows:

• Conduct its business with high standards of ethical conduct and corporate governance.

• Integrate sustainability into its governance and corporate strategy.

• Meet or exceed all rules, regulations, policies, and standards governing and supporting the development of new energy projects in Alberta.

• Provide a safe work environment.

• Protect the environment for future generations.

• Engage and work collaboratively with stakeholders throughout our projects.

The Company has the following sustainability commitment, goal and mission:

Commitment	Integration and balance between business strategy, ESG culture, and execution – creating a resilient business model for continual growth in existing and new markets.
Goal	To be a leader in sustainability through our actionable progress, transparency, and disclosures.
Mission	To conduct our business with respect and care for our stakeholders, communities, and the environment beyond compliance.

80

In 2021, the Company evolved its approach to sustainability by developing ESG focus areas to bring visibility to what the Company feels are key priorities as a Canadian oil & gas producer. Safe operations have always been foundational to the Company. Additionally, the Company’s approach is to continue to improve and strengthen our strategies with respect to air & emissions, water, Indigenous relations, land & biodiversity, and risk management. These areas are critical based on their significant impact to building a sustainable corporation and the Company’s ESG framework.

Climate, Air & Emissions

The Company is committed to reducing its Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions with a target of net zero by 2030. To reach this goal, the Company has already embarked on a decarbonization investment campaign across its asset base with its CCS program that is estimated to require $240 million of capital between 2024 and 2029. That program is expected to drive a reduction in Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions of approximately 79% on an absolute basis and approximately 89% on a per boe basis by 2029, as compared to 2021 levels, assuming that each of the Company’s oil batteries are converted to CCS from 2024 through 2029. The Company believes that further GHG emissions reductions will result from the implementation of an amine scrubbing process at the Company’s batteries, which will allow the Company to capture and sequester CO2 that is naturally occurring in the gas we produce. To the extent that there are residual Scope 1 GHG emissions from our operations after these CCS projects are completed, the Company intends to purchase carbon offsets to cover any remaining Scope 1 GHG emissions.

The Company intends to have four major batteries across its land base that will be equipped with carbon capture equipment and associated disposal infrastructure. As well, amine contractors will be added at each battery to strip the CO2 from the produced gas stream. Significant spending of C$62.0 million is expected to begin in 2024 with the installation of CCS for one Gold Creek battery. Subsequently, each remaining battery conversion is expected to take approximately one year.

The Company batteries have always been, and continue to be, designed as zero venting facilities. Other operational practices already in place to lower emissions include well pads designed as zero vent and zero flare, and pipelines being built to pad sites prior to completion to minimize flaring during well clean up. Since 2020, all the Company pad sites have been designed as zero vent and an additional four existing pads were retrofitted in 2021 to zero venting pads. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s Scope 1 GHG vent emissions were 2.1 kgCO2e/boe, compared to 2.2kgCO2e/boe and 2.5kgCO2e/boe for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Water

The Company is actively working to reduce its reliance on freshwater by minimizing its water requirements for completion and reviewing the application of produced water in completions. The Company’s 2022 target is 27% produced water use for completions in Gold Creek. All of the Company’s freshwater (non-saline) water usage is conveyed via overland water pipelines, eliminating the need for trucks on the road and their corresponding emissions.

Indigenous Relations

The Company recognizes the Aboriginal and Treaty Rights of First Nations, Metis, and Inuit peoples and is committed to working collaboratively with Indigenous communities in an atmosphere of integrity, honor and respect. Since 2017, education has been a focus area for the Company with Indigenous communities. In 2019, the Company officially branded its education program as the Mark Calliou Reconciliation through Education Initiative. The Company acknowledges the history of residential schools and wants to be a part of the desired reconciliation. We believe that school should be a positive experience and that any student who completes it should be rewarded. The Company recognizes students entering grade nine with a gift card and upon their high

81

school graduation, the Company will gift the graduate with a laptop to use for their post-secondary or career purposes at a special graduation celebration. In 2021, there were 30 recipients of this program compared to 12 recipients in 2017, demonstrating a 150% increase in the program’s participation since it began.

Land & Biodiversity

The Company continues to minimize its wetland disturbances by practicing avoidance, mitigating the impacts of its activities, and restoring wetlands to equivalent aquatic capacity. The Company has constructed an innovative access road into a wetland educational center with the goal of educating others on how oil and gas companies are protecting the wetland beneath, demonstrating mitigation techniques where avoidance is not possible. The Company’s 2022 target is to reduce disturbed wetlands to 7% of its land base.

Risk Management

The Company’s operating team identifies operational risks to the Company, ensuring that all reasonable steps are taken to implement systems and execute procedures to adequately address these risks and reduce their impact on the Company. This process has been driven on a team basis with each individual team (i.e. Health and Safety, Facilities, or Drilling) identifying, assessing and managing their own operational risks with associated risk matrices. Further, risks related to climate change and the transition to a lower carbon economy will impact the Company. A Canadian net zero economy, supported by the Canadian Net-Zero Emissions Accountability Act (the “CNEAA”) and enacted through new polices, regulations, and standards is emerging. In 2021, the Company started the risk planning exercise of climate scenario analysis, looking to understand key emerging issues that may impact its core business and the Canadian oil and gas sector through 2050.

Health & Safety

The health and safety of the Company’s personnel, including its employees, contractors, and the communities the Company works in, is its highest priority. The Company actively works to ensure that every employee and contractor is aware of, understands, and adheres to the Health and Safety Management System and associated policies. Safety is a shared responsibility of the Company’s leaders, employees, and contractors. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company had four recordable injuries, compared to four and three for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Legal

This section describes legal and other general matters relating to the Company, including insurance, material contracts entered into outside the ordinary course of business, government regulation, property, plant and equipment, intellectual property rights and legal proceedings, investigations and other regulatory matters.

Liabilities and Indebtedness

Credit Facility

The Company’s bank debt is pursuant to the Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders under the 2022 Credit Agreement. Under the 2022 Credit Agreement, determination of the borrowing base is made by the lenders at their sole discretion, and is subject to re-determinations semi-annually as of May 31st and November 30th of each year.

On June 9, 2022, the Company amended the Credit Facility pursuant to the 2022 Credit Agreement. Under the 2022 Credit Agreement, the aggregate maximum principal borrowing amount of the Credit Facilities was increased to C$300.0 million, consisting of a C$280.0 million revolving syndicated facility and a C$20.0 million operating facility. The Credit Facility has a term out date of May 31, 2023, with an option to extend for an

82

additional 364 days at the lenders’ discretion and a maturity date of the first anniversary of the term out date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not permit any maturity date to extend beyond the maturity date of the 2020 Senior Notes.

On December 15, 2022, the aggregate maximum principal amount of the Credit Facility was increased to C$350,000,000, consisting of a C$330,000,000 revolving syndicated facility and a C$20,000,000 operating facility.

As of September 30, 2022, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and cross default clauses stated in the 2022 Credit Agreement. Covenants include reporting requirements and limitations on excess cash, indebtedness, equity issuances, acquisitions, dispositions, hedging, encumbrances, asset retirement obligations and repayment of the 2020 Senior Notes as well as other standard business operating covenants. The Company is not subject to financial covenants. The lenders have first lien on all of the assets of the Company, Prairie Lights Power GP Inc. and Prairie Lights Power Limited Partnership.

Amounts borrowed in Canadian dollars under the Credit Facility bear interest at the Company’s option based on the referenced Canadian prime lending rate or the bankers’ acceptance rate in effect, plus an applicable margin or fee, respectively. The applicable rate is determined by the ratio of first lien indebtedness to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization. The Credit Facility also includes standby fees on balances not drawn.

Letters of Credit

The Company has letters of credit in both Canadian and US dollars pursuant to a standby letter of credit facility agreement (the “Letter of Credit Facility”) with CIBC. The obligations of the Company under the Letter of Credit Facility are guaranteed by Export Development Canada (“EDC”), which guarantee is supported by a guarantee and indemnity granted by the Company to EDC. As at September 30, 2022, the Company’s Canadian dollar denominated letters of credit totaled C$13.8 million, and its US dollar denominated letters of credit, totaled US$0.7 million.

Term Debt

Hammerhead ULC currently has outstanding approximately US$57 million in principal amount of 2020 Senior Notes, based on an amended Senior Notes indenture effective June 19, 2020. The maturity date of the 2020 Senior Notes is July 10, 2024 and the notes bear interest at 12% per annum, payable as cash or as PIK Interest at the Company’s option. PIK Interest is added to the principal payable balance of the 2020 Senior Notes and is due on maturity. The Company has exercised the PIK Interest option since the 2020 Senior Notes were issued.

There are no maintenance financial covenants; however, there are standard business operating covenants, as well as covenants that may limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt. As at September 30, 2022, the Company was in compliance with all covenants related to the 2020 Senior Notes.

Insurance

The Company maintains insurance coverage for damage to its commercial property, third-party liability, and employers’ liability, sudden and accidental pollution and other types of loss or damage. The insurance coverage is subject to deductibles that must be met prior to any recovery. Additionally, the insurance is subject to exclusions and limitations, and such coverage may not adequately protect it against liability from all potential consequences and damages. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Company’s Business and the E&P Industry—Not all risks of conducting oil and natural gas opportunities are insurable and the occurrence of an uninsurable event may have a materially adverse effect on the Company.” 

83

Governmental Regulation and Industry Conditions

Companies operating in the Canadian oil and gas industry are subject to extensive regulation and control of operations (including with respect to land tenure, exploration, development, production, refining and upgrading, transportation, and marketing) as a result of legislation enacted by various levels of government as well as with respect to the pricing and taxation of petroleum and natural gas through legislation enacted by, and agreements among, the federal and provincial governments of Canada, all of which should be carefully considered by investors in the Western Canadian oil and gas industry. All current legislation is a matter of public record and the Company is unable to predict what additional legislation or amendments governments may enact in the future.

The Company’s assets and operations are regulated by administrative agencies that derive their authority from legislation enacted by the applicable level of government. Regulated aspects of the Company’s upstream oil and natural gas business include all manner of activities associated with the exploration for and production of oil and natural gas, including, among other matters: (i) permits for the drilling of wells and construction of related infrastructure; (ii) technical drilling and well requirements; (iii) permitted locations and access of operation sites; (iv) operating standards regarding conservation of produced substances and avoidance of waste, such as restricting flaring and venting; (v) minimizing environmental impacts, including by reducing emissions; (vi) storage, injection and disposal of substances associated with production operations; and (vii) the abandonment and reclamation of impacted sites. In order to conduct oil and natural gas operations and remain in good standing with the applicable federal or provincial regulatory scheme, producers must comply with applicable legislation, regulations, orders, directives and other directions (all of which are subject to governmental oversight, review and revision, from time to time). Compliance in this regard can be costly and a breach of the same may result in fines or other sanctions.

The discussion below outlines some of the principal aspects of the legislation, regulations, agreements, orders, directives and a summary of other pertinent conditions that impact the oil and gas industry in Western Canada, specifically in the Province of Alberta where the Company’s assets are located. While these matters do not affect the Company’s operations in any manner that is materially different than the manner in which they affect other similarly-sized industry participants with similar assets and operations, investors should consider such matters carefully.

Pricing and Marketing in Canada

Crude Oil

Oil producers are entitled to negotiate sales contracts directly with purchasers. As a result, macroeconomic and microeconomic market forces determine the price of oil. Worldwide supply and demand factors are the primary determinant of oil prices, but regional market and transportation issues also influence prices. The specific price that a producer receives will depend, in part, on oil quality, prices of competing products, distance to market, availability of transportation, value of refined products, supply/demand balance and contractual terms of sale.

Global oil markets have recovered significantly from price drops resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. In 2022, oil prices rose to the highest levels since 2014 due to tight supply and a resurgence in demand. The Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) forecasts robust growth in world oil demand in 2023, spurred by the relaxation of China’s zero-COVID policy. OPEC predicts global oil demand to rise by 2.25 million barrels per day in 2023, despite newly emerging COVID-19 variants, interest rate increases in major economies and other uncertainties with respect to the world economy.

In February 2022, Russian military forces invaded Ukraine. Ongoing military conflict between Russia and Ukraine has significantly impacted the supply of oil and gas from the region. In addition, certain countries including Canada and the United States have imposed strict financial and trade sanctions against Russia, which sanctions may have far reaching effects on the global economy in addition to the near term effects on Russia. The long-term impacts of the conflict remain uncertain.

84

Natural Gas

Negotiations between buyers and sellers determine the price of natural gas sold in intra-provincial, interprovincial and international trade. The price received by a natural gas producer depends, in part, on the price of competing natural gas supplies and other fuels, natural gas quality, distance to market, availability of transportation, length of contract term, weather conditions, supply/demand balance and other contractual terms of sale. Spot and future prices can also be influenced by supply and demand fundamentals on various trading platforms.

Natural Gas Liquids (“NGLs”)

The pricing of condensates and other NGLs such as ethane, butane and propane sold in intra-provincial, interprovincial and international trade is determined by negotiation between buyers and sellers. The profitability of NGLs extracted from natural gas is based on the products extracted being of greater economic value as separate commodities than as components of natural gas and therefore commanding higher prices. Such prices depend, in part, on the quality of the NGLs, price of competing chemical stock, distance to market, access to downstream transportation, length of contract term, supply/demand balance and other contractual terms of sale.

Exports from Canada

The Canada Energy Regulator (the “CER”) regulates the export of oil, natural gas and NGLs from Canada through the issuance of short-term orders and long-term export licenses pursuant to its authority under the Canadian Energy Regulator Act (the “CERA”). Exporters are free to negotiate prices and other terms with purchasers, provided that the export contracts continue to meet certain criteria prescribed by the CER and the federal government. The Company does not directly enter into contracts to export its production outside of Canada.

Transportation Constraints and Market Access

Transportation capacity to transport production from Western Canada to Eastern Canada, the United States and other international markets has been, and continues to be, a major constraint on the exportation of crude oil, natural gas and NGL. Although certain pipeline and other transportation and export projects have been announced or are underway, many proposed projects have been cancelled or delayed due to regulatory hurdles, court challenges and economic and other socio-political factors. Due in part to growing production and a lack of new and expanded pipeline and rail infrastructure capacity, producers in Western Canada have experienced low commodity pricing relative to other markets in the last several years.

Oil Pipelines

Under Canadian constitutional law, the development and operation of interprovincial and international pipelines fall within the federal government’s jurisdiction and, under the CERA, new interprovincial and international pipelines require a federal regulatory review and Cabinet approval before they can proceed. However, recent years have seen a perceived lack of policy and regulatory certainty in this regard such that, even when projects are approved, they often face delays due to actions taken by provincial and municipal governments and legal opposition related to issues such as Indigenous rights and title, the government’s duty to consult and accommodate Indigenous peoples and the sufficiency of all relevant environmental review processes. Export pipelines from Canada to the United States face additional unpredictability as such pipelines also require approvals from several levels of government in the United States.

Producers negotiate with pipeline operators to transport their products to market on a firm, spot or interruptible basis depending on the specific pipeline and the specific substance. Transportation availability is

85

highly variable across different jurisdictions and regions. This variability can determine the nature of transportation commitments available, the number of potential customers and the price received.

Specific Pipeline Updates

The Trans Mountain Pipeline expansion received Cabinet approval in November 2016. Following a period of political opposition in British Columbia, the federal government acquired the Trans Mountain Pipeline in August 2018. Following the resolution of a number of legal challenges and a second regulatory hearing, construction on the Trans Mountain Pipeline expansion commenced in late 2019. Earlier estimated at $12.6 billion, Trans Mountain increased the project budget to $21.4 billion in February 2022. The pipeline is expected to be in service in the third quarter of 2023, an extension from Trans Mountain’s initial December 2022 estimate. The budget increase and in-service date delay have been attributed to, among other things, the ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and the widespread flooding in British Columbia in late 2021.

In November 2020, the Attorney General of Michigan filed a lawsuit to terminate an easement that allows the Enbridge Line 5 pipeline system to operate below the Straits of Mackinac, attempting to force the lines comprising this segment of the pipeline system to be shut down. Enbridge Inc. stated in January 2021 that it intends to defy the shut down order, as the dual pipelines are in full compliance with U.S. federal safety standards. The Government of Canada invoked a 1977 treaty with the United States on October 4, 2021, triggering bilateral negotiations over the pipeline. In August 2022, the United States District Court for Western Michigan rejected the Attorney General of Michigan’s efforts to move the dispute to Michigan state court, citing important federal interests at stake in having the dispute heard in federal court. Michigan’s Attorney General intends to appeal the decision.

In September 2022, the District Court of Wisconsin ruled in favour of the Bad River Band in its dispute with Enbridge Inc. over the Enbridge Line 5 pipeline system in that state. Stopping short of ordering the system to be shut down, the Court ruled that the Bad River Band is entitled to financial compensation, and ordered Enbridge Inc. to reroute the pipeline around Bad River territory within five years.

Natural Gas and Liquefied Natural Gas (“LNG”)

Natural gas prices in Western Canada have been constrained in recent years due to increasing North American supply, limited access to markets and limited storage capacity. Companies that secure firm access to infrastructure to transport their natural gas production out of Western Canada may be able to access more markets and obtain better pricing. Companies without firm access may be forced to accept spot pricing in Western Canada for their natural gas, which is generally lower than the prices received in other North American regions. The Company entered into firm service commitments in order to mitigate its risk and exposure to volatile AECO pricing. The firm service agreements allow the Company geographical diversification across North America, including Alberta, Eastern Canada and the United States (Midwest and West Path) markets.

Required repairs or upgrades to existing pipeline systems in Western Canada have also led to reduced capacity and apportionment of access, the effects of which have been exacerbated by storage limitations. In October 2020, TC Energy Corporation received federal approval to expand the Nova Gas Transmission Line system (the “NGTL System”) and the expanded NGTL System was completed in April 2022.

Specific Pipeline and Proposed LNG Export Terminal Updates

While a number of LNG export plants have been proposed in Canada, regulatory and legal uncertainty, social and political opposition and changing market conditions have resulted in the cancellation or delay of many of these projects. Nonetheless, in October 2018, the joint venture partners of the LNG Canada LNG export terminal announced a positive final investment decision. Once complete, the project will allow producers in northeastern British Columbia to transport natural gas to the LNG Canada liquefaction facility and export

86

terminal in Kitimat, British Columbia via the Coastal GasLink pipeline (the “CGL Pipeline”). With more Alberta and northeastern British Columbia gas egressing through the CGL Pipeline, the NGTL System will have more capacity, which may result in a closer link between AECO and NYMEX gas prices. The Company anticipates it will see higher AECO pricing, more in line with the United States market, and generally, higher gas prices overall. Phase 1 of the LNG Canada project reached 70% completion in October 2022, with a completion target of 2025.

In May 2020, TC Energy Corporation sold a 65% equity interest in the CGL Pipeline to investment companies KKR & Co Inc. and Alberta Investment Management Corporation while remaining the pipeline operator. Despite its regulatory approval, the CGL Pipeline has faced legal and social opposition. For example, protests involving the Hereditary Chiefs of the Wet’suwet’en First Nation and their supporters have delayed construction activities on the CGL Pipeline, although construction is proceeding. As of November 2022, construction of the CGL Pipeline was approximately 80% complete.

Woodfibre LNG Limited issued a notice to proceed with construction of the Woodfibre LNG project to its prime contractor in April 2022. The Woodfibre LNG project is located near Squamish, British Columbia, and upon completion will produce approximately 2.1 million tonnes of LNG per year. Major construction is set to commence in 2023, with substantial completion of the project expected in late 2027. In November 2022, Enbridge Inc. completed a transaction with Pacific Energy Corporation Limited, the owner of Woodfibre LNG Limited, to retain a 30% ownership stake in the project.

In addition to LNG Canada, the CGL Pipeline and the Woodfibre LNG project, a number of other LNG projects are underway at varying stages of progress, though none have reached a positive final investment decision.

Marine Tankers

The Oil Tanker Moratorium Act (Canada), which was enacted in June 2019, imposes a ban on tanker traffic transporting crude oil or persistent crude oil products in excess of 12,500 metric tonnes to and from ports located along British Columbia’s north coast. The ban may prevent pipelines from being built to, and export terminals from being located on, the portion of the British Columbia coast subject to the moratorium.

International Trade Agreements

Canada is party to a number of international trade agreements with other countries around the world that generally provide for, among other things, preferential access to various international markets for certain Canadian export products. Examples of such trade agreements include the Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement (“CETA”), the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership and, most prominently, the United States Mexico Canada Agreement (the “USMCA”), which replaced the former North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) on July 1, 2020. Because the United States remains Canada’s primary trading partner and the largest international market for the export of oil, natural gas and NGLs from Canada, the implementation of the USMCA could impact Western Canada’s oil and gas industry as a whole, including the Company’s business.

While the proportionality rules in Article 605 of NAFTA previously prevented Canada from implementing policies that limit exports to the United States and Mexico relative to the total supply produced in Canada, the USMCA does not contain the same proportionality requirements. This may allow Canadian producers to develop a more diversified export portfolio than was possible under NAFTA, subject to the construction of infrastructure allowing more Canadian production to reach Eastern Canada, Asia and Europe.

Canada is also party to the CETA, which provides for duty-free, quota-free market access for Canadian crude oil and natural gas products to the European Union. Following the United Kingdom’s departure from the

87

European Union on January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom and Canada entered into the Canada-United Kingdom Trade Continuity Agreement (“CUKTCA”), which replicates CETA on a bilateral basis to maintain the status quo of the Canada-United Kingdom trade relationship.

While it is uncertain what effect CETA, CUKTCA or any other trade agreements will have on the petroleum and natural gas industry in Canada, the lack of available infrastructure for the offshore export of crude oil and natural gas may limit the ability of Canadian crude oil and natural gas producers to benefit from such trade agreements.

Land Tenure

Mineral rights

With the exception of Manitoba, each provincial government in Western Canada owns most of the mineral rights to the oil and natural gas located within their respective provincial borders. Provincial governments grant rights to explore for and produce oil and natural gas pursuant to leases, licenses and permits (collectively, “leases”) for varying terms, and on conditions set forth in provincial legislation, including requirements to perform specific work or make payments in lieu thereof. The provincial governments in Western Canada conduct regular land sales where oil and natural gas companies bid for the leases necessary to explore for and produce oil and natural gas owned by the respective provincial governments. These leases generally have fixed terms, but they can be continued beyond their initial terms if the necessary conditions are satisfied.

In response to COVID-19, the Government of Alberta, among others, announced measures to extend or continue Crown leases and permits that may have otherwise expired in the months following the implementation of pandemic response measures.

All of the provinces of Western Canada have implemented legislation providing for the reversion to the Crown of mineral rights to deep, non-productive geological formations at the conclusion of the primary term of a disposition. In addition, Alberta has a policy of “shallow rights reversion” which provides for the reversion to the Crown of mineral rights to shallow, non-productive geological formations for new leases and licenses. British Columbia has a policy of “zone specific retention” that allows a lessee to continue a lease for zones in which they can demonstrate the presence of oil or natural gas, with the remainder reverting to the Crown.

In addition to Crown ownership of the rights to oil and natural gas, private ownership of oil and natural gas (i.e. freehold mineral lands) also exists in Western Canada. Rights to explore for and produce privately owned oil and natural gas are granted by a lease or other contract on such terms and conditions as may be negotiated between the owner of such mineral rights and companies seeking to explore for and/or develop oil and natural gas reserves.

An additional category of mineral rights ownership includes ownership by the Canadian federal government of some legacy mineral lands and within Indigenous reservations designated under the Indian Act (Canada). Indian Oil and Gas Canada, which is a federal government agency, manages subsurface and surface leases in consultation with applicable Indigenous peoples, for the exploration and production of oil and natural gas on Indigenous reservations through An Act to Amend the Indian Oil and Gas Act and the accompanying regulations.

Surface rights

To develop oil and natural gas resources, producers must also have access rights to the surface lands required to conduct operations. For Crown lands, surface access rights can be obtained directly from the government. For private lands, access rights can be negotiated with the landowner. Where an agreement cannot be reached, however, each province has developed its own process that producers can follow to obtain and maintain the surface access necessary to conduct operations throughout the lifespan of a well, including notification requirements and providing compensation to affected persons for lost land use and surface damage. Similar rules apply to facility and pipeline operators.

88

Royalties and Incentives

General

Each province has legislation and regulations in place to govern Crown royalties and establish the royalty rates that producers must pay in respect of the production of Crown resources. The royalty regime in a given province is in addition to applicable federal and provincial taxes and is a significant factor in the profitability of oil sands projects and oil, natural gas and NGL production. Royalties payable on production from lands where the Crown does not hold the mineral rights are negotiated between the mineral freehold owner and the lessee, though certain provincial taxes and other charges on production or revenues may be payable. Royalties from production on Crown lands are determined by provincial regulation and are generally calculated as a percentage of the value of production.

Producers and working interest owners of oil and natural gas rights may create additional royalties or royalty-like interests, such as overriding royalties, net profits interests and net carried interests, through private transactions, the terms of which are subject to negotiation.

Occasionally, both the federal government and the provincial governments in Western Canada create incentive programs for the oil and gas industry. These programs often provide for volume-based incentives, royalty rate reductions, royalty holidays or royalty tax credits and may be introduced when commodity prices are low to encourage exploration and development activity. Governments may also introduce incentive programs to encourage producers to prioritize certain kinds of development or utilize technologies that may enhance or improve recovery of oil, natural gas and NGLs, or improve environmental performance. In addition, from time-to-time, including during the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal government creates incentives and other financial aid programs intended to assist businesses operating in the oil and gas industry as well as other industries in Canada.

Alberta

Crown royalties

In Alberta, oil and natural gas producers are responsible for calculating their royalty rate on an ongoing basis. The Crown’s royalty share of production is payable monthly and producers must submit their records showing the royalty calculation.

In 2016, the Government of Alberta adopted a modernized Crown royalty framework (the “Modernized Framework”) that applies to all conventional oil (i.e., not oil sands) and natural gas wells drilled after December 31, 2016 that produce Crown-owned resources. The previous royalty framework (the “Old Framework”) will continue to apply to wells producing Crown-owned resources that were drilled prior to January 1, 2017 until December 31, 2026, following which time they will become subject to the Modernized Framework. The Royalty Guarantee Act (Alberta), came into effect on July 18, 2019, and provides that no major changes will be made to the current oil and natural gas royalty structure for a period of at least 10 years. 

Royalties on production from wells subject to the Modernized Framework are determined on a “revenue-minus-costs” basis. The cost component is based on a Drilling and Completion Cost Allowance formula that relies, in part, on the industry’s average drilling and completion costs, determined annually by the Alberta Energy Regulator (the “AER”), and incorporates information specific to each well such as vertical depth and lateral length.

Under the Modernized Framework, producers initially pay a flat royalty of 5% on production revenue from each producing well until payout, which is the point at which cumulative gross revenues from the well equals the applicable Drilling and Completion Cost Allowance. After payout, producers pay an increased royalty of up to 40% that will vary depending on the nature of the resource and market prices. Once the rate of production from a well is too low to sustain the full royalty burden, its royalty rate is gradually adjusted downward as production declines, eventually reaching a floor of 5%.

89

Under the Old Framework, royalty rates for conventional oil production can be as high as 40% and royalty rates for natural gas production can be as high as 36%. Similar to the Modernized Framework, these rates vary based on the nature of the resource and market prices. The natural gas royalty formula also provides for a reduction based on the measured depth of the well, as well as the acid gas content of the produced gas.

In addition to royalties, producers of oil and natural gas from Crown lands in Alberta are also required to pay annual rentals to the Government of Alberta.

Freehold royalties and taxes

Royalty rates for the production of privately owned oil and natural gas are negotiated between the producer and the resource owner. Producers and working interest participants may also pay additional royalties to other parties than the freehold mineral owner where such royalties are negotiated through private transactions.

The Government of Alberta levies annual freehold mineral taxes for production from freehold mineral lands. On average, the tax levied in Alberta is 4% of revenues reported from freehold mineral title properties and is payable by the registered owner of the mineral rights.

Incentives

The Government of Alberta has from time to time implemented drilling credits, incentives or transitional royalty programs to encourage crude oil and natural gas development and new drilling. In addition, the Government of Alberta has implemented certain initiatives intended to accelerate technological development and facilitate the development of unconventional resources, including as applied to coalbed methane wells, shale gas wells and horizontal crude oil and natural gas wells.

Regulatory Authorities and Environmental Regulation

General

The Canadian oil and gas industry is subject to environmental regulation under a variety of Canadian federal, provincial, territorial, and municipal laws and regulations, all of which are subject to governmental review and revision from time to time. Such regulations provide for, among other things, restrictions and prohibitions on the spill, release or emission of various substances produced in association with certain oil and gas industry operations, such as sulphur dioxide and nitrous oxide. The regulatory regimes set out the requirements with respect to oilfield waste handling and storage, habitat protection and the satisfactory operation, maintenance, abandonment and reclamation of well, facility and pipeline sites. Compliance with such regulations can require significant expenditures and a breach of such requirements may result in suspension or revocation of necessary licenses and authorizations, civil liability, and the imposition of material fines and penalties. In addition, future changes to environmental legislation, including legislation related to air pollution and greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions (typically measured in terms of their global warming potential and expressed in terms of carbon dioxide equivalent (“CO2e”)), may impose further requirements on operators and other companies in the oil and gas industry.

Federal

Canadian environmental regulation is the responsibility of both the federal and provincial governments. While provincial governments and their delegates are responsible for most environmental regulation, the federal government can regulate environmental matters where they impact matters of federal jurisdiction or when they arise from projects that are subject to federal jurisdiction, such as interprovincial transportation undertakings, including pipelines and railways, and activities carried out on federal lands. Where there is a direct conflict between federal and provincial environmental legislation in relation to the same matter, the federal law prevails.

90

The CERA and the Impact Assessment Act (the “IAA”) provide a number of important elements to the regulation of federally regulated major projects and their associated environmental assessments. The CERA separates the CER’s administrative and adjudicative functions. The CER has jurisdiction over matters such as the environmental and economic regulation of pipelines, transmission infrastructure and certain offshore renewable energy projects. In its adjudicative role, the CERA tasks the CER with reviewing applications for the development, construction and operation of many of these projects, culminating in their eventual abandonment.

The IAA relies on a designated project list as a trigger for a federal assessment. Designated projects that may have effects on matters within federal jurisdiction will generally require an impact assessment administered by the Impact Assessment Agency (the “IA Agency”) or, in the case of certain pipelines, a joint review panel comprised of members from the CER and the IA Agency. The impact assessment requires consideration of the project’s potential adverse effects and the overall societal impact that a project may have, both of which may include a consideration of, among other items, environmental, biophysical and socio-economic factors, climate change, and impacts to Indigenous rights. It also requires an expanded public interest assessment. Designated projects specific to the oil and gas industry include pipelines that require more than 75km of new rights of way and pipelines located in national parks, large scale in situ oil sands projects not regulated by provincial GHG emissions caps and certain refining, processing and storage facilities.

The federal government has stated that an objective of the legislative changes was to improve decision certainty and turnaround times. Once a review or assessment is commenced under either the CERA or IAA, there are limits on the amount of time the relevant regulatory authority will have to issue its report and recommendation. Designated projects will go through a planning phase to determine the scope of the impact assessment, which the federal government has stated should provide more certainty as to the length of the full review process.

In May 2022, the Alberta Court of Appeal released its decision in response to the Government of Alberta’s submission of a reference question regarding the constitutionality of the IAA. The Court found the IAA to be unconstitutional in its entirety, stating that the legislation effectively granted the federal government a veto over projects that were wholly within provincial jurisdiction. Shortly after the decision was released, the Government of Canada announced its intention to appeal the decision to the Supreme Court of Canada.

Alberta

The AER is the principal regulator responsible for all energy resource development in Alberta. It derives its authority from the Responsible Energy Development Act and a number of related statutes including the Oil and Gas Conservation Act (the “OGCA”), the Oil Sands Conservation Act, the Pipeline Act, and the Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act. The AER is responsible for ensuring the safe, efficient, orderly and environmentally responsible development of hydrocarbon resources, including allocating and conserving water resources, managing public lands, and protecting the environment. The AER’s responsibilities exclude the functions of the Alberta Utilities Commission and the Land and Property Rights Tribunal, as well as the Alberta Ministry of Energy’s responsibility for mineral tenure.

The Government of Alberta relies on regional planning to accomplish its resource development goals. Its approach to natural resource management provides for engagement and consultation with stakeholders and the public and examines the cumulative impacts of development on the environment and communities. While the AER is the primary regulator for energy development, several other governmental departments and agencies may be involved in land use issues, including the Alberta Ministry of Environment and Parks, the Alberta Ministry of Energy, the Aboriginal Consultation Office and the Land Use Secretariat.

The Government of Alberta’s land-use policy sets out an approach to manage public and private land use and natural resource development in a manner that is consistent with the long-term economic, environmental and social goals of the province. It calls for the development of seven region-specific land-use plans in order to

91

manage the combined impacts of existing and future land use within a specific region and the incorporation of a cumulative effects management approach into such plans.

The AER monitors seismic activity across Alberta to assess the risks associated with, and instances of, earthquakes induced by hydraulic fracturing. Hydraulic fracturing involves the injection of water, sand or other proppants and additives under pressure into targeted subsurface formations to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate oil and natural gas production. In recent years, hydraulic fracturing has been linked to increased seismicity in the areas in which hydraulic fracturing takes place, prompting regulatory authorities to investigate the practice further.

The AER has developed monitoring and reporting requirements that apply to all oil and natural gas producers working in certain areas where the likelihood of an earthquake is higher, and implemented the requirements in Subsurface Order Nos. 2, 6, and 7. The regions with seismic protocols in place are Fox Creek, Red Deer, and Brazeau (the “Seismic Protocol Regions”). Oil and natural gas producers in each of the Seismic Protocol Regions are subject to a “traffic light” reporting system that sets thresholds on the Richter scale of earthquake magnitude. The thresholds vary among the Seismic Protocol Regions and trigger a sliding scale of obligations from the oil or natural gas producers operating there. Such obligations range from no action required, to informing the AER and invoking an approved response plan, to ceasing operations and informing the AER. The AER has the discretion to suspend operations while it investigates following a seismic event until it has assessed the ongoing risk of earthquakes in a specific area and/or may require the operator to update its response plan. The AER may extend these requirements to other areas of Alberta if necessary, subject to the results of its ongoing province-wide monitoring.

Liability Management

Alberta

The AER administers the Liability Management Framework (the “AB LM Framework”) and the Liability Management Rating Program (the “AB LMR Program”) to manage liability for most conventional upstream oil and natural gas wells, facilities and pipelines in Alberta. The AER is in the process of replacing the AB LMR Program with the AB LM Framework. This change was effected under key new AER directives in 2021, and further updates released in 2022. Broadly, the AB LM Framework is intended to provide a more holistic approach to liability management in Alberta, as the AER found that the more formulaic approach under the AB LMR Program did not necessarily indicate whether a company could meet its liability obligations. New developments under the AB LM Framework include a new Licensee Capability Assessment System (the “AB LCA”), a new Inventory Reduction Program (the “AB IR Program”), and a new Licensee Management Program (“AB LM Program”). Meanwhile, some programs under the AB LMR Program remain in effect, including the Oilfield Waste Liability Program (the “AB OWL Program”), the Large Facility Liability Management Program (the “AB LF Program”) and elements of the Licensee Liability Rating Program (the “AB LLR Program”). The mix between active programs under the AB LM Framework and the AB LMR Program highlights the transitional and dynamic nature of liability management in Alberta. While the province is moving towards the AB LM Framework and a more holistic approach to liability management, the AER has noted that this will be a gradual process that will take time to complete. In the meantime, the AB LMR Program continues to play an important role in Alberta’s liability management scheme.

Complementing the AB LM Framework and the AB LMR Program, Alberta’s OGCA establishes an orphan fund (the “Orphan Fund”) to help pay the costs to suspend, abandon, remediate and reclaim a well, facility or pipeline included in the AB LLR Program and the AB OWL Program if a licensee or working interest participant becomes insolvent or is unable to meet its obligations. Licensees in the AB LLR Program and the AB OWL Program fund the Orphan Fund through a levy administered by the AER. However, given the increase in orphaned oil and natural gas assets, the Government of Alberta has loaned the Orphan Fund approximately $335 million to carry out abandonment and reclamation work. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the

92

Government of Alberta also covered $113 million in levy payments that licensees would otherwise have owed to the Orphan Fund, corresponding to the levy payments due for the first six months of the AER’s fiscal year. A separate orphan levy applies to persons holding licenses subject to the AB LF Program. Collectively, these programs are designed to minimize the risk to the Orphan Fund posed by the unfunded liabilities of licensees and to prevent the taxpayers of Alberta from incurring costs to suspend, abandon, remediate and reclaim wells, facilities or pipelines.

The Supreme Court of Canada’s decision in Orphan Well Association v Grant Thornton (also known as the “Redwater” decision), provides the backdrop for Alberta’s approach to liability management. As a result of the Redwater decision, receivers and trustees can no longer avoid the AER’s legislated authority to impose abandonment orders against licensees or to require a licensee to pay a security deposit before approving a license transfer when any such licensee is subject to formal insolvency proceedings. This means that insolvent estates can no longer disclaim assets that have reached the end of their productive lives (and therefore represent a net liability) in order to deal primarily with the remaining productive and valuable assets without first satisfying any abandonment and reclamation obligations associated with the insolvent estate’s assets. In April 2020, the Government of Alberta passed the Liabilities Management Statutes Amendment Act, which places the burden of a defunct licensee’s abandonment and reclamation obligations first on the defunct licensee’s working interest partners, and second, the AER may order the Orphan Fund to assume care and custody and accelerate the clean-up of wells or sites which do not have a responsible owner. These changes came into force in June 2020.

One important step in the shift to the AB LM Framework has been amendments to Directive 067: Eligibility Requirements for Acquiring and Holding Energy Licences and Approvals (“Directive 067”), which deals with licensee eligibility to operate wells and facilities. All license transfers and granting of new well, facility and pipeline licenses in Alberta are subject to AER approval. Previously under the AB LMR Program, as a condition of transferring existing AER licenses, approvals and permits, all transfers required transferees to demonstrate that they had a liability management rating of 2.0 or higher immediately following the transfer. If transferees did not have the required rating, they would have to otherwise prove to the satisfaction of the AER that they could meet their abandonment and reclamation obligations, through means such as posting security or reducing their existing obligations. However, amendments from April 2021 to Directive 067 expanded the criteria for assessing licensee eligibility. Notably, the recent amendments increase requirements for financial disclosure, detail new requirements for when a licensee poses an “unreasonable risk” of orphaning assets, and adds additional general requirements for maintaining eligibility.

Alongside changes to Directive 067, the AER introduced Directive 088: Licensee Life-Cycle Management (“Directive 088”) in December 2021 under the AB LM Framework. Directive 088 replaces, to an extent, the AB LLR Program with the AB LCA. Whereas the AB LLR Program previously assessed a licensee based on a liability rating determined by the ratio of a licensee’s deemed asset value relative to the deemed liability value of its oil and gas wells and facilities, the AB LCA now considers a wider variety of factors and is intended to be a more comprehensive assessment of corporate health. Such factors are wide reaching and include: (i) a licensee’s financial health; (ii) its established total magnitude of liabilities, (iii) the remaining lifespan of its mineral resources and infrastructure; (iv) the management of its operations; (v) the rate of closure activities and spending, and pace of inactive liability growth; and (vi) its compliance with administrative and regulatory requirements. These various factors feed into a broader holistic assessment of a licensee under the AB LM Framework. In turn, that holistic assessment provides the basis for assessing risk posed by licence transfers, as well as any security deposit that the AER may require from a licensee in the event that the regulator deems a licensee at risk of not being able to meet its liability obligations. However, the liability management rating under the AB LLR Program is still in effect for other liability management programs such as the AB OWL Program and the AB LF Program, and will remain in effect until a broadened scope of Directive 088 is phased in over time.

In addition to the AB LCA, Directive 088 also implemented other new liability management programs under the AB LM Framework. These include the AB LM Program and the AB IR Program. Under the AB LM Program the AER will continuously monitor licensees over the life-cycle of a project. If, under the AB LM

93

Program, the AER identifies a licensee as high risk, the regulator may employ various tools to ensure that a licensee meets its regulatory and liability obligations. In addition, under the AB IR Program the AER sets industry-wide spending targets for abandonment and reclamation activities. Licensees are then assigned a mandatory licensee specific target based on the licensee’s proportion of provincial inactive liabilities and the licensee’s level of financial distress. Certain licensees may also elect to provide the AER with a security deposit in place of their closure spend target. The AER has also indicated that it will implement a closure nomination program (the “CN Program”) in 2023. Under the program, those who qualify may nominate certain oil and gas sites for closure. Details regarding the CN Program and the mechanism through which nominated sites will be abandoned and reclaimed are forthcoming.

The Government of Alberta followed the announcement of the AB LM Framework with amendments to the Oil and Gas Conservation Rules and the Pipeline Rules in late 2020. The changes to these rules fall into three principal categories: (i) they introduce “closure” as a defined term, which captures both abandonment and reclamation; (ii) they expand the AER’s authority to initiate and supervise closure; and (iii) they permit qualifying third parties on whose property wells or facilities are located to request that licensees prepare a closure plan.

To address abandonment and reclamation liabilities in Alberta, the AER also implements, from time to time, programs intended to encourage the decommissioning, remediation and reclamation of inactive or marginal oil and natural gas infrastructure. In 2018, for example, the AER announced a voluntary area-based closure (“ABC”) program. The ABC program is designed to reduce the cost of abandonment and reclamation operations though industry collaboration and economies of scale. Parties seeking to participate in the program must commit to an inactive liability reduction target to be met through closure work of inactive assets. To date, the Company has not had abandonment or reclamation activity that has been a part of the ABC program. The Company reviews planned closure activities on a regular basis and continually assesses whether any such activities would include participation in the ABC program in the future.

Climate Change Regulation

Climate change regulation at each of the international, federal and provincial levels has the potential to significantly affect the future of the oil and gas industry in Canada. These impacts are uncertain and it is not possible to predict what future policies, laws and regulations will entail. Any new laws and regulations (or additional requirements to existing laws and regulations) could have a material impact on the Company’s operations and cash flow.

Federal

Canada has been a signatory to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (the “UNFCCC”) since 1992. Since its inception, the UNFCCC has instigated numerous policy changes with respect to climate governance. On April 22, 2016, 197 countries, including Canada, signed the Paris Agreement, committing to prevent global temperatures from rising more than 2° Celsius above pre-industrial levels and to pursue efforts to limit this rise to no more than 1.5° Celsius. To date, 189 of the 197 parties to the UNFCCC have ratified the Paris Agreement, including Canada. In 2016, Canada committed to reducing its emissions by 30% below 2005 levels by 2030. In 2021, Canada updated its original commitment by pledging to reduce emissions by 40-45% below 2005 levels by 2030, and to net-zero by 2050.

During the course of the 2021 United Nations Climate Change Conference in Glasgow, Scotland, Canada’s Prime Minister Justin Trudeau made several pledges aimed at reducing Canada’s GHG emissions and environmental impact, including: (i) reducing methane emissions in the oil and gas sector to 75% of 2012 levels by 2030; (ii) ceasing export of thermal coal by 2030; (iii) imposing a cap on emissions from the oil and gas sector; (iv) halting direct public funding to the global fossil fuel sector by the end of 2022; and (v) committing that all new vehicles sold in the country will be zero-emission on or before 2040.

94

In line with the Prime Minister’s pledge to impose a cap on emissions from the oil and gas sector, the federal government published a discussion paper on July 18, 2022 that outlines two potential regulatory options for such a cap. Those proposed options are either to: (i) implement a new cap-and-trade system that would set a limit on emissions from the sector; or (ii) modify the existing pollution pricing benchmark (as discussed below) to limit emissions from the sector. These options are currently under review and interested parties had the opportunity to make submissions regarding the proposed cap, ending in September 2022. The form of emissions cap on the oil and gas sector and the overall effect of such a cap remain uncertain.

The Government of Canada released the Pan-Canadian Framework on Clean Growth and Climate Change in 2016, setting out a plan to meet the federal government’s 2030 emissions reduction targets. On June 21, 2018, the federal government enacted the Greenhouse Gas Pollution Pricing Act (the “GGPPA”), which came into force on January 1, 2019. This regime has two parts: an output-based pricing system (“OBPS”) for large industry (enabled by the Output-Based Pricing System Regulations) and a fuel charge (enabled by the Fuel Charge Regulations), both of which impose a price on CO2e emissions. This system applies in provinces and territories that request it and in those that do not have their own equivalent emissions pricing systems in place that meet the federal standards and ensure that there is a uniform price on emissions across the country. Originally under the federal plans, the price was set to escalate by $10 per year until it reached a maximum price of $50/tonne of CO2e in 2022; however, on December 11, 2020, the federal government announced its intention to continue the annual price increases beyond 2022. Commencing in 2023, the benchmark price per tonne of CO2e will increase by $15 per year until it reaches $170/tonne of CO2e in 2030. Effective January 1, 2023, the minimum price permissible under the GGPPA rose to $65/tonne of CO2e.

While several provinces challenged the constitutionality of the GGPPA following its enactment, the Supreme Court of Canada confirmed its constitutional validity in a judgment released on March 25, 2021.

On April 26, 2018, the federal government passed the Regulations Respecting Reduction in the Release of Methane and Certain Volatile Organic Compounds (Upstream Oil and Gas Sector) (the “Federal Methane Regulations”). The Federal Methane Regulations seek to reduce emissions of methane from the oil and natural gas sector, and came into force on January 1, 2020. By introducing a number of new control measures, the Federal Methane Regulations aim to reduce unintentional leaks and the intentional venting of methane and ensure that oil and natural gas operations use low-emission equipment and processes. Among other things, the Federal Methane Regulations limit how much methane upstream oil and natural gas facilities are permitted to vent. The federal government anticipates that these actions will reduce annual GHG emissions by about 20 megatonnes by 2030.

The federal government has enacted the Multi-Sector Air Pollutants Regulation under the authority of the Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999, which regulates certain industrial facilities and equipment types, including boilers and heaters used in the upstream oil and gas industry, to limit the emission of air pollutants such as nitrogen oxides and sulphur dioxide.

In the November 23, 2021 Speech from the Throne, the federal government restated its commitment to achieve net-zero emission by 2050. In pursuit of this objective, the government’s proposed actions include: (i) moving to cap and cut oil and gas sector emissions; (ii) investing in public transit and mandating the sale of zero-emission vehicles; (iii) increasing the federally imposed price on pollution; (iv) investing in the production of cleaner steel, aluminum, building products, cars, and planes; (v) addressing the loss of biodiversity by continuing to strengthen partnerships with First Nations, Inuit, and Métis, to protect nature and the traditional knowledge of those groups; (vi) creating a Canada Water Agency to safeguard water as a natural resource and support Canadian farmers; (vii) strengthening action to prevent and prepare for floods, wildfires, droughts, coastline erosion, and other extreme weather worsened by climate change; and (viii) helping build back communities impacted by extreme weather events through the development of Canada’s first-ever National Adaptation Strategy.

95

The Canadian Net-Zero Emissions Accountability Act (the “CNEAA”) received royal assent on June 29, 2021, and came into force on the same day. The CNEAA binds the Government of Canada to a process intended to help Canada achieve net-zero emissions by 2050. It establishes rolling five-year emissions-reduction targets and requires the government to develop plans to reach each target and support these efforts by creating a Net-Zero Advisory Body. The CNEAA also requires the federal government to publish annual reports that describe how departments and Crown corporations are considering the financial risks and opportunities of climate change in their decision-making. A comprehensive review of the CNEAA is required every five years from the date the CNEAA came into force.

The Government of Canada introduced its 2030 Emissions Reduction Plan (the “2030 ERP”) on March 29, 2022. In the 2030 ERP, the Government of Canada proposes a roadmap for Canada’s reduction of GHG emissions to 40-45% below 2005 levels by 2030. As the first emissions reduction plan issued under the CNEAA, the 2030 ERP aims to reduce emissions by incentivizing electric vehicles and renewable electricity, and capping emissions from the oil and gas sector, among other measures.

On June 8, 2022 the Canadian Greenhouse Gas Offset Credit System Regulations were published in the Canada Gazette. The regulations establish a regulatory framework to allow certain kinds of projects to generate and sell offset credits for use in the federal OBPS through Canada’s Greenhouse Gas Offset Credit System. The system enables project proponents to generate federal offset credits through projects that reduce GHG emissions under a published federal GHG offset protocol. Offset credits can then be sold to those seeking to meet limits imposed under the OBPS or those seeking to meet voluntary targets.

On June 20, 2022, the Clean Fuel Regulations came into force, establishing Canada’s Clean Fuel Standard. The Clean Fuel Standard will replace the former Renewable Fuels Regulation, and aims to discourage the use of fossil fuels by increasing the price of those fuels when compared to lower-carbon alternatives. Coming into force in 2023, the Clean Fuel Standard will impose obligations on primary suppliers of transportation fuels in Canada and require fuels to contain a minimum percentage of renewable fuel content and meet emissions caps calculated over the life cycle of the fuel. The Clean Fuel Regulations also establish a market for compliance credits. Compliance credits can be generated by primary suppliers, among others, through carbon capture and storage, producing or importing low-emission fuel, or through end-use fuel switching (for example, operating an electric vehicle charging network).

The Government of Canada is also in the midst of developing a carbon capture utilization and storage (“CCUS”) strategy. CCUS is a technology that captures carbon dioxide from facilities, including industrial or power applications, or directly from the atmosphere. The captured carbon dioxide is then compressed and transported for permanent storage in underground geological formations or used to make new products such as concrete. Beginning in 2022, the federal government plans to spend $319 million over seven years to ramp up CCUS in Canada, as this is expected to be a critical element of the plan to reach net-zero by 2050.

Alberta

In December 2016, the Oil Sands Emissions Limit Act came into force, establishing an annual 100 megatonne limit for GHG emissions from all oil sands sites, but the regulations necessary to enforce the limit have not yet been developed. The delay in drafting these regulations has been inconsequential thus far, as Alberta’s oil sands emit roughly 70 megatonnes of GHG emissions per year, well below the 100 megatonne limit.

In June 2019, the fuel charge element of the federal backstop program took effect in Alberta. On January 1, 2023, the carbon tax payable in Alberta increased from $50 to $65 per tonne of CO2e, and will continue to increase at a rate of $15 per year until it reaches $170 per tonne in 2030. In December 2019, the federal government approved Alberta’s Technology Innovation and Emissions Reduction (“TIER”) regulation, which applies to large emitters. The TIER regulation came into effect on January 1, 2020 (as amended on January 1, 2023) and replaced the previous Carbon Competitiveness Incentives Regulation. The TIER regulation meets the

96

federal benchmark stringency requirements for emissions sources covered in the regulation, but the federal backstop continues to apply to emissions sources not covered by the regulation.

The TIER regulation applies to emitters that emit more than 100,000 tonnes of CO2e per year in 2016 or any subsequent year. The initial target for most TIER-regulated facilities is to reduce emissions intensity by 10% as measured against that facility’s individual benchmark, with a further 2% reduction in each subsequent year. The facility-specific benchmark does not apply to all facilities, such as those in the electricity sector, which are compared against the good-as-best-gas standard. Similarly, for facilities that have already made substantial headway in reducing their emissions, a different “high-performance” benchmark is available. Under the TIER regulation, certain facilities in high-emitting or trade exposed sectors can opt-in to the program in specified circumstances if they do not meet the 100,000 tonne threshold. To encourage compliance with the emissions intensity reduction targets, TIER-regulated facilities must provide annual compliance reports. Facilities that are unable to achieve their targets may either purchase credits from other facilities, purchase carbon offsets, or pay a levy to the Government of Alberta.

The Government of Alberta aims to lower annual methane emissions by 45% by 2025. The Government of Alberta enacted the Methane Emission Reduction Regulation on January 1, 2020, and in November 2020, the Government of Canada and the Government of Alberta announced an equivalency agreement regarding the reduction of methane emissions such that the Federal Methane Regulations will not apply in Alberta.

Indigenous Rights

Constitutionally mandated government-led consultation with and, if applicable, accommodation of, the rights of Indigenous groups impacted by regulated industrial activity, as well as proponent-led consultation and accommodation or benefit sharing initiatives, play an increasingly important role in the Western Canadian oil and gas industry. In addition, Canada is a signatory to the United Nations Declaration of the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (“UNDRIP”) and the principles set forth therein may continue to influence the role of Indigenous engagement in the development of the oil and gas industry in Western Canada. For example, in November 2019, the Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Act (“DRIPA”) became law in British Columbia. The DRIPA aims to align British Columbia’s laws with UNDRIP. In June 2021, the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Act (“UNDRIP Act”) came into force in Canada. Similar to British Columbia’s DRIPA, the UNDRIP Act requires the Government of Canada to take all measures necessary to ensure the laws of Canada are consistent with the principles of UNDRIP and to implement an action plan to address UNDRIP’s objectives. On June 21, 2022, the Minister of Justice and Attorney General issued the First Annual Progress Report on the implementation of the UNDRIP Act (the “Progress Report”). The Progress Report provides that, as of June 2022, the federal government has sought to implement the UNDRIP Act by, among other things, creating a Secretariat within the Department of Justice to support Indigenous participation in the implementation of UNDRIP, consulting with Indigenous peoples to identify their priorities, drafting an action plan to align federal laws with UNDRIP, and implementing efforts to educate federal departments on UNDRIP’s principles.

Continued development of common law precedent regarding existing laws relating to Indigenous consultation and accommodation as well as the adoption of new laws such as DRIPA and the UNDRIP Act are expected to continue to add uncertainty to the ability of entities operating in the Canadian oil and gas industry to execute on major resource development and infrastructure projects, including, among other projects, pipelines. The Government of Canada has expressed that implementation of the UNDRIP Act has the potential to make meaningful change in how Indigenous peoples collaborate in impact assessment moving forward, but has confirmed that the current IAA already establishes a framework that aligns with UNDRIP and does not need to be changed in light of the UNDRIP Act.

On June 29, 2021, the British Columbia Supreme Court issued a judgement in Yahey v British Columbia (the “Blueberry Decision”), in which it determined that the cumulative impacts of industrial development on the traditional territory of the Blueberry River First Nation (“BRFN”) in northeast British Columbia had breached

97

the BRFN’s rights guaranteed under Treaty 8. The Blueberry Decision may have significant impacts on the regulation of industrial activities in northeast British Columbia and may lead to similar claims of cumulative effects across Canada in other areas covered by numbered treaties, as had been seen in Alberta.

On January 18, 2023, the Government of British Columbia and the BRFN signed the Blueberry River First Nations Implementation Agreement (the “BRFN Agreement”). The BRFN Agreement aims to address the cumulative effects of development on BRFN’s claim area through restoration work, establishment of areas protected from industrial development, and a constraint on development activities. Such measures will remain in place while a long-term cumulative effects management regime is implemented. Specifically, the BRFN Agreement includes, among other measures, the establishment of a $200-million restoration fund by June 2025, an ecosystem-based management approach for future land-use planning in culturally important areas, limits on new petroleum and natural gas development, and a new planning regime for future oil and gas activities. The BRFN will receive $87.5 million over three years, with an opportunity for increased benefits based on petroleum and natural gas revenue sharing and provincial royalty revenue sharing in the next two fiscal years.

The BRFN Agreement has acted as a blueprint for other agreements between the Government of British Columbia and Indigenous groups in Treaty 8 territory. In late January 2023, the Government of British Columbia and four Treaty 8 First Nations – Fort Nelson, Salteau, Halfway River and Doig River First Nations – reached consensus on a collaborative approach to land and resource planning (the “Consensus Agreement”). The Consensus Agreement implements various initiatives including a “cumulative effects” management system linked to natural resource landscape planning and restoration initiatives, new land-use plans and protection measures, and a new revenue-sharing approach to support the priorities of Treaty 8 First Nations communities.

In July 2022, Duncan’s First Nation filed a lawsuit against the Government of Alberta relying on similar arguments to those advanced successfully by the BRFN. Duncan’s First Nation claims in its lawsuit that Alberta has failed to uphold its treaty obligations by authorizing development without considering the cumulative impacts on the First Nation’s treaty rights. The long-term impacts of the Blueberry Decision and the Duncan’s First Nation lawsuit on the Canadian oil and gas industry remain uncertain.

Property, Plant and Equipment

The Company’s headquarters are located in Calgary, Alberta. The Company’s operating area is located southeast of Grande Prairie, Alberta, approximately 500 kilometers northwest of Calgary. The Company holds a large, contiguous land base in the Gold Creek and Karr areas, with approximately 111,000 net acres in the Montney play.

The Company’s property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) primarily relates to its development and production assets, which primarily consist of land, wells and facility expenditures ultimately used to generate oil, gas and NGL production.

The land included in the PP&E is not owned by the Company, with the surface and mineral rights attached to the land primarily leased from the Government of Alberta. Alberta has surface rights owners and mineral rights owners, and some individuals or organizations may own rights to both. Surface rights owners own the surface and substances such as sand and gravel, but not the minerals. The company or individual who owns the mineral rights owns all mineral substances found on and under the property. There are often different surface and mineral owners on the same land. The mineral owner has the right to explore for and recover the minerals but at the same time must do this in a reasonable manner so as to not significantly affect use of the surface. The Crown owns 81% of mineral rights in Alberta, with the remaining mineral rights largely owned by federal groups (National parks, indigenous groups, etc.), and legacy companies (CPR, CN Rail, etc.).

Prior to beginning any development activity, the Company is required to undergo multiple consultations, including environmental and indigenous assessments. These assessments can impact how, and when, the Company proceeds with development activity.

98

Well and facility assets included in the PP&E are owned by the company in proportion to its working interest in each respective asset. These assets are used to extract and process oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids produced from the Company’s leased properties.

In association with each of these assets, the Company has a responsibility to safely manage each well it drills, as well as any associated facilities. This includes all stages of a well’s life cycle: exploration, development and operation, as well as end-of-life activities including abandonment and reclamation. When energy infrastructure has been suspended and is no longer needed, the company that owns it must permanently dismantle it. The provincial requirements for how this is done vary by the type of infrastructure. For example, when a company no longer needs a well to support its oil and gas development, the well must be permanently sealed and taken out of service. This part of the closure process is known as abandonment, and includes both subsurface and surface abandonment activities. After the well is abandoned, the land around it must be returned to its original state, in a process known as reclamation. As part of required reclamation activities, companies have a duty to reduce land disturbance, clean up contamination, salvage, store and replace soil, and revegetate the area.

Corporate assets relate to furniture & fixtures, computer hardware and software, and leasehold improvements. Right-of-use assets relate to the Company’s office leases in Grande Prairie and Calgary.

(Cdn$ thousands)	Development and Production Assets			Corporate Assets		Right-of- Use Assets		Total
PP&E, at cost:
Balance - December 31, 2019		1,926,486			8,406		3,266		1,938,158
Additions1		101,361			1,316		—		102,677
Farmout transaction		3,496			—		—		3,496
Balance - December 31, 2020		2,031,343			9,722		3,266		2,044,331
Additions1		143,170			1,204		3,145		147,519
Dispositions		(51,360	)		—		—		(51,360	)
Balance - December 31, 2021		2,123,153			10,926		6,411		2,140,490
Accumulated depletion, depreciation and impairment
Balance - December 31, 2019		488,234			4,517		735		493,486
Depletion and depreciation		132,859			1,590		735		135,184
Balance - December 31, 2020		621,093			6,107		1,470		628,670
Depletion, depreciation and impairment		125,111			1,481		741		127,333
Dispositions		(24,352	)		—		—		(24,352	)
Balance - December 31, 2021		721,852			7,588		2,211		731,651
Net book value - December 31, 2020		1,410,250			3,615		1,796		1,415,661
Net book value - December 31, 2021		1,401,301			3,338		4,200		1,408,839

(1) Additions for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes non-cash items of C$1.2 million related to decommissioning obligation assets and C$4.6 million related to share-based compensation (December 31, 2020-C$7.1 million and C$1.2 million, respectively).

Facility and Infrastructure Planning

The Company currently has facility capacity of approximately 72,000 boe per day. The Company is currently planning and executing on over C$100.0 million of infrastructure and facility expansions in its Karr

99

area, in order to accommodate expected growth in production. The infrastructure expansions will provide the Company with optionality for drill-to-fill growth with flexibility to respond to commodity prices.

Major Infrastructure Capital	2022/2023 Expected Spend (CAD $MM)
North Karr
Facility expansions		32
Major pipelines		18
Produced water pipeline for frac (ESG)		4
South Karr
New Battery/Facility		61
Total		115

The North Karr facilities are currently being expanded from a sales capacity of 17,000 boe/d to 33,000 boe/d. The fully expanded facility is expected to be onstream March of 2023. The expansion is expected to cost a total of C$32.0 million and will be funded through cash flow. The Company has already incurred approximately C$14.9 million related to the project, as of September 30, 2022.

A new South Karr facility is to be onstream in November of 2023 with a sales capacity of 24,000 boe/d. The total cost of construction is expected to be approximately C$61.0 million and will be funded through cash flow. The Company has committed to approximately C$21.9 million and had incurred approximately C$6.2 million related to the project, as of September 30, 2022.

100

Legal Proceedings, Investigations and Other Regulatory Matters

From time to time, the Company is involved in litigation matters and may be subject to fines or regulatory audits, including in relation to health, safety, security and environment matters, arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any litigation, legal proceedings, investigations or other regulatory matters that are likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position or profitability.

Pricing and Production Updates

Hammerhead’s net present value of future net revenue (before income tax) for proved plus probable reserves as at December 31, 2021 was approximately $2.6 billion (discounted at 10%). Since December 31, 2021, commodity prices have materially increased and had such higher commodity prices been in effect as at December 31, 2021, Hammerhead’s net present value of future net revenue (before income tax) for its reserves would have been materially higher. In order to quantify the impact on Hammerhead’s net present value of future net revenue, Hammerhead obtained the forecast price and costs of Sproule, McDaniel and GLJ as of January 1, 2023 for the future crude oil, natural gas and natural gas product prices (the “Updated Pricing”). Using the Updated Pricing, Hammerhead’s net present value of future net revenue (before income tax and discounted at 10%) would increase from approximately $2.6 billion using December 31, 2021 forecast prices to approximately $3.8 billion using the Updated Pricing, representing a 46.2% increase.

On February 23, 2023, the Company announced its production results for the month of January 2023, including average daily production of 40,308 boe per day (consisting of 123,154 mcf/d of Shale Gas, 15,555 bbls/d of Tight Oil, and 4,227 bbls/d of NGLs).

101

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following management’s discussion and analysis provides information which the Company’s management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition. The discussion should be read together with the historical consolidated financial statements of Hammerhead for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion and analysis should also be read together with the pro forma financial information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.” This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company’s actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, including those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

The Company is an oil and natural gas exploration, development and production company. The Company’s reserves, producing properties and exploration prospects are located in the Province of Alberta in the Deep Basin of West Central Alberta where it is developing multi-zone, liquids-rich oil and gas plays.

Hammerhead was incorporated pursuant to the provisions of the ABCA on November 27, 2009 under the name 1504140 Alberta Ltd. Hammerhead changed its name to Canadian International Oil Corp. (“CIOC”) on April 20, 2010. On October 1, 2017, CIOC amalgamated with its wholly owned subsidiary Canadian International Oil Operating Corp. and changed its name to “Hammerhead Resources Inc.” On December 15, 2017, the Company dissolved its foreign subsidiary “Canadian International Oil (USA) Corp.” On December 31, 2017, the Company dissolved its remaining foreign subsidiaries, “Canadian International Oil (Barbados) Corp.” and “Canadian International Oil (Overseas) Corp.” On March 11, 2019, the Company incorporated a new wholly owned subsidiary, “Prairie Lights Power GP Inc.,” and formed an associated limited partnership, “Prairie Lights Power Limited Partnership,” in order to initiate a power related project. The project, as at September 30, 2022 is in its preliminary phase with no active operations and no anticipated change in operations or activity in the near term.

The Company is controlled by the Riverstone Parties. The Company’s principal place of business is located at Eighth Avenue Place, East Tower, Suite 2700, 525-8th Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta, T2P 1G1. The mailing address of the Company’s registered office is c/o Burnet, Duckworth & Palmer LLP, Suite 2400, 525-8th Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta, T2P 1G1.

For more information on the nature of the Company’s business, operations and its principal activities, please see the section “Business.”

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results

The Company believes its performance and future success depend on several factors that present significant opportunities for it but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.”

Commodity Prices

Prices for crude oil and condensate, natural gas liquids (“NGL”) and natural gas have historically been volatile. This volatility is expected to continue due to the many uncertainties associated with the world political and economic environment and the global supply of, and demand for, crude oil, NGLs and natural gas and the

102

availability of other energy supplies, the relative competitive relationships of the various energy sources in the view of consumers and other factors.

The market prices of crude oil and condensate, NGLs and natural gas impact the amount of cash generated from the Company’s operating activities, which, in turn, impact the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Competition

The Company competes with other oil and natural gas companies, some of which have greater financial and operational resources.

The petroleum industry is competitive in all of its phases. The Company competes with numerous other entities in the exploration, development, production and marketing of oil and natural gas. The Company’s competitors include oil and natural gas companies that have substantially greater financial resources, staff and facilities than those of the Company. Some of these companies not only explore for, develop and produce oil and natural gas, but also carry on refining operations and market oil and natural gas on an international basis. As a result of these complementary activities, some of these competitors may have greater and more diverse competitive resources to draw on than the Company. The Company’s ability to increase its reserves in the future will depend not only on its ability to explore and develop its present properties, but also on its ability to select and acquire other suitable producing properties or prospects for exploratory drilling. Competitive factors in the distribution and marketing of oil and natural gas include price, process, and reliability of delivery and storage.

The Company also faces competition from companies that supply alternative resources of energy, such as wind or solar power. Other factors that could affect competition in the marketplace include additional discoveries of hydrocarbon reserves by the Company’s competitors, changes in the cost of production, and political and economic factors and other factors outside of the Company’s control.

The petroleum industry is characterized by rapid and significant technological advancements and introductions of new products and services utilizing new technologies that may increase the viability of reserves or reduce production costs. Other companies may have greater financial, technical and personnel resources that allow them to implement and benefit from such technological advantages. The Company may not be able to respond to such competitive pressures and implement such technologies on a timely basis, or at an acceptable cost. If the Company does implement such technologies, the Company may not do so successfully. One or more of the technologies currently utilized by the Company or implemented in the future may become obsolete. If the Company is unable to utilize the most advanced commercially available technology, or is unsuccessful in implementing certain technologies, its business, financial condition and results of operations could also be adversely affected in a material way.

Royalty Regimes

The Company pays royalties in accordance with the established royalty regime in the Province of Alberta. The majority of the Company’s royalties are paid to the Crown, which are based on various sliding scales that are dependent on incentives, production volumes and commodity prices. The governments in the jurisdictions in which the Company has assets may adopt new royalty regimes, or modify the existing royalty regimes, which may have an impact on the economics of the Company’s projects. An increase in royalties would reduce the Company’s earnings and could make future capital investments, or the Company’s operations, less economic. For more information see the subsection “Business—Royalties and Incentives.” 

Impact of COVID-19

During the first quarter of 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 to be a pandemic, triggering a sudden decline in economic activity and increase in economic uncertainty. The Company’s

103

operations are particularly sensitive to changes in the demand for, and prices of, crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids. While commodity demand initially declined in response to lockdown measures, subsequent supply shortages and economic re-opening plans have contributed to a recent rebound, resulting in extreme price volatility over the past two years. The Company’s management cannot reasonably estimate the length or severity of this pandemic, or the extent to which the disruption may materially impact the Company’s financial results into the future.

Non-GAAP Measures

Refer to the subsection entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” for reconciliations and information regarding the following measures and ratios used in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus: “capital expenditures,” “available funding,” “operating netback,” “operating netback per boe,” “funds from operations,” “funds from operations per boe,” “funds from operations per basic share and diluted share,” “adjusted EBITDA and annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA,” “net debt” and “net debt to annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA.” 

Results of Operations

Year-to-Date 2022 Operating and Financial Highlights:

• Production averaged 32,941 boe/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, a 5,122 boe/d increase from the same period of 2021. New production from 28 gross (28 net) wells brought on-stream since September 30, 2021 offset production declines on existing wells.

• The Company’s liquids weighting was 42% during the nine months ended September 30, 2022, compared to 38% in the same period of 2021. The increase was driven by high oil production from multiple pads brought on-stream throughout 2022.

• Oil and gas revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $646.0 million and $300.7 million, respectively. Oil and gas revenue is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for operating netback, which is a non-GAAP measure. Operating netback was $338.5 million or $37.63/boe for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, reflecting an increase of $228.8 million or $23.19/boe from the same period of 2021. Improvements in commodity pricing generated $32.24/boe of additional revenue, which was partially offset by a $5.91/boe increase in royalty expense and a $2.62/boe increase in realized losses on risk management contracts.

• Net cash from operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $295.2 million and $87.6 million, respectively. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations, which is a non-GAAP measure. Funds from operations was $298.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2022, a $214.7 million or 255% increase from the same period of 2021. The increase is primarily due to a $228.8 million increase in operating netback, a $6.0 million decrease in optimization fees, and a $2.0 million increase in other cash impacts. This was offset with a $16.0 million increase in transaction costs, a $2.3 million increase in realized foreign exchange loss and a $2.1 million increase cash interest expense related to the repayment of the 2020 Senior Notes, as well as a $1.8 million increase in G&A expense.

• The Company reported a net profit of $157.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, compared to a net loss of $109.0 million in the same period of 2021. The $266.8 million improvement was primarily due to a $219.9 million increase in funds from operations and a $67.3 million increase in unrealized gain on risk management contracts. This was partially offset by all remaining non-cash impacts decreasing net profit by $20.4 million.

• Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $222.6 million and $49.0 million, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities is the most directly

104

comparable GAAP measure for capital expenditures, which is a non-GAAP measure. Capital expenditures during the nine months ended September 30, 2022 were $210.2 million, with the Company focusing its investments on well development activities in both the Gold Creek and Karr areas, along with spending on non-well activities in the Karr area. In Karr, the Company drilled, completed and tied-in a four gross (four net) well pad, the drill and tie-in activity of a nine gross (nine net) well pad, and initiated drill activity on one gross (0.35 net) development well. The remaining funds incurred in Karr were primarily related to facility and pipeline expansion projects. In Gold Creek, the Company drilled, completed and tied-in two pads with a combined nine gross (nine net) wells and initiated construct, drill and tie-in activity on a three gross (three net) pad.

2021 Annual Operating and Financial Highlights:

• Production averaged 27,805 boe/d for the year ended December 31, 2021, a 2,226 boe/d decrease from the same period of 2020, primarily driven by natural well declines and the timing of new wells coming on-stream.

• The Company’s liquids weighting was 39% during the year ended December 31, 2021, a slight increase from 38% in the corresponding period of 2020. The increase is due to temperature optimizations implemented at a third party gas processing plant, which improved the Company’s overall NGL yield.

• Oil and gas revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were C$439.8 million and $263.5 million, respectively. Oil and gas revenue is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for operating netback, which is a non-GAAP measure. Operating netback was C$161.3 million or C$15.90/boe for the year ended December 31, 2021, reflecting a decrease of C$16.7 million or C$0.30/boe from the same period of 2020. Although improvements in commodity pricing generated C$19.37/boe of additional revenue, it also resulted in an increase in realized losses on risk management contracts of C$15.42/boe and a C$2.24/boe increase in royalty expense, which offset the increase in revenue. Further contributing to the decrease in operating netback were increases in both operating and transportation expense of C$1.10/boe and C$0.91/boe, respectively.

• Net cash from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was C$121.1 million and C$119.7 million, respectively. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations, which is a non-GAAP measure. Funds from operations were C$114.5 million (C$0.29 per basic and diluted share) for the year ended December 31, 2021, a C$15.0 million or 12% decrease from the same period in 2020. The decrease is primarily due to higher optimization fees of C$19.0 million and a C$16.7 million decrease in operating netback, partially offset by a reduction in cash interest paid of C$20.6 million.

• Net loss totaled C$71.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a net profit of C$53.4 million in the same period of 2020. The change was primarily driven by non-cash items, including an C$88.2 million reduction in gains related to the 2020 Senior Notes (defined herein) debt redemption and a C$13.8 million loss on asset disposition.

• Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was C$91.2 million and C$113.3 million, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for capital expenditures, which is a non-GAAP measure. Capital expenditures during the year ended December 31, 2021 were C$138.5 million.

• The Company incurred C$74.4 million in its Gold Creek area, of which the majority related to the drill, completion and tie-in of two pads, each with six gross (six net) wells. Additionally, the Company incurred C$53.7 million in its Karr area, the majority of which related to the drill, completion and tie-in of a three gross (three net) well pad, as well as the completion and tie-in of a two gross (two net) well pad.

• On February 5, 2021, the Company issued 67.4 million Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares, under the June 2020 Investment Agreement (as defined herein), for cash proceeds of C$33.7 million. As at

105

December 31, 2021, C$133.7 million had been drawn, with C$166.3 million of equity commitment remaining under the agreement.

• On February 5, 2021 the Company issued 2.6 million Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares, under the December 2020 Investment Agreement (as defined herein), for cash proceeds of C$1.3 million. As at December 31, 2021, C$5.1 million had been drawn, with C$6.4 million of equity commitment remaining under the agreement.

• On May 31, 2021, the Company entered into the 2021 Credit Agreement for an aggregate principal borrowing base of C$175.0 million. As at December 31, 2021, the Company had C$106.3 million drawn on the Credit Facility, with a corresponding undrawn Credit Facility capacity of C$68.7 million.

• On June 16, 2021, the Company sold certain non-core assets and select undeveloped lands for total cash proceeds of C$10.0 million, recognizing a loss on disposition of C$13.8 million.

Comparison of the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to the nine months ended September 30, 2021

OPERATIONS	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per share amounts, production and unit prices)	2022			2021			% Change
Production Volumes
Crude oil (bbls/d)		9,724			6,709			45
Natural gas (Mcf/d)		113,899			103,020			11
Natural gas liquids (bbls/d)		4,234			3,940			7
Total (boe/d)		32,941			27,819			18
Liquids weighting %		42			38
Average Realized Prices
Crude oil (C$/bbl)		123.64			75.61			64
Natural gas (C$/Mcf)		7.43			3.96			88
Natural gas liquids (C$/bbl)		74.96			47.29			59
Total ($/boe)		71.83			39.59			81
Revenue, operating netback and funds from operations (C$/boe)
Revenue		71.83			39.59			81
Royalties		(9.08	)		(3.17	)		186
Operating expense		(8.87	)		(8.07	)		10
Net transportation expense		(5.84	)		(6.12	)		(5	)
Operating netback, excluding realized losses on risk management contracts		48.04			22.23			116
Realized losses on risk management contracts		(10.41	)		(7.79	)		34
Operating netback1		37.63			14.44			161
G&A expense		(1.86	)		(1.97	)		(6	)
Optimization fees		—			(0.79	)		(100	)
Transaction costs		(1.78	)		—			100
Cash interest expense		(0.79	)		(0.67	)		18
Realized foreign exchange (loss) gain		(0.25	)		—			100
Other income7		0.28			0.07			300
Funds from operations2		33.23			11.08			200

106

OPERATIONS	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per share amounts, production and unit prices)	2022		2021			% Change
Oil and gas revenue		645,968		300,660			115
Net cash from operating activities		295,224		87,571			237
Per common share—basic		0.75		0.22
Per common share—diluted		0.31		0.22
Funds from operations3		298,878		84,144			255
Per common share—basic		0.76		0.22
Per common share—diluted		0.31		0.22
Net profit (loss)		157,802		(108,960	)		(245	)
Net profit (loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders		139,281		(124,945	)		(211	)
Per common share—basic		0.36		(0.32	)
Per common share—diluted		0.15		(0.32	)
Net cash used in investing activities		222,597		48,990			354
Capital expenditures4		210,207		70,159			200
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic		391,549		391,102			—
Diluted		957,324		391,102			145
	As at September 30,
FINANCIAL	2022		2021			% Change
Working capital deficit		60,498		91,800			(34	)
Available funding5		304,402		165,100			84
Net debt6		245,912		314,167			(22	)

(1) Operating netback is a non-GAAP measure. Oil and gas revenue is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to operating netback. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(2) Funds from operations is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(3) Funds from operations per basic and diluted common share are non-GAAP measures. Net cash from operating activities per basic and diluted common share are the most directly comparable GAAP measures for funds from operations per basic and diluted common share. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(4) Capital expenditures is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash used in investing activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for capital expenditures. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(5) Available funding is a non-GAAP measure. Working capital deficit is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for available funding. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(6) Net debt is a non-GAAP measure. The Company’s third party debt obligations of the bank debt and the term debt are the most directly comparable GAAP measures for net debt. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(7) Other income consists of treating and processing income, the Company’s recoveries related to royalty interest and bad debt allowances.

107

Comparison of the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021 to the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020

The following table summarizes the Company’s results of operations for the periods indicated:

OPERATIONS	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per share amounts, production and unit prices)	2021			2020			% Change
Production Volumes
Crude oil (bbls/d)		6,816			7,798			(13	)
Natural gas (Mcf/d)		102,516			111,450			(8	)
Natural gas liquids (bbls/d)		3,903			3,658			7
Total (boe/d)		27,805			30,031			(7	)
Liquids weighting     %		39			38
Average Realized Prices
Crude oil (C$/bbl)		80.03			44.04			82
Natural gas (C$/Mcf)		4.44			2.56			73
Natural gas liquids (C$/bbl)		52.51			25.04			110
Total (C$/boe)		43.34			23.97			81
Revenue, operating netback and funds from operations (C$/boe)
Revenue		43.34			23.97			81
Royalties		(3.80	)		(1.56	)		144
Operating expense		(8.15	)		(7.05	)		16
Net transportation expense		(6.09	)		(5.18	)		18
Operating netback1, excluding realized (losses) gains on risk management contracts		25.30			10.18			149
Realized (losses) gains on risk management contracts		(9.40	)		6.02			(256	)
Operating netback		15.90			16.20			(2	)
G&A expense		(2.12	)		(1.99	)		7
Optimization fees		(1.94	)		(0.06	)		3,133
Cash interest expense		(0.65	)		(2.47	)		(74	)
Other income2		0.10			0.10			—
Funds from operations3		11.29			11.78			(4	)
Oil and gas sales revenue		439,843			263,514			67
Net cash from operating activities		121,111			119,686			(1	)
Per common share—basic		0.31			0.31
Per common share—diluted		0.31			0.16
Funds from operations4		114,453			129,487			(12	)
Per common share—basic		0.29			0.33
Per common share—diluted		0.29			0.18
Net (loss) profit		(71,821	)		53,410			(234	)
Net (loss) profit attributable to ordinary equity holders
Per common share—basic		(0.24	)		0.09
Per common share—diluted		(0.24	)		0.05
Net cash used in investing activities		91,180			113,328			(20	)
Capital expenditures5		138,544			94,362			47
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic		391,106			391,052			—
Diluted		391,106			728,575			(46	)

108

	As at December 31,
FINANCIAL	2021		2020		% Change
Working capital deficit		76,528		189,639		60
Adjusted working capital deficit6		76,528		26,039		194
Available funding6		164,872		34,151		383
Net debt7		317,575		310,074		2

(1) Operating netback is a non-GAAP measure. Oil and gas revenue is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to operating netback. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(2) Other income consists of treating and processing income, the Company’s recoveries related to royalty interest and bad debt allowances.

(3) Funds from operations is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(4) Funds from operations per basic and diluted common share are non-GAAP measures. Net cash from operating activities per basic and diluted common share are the most directly comparable GAAP measures for funds from operations per basic and diluted common share. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(5) Capital expenditures is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash used in investing activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for capital expenditures. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(6) Adjusted working capital deficit and available funding are non-GAAP measures. Working capital is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for adjusted working capital deficit and available funding. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(7) Net debt is a non-GAAP measure. The Company’s third party debt obligations of the bank debt and the term debt are the most directly comparable GAAP measures for net debt. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

Production

	Nine Months Ended, September 30,
	2022		2021		% Change
Crude oil and field condensate (bbls/d)		9,724		6,709		45
Natural gas (Mcf/d)		113,899		103,020		11
Natural gas liquids (bbls/d)		4,234		3,940		7
Total (boe/d)		32,941		27,819		18
Liquids weighting %		42		38
	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2022		2021		% Change
Crude oil and field condensate (bbls)		2,654,652		1,831,557		45
Natural gas (Mcf)		31,094,427		28,124,460		11
Natural gas liquids (bbls)		1,155,882		1,075,620		7
Total (boe)		8,992,893		7,594,587		18

109

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2022		2021		% Change
Gold Creek
Crude oil and field condensate (bbls)		1,295,908		1,061,152		22
Natural gas (Mcf)		23,143,584		22,379,473		3
Natural gas liquids (bbls)		859,472		862,533		—
Total (boe)		6,012,644		5,653,597		6
Karr
Crude oil and field condensate (bbls)		1,358,744		770,405		76
Natural gas (Mcf)		7,950,843		5,744,987		38
Natural gas liquids (bbls)		296,410		213,087		39
Total (boe)		2,980,249		1,940,990		54

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, average production was 32,941 boe/d, up 18% from the same period of 2021. The growth in production reflects 28 gross (28 net) wells brought on-stream since September 30, 2021, which offset production declines on existing wells.

The Company’s liquids weighting was 42% for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, compared to 36% and 38% for the same period in 2021. The increase in liquids weighting was driven by higher oil production from multiple pads brought on-stream throughout 2022.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		% Change
Crude oil and field condensate (bbls/d)		6,816		7,798		(13	)
Natural gas (Mcf/d)		102,516		111,450		(8	)
Natural gas liquids (bbls/d)		3,903		3,658		7
Total (boe/d)		27,805		30,031		(7	)
Liquids weighting %		39		38
	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		% Change
Crude oil and field condensate (bbls)		2,487,840		2,854,068		(13	)
Natural gas (Mcf)		37,418,340		40,790,700		(8	)
Natural gas liquids (bbls)		1,424,595		1,339,828		6
Total (boe)		10,148,825		10,991,346		(8	)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		% Change
Gold Creek
Crude oil and field condensate (bbls)		1,466,248		1,458,886		1
Natural gas (Mcf)		29,931,220		31,414,303		(5	)
Natural gas liquids (bbls)		1,145,080		1,018,462		12
Total (boe)		7,599,865		7,713,065		(1	)
Karr
Crude oil and field condensate (bbls)		1,021,592		1,385,643		(26	)
Natural gas (Mcf)		7,487,120		9,311,752		(20	)
Natural gas liquids (bbls)		279,515		320,028		(13	)
Total (boe)		2,548,960		3,257,630		(22	)

110

Average production during the year ended December 31, 2021 was 27,805 boe/d. Production decreased 7% when compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 due to natural well declines combined with the timing of new wells on-stream. Since December 31, 2020, 16 gross (14.85 net) wells were brought on-stream, approximately 40% of which did not begin producing until partway through the fourth quarter, contributing only two months of full production. By comparison, all new wells in 2020 came on-stream in the first half of the year, contributing more months of production to the annual volumes.

The Company’s liquids weighting was 39% during the year ended December 31, 2021, a slight increase from 38% during the prior year. The increase is due to temperature optimizations implemented at a third party gas processing plant, which improved the Company’s overall NGL yield.

Realized Prices and Benchmark Prices

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Per unit amounts)	2022			2021			% Change
Average Realized Prices
Crude oil and field condensate ($/bbl)		123.64			75.61			64
Natural gas ($/Mcf)1		7.43			3.96			88
Natural gas liquids ($/bbl)		74.96			47.29			59
Total ($/boe)		71.83			39.59			81
Benchmark Prices
Crude oil
WTI (Cdn$/bbl)		125.85			81.09			55
Edmonton Light Sweet (Cdn$/bbl)		123.49			75.91			63
WTI/Edmonton Light Sweet (Cdn$/bbl)		(2.36	)		(5.18	)		(54	)
Natural gas
AECO 5A (Cdn$/GJ)		5.10			3.10			65
AECO 5A (Cdn$/Mcf)2		5.43			3.30			65
NYMEX (US$/MMBtu)		6.77			3.18			113
NYMEX (Cdn$/Mcf)2		8.79			4.02			119
Union-Dawn (US$/MMBtu)		6.35			3.26			95
Union-Dawn (Cdn$/Mcf)2		8.24			4.12			100
Chicago City-Gate (US$/MMBtu)		6.34			5.22			21
Chicago City-Gate (Cdn$/Mcf)2		8.22			6.63			24
Stanfield (US$/MMBtu)		6.25			3.38			85
Stanfield (Cdn$/Mcf)2		8.11			4.27			90
Malin (US$/MMBtu)		6.40			3.44			85
Malin (Cdn$/Mcf)2		8.31			4.35			90
Average foreign exchange
Exchange rate—US$/Cdn$		1.28			1.25			2

(1) At the Company’s current heating value of 42.0 GJ/e3m3, 1 mcf of natural gas is approximately 1.18 GJ.

(2) At industry average heating values of 37.8 GJ/e3m3, 1 mcf of natural gas is approximately 1.065 GJ.

Crude oil and field condensate

The majority of the Company’s crude oil and field condensate production is delivered and sold in Central Alberta through firm service commitments on Pembina’s pipeline systems. The price that the Company receives

111

for crude oil and field condensate production is primarily driven by global supply and demand and the Edmonton light sweet oil and condensate price differentials.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company’s realized crude oil and field condensate price increased by $48.03/bbl or 64%, compared to the same period in 2021. Improved pricing was driven by a rise in demand for oil products coupled with diminished supply from low levels of inventory experienced worldwide and sanctions on Russian oil exports issued in response to the Russia-Ukraine war. Though prices have improved over the 2021 period, volatility persists from the global concern over a potential economic recession and the effects of China’s former zero COVID-19 policy.

Natural Gas

The Company’s natural gas transportation capacity provides geographical diversification across North America. The Company has firm service commitments to deliver and sell its natural gas production to the Alberta, Eastern Canada and United States (Midwest and West Path) markets.

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
% weighting of total gas sales	2022		2021
Alberta		47		43
Eastern Canada		29		31
United States		24		26

For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company’s realized natural gas price increased by $3.47/mcf or 88%, compared to the same period in 2021. The increase in the Company’s realized price was driven by improvements in benchmark prices across all North American markets.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, North American prices increased due to high demand from liquified natural gas (“LNG”) facilities as European markets experienced supply uncertainty due to the Russia-Ukraine war. Prices in Alberta were impacted by third party pipeline maintenance which kept AECO prices comparatively lower than other North American markets.

NGL

The Company’s plant condensate and product mix of NGL are currently sold on the Alberta market, but achieve geographical diversification in pricing through Pembina’s marketing pool. Pembina operates a pool of sales that provide accessibility to the United States, Asia and Eastern Canadian markets, with market weightings adjusted for supply and demand outlook, as well as seasonality.

Changes in NGL production mix yields for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, compared to the same periods of the prior year, were primarily due to operational and maintenance issues at a third party processing plant.

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
% weighting of total NGL production	2022		2021
Pentane & plant condensate		27		30
Butane		34		32
Propane		37		36
Ethane		2		2

For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company’s realized NGL price increased by $27.67/bbl or 59%, compared to the same period in 2021. Higher demand for North American NGL products and diminished

112

supply from low inventory levels compounded by political unrest from the Russia-Ukraine war, drove improvements in pricing for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Warmer weather and inventory recoveries in the US during the third quarter of 2022 tempered these price improvements.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Per unit amounts)	2021			2020			% Change
Average Realized Prices—net of transportation
Crude oil and field condensate (C$/bbl)		80.03			44.04			82
Natural gas (C$/Mcf)		4.44			2.56			73
Natural gas liquids (C$/bbl)1		52.51			25.04			110
Total (C$/boe)		43.34			23.97			81
Benchmark Prices
Crude oil
WTI (Cdn$/bbl)		85.14			52.53			62
Edmonton Light Sweet (Cdn$/bbl)		80.28			45.33			77
WTI/Edmonton Light Sweet (Cdn$/bbl)		(4.87	)		(7.20	)		(32	)
Natural gas
AECO 5A (Cdn$/GJ)		3.43			2.11			62
AECO 5A (Cdn$/mcf)2		3.66			2.25			63
NYMEX (US$/MMBtu)		3.85			2.08			85
NYMEX (Cdn$/mcf)2		4.87			2.80			74
Union-Dawn (US$/MMBtu)		3.61			1.87			93
Union-Dawn (Cdn$/mcf)2		4.57			2.52			81
Kingsgate (US$/MMBtu)		3.13			1.85			69
Kingsgate (Cdn$/mcf)2		3.96			2.49			59
Chicago City-Gate (US$/MMBtu)		5.06			1.88			169
Chicago City-Gate (Cdn$/mcf)2		6.43			2.54			153
Stanfield (US$/MMBtu)		3.87			2.03			91
Stanfield (Cdn$/mcf)2		4.90			2.73			79
Malin (US$/MMBtu)		3.94			2.06			91
Malin (Cdn$/mcf)2		4.99			2.77			80
Average foreign exchange
Exchange rate—US$/Cdn$		1.25			1.34			(7	)

(1) At the Company’s current heating value of 42.0 GJ/e3m3, 1 mcf of natural gas is approximately 1.18 GJ.

(2) At industry average, heating values of 37.8 GJ/e3m3, 1 mcf of natural gas is approximately 1.065 GJ.

Crude oil and field condensate

The majority of the Company’s crude oil and field condensate production is delivered and sold in Central Alberta through firm service commitments on Pembina’s pipeline systems. The price that the Company receives for crude oil and field condensate production is primarily driven by global supply and demand and the Edmonton light sweet oil and condensate price differentials.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s realized crude oil and field condensate price increased by C$35.99/bbl, or 82%, compared to the prior year. The increase was driven by improvements in crude oil benchmark prices, reflecting a rise in global demand for oil products which outpaced short term growth in global production. Although some uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and its market impact

113

remains, intermittent easing of pandemic related government restrictions throughout 2021 resulted in an increase in the demand for oil products, as economies re-opened to varying degrees. At the same time, industry wide deferral of capital investments and organized production restrictions from OPEC producers throughout 2020 resulted in reduced oil supply, contributing to the rebound in pricing throughout 2021.

Natural Gas

The Company’s natural gas transportation capacity provides geographical diversification across North America. The Company has firm service commitments to deliver and sell its natural gas production to Alberta, Eastern Canada, and the United States (Midwest and West Path).

	Year Ended December 31,
% weighting of total gas sales	2021		2020
Alberta		41		52
Eastern Canada		32		29
United States		27		19

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s realized natural gas price increased by C$1.88/mcf, or 73%, compared to the prior year. The AECO 5A benchmark price increased by C$1.40/mcf, or 62%, during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the prior year. The increase in the Company’s realized natural gas price exceeded the increase in AECO 5A benchmark pricing based on a larger proportion of the Company’s gas sold to ex-Alberta markets, which settled at a premium to AECO 5A in 2021.

AECO 5A benchmark pricing increased significantly in the first and second quarter of 2021 due to increased pipeline capacity which allowed for greater access to downstream gas markets resulting in a stronger connection of AECO pricing to the US gas benchmark. Though AECO 5A pricing remained strong relative to the 2020 pricing, significant maintenance performed on the NGTL System in the third quarter of 2021 caused a slight decline in AECO prices compared with the pricing of the downstream markets.

The remainder of the Company’s natural gas production is delivered to the United States and Eastern Canada. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the North American markets experienced increases in prices due to a rise in demand from a colder 2020 winter, resulting in concerns about a supply shortage for the 2021 year. Upward pressure on pricing was further fueled with higher demand for liquefied natural gas exports, resulting in a stronger relationship between the North American markets and the higher priced European and Asian markets. Additionally, as world economies initiated re-openings and lifting of pandemic-related restrictions, concerns over energy shortages have increased due to, amongst other things, the ongoing military conflict between Russia and Ukraine, which has significantly impacted the supply of oil and gas from the region. As gas demand returns to pre-pandemic requirements and growth patterns, growing concern about storage capability has further influenced price increases.

NGLs

The Company’s plant condensate and product mix of NGLs are currently sold on the Alberta market, but achieve geographical diversification in pricing through Pembina Pipeline’s marketing pool. Pembina operates a pool of sales that provide accessibility to the United States, Asia and Eastern Canada, with market weightings adjusted for supply and demand outlook, as well as seasonality.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s realized NGL price increased by C$27.47/bbl, or 110%, compared to the prior year. Increases in NGL realized prices correlated to a higher WTI benchmark and a rise in international demand for North American NGL products. Cold winters experienced both nationally and internationally contributed to the depletion of global inventories, which was further compounded by industry

114

wide reductions in capital investment throughout 2020 as a result of the pandemic. The increase in NGL pricing throughout 2021 reflects this drop in supply, coupled with increased demand as economies recover from the lifting of pandemic-related public health restrictions.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, NGL production mix was more heavily weighted to pentane & plant condensate with lower proportion of butane and propane yields. This change in yields was primarily due to operational issues at the Company’s third party gas processing plant, which resulted in warmer temperatures to reduce liquid recovery and tank levels, throughout a portion of the second and third quarters of 2021.

	Year Ended December 31,
% weighting of total NGL production	2021		2020
Pentane & plant condensate		29		25
Butane		33		37
Propane		36		37
Ethane		2		1

Revenue

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2022		2021		% Change
Crude oil and field condensate		328,212		138,493		137
Natural gas		231,106		111,294		108
Natural gas liquids		86,650		50,873		70
Oil and gas revenue		645,968		300,660		115
Revenue—$/boe		71.83		39,59		81

For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company earned revenue of $646.0 million compared to $300.7 million in the comparative period of 2021. The increase is primarily due to higher realized prices across all commodities, with additional production further contributing to the rise in revenue.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2021		2020		% Change
Crude oil and field condensate		199,108		125,711		58
Natural gas		165,957		104,267		59
Natural gas liquids		74,778		33,536		123
Oil and natural gas revenue		439,843		263,514		67
Revenue—C$/boe		43.34		23.97		81

The Company earned annual revenue of $439.8 million in year ended December 31, 2021, representing an increase of $176.3 million or 67% from the same period of 2020. Increased revenue was due to higher realized prices across all commodities, partially offset by a decrease in production.

115

Royalty Expense

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2022		2021		% Change
Royalty expense		81,653		24,066		239
Royalty expense—$/boe		9.08		3.17		186
Percentage of revenue %		13		8

The Company pays royalties to the Province of Alberta in respect to the Company’s production and sales volumes in accordance with the established royalty regime. The majority of the Company’s royalties are paid to the Crown, which are based on various sliding scales that are dependent on incentives, production volumes and commodity prices. The Company’s wells spud on or after January 1, 2017 qualify for the Crown’s Modernized Royalty Framework (“MRF”) incentive program which has a low initial 5% royalty rate until a threshold return of capital has been achieved. As of the latter half of 2018 and up until April 2022, the Company qualified for the Crown’s Enhanced Hydrocarbon Recovery Program (“EHRP”) associated with a pilot waterflood program in a portion of the Company’s Gold Creek area. The EHRP provided for a flat royalty of 5% on all commodities produced from specific wells impacted by the waterflood program.

The Company receives a monthly Gas Cost Allowance (“GCA”) credit from the Province of Alberta for expenses incurred to process and transport the Crown’s portion of natural gas production. The credit is applied to the royalties that would have been owed to the Crown. The GCA credit is assessed annually every June and is subject to a true-up adjustment as a payable to the Crown or a receivable in the form of a credit to the Company.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, royalty expenses increased $57.6 million or $5.91/boe, compared to the same period of 2021. On a percentage of revenue basis, royalties increased by 5% over the same period.

Higher commodity prices for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 drove the substantial increase in royalties, when compared to the same period of 2021. Improved pricing caused higher overall royalty rates with the added impact of fewer wells receiving an incentivized rate. With improved pricing, the period in which new wells are capturing an incentivized rate is being reduced due to the higher prices causing wells to achieve their threshold return of capital sooner. The increase in royalty expense was slightly offset by a higher GCA credit for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 due to an unfavorable GCA cost adjustment incurred in the third quarter of 2021.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2021		2020		% Change
Royalties		38,577		17,185		124
Royalty expense—C$/boe		3.80		1.56		144
Percentage of revenue %		9		7

During the year ended December 31, 2021, royalty expenses increased C$21.4 million, or C$2.24/boe, compared to the prior year. On a percentage of revenue basis, royalties increased from 7% during the year ended December 31, 2020 to 9% during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The increase in royalty expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 is primarily due to higher commodity prices, which resulted in higher average royalty rates across all commodities. Higher commodity pricing also contributed to an earlier return of capital, and therefore fewer wells benefiting from the low initial 5% royalty rate in 2021 compared to 2020, under the MRF incentive program. These impacts were partially offset by higher GCA credits throughout 2021, compared to 2020.

116

Operating Expense

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2022		2021		% Change
Gas gathering and processing		31,180		29,707		5
Repairs and maintenance		12,043		7,688		57
Chemicals and fuel		14,332		7,886		82
Staff and contractor costs		7,315		6,016		22
Well servicing		2,012		1,306		54
Other		12,907		8,716		48
Operating expense		79,789		61,319		30
Operating expense—$/boe		8.87		8.07		10

For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, operating expense increased $18.5 million or $0.80/boe, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods of 2021. The increase is due to higher chemicals and fuel charges, repairs and maintenance charges and other operating costs. Higher per unit pricing and consumption drove the increased chemicals and fuel expense. The rise in repairs and maintenance charges reflects three battery turnarounds performed in the second quarter of 2022, with only one corresponding turnaround in the nine months of 2021. The increase in other operating costs is primarily due to higher carbon tax expense, resulting from a change in rates under the Government TIER program, higher water, emulsion and waste disposal costs related to high flowback volumes from new wells, and higher equipment rentals from new rental compressors added in the 2022 period.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2021		2020		% Change
Gas gathering and processing		37,900		37,532		1
Chemicals and fuel		11,819		11,114		6
Repairs and maintenance		10,187		8,448		21
Staff and contractor costs		8,200		9,852		(17	)
Well servicing		1,916		1,206		59
Other		12,699		9,325		36
Operating expense		82,721		77,477		7
Operating expense—C$/boe		8.15		7.05		16

For the year ended December 31, 2021, operating expense increased $5.2 million or $1.10/boe when compared to the corresponding period of 2020. The increase was due to higher “other” operating expense and increased repairs and maintenance charges. Higher well servicing costs, chemicals and fuel, and gas gathering and processing fees were almost entirely offset with decreases in staff and contractor costs.

Other operating expense increased primarily as the result of a one-time favorable accrual adjustment recognized in the first half of 2020, higher federal carbon tax expense, higher environmental remediation activities and increased regulator levies. Repairs and maintenance costs increased as the result of the plant turnaround and compressor overhauls completed in the third and fourth quarters of 2021. Well servicing increases primarily relate to a higher number of workover and wireline activities performed in 2021 compared to 2020. Higher chemicals and fuel is primarily due to increases in global pricing which came into effect in the fourth quarter of 2021, and more than offset slight decreases in chemical consumption for the year overall. Gas gathering and processing increased due to higher take-or-pay charges under firm service agreements, as a result of increased firm volume commitments effective May 2021 coupled with lower gas volumes produced. Decreases in staff and contractor costs were a result of efficiency initiatives including negotiated rate reductions with third-party vendors.

117

Transportation Expense

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022		2021			% Change
Transportation expense—gross		52,481		46,623			13
Transportation income		—		(168	)		(100	)
Net transportation expense		52,481		46,455			13
(Cdn$ per boe)
Transportation expense—gross		5.84		6,14			(5	)
Transportation income		—		(0.02	)		(100	)
Net transportation expense		5.84		6.12			(5	)

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, gross transportation expense was $52.5 million or $5.84/boe, compared to $46.6 million or $6.14/boe in the same period of 2021.

The increase in gross transportation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 of $5.9 million, was due to higher overall volumes. This was partially offset by a decrease in per unit fees of $0.30/boe, caused by lower take-or-pay charges for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Increased oil production allowed the Company to fulfill its oil firm service commitments. Additionally, the Company increased gas production and was able to secure permanent and temporary reassignments for a portion of its unused gas firm service commitments.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2021			2020			% Change
Transportation expense—gross		62,044			57,393			8
Transportation income		(180	)		(411	)		(56	)
Net transportation expense		61,864			56,982			9
(Per boe)
Transportation expense—gross		6.11			5.22			17
Transportation income		(0.02	)		(0.04	)		(50	)
Net transportation expense		6.09			5.18			18

For the year ended December 31, 2021, gross transportation expense was C$62.0 million or C$6.11/boe, an increase of C$4.7 million or C$0.89/boe compared to the prior year. The increase in gross transportation expense is largely due to higher gas and NGL transportation charges. An increase in committed firm service gas volumes effective April 2021, coupled with a small decline in gas volumes produced, resulted in higher take-or-pay charges in 2021. Further contributing to higher gas transportation charges was a higher proportion of gas volumes sold to ex-Alberta markets, which typically earn a premium to Alberta market prices but also have higher transportation fees.

Higher NGL transportation expense was due to increased trucking and longer terminal wait times, as competitor activity resumed to normal levels following pandemic related shut ins throughout 2020.

118

Risk Management Contracts

The Company continues to execute a consistent risk management program which is primarily designed to reduce volatility in revenues and cash flows, help ensure there are sufficient cash flows to service the Company’s debt obligations and fund a portion of the Company’s capital program.

Risk management contract settlements are recognized as a realized gain or loss. The fair value of the Company’s unsettled risk management contracts is recorded as an asset or liability at each reporting period with any change in the mark-to-market positions of the outstanding contracts recognized as an unrealized gain or loss in net profit (loss). Both realized and unrealized gains and losses on risk management contracts vary based on fluctuations related to the specific terms of outstanding contracts in the period including contract types, contract quantities and the underlying commodity reference prices.

The following table summarizes the liability position of risk management contracts outstanding:

(Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022			December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Oil liability		(2,421	)		(13,463	)		(11,954	)
Gas (liability) asset		(16,976	)		(2,773	)		—
NGL liability		(2,254	)		(9,869	)		2,497
Net fair value liability		(21,651	)		(26,105	)		(9,457	)

The following table summarizes the realized losses or gains on risk management contract settlements, as well as the unrealized losses and gains related to changes in the fair value of outstanding contracts:

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022			2021			% Change
Realized loss on risk management contracts1		(93,375	)		(59,199	)		58
Unrealized gain (loss) on risk management contracts2		4,455			(62,887	)		(107	)
Total loss on risk management contracts		(89,120	)		(122,086	)		(27	)
(Cdn$ per boe)	2022			2021			% Change
Realized loss on risk management contracts1		(10.41	)		(7.79	)		34
Unrealized gain (loss) on risk management contracts2		0.50			(8.28	)		(106	)
Total loss on risk management contracts		(9.91	)		(16.07	)		(38	)

(1) Represents actual cash settlements under the respective contracts.

(2) Represents the change in fair value of contracts outstanding during the period.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company incurred realized losses on risk management contracts of $93.6 million, compared to realized losses of $59.2 million in the comparative period of 2021. The increased losses relate to improvements in strip pricing across all commodities relative to the underlying prices of the risk management contracts, with the largest impact incurred on the settlement of the Company’s gas and oil contracts.

The unrealized gain on risk management contracts of $4.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 is primarily due to the settlement of out-of-the money contracts throughout the year on all commodities, partially offset by the improvements in strip pricing across all commodities from December 31 to September 30, relative to the underlying prices of the risk management contracts outstanding. The unrealized loss on risk management contracts of $62.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 is due to improvements in

119

strip pricing across all commodities from December 31 to September 30, relative to the underlying prices of the risk management contracts outstanding.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2021			2020			% Change
Realized (loss) gain on risk management contracts1		(95,407	)		66,121			(244	)
Unrealized loss on risk management contracts2		(16,649	)		(18,353	)		(9	)
Total (loss) gain on risk management contracts		(112,056	)		47,768			(335	)
(Cdn $ per boe)
Realized (loss) gain on risk management contracts1		(9.40	)		6.02			(256	)
Unrealized loss on risk management contracts2		(1.64	)		(1.67	)		(2	)
Total (loss) gain on risk management contracts		(11.04	)		4.35			(354	)

(1) Represents actual cash settlements under the respective contracts.

(2) Represents the change in fair value of contracts outstanding during the period.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company incurred realized losses on risk management contracts of C$95.4 million compared to realized gains of C$66.1 million during the prior year. The year-over-year change relates to improvements in strip pricing across all commodities relative to the underlying prices of the risk management contracts, with the largest impact incurred on settlement of the Company’s oil contracts.

The unrealized loss on risk management contracts of C$16.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 is due to improvements in strip pricing across all commodities at December 31, 2021, relative to the underlying prices of the risk management contracts. The unrealized loss on risk management contracts of C$18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 is primarily related to improvements in crude oil strip pricing at December 31, 2020 relative to the underlying prices of the risk management contracts, as well as settlement of in-the-money contracts throughout the year.

As at September 30, 2022, the Company held the following outstanding risk management contracts:

Remaining Term	Reference		Total Daily Volume (bbls/d)		Weighted Average (Price/bbls)
Crude Oil Swaps
Oct 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022	CDN$	WTI		1,000		72.95
Oct 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022	US$	WTI		4,100		81.16
Jan 1, 2023 – Jun 30, 2023	US$	WTI		1,000		87.00
Jan 1, 2023 – Dec 31, 2023	US$	WTI		1,100		65.00
NGL Swaps
Oct 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022	CDN$	OPIS		1,000		27.50

Remaining Term	Reference		Total Daily Volume (GJ/d)		Total Daily Volume (MMbtu/d)		Weighted Average (CDN$/GJ)		Weighted Average (US$/MMbtu)
Natural Gas Swaps
Apr 1, 2023 – Sep 30, 2023	CDN$	AECO		30,000		—		4.96		—
Oct 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022	US$	Dawn		—		30,000		—		3.50
Jan 1, 2023 – Jun 30, 2023	US$	Dawn		—		30,000		—		3.04
Natural Gas Collar
Oct 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022	US$	NYMEX		—		55,000		—		5.00 - 14.50
Jan 1, 2023 – Dec 31, 2023	US$	NYMEX		—		30,000		—		5.00 - 9.80

120

As at December 31, 2021, the Company held the following outstanding risk management contracts:

Remaining Term	Reference		Total Daily Volume (bbls/d)		Weighted Average (Price/bbls)
Crude Oil Swaps
Jan 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022	CDN$	WTI		1,000		72.95
Jan 1, 2022 – Jun 30, 2022	US$	WTI		1,000		75.15
Jan 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022	US$	WTI		2,600		66.94
Jan 1, 2023 – Dec 31, 2023	US$	WTI		1,100		65.00
NGL Swaps
Jan 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022	CDN$	OPIS		1,000		27.50
Remaining Term	Reference		Total Daily Volume (MMbtu/d)		Weighted Average (US$/MMbtu)
Natural Gas Swaps
Jan 1, 2022—Dec 31, 2022	US$	Dawn		30,000		3.50
Jan 1, 2023—June 30, 2023	US$	Dawn		30,000		3.04

Operating Netback

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022			2021			% Change
Revenue		645,968			300,660			115
Royalties		(81,653	)		(24,066	)		239
Operating expense		(79,789	)		(61,319	)		30
Net transportation expense		(52,481	)		(46,455	)		13
Operating netback, excluding realized losses on risk management contracts		432,045			168,820			156
Realized losses on risk management contracts		(93,575	)		(59,199	)		58
Operating netback1		338,470			109,621			209
(Cdn$ per boe)
Revenue		71.83			39.59			81
Royalties		(9.08	)		(3.17	)		186
Operating expense		(8.87	)		(8.07	)		10
Net transportation expense		(5.84	)		(6.12	)		(5	)
Operating netback, excluding realized losses on risk management contracts		48.04			22.23			116
Realized losses on risk management contracts		(10.41	)		(7.79	)		34
Operating netback2		37.63			14.44			161

(1) Operating netback is a non-GAAP measure. Oil and gas revenue is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Operating netback. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(2) Operating netback per boe is a non-GAAP measure. Oil and gas revenue per boe is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to operating netback per boe. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

121

For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company’s operating netback was $37.63/boe, an increase of $23.19/boe from the prior year. Improvements in commodity pricing generated $32.24/boe of additional revenue, which was partially offset by a $5.91/boe increase in royalty expense, and a $2.62/boe increase in realized losses on risk management contracts.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe and per share)	2021			2020			% Change
Revenue		439,843			263,514			67
Royalties		(38,577	)		(17,185	)		124
Operating expense		(82,721	)		(77,477	)		7
Net transportation expense		(61,864	)		(56,982	)		9
Operating netback, excluding realized (losses) gains on risk management contracts		256,681			111,870			129
Realized (losses) gains on risk management contracts		(95,407	)		66,121			(244	)
Operating netback1		161,274			177,991			(9	)
(C$/boe)	2021			2020			% Change
Revenue		43.34			23.97			81
Royalties		(3.80	)		(1.56	)		144
Operating expense		(8.15	)		(7.05	)		16
Net transportation expense		(6.09	)		(5.18	)		18
Operating netback, excluding realized (losses) gains on risk management contracts		25.30			10.18			149
Realized (losses) gains on risk management contracts		(9.40	)		6.02			(256	)
Operating netback2		15.90			16.20			(2	)

(1) Operating netback is a non-GAAP measure. Oil and gas revenue is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Operating netback. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(2) Operating netback per boe is a non-GAAP measure. Oil and gas revenue per boe is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to operating netback per boe. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s operating netback was C$15.90/boe, a decrease of C$0.30/boe from the prior year. Although improvements in commodity pricing generated C$19.37/boe of additional revenue, it also resulted in an increase in realized losses on risk management contracts of C$15.42/boe and a C$2.24/boe increase in royalty expense, which offset the increase in revenue. Further contributing to the decrease in operating netback were increases in both operating and transportation expense of C$1.10/boe and C$0.91/boe, respectively.

122

General and Administrative (“G&A”) Expense

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2022			2021			% Change
Salaries and benefits		14,267			13,708			4
Information technology		1,764			1,621			9
Insurance		1,364			721			89
Professional fees1		1,092			997			10
Office rent		504			551			(9	)
Other		1,514			870			74
Gross G&A expense		20,505			18,468			11
Capitalized G&A		(3,780	)		(3,544	)		7
Net G&A expense		16,725			14,924			12
Net G&A—$/boe		1.86			1.97			(5	)

(1) Professional fees include external audit, legal and reserve evaluation fees and other contract services.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, gross G&A expense increased by $2.0 million or 11%, compared to the same period in 2021. The increase was primarily due to higher salaries and benefits, higher insurance premiums and increased other G&A expense.

Higher salaries and benefits was due to the 2022 employee short term incentive program and a higher headcount compared to prior year. Increased insurance costs reflect higher rates under the annual corporate policy, and increased other G&A expense relates a rise in travel, donations and corporate events as operations normalized with the lifting of COVID-19 restrictions during the current year.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2021			2020			% Change
Salaries and benefits		19,370			16,525			17
Information technology		2,195			1,958			12
Professional fees1		1,467			3,038			(52	)
Insurance		1,059			844			25
Office rent		751			736			2
Other2		1,418			1,027			38
Gross G&A expense		26,260			24,128			9
Capitalized G&A		(4,695	)		(2,290	)		105
Net G&A expense		21,565			21,838			(1	)
Net G&A—C$/boe		2.12			1.99			7

(1) Professional fees include external audit, legal and reserve evaluation fees and other contract services.

(2) During the year ended December 31, 2021, “other” includes ESG (defined below) expenses, general office supplies, travel and communication expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2020, “other” includes general office supplies, travel and communication expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, gross G&A expense increased by C$2.1 million, or 9%, compared to the prior year. The increase primarily relates to an increase in salaries and benefits of C$2.8 million, or 17%, and an increase in Other G&A expense of C$0.4 million, or 38%, partially offset by a decrease in professional fees of C$1.6 million, or 52%. The increase in salaries and benefits is due to a reduction in government assistance received from the Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy program, amendments to the Company’s short term incentive program, and the restoration of pre-pandemic wages. The increase in Other G&A expense for the

123

year ended December 31, 2021 primarily relates to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) spending and director fees. The decrease in professional fees is primarily driven by lower fees incurred during the negotiation of the 2021 Credit Agreement, compared to 2020.

Capitalized G&A expense varies with the composition and compensation levels of technical departments and their time attributed to capital projects. Capitalized G&A expense increased for year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the prior year, based on higher capital activity in 2021. Capital spending in 2020 was lower as the Company managed its liquidity in the face of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Transaction Costs

	Nine Months Ended September 30
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2022		2021		% Change
Transaction costs		16,021		—		100
Transaction costs—C$/boe		1.78		—		100

On February 23, 2023, the Business Combination closed. The Common Shares and Warrants are listed on the NASDAQ under the ticker symbols “HHRS” and “HHRSW,” respectively, and on the TSX under the ticker symbols “HHRS” and “HHRS.WT,” respectively.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2022 the Company incurred $16.0 million in transaction costs related to the pending business combination with DCRD.

Optimization Fees

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2021		2020		% Change
Optimization fees		19,708		670		2,841
Optimization fees C$/boe		1.94		0.06		3,133

Optimization fees relate to a business improvement project intended to reduce costs and increase efficiencies throughout the Company. The project was initiated in late 2020 through a third party consulting group, and was completed in the fourth quarter of 2021.

The Company incurred fees of C$19.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. By comparison, the Company incurred fees of C$0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in 2021 relates to the timing of consulting services performed, and fees incurred with respect to termination of the service agreement.

Share-based Compensation Expense

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2022			2021			% Change
Gross share-based compensation expense		12,668			14,786			(14	)
Capitalized share-based compensation expense		(3,726	)		(3,504	)		6
Net share-based compensation expense		8,942			11,282			(21	)
Net share-based compensation expense—$/boe		0.99			1.49			(34	)

Changes in gross share-based compensation expense relate to the number of units granted, the timing of grants, the fair value of units on the grant date, the vesting period over which the related expense is recognized and the timing and quantity of forfeitures.

124

Gross share-based compensation decreased by $2.1 million or 14% for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, compared to the same period of 2021. The decrease was primarily due to awards issued during 2021 which had accelerated vesting terms that fully vested by the second quarter of 2022.

Capitalized share-based compensation for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 increased by $0.2 million or 6%, compared to the same period of 2021, as a result of higher capital activity in 2022.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2021			2020			% Change
Gross share-based compensation		18,658			8,352			123
Capitalized share-based compensation		(4,619	)		(1,197	)		286
Net share-based compensation		14,039			7,155			96
Net share-based compensation—C$/boe		1.38			0.65			112

Gross share-based compensation increased by C$10.3 million, or 123%, for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the prior year, primarily due to the annual the Company RSUs granted in January of 2021, which had an accelerated vesting period of 15 months.

Capitalized share-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by C$3.4 million, or 286%, compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily driven by higher gross share-based compensation in 2021 coupled with increased capital activity in 2021.

Finance Expense

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2022		2021			% Change
Interest on 2020 Senior Notes—Cash		1,785		—			100
Interest on 2020 Senior Notes—PIK Interest		10,586		10,853			(2	)
Total interest on 2020 Senior Notes		12,371		10,853			14
Interest and fees on bank debt		5,143		4,892			5
Interest on lease obligation		175		142			23
Interest on Letter of Credit Facility		46		60			(23	)
Accretion of decommissioning liabilities		415		(67	)		(719	)
Total finance expense		18,150		15,880			14
Cash interest expense—$/boe		0.79		0.67			18
Non-cash interest and accretion expense—$/boe		1.22		1.42			(14	)

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2022		2021		% Change
Average principal debt outstanding during the period:
Term debt—2020 Senior Notes		137,823		124,265		11
Bank debt—Credit Facility		85,537		117,911		(27	)
Total average principal debt outstanding		223,360		242,176		(8	)

Finance expense is primarily comprised of interest incurred on the Company’s outstanding 2020 Senior Notes (as defined herein) and Credit Facility borrowings (bank debt).

125

Senior Notes

The Company’s 2020 Senior Notes bear interest at 12%, with the option of paying interest as cash or as paid-in-kind (“PIK”). During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, interest expense on the 2020 Senior Notes increased by $1.5 million or 14% compared to the same period of 2021. The increase was due to a higher outstanding principal amount on which the interest is calculated, as a result of accrued PIK interest.

Bank Debt

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, interest expense and fees on bank debt increased $0.3 million or 5% compared to the same period of 2021. The increase was due to higher standby fees incurred as the borrowing base for the credit facility was raised to $300.0 million on June 9, 2022, compared to a borrowing base of $175.0 million as at September 30, 2021.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2021		2020		% Change
Senior Notes
Interest on 2017 Senior Notes		—		9,177		(100	)
Interest on 2020 Senior Notes—PIK		14,660		8,714		68
Total Senior Notes interest		14,660		17,891		(18	)
Interest and fees on bank debt		5,979		16,961		(65	)
Interest on Letter of Credit Facility		419		711		(41	)
Interest on lease obligation		181		286		(37	)
Amortization of financing costs (discount and debt issue)		—		1,459		(100	)
Accretion—decommissioning liabilities		25		36		(31	)
Total finance expense		21,264		37,344		(43	)
Cash interest expense—C$/boe		0.65		2.47		(74	)
Non-cash interest and accretion expense—C$/boe		1.45		0.93		56
Average principal debt outstanding during the period:
Term debt—Senior Notes		125,823		176,294		(29	)
Bank debt—Credit Facility		113,633		244,366		(53	)
Total average principal debt outstanding		239,456		420,660		(43	)

Term Debt—Senior Notes

On July 10, 2017, the Company issued the 2017 Senior Notes, which bore interest at 9% per annum, payable in cash semi-annually. On June 19, 2020, the Company amended its 2017 Senior Notes indenture whereby the holders of the 2017 Senior Notes approved the redemption of US$48.0 million of the principal balance, reducing the principal owing from US$160.0 million to US$112.0 million. Under the 2020 Senior Notes indenture, the effective interest rate increased from 9% to 12%, with the option of paying interest as cash or as PIK Interest. The Company has exercised the PIK Interest option since the amendment date, and therefore all interest accrued since June 19, 2020 has been added to the principal balance outstanding. On October 10, 2020, the Company was granted an additional debt redemption of US$24.0 million related to the 2020 Senior Notes principal balance, reducing the principal owing (excluding PIK Interest) from US$112.0 million to US$88.0 million, with no corresponding change to the effective interest rate.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, interest expense on the 2020 Senior Notes decreased by C$3.2 million, or 18%, as compared to the prior year. The decrease was due to a lower average principal outstanding, resulting from the June and October 2020 debt redemptions.

126

Bank Debt

Interest expense and fees on bank debt decreased by C$11.0 million, or 65%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to the prior year. The decrease was due to a lower average outstanding principal amount, a lower effective interest rate under the 2021 Credit Agreement and lower fees incurred during the negotiation of the 2021 Credit Agreement.

(Gain) Loss on Foreign Exchange

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022		2021			% Change
Realized loss (gain) on foreign exchange		2,257		(18	)		(12,639	)
Unrealized loss on foreign exchange		5,916		289			1,947
Loss on foreign exchange		8,173		271			2,916

The Company’s foreign exchange impacts primarily relate to the 2020 Senior Notes, which are denominated in US dollars and translated into Canadian dollars at the end of each reporting period.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, realized loss on foreign exchange increased $2.3 million or 12,639% compared to the same period of 2021. The increase was due to the repayment of a portion of the 2020 Senior Notes which settled at a weaker exchange rate during the period. This was partially offset by a foreign exchange hedge entered into by the Company for the purpose of settling a portion of the 2020 Senior Notes.

Relative to the US dollar, the Canadian dollar weakened from 1.2678 at December 31, 2021 to 1.3707 at September 30, 2022. This resulted in a higher Canadian dollar liability for the 2020 Senior Notes and a corresponding unrealized foreign exchange loss of $5.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Similarly, the Canadian dollar weakened from 1.2732 at December 31, 2020 to 1.2741 at September 30, 2021. This resulted in a higher Canadian dollar liability for the 2020 Senior Notes, and a corresponding unrealized foreign exchange loss of $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2021			2020		% Change
Realized (gain) loss on foreign exchange		(9	)		4		(325	)
Unrealized (gain) loss on foreign exchange		(341	)		813		(142	)
(Gain) loss on foreign exchange		(350	)		817		(143	)

Relative to the US dollar, the Canadian dollar strengthened slightly from 1.2732 at December 31, 2020 to 1.2678 at December 31, 2021. This resulted in a slightly lower Canadian dollar liability for the 2020 Senior Notes, and a corresponding unrealized foreign exchange gain of C$0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Relative to the US dollar, the Canadian dollar strengthened from 1.2988 at December 31, 2019 to 1.2732 at December 31, 2020. However, during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company made two debt redemptions on its 2020 Senior Notes, which required revaluation of the outstanding balance immediately prior to redemption. The first redemption occurred on June 19, 2020, at a weaker foreign exchange rate than the previous year-end revaluation, resulting in a loss on revaluation. Although foreign exchange rates strengthened as at revaluation prior to the second debt redemption and as at the year-end revaluation on December 31, 2020, it was not sufficient to entirely offset the unrealized loss on revaluation prior to the initial debt redemption. As a

127

result, the Company recognized a net unrealized loss on foreign exchange of C$0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

For more information regarding the impact that exchange rates may have on the Company’s business, please see “Risk Factors— Risks relating to the Company’s Business and the E&P Industry— The Company may be adversely affected by foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations.”

Depletion and Depreciation Expense

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2022		2021		% Change
Depletion of developed and producing assets		106,732		92,389		16
Depreciation of corporate assets		1,456		1,017		43
Depreciation of right-of-use assets		578		551		5
Total depletion and depreciation expense		108,766		93,957		16
Depletion and depreciation expense—$/boe		12.09		12.37		(2	)

Depletion and depreciation reflect the development costs of the Company’s investments which are initially capitalized and then amortized to net income over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The Company’s developed and producing assets are depleted using the unit-of-production method based on the estimated recoverable amount from total proved and probable (“2P”) reserves determined in accordance with NI 51-101. The depletion base consists of the historical net book value of capitalized costs plus estimated future development costs required to develop the Company’s estimated 2P reserves. Depletion and depreciation rates are subject to change based on changes in the carrying value of the asset base, changes in future development costs, reserve updates and changes in production. Depletion expenses are calculated using depletion rates and production volumes applicable to each depletable asset.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, depletion and depreciation expense increased $14.8 million or 16% compared to the same period of 2021. The increase related to higher depletion of developed and producing assets, driven by higher production volumes. This was partially offset by a lower depletion rate, caused by a reduction in future development costs.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per boe)	2021		2020		% Change
Depletion of developed and producing assets		122,623		132,859		(8	)
Depreciation of corporate assets		1,481		1,590		(7	)
Depreciation of right-of-use assets		741		735		—
Impairment		2,488		—		100
Total depletion, depreciation and impairment expense		127,333		135,184		(6	)
C$/boe		12.55		12.30		2

During the year ended December 31, 2021, depletion, depreciation and impairment expense decreased C$7.9 million, or 6%, compared to the prior year. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2021 related to lower depletion of developed and producing assets, due to lower production volumes. This impact was partially offset by a C$2.5 million impairment expense in the fourth quarter of 2021 related to a decommissioned pipeline.

128

Funds from Operations

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022			2021			% Change
Operating netback1		338,470			109,621			209
G&A expense		(16,725	)		(14,924	)		12
Optimization fees		—			(6,043	)		(100	)
Transaction costs		(16,021	)		—			100
Cash interest expense		(7,149	)		(5,094	)		40
Realized foreign exchange (loss) gain		(2,257	)		18			(12,639	)
Other cash impacts2		2,560			567			352
Funds from operations3		298,878			84,145			255

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ per boe)	2022			2021			% Change
Operating netback4		37.63			14.44			161
G&A expense		(1.86	)		(1.97	)		(6	)
Optimization fees		—			(0.79	)		(100	)
Transaction costs		(1.78	)		—			100
Cash interest expense		(0.79	)		(0.67	)		18
Realized foreign exchange (loss)		(0.25	)		—			100
Other cash impacts2		0.28			0.07			300
Funds from operations5		33.23			11.08			200
Weighted average common shares outstanding (000s)
Basic		391,549			391,102			—
Diluted		957,324			391,102			145
Per common share—basic6		0.76			0.22
Per common share—diluted7		0.31			0.22

(1) Operating netback is a non-GAAP measure. Oil and gas revenue from operations is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to operating netback. Oil and gas revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were $646.0 million and $300.7 million, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non–GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(2) Other cash impacts consist of treating and processing income, the Company’s recoveries related to royalty interest and bad debt allowances.

(3) Funds from operations is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations. Net cash from operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $295.2 million and $87.6 million, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non–GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(4) Operating netback per boe is a non-GAAP measure. Oil and gas revenue per boe is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to operating netback per boe. Oil and gas revenue per boe for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were $71.83/boe and $39.59/boe, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non–GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(5) Funds from operations per boe is a non–GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities per boe is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations per boe. Net cash from operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $32.83/boe and $11.53/boe, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non–GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(6) Funds from operations per common share – basic is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations. Net cash from

129

operating activities per common share – basic for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $0.75 and $0.22, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non–GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(7) Funds from operations per common share – diluted is a non–GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations. Net cash from operating activities per common share – diluted for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $0.31 and $0.22, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non–GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

The Company generated funds from operations of $298.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2022, a $214.7 million or 255% increase from the same period of 2021. The increase is primarily due to a $228.8 million increase in operating netback, a $6.0 million decrease in optimization fees and a $2.0 million increase in other cash impacts. This was offset with a $16.0 million increase in transaction costs, a $2.3 million increase in realized foreign exchange loss and a $2.1 million increase cash interest expense related to the repayment of the 2020 Senior Notes, as well as a $1.8 million increase in G&A expense.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2021			2020			% Change
Operating netback1		161,274			177,991			(9	)
G&A expense		(21,565	)		(21,838	)		(1	)
Optimization fees		(19,708	)		(670	)		2,841
Cash interest expense		(6,579	)		(27,135	)		(76	)
Realized foreign exchange (loss) gain		9			(4	)		(325	)
Other cash impacts2		1,022			1,143			(11	)
Funds from operations3		114,453			129,487			(12	)
	Year Ended December 31,
(C$/ boe)	2021			2020			% Change
Operating netback4		15.90			16.20			(2	)
G&A expense		(2.12	)		(1.99	)		7
Optimization fees		(1.94	)		(0.06	)		3,133
Cash interest expense		(0.65	)		(2.47	)		(74	)
Other cash impacts1		0.10			0.10			—
Funds from operations5		11.29			11.78			(4	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding (000s)
Basic		391,106			391,052			—
Diluted		391,106			728,575			(46	)
Per common share – basic (C$/share)6		0.29			0.33
Per common share – diluted (C$/share)7		0.29			0.18

(1) Operating netback is a non-GAAP measure. Oil and gas revenue is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to operating netback. Oil and gas revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were C$439.8 million and $263.5 million, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(2) Other cash impacts consist of treating and processing income, the Company’s recoveries related to royalty interest and bad debt allowances.

(3) Funds from operations is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations. Net cash from operating activities for the years

130

ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was C$121.1 million and C$119.7 million, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(4) Operating netback per boe is a non-GAAP measure. Oil and gas revenue per boe is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to operating netback per boe. Oil and gas revenue per boe for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was C$43.34/boe and C$23.97/boe. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(5) Funds from operations per boe is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities per boe is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations per boe. The net cash from operating activities per boe for the years ended December 31 2021 and 2020 was C$11.94/boe and C$10.89/boe, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(6) Funds from operations per common share – basic is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations. Net cash from operating activities per common share—basic for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was C$0.31 for both respective years. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(7) Funds from operations per common share – diluted is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations. Net cash from operating activities per common share—diluted for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was C$0.31 and C$0.16, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

Funds from operations were C$114.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a C$15.0 million, or 12%, decrease from the prior year. The decrease is primarily due to higher optimization fees of C$19.0 million and a C$16.7 decrease in operating netback, partially offset by a reduction in cash interest paid of C$20.6 million.

Net Profit (Loss)

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per share)	2022		2021			% Change
Net profit (loss)		157,802		(108,960	)		(254	)
Net profit (loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders—basic		139,281		(124,945	)		(211	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic		391,549		391,102			—
Per common share—basic		0.36		(0.32	)
Net profit (loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders—diluted		139,281		(124,945	)		(211	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted		957,324		391,102			145
Per common share—diluted		0.15		(0.32	)
(Cdn$ thousands)
Net loss, nine months ended September 30, 2021							(108,960	)
Increase from funds from operations1							219,902
Add (deduct) change in non-cash items:
Increase in unrealized gain on risk management contracts							67,342
Loss on property disposition							13,813
Increase in depletion, depreciation and impairment expense							(14,809	)
Increase in unrealized loss on foreign exchange							(5,627	)
Change in fair value of warrants							(10,598	)
Other							(3,261	)
Net profit, nine months ended September 30, 2022							157,802

131

(1) Funds from operations is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations. Net cash from operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $295.2 million and $87.6 million, respectively, an increase of $207.7 million. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

The Company reported a net profit of $157.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, compared to a net loss of $109.0 million in the same period of 2021. The $266.8 million improvement was primarily due to a $219.9 million increase in funds from operations and a $67.3 million increase in unrealized gain on risk management contracts. This was partially offset by the remaining non-cash impacts of $20.4 million as outlined in the table above.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per share)	2021			2020		Change
Net profit (loss)		(71,821	)		53,410		(234	)
Net profit (loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders—basic		(93,601	)		34,566		(371	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic		391,106			391,052		—
Per common share—basic		(0.24	)		0.09
Net profit (loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders—diluted		(93,601	)		34,669		(370	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted		391,106			728,575		(46	)
Per common share—diluted		(0.24	)		0.05

(Cdn$ thousands)	Year Ended December 31, 2021
Net profit, year ended December 31, 2020		53,410
Decrease from funds from operations1		(15,034	)
Add (deduct) change in non-cash items:
Decrease in gain on debt redemptions		(88,160	)
Loss on asset disposition		(13,813	)
Decrease in depletion, depreciation and impairment		7,851
Increase in share-based compensation		(6,884	)
Increase in finance expense, non-cash		(4,476	)
Increase in loss on warrant valuation		(4,077	)
Decrease in unrealized loss on risk management contracts		1,704
Increase in unrealized gain on foreign exchange		1,154
Gain on farm-out		(3,496	)
Net loss, year ended December 31, 2021		(71,821	)

(1) Funds from operations is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash from operating activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for funds from operations. Net cash from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was C$121.1 million and C$119.7 million, respectively, an increase of C$1.4 million. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

The Company reported a net loss of C$71.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to a net profit of C$53.4 million for the prior year. The C$125.2 million change was primarily due to non-cash items, including an C$88.2 million reduction in gains related to the 2020 Senior Notes debt redemption, a C$13.8 million loss on asset disposition, a C$6.9 million increase in share-based compensation expense, a C$4.5 million increase in

132

non-cash finance costs related to the PIK Interest on the 2020 Senior Notes, a C$4.1 million change in fair value of Hammerhead warrants and a C$3.5 million reduction in gains related to a farm-out transaction. These impacts were partially offset by a C$7.9 million decrease in depletion, depreciation and impairment, a C$1.7 million decrease in unrealized losses on risk management contracts and a C$1.2 million increase in unrealized gain on foreign exchange.

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts for income tax purposes. The components of the unrecognized deferred tax asset are as follows:

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
PP&E		(81,924	)		(78,119	)
Decommissioning liability		6,801			7,245
Lease liability		903			416
Share and debt issue costs		(980	)		171
Foreign exchange		(505	)		(910	)
Unrealized loss on risk management contracts		6,004			2,175
Charitable donations		160			145
Non-capital losses		101,621			88,958
Deferred income tax asset not recognized		(32,080	)		(20,081	)
Deferred income taxes		—			—

The deferred income tax provision differs from the expected amount calculated by applying the Canadian combined federal and provincial income tax rate of 23.00% (December 31, 2020 – 23.99%) as summarized in the following table:

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Net (loss) profit before income taxes		(71,821	)		53,410
Statutory income tax rate		23.00	%		23.99	%
		(16,519	)		12,813
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
Share-based compensation		3,229			1,716
Warrant revaluation		22			(955	)
Rate change		(50	)		(586	)
Prior year true-up		1,377			(293	)
Change in unrecognized tax assets		12,000			(13,617	)
Other		(59	)		922
Deferred income tax expense (recovery)		—			—

At December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately C$441.8 million of non-capital losses which begin to expire after 2034 (December 31, 2020 – C$386.8 million). The Company has not recognized a deferred tax asset in relation to these losses because of the uncertainty regarding future taxable profits against which such losses can be offset.

For information on the income tax considerations generally applicable to persons who are beneficial owners of the Company’s Securities, please see the sections “Material Canadian Tax Considerations” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders.”

133

Capital Expenditures

Net cash used in investing activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for capital expenditures, which is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $222.6 million and $49.0 million, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was C$91.2 million and C$113.3 million, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022		2021		% Change
Drilling and completion		121,085		49,745		143
Equipment, facilities and pipelines		71,451		13,273		438
Workovers and maintenance capital		11,327		2,532		347
Land		1,311		—		100
Geological & geophysical		163		1		16,200
Other1		4,870		4,608		6
Capital expenditures2		210,207		70,159		200

(1) Other includes capitalized salaries and benefits and corporate capital expenditures.

(2) Capital expenditures is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash used in investing activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for capital expenditures. Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $222.6 million and $49.0 million, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

Capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 were $210.2 million, up $140.0 million from the comparative period of 2021.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company incurred approximately $117.0 million in its Karr area. Over half of these expenditures related to the drill, completion and tie-in of a four gross (four net) well pad, which came on-stream in April of 2022, the drill and tie-in activity of a nine gross (nine net) well pad, and the preliminary drilling activity on one gross (0.35 net) development well. The remaining spend in the Karr area related to facility and pipeline expansion projects, as well as minor costs on workover and maintenance capital. The Company is currently planning and executing on over C$100.0 million of pipeline and facility expansions within both its North and South Karr area in order to accommodate the Company’s expected growth in production. In the North Karr location, the Company is planning to spend C$32.0 million to expand its current facility, which is expected to be completed and onstream by March of 2023. As at September 30, 2022, the Company had incurred costs of C$14.9 million related to its North Karr facility. In South Karr the Company is planning to build a new facility. The project is estimated to cost C$61.0 million and is targeted to be onstream by November of 2023. As at September 30, 2022, the Company had committed to approximately C$21.9 million and had incurred approximately C$6.2 million related to the new South Karr facility project.

The Company also incurred approximately $67.6 million in its Gold Creek area, primarily related to the drill, completion and tie-in of a five gross (five net) well pad which came on-stream in May of 2022, the drill, completion and tie-in of a four gross (four net) well pad which came on-stream in March of 2022 and the initial costs to construct, drill and tie-in one gross (one net) development well.

The Company has embarked on a decarbonization investment campaign across its asset base with the Company’s CCS program. The program is expected to drive a reduction in Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions of approximately 79% on an absolute basis and approximately 89% on a per boe basis by 2029, as compared to 2021 levels, assuming that each of the Company’s oil batteries are converted to CCS from 2024 through 2029.

134

Prior to any construction or sequestration activity the Company must receive final approval from the Alberta Department of Energy. The timeframe of approval is dependent on regulatory review and will be received by the second quarter of 2023 at the earliest. There is no guarantee that such approval will be received on this timeline or at all. Presently the Company does not have the right to sequester carbon emissions nor is it authorized to generate credits or monetize the emissions sequestered.

The key milestones of the project, once approval from the Department of Energy is received include, drilling a deep acid injection well and confirming adequate injectivity, finalizing the design engineering and lastly obtaining final approval from the Company’s board to proceed with the first battery pilot project. The Company plans to drill the injection well and finalize the engineering designs during the latter half of 2023. Upon successful testing of the acid injection well, the Company will present the pilot project to the Company’s board in order to obtain approval by the fourth quarter of 2023. Upon approval, the Company will initiate construction of the pilot battery. Construction is planned for the first half of 2024. The Company expects to spend between $60.0 million to $75.0 million to build facilities, pipeline and disposal well assets at the pilot battery in Gold Creek. The remaining capital will be spent in the following five years; to construct carbon capture and storage facilities on the Company’s other four batteries. The total anticipated spend on the project is $240 million. As at September 30, 2022 the Company has not incurred costs or signed contractual commitments related to the CCS program.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 the Company incurred approximately $39.4 million in its Gold Creek area, the majority of which related to the construction, drill, completion and tie-in of a six gross (six net) well pad and to initiate drilling and tie-in activities of two gross (two net) development wells and two gross (two net) water wells. In addition, the Company incurred approximately $21.8 million in its Karr area, mostly related to the completion and tie-in of four gross (3.5 net) development wells.

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2021		2020		% Change
Drilling and completion		104,051		63,941		63
Equipment, facilities and pipelines		22,742		21,012		8
Workovers and maintenance capital		5,851		5,757		2
Geological & geophysical (“G&G”)		1		45		(98	)
Capitalized and other1		5,899		3,607		64
Capital expenditures2		138,544		94,362		47

(1) Other includes capitalized salaries and benefits and corporate capital expenditures.

(2) Capital expenditures is a non-GAAP measure. Net cash used in investing activities is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for capital expenditures. Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was C$91.2 million and C$113.3 million, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2021 were C$138.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company incurred approximately C$74.4 million in its Gold Creek area, of which the majority related to the drill, completion and tie-in of two pads, each with six gross (six net) wells, which came on-stream in October 2021 and January 2022. The remaining funds incurred in Gold Creek were primarily related to water disposal facilities and initiating drills on a four gross (four net) well extension from an existing pad. The Company also incurred approximately C$53.7 million in its Karr area, the majority of which related to the drill, completion and tie-in of a three gross (three net) well pad which came on-stream in January 2022, as well as the completion and tie-in of a two gross (two net) well pad which came on-stream in the first quarter of 2021. The remaining funds incurred in Karr were primarily related to initiating drilling on a four gross (four net) well pad, completion of one gross (one net) well, and completion and tie-in of one gross (0.5 net) well under the Company’s farm-out agreement.

135

Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2020 were C$94.4 million. Approximately half of the Company’s capital investment related to the drill, completion and tie-in of eight gross (eight net) development wells in the Gold Creek area, all of which came on-stream in June 2020. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company incurred C$20.3 million to complete and tie-in six gross (six net) development wells in the Gold Creek area, all of which came on-stream in January 2021. Other expenditures during 2020 primarily related to workover and maintenance capital, water disposal facilities in Gold Creek, and development under the farm-out agreement.

Farm-out agreement

On July 16, 2019, the Company entered into a Farmin and Joint Operating Agreement (“the Agreement”) with a counterparty (the “Counterparty”) in the Karr area. The Agreement will allow the Counterparty to obtain a partial working interest in specific wells and land once it has met certain earn-in criteria, and will allow the Company to avoid upcoming land expiries with reduced capital spending required. The Agreement is accounted for as a “farmin outside of the E&E phase” as the lands and wells involved relate only to Montney zones within the Company’s existing properties, which have all been classified as D&P.

The Company and the Counterparty agreed upon three test wells, each of which has a corresponding land block. As the earn-in criteria was met for each test well, the Counterparty obtained a working interest percentage in the well and corresponding land block.

During 2020, the Company and the Counterparty consulted on potential drilling options for up to 4 additional wells to be drilled in the period Q4 2020 – Q4 2021 on farmout lands, and agreed to drill an additional well in 2020 on specific lands which would result in the Company as operator, or other specific lands which would result in the Counterparty as operator. Other than these wells, neither the Company nor the Counterparty could drill another well on any of the farmout lands prior to December 31, 2021 without the other party’s consent. On or after Jan 1, 2022, either party may drill & complete additional wells on the farmout lands, as long as the other party receives the option to participate. Consent from both parties is not required to move forward with a new well at that point.

Disposition

For the year ended December 31, 2021, proceeds from the disposition of certain non-core assets and undeveloped land were C$10.0 million. The Company recognized a loss on disposition in the amount of C$13.8 million. The proceeds received from the sale were used to pay down outstanding bank debt.

Net Well Information

Development Wells	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Number of wells)1	2022		2021
Spud		22.00		9.00
Rig released		19.35		7.00
Completed		14.00		3.50
Wells brought on-stream2		22.00		8.85

(1) Well counts include development Montney and Duvernay wells. Information is shown on a net well basis. The Company has no exploratory wells and did not drill any dry exploratory or development wells.

(2) On-stream dates are based on the first production date after the well is tied-in to the permanent well site facilities. Wells brought on-stream may include wells drilled and/or completed in a prior period.

136

As at September 30, 2022, the Company had 146.0 gross (143.3 net) Montney wells and one gross (one net) Duvernay well capable of producing. As at September 30, 2021, the Company had 119.0 gross (116.3 net) Montney wells and one gross (one net) Duvernay well capable of producing.

Development Wells	Year Ended December 31,
(Number of wells)1	2021		2020
Spud		19		3.50
Rig released		17		5.85
Completed		17.50		14.70
Wells brought on-stream2		14.85		12.35

(1) Well counts include development Montney and Duvernay wells. Information is shown on a net well basis. The Company has no exploratory wells and did not drill any dry exploratory or development wells.

(2) On-stream dates are based on the first production date after the well is tied-in to the permanent well site facilities. Wells brought on-stream may include wells drilled and/or completed in a prior period.

As at December 31, 2021, the Company had 131.0 gross (128.3 net) Montney wells and one gross (one net) Duvernay well capable of producing. This includes six gross (six net) wells that were flowing through test equipment and not yet tied-in to permanent well site facilities. As at December 31, 2020, the Company had 114.0 gross (112.45 net) Montney wells and two gross (two net) Duvernay wells capable of producing.

The gross and net wells as of December 31, 2021 based on production type are as follows:

Area	Oil				Gas
	Gross		Net		Gross		Net
Canada
Alberta		127		123.3		5		5
Total Canada		127		123.3		5		5

The gross and net wells as of December 31, 2020 based on production type are as follows:

Area	Oil				Gas
	Gross		Net		Gross		Net
Canada
Alberta		116		114.45		5		5
Total Canada		116		114.45		5		5

Land Acreage

	September 30, 2022						December 31, 2021
	Gross acres		Net acres		Working interest percentage		Gross acres		Net acres		Working interest percentage
Montney		119,840		107,664		90		126,738		113,730		90
Duvernay		7,858		6,610		84		25,476		23,908		94

	September 30, 2022
	Gross acres		Net acres
Undeveloped		107,698		94,374
Developed		35,360		33,896

As of September 30, 2022, the Company held 94,374 net undeveloped acres. Approximately 95% of the Company’s undeveloped acreage is held indefinitely. Of the remaining 5%, 640 net acres will expire in June

137

2023, 640 net acres will expire in August 2023 and 640 net acres will expire in November 2023. A further 864 acres are also scheduled to expire in 2023, however the Company is expecting to receive continuation for those lands. In August 2024, 448 net acres are set to expire, which the Company is expecting will be continued. In March 2025, 896 net acres are set to expire, which the Company is expecting will be continued. Finally in 2027, 1,280 net acres will expire. Of the lands expiring, 672 net acres hold proved undeveloped reserves, all of which expire in March 2025. Due to the recent activity in the area and associated production from multiple competitor wells, the Company is confident that the lands holding reserves will be continued. The other expiring lands do not hold reserves nor do they impact the Company’s near term development plans. The Company will apply to Alberta Energy for continuation of all expiring lands. Continuation will be awarded if the lands are deemed by Alberta Energy as capable of production meaning the lands must have associated production or the Company must be able to include mapping that proves the potential productivity of the lands.

	December 31, 2021						December 31, 2020
	Gross acres		Net acres		Working interest percentage		Gross acres		Net acres		Working interest percentage
Montney		126,738		113,730		90		192,161		177,428		92
Duvernay		25,476		23,908		94		90,401		89,249		99

In conjunction with the disposition of the Company’s non-core assets, the Company disposed of 100% of its working interest in certain undeveloped lands in the Montney (35,541 net acres) and Duvernay (4,800 net acres) areas.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Capital Resources

Bank Debt

(Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Syndicated facility		107,800		106,300
Operating facility		—		—
Total bank debt outstanding		107,800		106,300

The Company’s bank debt is pursuant to Credit Facilities with a syndicate of lenders under the 2022 Credit Agreement. On June 9, 2022, the Company amended its existing Credit Facilities pursuant to the 2022 Credit Agreement. Under the 2022 Credit Agreement, the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Credit Facilities was increased to $300.0 million, consisting of a $280.0 million revolving syndicated facility and a $20.0 million operating facility. The 2022 Credit Agreement has a term out date of May 31, 2023, with an option to extend for an additional 364 days at the lenders’ discretion, and a maturity date of the first anniversary of the term out date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not permit any maturity date to extend beyond the maturity date of the 2020 Senior Notes.

On December 15, 2022, the aggregate maximum principal amount of the Credit Facility was increased to C$350,000,000, consisting of a C$330,000,000 revolving syndicated facility and a C$20,000,000 operating facility.

Under the 2022 Credit Agreement, determination of the borrowing base is made by the lenders at their sole discretion, and is subject to re-determinations semi-annually as of May 31st and November 30th of the respective year.

As at September 30, 2022, the Company was compliant with all covenants and cross default clauses stated in the 2022 Credit Agreement. Covenants include reporting requirements and limitations on excess cash,

138

indebtedness, equity issuances, acquisitions, dispositions, hedging, encumbrances, asset retirement obligations and repayment of the 2020 Senior Notes, as well as other standard business operating covenants. The Company is not subject to financial covenants. The lenders have first lien on all of the assets of the Company, Prairie Lights Power GP Inc. and Prairie Lights Power Limited Partnership.

Amounts borrowed in Canadian dollars under the 2022 Credit Agreement bear interest based on the referenced Canadian prime lending rate or the bankers’ acceptance rate in effect, at the Company’s option, plus an applicable margin or fee, respectively. The applicable rate is determined by the ratio of first lien indebtedness to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization. The 2022 Credit Agreement also includes standby fees on balances not drawn.

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Credit Facility		106,300			—
Tranche A		—			105,600
Tranche B		—			55,000
Operating		—			3,000
Total bank debt outstanding		106,300			163,600
Bank debt due within one year		—			163,600
Bank debt due beyond one year		106,300			—
Undrawn bank debt capacity
(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Borrowing base capacity		175,000			125,600
Credit Facility		(106,300	)		—
Tranche A		—			(105,600	)
Operating		—			(3,000	)
Operating—letters of credit		—			(910	)
Undrawn bank debt capacity		68,700			16,090

The Company’s bank debt is held in a credit facility with a syndicate of lenders. On May 31, 2021, the Company amended its existing credit facility pursuant to the 2021 Credit Agreement. The 2021 Credit Agreement eliminated the tranche A and tranche B components of the previous facility and extended the maturity date of the bank debt. Under the 2021 Credit Agreement, the aggregate principal borrowing base was increased to C$175.0 million, consisting of a C$155.0 million revolving syndicated facility and a C$20.0 million operating facility. The 2021 Credit Agreement has a term out date of May 31, 2022 and a maturity date of May 31, 2023, with an option to extend for an additional 364 days at the lenders’ discretion.

Under the 2021 Credit Agreement, borrowing base reviews are subject to re-determination semi-annually as of May 31st and November 30th of the respective year. The determination of the borrowing base is made by the lenders at their sole discretion.

On November 13, 2020, the CAD denominated letters of credit were transferred to the Letters of Credit Facility. As at December 31, 2021, CAD denominated letters of credit issued by CIBC totaled C$13.8 million (December 31, 2020—C$14.6 million). On August 17, 2021, the USD denominated letters of credit were transferred to the Letters of Credit Facility. As at December 31, 2021, the Company’s USD denominated guaranteed letters of credit, translated into Canadian dollars and issued by CIBC, totaled C$0.9 million (December 31, 2020—C$0.9 million held by the operating facility).

As at December 31, 2021, the Company was compliant with all covenants and cross default clauses stated in the 2021 Credit Agreement. Covenants include reporting requirements and limitations on excess cash,

139

indebtedness, equity issuances, acquisitions, dispositions, hedging, encumbrances, asset retirement obligations, as well as other standard business operating covenants. The Company is not subject to financial covenants. The lenders have first lien on all of the assets of the Company, Prairie Lights Power GP Inc. and Prairie Lights Power Limited Partnership.

Amounts borrowed in Canadian dollars under the 2021 Credit Agreement bear interest at the Company’s option based on the referenced Canadian prime lending rate, plus an applicable margin, or the bankers’ acceptance rate in effect. The applicable rate is determined by the ratio of first lien indebtedness to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization. The 2021 Credit Agreement also includes standby fees on balances not drawn.

Term Debt

(Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
2020 Senior Notes—outstanding principal		120,648			120,648
Principal repayment, net of outstanding PIK interest1		(44,661	)		23,374
Foreign exchange revaluation2		1,627			(9,275	)
Total carrying value of long-term debt		77,614			134,747

(1) The Company repaid CDN$78.6 million of principal on its 2020 Senior Notes. The repayment is netted with the accumulated PIK interest of $32.1 million. Total accrued unpaid PIK as at September 30, 2022 is $1.8 million.

(2) The 2020 Senior Notes are issued in US dollars and are revalued to Canadian dollars at each reporting period, using the period end foreign exchange rate.

The 2020 Senior Notes have a maturity date of July 10, 2024. The notes bear interest at 12% per annum and provide the option of paying interest as cash or as PIK interest. PIK interest is added to the principal balance of the 2020 Senior Notes and is due on maturity.

On September 26, 2022, the Company repaid, at par value, US$59.3 million of principal and accrued interest on its 2020 Senior Notes, reducing the aggregate principal balance outstanding down to US$56.5 million.

The debt repayment was accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, with the transaction costs of $0.2 million related to the settlement recognized as part of the loss on debt repayment. The following table summarizes the calculation of the loss on repayment of the 2020 Senior Notes:

(Cdn$ thousands)
Net carrying amount of 2020 Senior Notes, prior to repayment	78,621
Less principal repaid	(78,621	)
Transaction costs incurred	(218	)
Loss on debt repayment	(218	)

On settlement of US$57.9 million of principal, $5.2 million of the accumulated unrealized loss recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, was reclassed to realized foreign exchange loss on the statement of profit (loss). The realized foreign exchange loss on debt was offset with a $3.2 million realized foreign exchange gain from the settlement of a foreign currency hedge entered into during the three months ended September 30, 2022.

140

As at September 30, 2022, the Company was in compliance with all covenants related to the 2020 Senior Notes.

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
2020 Senior Notes – unsecured1		152,174			152,174
Redemption of principal		(31,526	)		(31,526	)
Paid-in-kind interest		23,374			8,714
Foreign exchange revaluation2		(9,275	)		(8,927	)
Total carrying value of long-term debt		134,747			120,435

(1) The 2020 Senior Notes principal value of US$112.0 million was translated at the June 19, 2020 foreign exchange rate of 1.3587.

(2) The 2020 Senior Notes are issued in US dollars and are revalued to Canadian dollars at each reporting period, using the period end foreign exchange rate. Changes in the foreign exchange rate will increase or decrease the Canadian dollar liability. The foreign exchange impact is recognized as an unrealized gain or loss in the consolidated statements of profit (loss) each reporting period.

On July 10, 2017, the Company issued US$160.0 million in principal amount of 2017 Senior Notes through a private placement. Proceeds net of fees, discounts and costs totaled US$148.0 million. The 2017 Senior Notes were carried at amortized cost, net of discounts and debt issue costs of US$12.0 million and C$0.3 million. The 2017 Senior Notes bore interest at 9% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on July 15 and January 15.

On June 19, 2020, the Company amended its 2017 Senior Notes indenture whereby the holders of the 2017 Senior Notes approved an initial debt redemption of US$48.0 million, reducing the aggregate principal balance owing from US$160.0 million to US$112.0 million. The maturity date of the 2020 Senior Notes was extended to July 10, 2024 and bears interest at 12% per annum. Under the amended and restated indenture, the Company has the option of paying interest as cash or as PIK Interest. PIK Interest is added to the principal payable balance of the 2020 Senior Notes and is due on maturity. Under the 2020 Senior Notes indenture, the Company was granted the right to undertake an additional debt redemption of US$24.0 million, subject to the receipt of an additional equity draw on the June 2020 Investment Agreement (defined below) on or before September 30, 2020. On September 29, 2020, the Company received an additional equity investment of C$25.0 million and subsequently redeemed US$24.0 million related to the 2020 Senior Notes principal balance on October 10, 2020 for a total cost of US$1.0 dollar.

Both the June 19, 2020 and October 10, 2020 debt redemptions were treated as debt reductions in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, as the debt redemptions resulted in substantially different terms and cash flows.

If a change of control or a specified asset disposition occurs, each holder of the 2020 Senior Notes has the right to require the Company to purchase all or any part of the holder’s 2020 Senior Notes for cash, at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest (“the Put Option”). While the Put Option met the definition of an embedded derivative, it is considered to be closely related to the underlying value of the term debt.

There are no maintenance financial covenants related to the 2020 Senior Notes; however, there are standard business operating covenants, as well as covenants that may limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt. As at December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all covenants related to the 2020 Senior Notes.

Letters of Credit

The Company has guaranteed letters of credit in both Canadian and US dollars. As at September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company’s Canadian dollar denominated letters of credit were guaranteed through

141

EDC and totaled $13.8 million. The Company’s US dollar denominated letters of credit were previously guaranteed by the operating facility, but were transferred to EDC on August 17, 2021. As at September 30, 2022, the Company’s US dollar denominated guaranteed letters of credit, translated into Canadian dollars, totaled $1.0 million (December 31, 2021—$0.9 million).

June 2020 Equity Commitment

On June 17, 2020, the Company entered into the June 2020 Investment Agreement. Under the June 2020 Investment Agreement, the Company agreed to issue up to 600.0 million Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares and 33.7 million Company 2020 Warrants, in exchange for aggregate cash proceeds of up to C$300.0 million. The Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares were classified as equity.

Under the June 2020 Investment Agreement, draws on the remaining equity commitment were subject to approval of Riverstone EMEA and satisfaction of terms and conditions, at any time prior to June 17, 2024. On February 5, 2021 the Company received an additional equity investment of C$33.7 million cash proceeds in exchange for the issuance of 67.4 million Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares. The June 2020 Investment Agreement was terminated at Closing.

						(Cdn$ thousands)
						Issue Costs
		Number of Shares (000’s)		Gross Cash							Net Cash
June 17, 2020	Initial draw		150,000		75,000		—		(1,125	)		73,875
Common share warrants			—		—		(10,530	)	—			—
September 29, 2020	Second draw		50,000		25,000		—		(14	)		24,986
As at December 31, 2020			200,000		100,000		(10,530	)	(1,139	)		98,861
February 5, 2021	Third draw		67,405		33,702		—		(22	)		33,680
As at December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022			267,405		133,702		(10,530	)	(1,161	)		132,541

December 2020 Equity Commitment

On December 8, 2020, the Company entered into the December 2020 Investment Agreement with HV RA II LLC. Under the December 2020 Investment Agreement, the Company agreed to issue up to 23.1 million Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares and 1.3 million Company 2020 Warrants, in exchange for aggregate cash proceeds of up to C$11.6 million. The Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares were classified as equity.

On February 5, 2021 the Company received an additional equity investment of C$1.3 million cash proceeds in exchange for the issuance of 2.6 million Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares. The December 2020 Investment Agreement was terminated at Closing.

						(Cdn$ thousands)
						Issue Costs
		Number of Shares (000’s)		Gross Cash Proceeds		Non-cash			Cash			Net Cash Proceeds
December 8, 2020	Initial draw		7,700		3,850		—			(199	)		3,651
Common share warrants			—		—		(405	)		—			—
As at December 31, 2020			7,700		3,850		(405	)		(199	)		3,651
February 5, 2021	Second draw		2,595		1,298		—			—			1,298
As at December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022			10,295		5,148		(405	)		(199	)		4,949

142

Liquidity

Capital Management and Liquidity

The Company’s objective when managing capital is to maintain a flexible capital structure and sufficient liquidity to meet its financial obligations and to execute its business plans. The Company considers its capital structure to include shareholders’ equity, the funds available under outstanding debt agreements, funds from operations and working capital. Modifications to the Company’s capital structure can be accomplished through issuing common and preferred shares, issuing new debt, adjusting capital spending and acquiring or disposing of assets, though there is no certainty that any of these additional sources of capital would be available if required.

Working Capital, Adjusted Working Capital and Available Funding

Working capital provides useful information by highlighting net assets that are expected to be realized, or net liabilities that are expected to be settled, within the current operating cycle. Available funding allows management and other users to evaluate the Company’s short term liquidity, and its capital resources available at a point in time. Available funding is not a standardized financial measure under IFRS and therefore may not be comparable with the calculation of similar measures disclosed by other entities.

Adjusted Working Capital Deficit (Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022			December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Current assets		81,692			64,712			44,251
Current liabilities		(142,190	)		(141,240	)		(233,890	)
Working capital deficit		(60,498	)		(76,528	)		(189,639	)
Current portion of bank debt		—			—			163,600
Adjusted working capital deficit		(60,498	)		(76,528	)		(26,039	)

(1) Adjusted working capital deficit is a non-GAAP measure. Working capital is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for adjusted working capital deficit. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

Available Funding (Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022			December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Working capital deficit		(60,498	)		(76,528	)		(189,639	)
Debt capacity		192,200			68,700			16,090
Equity commitment1		172,700			172,700			207,700
Available funding2		304,402			164,872			34,151

(1) See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Resources and Liquidity” for a breakdown of the remaining equity commitment under the June 2020 Investment Agreement and December 2020 Investment Agreement.

(2) Available funding is a non-GAAP measure. Working capital is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for available funding. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

Net Debt, Annualized Quarterly Adjusted EBITDA and Net Debt to Annualized Quarterly Adjusted EBITDA

Annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA indicates the Company’s ability to generate funds from its asset base on a continuing basis, for future development of its capital program and settlement of financial obligations. The Company’s short-term capital management objective is to fund its capital expenditures using primarily funds from operations, noting value-creating activities may be financed with a combination of funds from operations and other sources of capital. Net debt is used to assess and monitor liquidity at a point in time, while net debt to

143

annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA assists the Company in monitoring its capital structure and financing requirements. Net debt, annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA and net debt to annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA are not standardized measures under IFRS and therefore may not be comparable with the calculation of similar measures disclosed by other entities.

(Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022		December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Working capital deficit		60,498		76,528		189,639
Current portion of bank debt		—		—		(163,600	)
Adjusted working capital deficit1		60,498		76,528		26,039
Bank debt		107,800		106,300		163,600
Term debt		77,614		134,747		120,435
Total net debt2		245,912		317,575		310,074
Annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA3		391,232		180,048		144,676
Net debt to annualized adjusted EBITDA4		0.6		1.8		2.14

(1) Adjusted working capital deficit is a non-GAAP measure. Working capital deficit is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for adjusted working capital deficit. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(2) Net debt is a non-GAAP measure. The Company’s third party debt obligations of the bank debt and the term debt are the most directly comparable GAAP measures for net debt. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(3) Annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Net profit (loss) before income tax is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA. For the quarter ended September 30, 2022 the net profit (loss) was C$67.3 million. For the quarters ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 the net profit (loss) was C$37.1 million and C$22.6 million, respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

(4) The Company’s net debt to annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure, derived from the net debt non-GAAP measure and annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA non-GAAP measure, where the directly comparable GAAP measures are the Company’s debt obligations of bank debt and term debt, and the Company’s net profit (loss), respectively. Refer to the subsection “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures.”

Cash Flow and Long Term Liquidity

The primary sources of cash for the Company during the nine months ended September 30, 2022, were funds from operations and draws on the bank debt. The primary uses of cash were the repayment of a portion the outstanding term debt, the Company’s capital development program, as well as repayment of some of the outstanding bank debt. During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company’s cash flow from operating activities increased C$207.6 million to C$295.2 million from C$87.6 million. Improved pricing across all commodities, coupled with increased production, was the primary driver of the C$266.8 million increase in net profit loss before adjustments to non-cash items. This was offset with a C$52.7 million net decrease in adjustments for non-cash items and a C$11.6 million decrease in change in non-cash working capital from operating activities. The net decrease in adjustments for non-cash items was primarily due to the change from an unrealized loss of $62.9 million to an unrealized gain of C$4.5 million related to the Company’s risk management contracts, this was offset with higher depletion and depreciation expense as well as a higher loss on warrant revaluation for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, when compared to the prior period. The change in non-cash working capital from operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 is due to higher outstanding receivables as a result of improved pricing driving a higher overall revenue balance period over period, slightly offset with a decrease in outstanding payables related to the Company’s operating activities.

144

The primary sources of cash for the Company during the year ended December 31, 2021, were funds from operations, equity proceeds from the 2020 Investment agreement and proceeds from disposition of the Simonette properties. The primary uses of cash were the Company’s capital development program, as well as repayment of bank debt. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s cash flow from operating activities increased C$1.4 million to C$121.1 million from C$119.7 million for the prior year. Adjustments from non-cash items increased C$110.7 million primarily due to a prior year gain of C$88.2 million on debt extinguishment not adjusted for in the current year and a $13.8 million loss from an asset disposal recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021. Non-cash working capital improved C$15.9 million due to a higher outstanding payable balance, partially offset with an increase in outstanding receivables as a result of improved pricing driving up the total receivable balance. Offsetting the increases in non-cash operating items and working capital was a decrease in net profit loss of C$125.2 million. Though revenue from operations saw significant improvement compared to prior year, the Company also saw higher losses on realized risk management contracts and optimization fees driving an overall net loss position for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Company addresses its liquidity risk through its capital management of cash, working capital, Credit Facility capacity, and equity issuances along with its planned capital expenditure program. Additionally, upon the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company will have access to any remaining proceeds from the Trust Account after payments to redeeming DCRD Public Shareholders.

The Company has determined that both its current and long term financial obligations, including commitments (see below), are adequately funded from the available borrowing capacity on the Credit Facility and from funds from operations.

The following table summarizes the timing of cash flows for the Company’s financial liabilities as at September 30, 2022:

(Cdn$ thousands)	< 1 Year		1 to 5 Years		Total
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		111,354		—		111,354
Estimated interest on bank debt and letters of credit		7,444		29,776		37,220
2020 Senior Notes and estimated interest		—		93,253		93,253
Risk management contracts		30,022		—		30,022
Lease liabilities		814		3,376		4,190
Total financial liabilities		149,634		126,405		276,039

The following table summarizes the timing of cash flows for the Company’s financial liabilities as at December 31, 2021:

(Cdn $thousands)	<1 Year		1-5 Years		Total
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		116,866		—		116,866
Estimated interest on bank debt and letters of credit		4,130		3,165		7,295
2020 Senior Notes and estimated interest		—		180,834		180,834
Risk management contracts		23,344		3,050		26,394
Lease liabilities		1,030		3,927		4,957
Total financial liabilities		145,370		190,976		336,346

145

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

At September 30, 2022, the Company is committed to future payments under the following agreements:

(Cdn$ thousands)	Year 1		Year 2		Year 3		Year 4		Year 5		Thereafter		Total
Firm transportation & processing		98,960		101,075		89,405		76,285		57,766		195,465		618,956
Office buildings1		912		825		763		763		763		191		4,217
Drilling services		1,392		—		—		—		—		—		1,392
Total annual commitments		101,264		101,900		90,168		77,048		58,529		195,656		624,565

(1) Relates to non-lease components and non-indexed variable payments.

At December 31, 2021, the Company is committed to future payments under the following agreements:

(Cdn$ thousands)	Year 1		Year 2		Year 3		Year 4		Year 5		Thereafter		Total
Office buildings1		912		912		788		763		763		763		4,901
Firm transportation & processing		94,533		101,171		98,816		87,740		67,357		219,767		669,384
Total annual commitments		95,445		102,083		99,604		88,503		68,120		220,530		674,285

(1) Relates to non-lease components and non-indexed variable payments.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Company is exposed to a number of market risks, including changes in market prices, such as commodity prices, foreign exchange rates and interest rates that may affect the Company’s income or the value of its financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposure within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return. For the fair value on the Company’s risk management contracts, see Commodity Price Risk section below.

Currency Risk

Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company’s petroleum and natural gas sales are conducted in Canada and are denominated in Canadian dollars; however, Canadian commodity prices are influenced by fluctuations in the Canada to US dollar exchange rate as global oil prices are generally denominated in US dollars.

The Company is also exposed to currency risk in relation to its 2020 Senior Notes, which are denominated in US dollars. A 10% strengthening (weakening) of the US dollar would have contributed a $7.8 million increase (decrease) to the Company’s net loss before tax for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 (nine months ended September 30, 2021 – $13.2 million), resulting from the revaluation of the 2020 Senior Notes.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The interest charged on the Credit Facility fluctuates with floating interest rates. The Company is exposed to interest rate risk related to borrowings drawn under its Credit Facility.

An increase (decrease) in the interest rates of 1% would have increased (decreased) interest expense by $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 (nine months ended September 30, 2021—$0.9 million). An increase or decrease in the interest rates by 1% would have increased or decreased interest expense by $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 (year ended December 31, 2020—$2.4 million).

146

Commodity Price Risk

The Company’s operational results and financial condition are largely dependent on the commodity price received for its oil and natural gas production. Commodity prices have fluctuated widely in recent years due to global and regional factors including supply and demand fundamentals, inventory levels, weather, economic and geopolitical factors.

Commodity price risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in commodity prices. Commodity prices for oil and natural gas are impacted not only by the relationship between the Canadian and United States dollars but also worldwide economic events that influence supply and demand.

The Company enters into risk management contracts to manage its exposure to commodity price fluctuations, which have served to protect and provide certainty on a portion of the Company’s cash flows. All risk management contracts entered into by the Company are entered into for purposes other than trading purposes. Risk management contracts are valued using valuation techniques with observable market inputs. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing and swap models using present value calculations and third-party option valuation models. The models incorporate various inputs including the foreign exchange spot and forward rates, and forward curves and volatilities of the underlying commodity.

See the subsection “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Risk Management” for: 

• the fair value of all risk management contracts outstanding as at September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, by commodity type

• a summary of the terms of all outstanding risk management contracts as at September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021

• a breakdown of all realized and unrealized gains and losses on risk management contracts recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, and the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

The Company manages the risks associated with changes in commodity prices by entering into a variety of risk management contracts. The Company assesses the effects of movement in commodity prices on income before tax. When assessing the potential impact of these commodity price changes, the Company believes a 10% volatility is a reasonable measure.

A 10% change in commodity prices would have resulted in the following impact to the Company’s unrealized gain (loss) on risk management contracts and net income before tax, assuming all other variables including the Canadian dollar to United States dollar exchange rate, remained constant for the nine months ended September 30, 2022:

(Cdn$ thousands)	Increase 10%			Decrease 10%
Crude oil		(11,041	)		11,041
Natural gas		(16,972	)		19,339
NGL		(481	)		481

A 10% change in commodity prices would have resulted in the following impact to unrealized gains (losses) on risk management contracts and net income before tax, assuming all other variables, including the Canadian/United States dollar exchange rate, remain constant, for the year ended December 31, 2021:

(Cdn$ thousands)	Increase 10%			Decrease 10%
Crude Oil		(18,559	)		18,559
Natural Gas		(7,960	)		8,889
NGL		(1,205	)		(1,205	)

147

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance that all the assets are safeguarded and transactions are appropriately authorized, and to facilitate the preparation of relevant, reliable and timely information. Due to inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements due to fraud or error. The control framework the Company’s officers used to design and evaluate the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting is the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. All control systems by their nature can only provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

Emerging Growth Company Accounting Election

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. The Company currently prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, so the Company is unable to make use of the extended transition period. The Company will comply with new or revised accounting standards on or before the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB.

The Company may rely on other exemptions and related reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act.

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, the Company is not required to, among other things: (a) provide an auditor’s attestation report on the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (b) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (c) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the consolidated financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis); and (d) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

The Company will remain an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act until the earliest of (a) the last day of the Company’s first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the Closing, (b) the last date of the Company’s fiscal year in which the Company has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, (c) the date on which the Company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding securities held by non-affiliates or (d) the date on which the Company has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years.

Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures

The Company uses certain measures commonly used in the oil and natural gas industry that are not defined under IFRS, as outlined below. These measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures prepared in accordance with IFRS and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this prospectus. Readers are cautioned that these non-GAAP and capital management measures are not standardized financial measures under IFRS, and might not be comparable to similar financial measures disclosed by other entities. The Company compensates for these limitations by providing a reconciliation of these non-GAAP and other specified financial measures to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures. The Company encourages investors and others to review its financial information in its entirety, not to place undue reliance on any single financial measure and to view these non-GAAP measures in conjunction with their respective related IFRS financial measures.

148

The non-GAAP and capital management measures used in this summary are summarized as follows:

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Capital Expenditures

Management uses capital expenditures to determine the amount of cash flow used for capital reinvestment. See the following table for the reconciliation of capital expenditures to net cash used in investing activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022			2021
Net cash used in investing activities		222,597			48,990
Proceeds from asset disposition		—			10,027
Net change in accounts payable related to the addition of PP&E		(12,390	)		11,142
Capital expenditures		210,207			70,159

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2021		2020
Net cash used in investing activities		91,180		113,328
Proceeds from asset disposition		10,027		—
Changes in non-cash working capital		37,337		(18,966	)
Capital expenditures		138,544		94,362

Adjusted Working Capital

Adjusted working capital is comprised of current assets less current liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet, including the current portion of risk management contracts, and excludes the current portion of the Credit Facilities.

Adjusted working capital is included within the non-IFRS measures because a surplus of adjusted working capital will result in a future net cash inflow to the business which can be used for future funding and a deficiency of adjusted working capital will result in a future net cash outflow which may require a future draw from the Company’s existing funding capacity in order to settle the short-term liabilities in excess of current assets.

The following is a reconciliation of adjusted working capital to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, working capital:

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Current assets		64,712			44,251
Current liabilities		(141,240	)		(233,890	)
Working capital deficit		(76,528	)		(189,639	)
Current portion of bank debt		—			163,600

149

Available Funding

The available funding measure allows management and other users to evaluate the Company’s short term liquidity, and its capital resources available at a point in time. Available funding is comprised of working capital, the undrawn component of the Company’s Credit Facilities, plus the remaining equity commitment related to the December 2020 Investment Agreement and the June 2020 Investment Agreement. The Company’s available funding is disclosed under the subsection “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity,” which includes a reconciliation from its most directly comparable GAAP measure, working capital. 

Operating netback

Operating netback is calculated by deducting royalties, operating expense, transportation expense, and realized (losses) gains from risk management contracts from oil and gas revenue. The Company’s management believes that operating netback is a key performance indicator to assess the profitability of the Company’s developed and producing assets, and to provide investors with information that is also commonly presented by peers within the industry. The Company’s netback is disclosed in the subsection “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Operating Netback,” which includes a reconciliation from its most directly comparable GAAP measure, oil and gas revenue. 

Funds from Operations

Funds from operations is comprised of cash provided by operating activities, excluding the impact of changes in non-cash working capital and settlement of decommissioning obligations. The Company management believes excluding the changes in non-cash working capital provides a more meaningful performance measure of the Company’s operations on an ongoing basis, as it removes the impact of changes in timing of collections and payments, which are variable. Decommissioning provision costs incurred also vary depending upon the Company’s planned capital program and the maturity of operating areas requiring environmental remediation. Funds from operations as presented should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, cash flow from operating activities, net profits or other measures of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS.

The following table reconciles funds from operations to net cash from operating activities, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure:

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022			2021
Net cash from operating activities		295,224			87,571
Changes in non-cash working capital		8,699			(2,900	)
Realized foreign exchange loss on debt repayment		(5,168	)		—
Settlement of decommissioning obligations		123			—
Loss on settlement under long term retention program		—			(527	)
Funds from operations		298,878			84,144

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2021			2020
Cash flow from operating activities		121,111			119,686
Changes in non-cash working capital		(6,131	)		9,801
Loss on settlement under long term retention program		(527	)		—
Funds from operations		114,453			129,487

150

Non-GAAP Financial Ratios

Operating Netback per boe

Management calculates operating netback per boe as operating netback divided by the Company’s total production. Operating netback is a non-GAAP financial measure component of operating netback per boe. The Company management believes this performance measure provides key information about the profitability of the Company’s developed and producing assets, isolated for the impact of changes in production volumes. The Company’s operating netback per boe is disclosed in the subsection “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Operating Netback.” 

Funds from Operations per boe and Funds from Operations per Basic Share and Diluted Share

Funds from operations per boe is calculated by dividing funds from operations by the Company’s total production. Funds from operations per basic share and diluted share is calculated by dividing funds from operations by the Company’s basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding. Funds from operations is a non-GAAP financial measure component of funds from operations per boe, and funds from operations per basic share and diluted share.

Funds from operations per boe is utilized by management to assess the profitability of the Company’s developed and producing assets and to compare current results to prior periods or to peers by isolating for the impact of changes in production volumes. Funds from operations per basic share and diluted share is utilized by Management to indicate the funds generated from the business that could be allocated to each shareholder’s equity position. Funds from operations per boe and funds from operations per basic share and diluted share are disclosed in the subsection “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Funds from Operations.” 

Capital Management Measures

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as net profit (loss) before interest and financing expenses, income taxes, depletion, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for certain non-cash items, or other items that are not considered part of normal business operations. Annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA is adjusted EBITDA for the quarter, multiplied by four. Adjusted EBITDA indicates the Company’s ability to generate funds from its asset base on a continuing basis, for future development of its capital program and settlement of financial obligations.

Adjusted EBITDA as presented should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net profit (loss) before income tax, or other measures of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS.

151

The following is a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net profit (loss) before income tax:

	Three Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022			2021			% Change
Net profit (loss) before income tax		67,251			(25,319	)		(366	)
Add (deduct):
Unrealized (gain) loss on risk management contracts		(44,774	)		9,302			(581	)
Optimization fees		—			852			(100	)
Transaction costs		16,021			—			100
Share-based compensation		1,055			3,414			(69	)
Depletion and depreciation		35,802			28,015			28
Finance expense		6,221			4,779			30
Loss (gain) on foreign exchange		5,570			3,536			58
Loss on warrant liability		10,824			(23	)		(47,161	)
Loss on debt repayment		218			—			100
Other income, excluding transportation income		(380	)		(300	)		27
Adjusted EBITDA		97,808			24,256			303
Annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA		391,232			97,024			303

	Year Ended December 31,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2021			2020			% Change
Net profit (loss) before income tax		(71,821	)		53,410			(234	)
Add (deduct):
Unrealized (gain) loss on risk management contracts		16,649			18,353			(9	)
Optimization fees		19,708			670			2,841
Share-based compensation		14,039			7,155			96
Depletion and depreciation		127,333			135,184			(6	)
Finance expense		21,264			37,344			(43	)
(Gain) loss on foreign exchange		(350	)		817			(143	)
Loss (gain) on warrant liability		96			(3,981	)		(102	)
Gain on debt redemptions of financial liabilities		—			(88,160	)		—
Loss on asset disposition		13,813			—			—
Other income, excluding transportation income		(1,022	)		(4,639	)		(78	)
Adjusted EBITDA		139,709			156,153			(11	)

Net Debt and Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA

Net debt is calculated as the outstanding balance on the Company’s Credit Facility, the 2020 Senior Notes and working capital. The 2020 Senior Notes are calculated as the principal amount outstanding, plus accrued PIK Interest, converted to Canadian dollars at the closing exchange rate for the period. Net debt to annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA is net debt divided by annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA. Net debt is used to assess and monitor liquidity at a point in time, while net debt to annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA assists the company in monitoring its capital structure and financing requirements.

Net debt and net debt to annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA are disclosed in the subsection entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity.” 

152

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:

Name	Age	Position
Scott Sobie	58	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Michael G. Kohut	56	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
Daniel Labelle	52	Senior Vice President, Development and A&D
David Anderson	52	Senior Vice President, Operations and Alternative Energy
Nicki Stevens	53	Senior Vice President, Production, Marketing and ESG
Richard Unsworth	66	Senior Vice President, Business and Organizational Effectiveness
A. Stewart Hanlon	62	Director
J. Paul Charron	65	Director
Robert Tichio	45	Director
Jesal Shah	37	Director
Bryan Begley	51	Director
James AC McDermott	54	Director

Scott Sobie, C.E.T.

Mr. Sobie serves as Hammerhead’s President since July 2012 and Chief Executive Officer since September 2013. Mr. Sobie has over 35 years of professional experience in the oil and gas industry with organizations such as Shell and Talisman Energy. Prior to joining Hammerhead, Mr. Sobie held the role of Vice President of Conventional Development, North America with Talisman Energy where he was accountable for underlying production of over 80,000 boe/d, with asset areas in the Western Canadian Basin. Over his career, Mr. Sobie held several executive and management roles including Vice President of Shale Pilots, Vice President of Business Services and other Management positions. Mr. Sobie holds a Professional Certified Engineering Technologist (C.E.T.) designation with the Association of Science & Engineering Technology Professionals of Alberta (ASET) and graduated from the Southern Alberta Institute of Technology.

Michael G. Kohut

Mr. Kohut serves as Hammerhead’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since joining Hammerhead in January 2019. Mr. Kohut has over 25 years of professional experience in various senior executive and board of director positions. Prior to joining Hammerhead, Mr. Kohut was Vice President of Finance at Paramount Resources Ltd. from November 2017 to April 2018 and Chief Financial Officer of Trilogy Energy Corporation from June 2006 to October 2017. Since 2018, Mr. Kohut has served on the board of directors with Southern Energy Corporation. Mr. Kohut graduated with a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Calgary.

Daniel Labelle, M.Sc., P. Geo.

Mr. Labelle is Hammerhead’s Senior Vice President of Development and A&D and joined Hammerhead in May 2011. Mr. Labelle has over 25 years of professional experience focusing on the Western Canadian and Williston Basins with both major and junior oil and gas players in the industry. Prior to joining Hammerhead, Mr. Labelle was the Manager of Geology at Delphi Energy and held a variety of roles with both Talisman Energy and Mobil Canada, including years of experience with acquisition, divestments and property optimization. Mr. Labelle is a Professional Geoscientist with APEGA, and graduated with a Bachelor of Sciences (Honours), Geology from the University of Regina, and a Masters’ of Science, Geology from the University of Regina.

153

David Anderson, P.Eng.

Mr. Anderson is Hammerhead’s Senior Vice President of Operations and Alternative Energy and joined Hammerhead in September 2014. Mr. Anderson has over 30 years of leadership and operating experience across the energy industry domestically and internationally. Prior to joining Hammerhead, Mr. Anderson held the role of President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Lone Pine Resources Inc. Prior to Lone Pine Resources, he held the position of President of Canadian Forest Oil Ltd. Over his career, Mr. Anderson has held technical and leadership roles with Verenex Energy Inc., Kereco Energy Ltd., Pinnacle Resources Ltd and Norcen Energy Resources Ltd. Mr. Anderson is a Professional Engineer with APEGA, and graduated with a Bachelor of Science, Petroleum Engineering from the University of Alberta.

Nicki Stevens, P.Eng.

Ms. Stevens is Hammerhead’s Senior Vice President of Production, Marketing and ESG since January 2021 and joined Hammerhead in October 2012. Ms. Stevens has over 30 years of professional experience in the Western Canadian Basin. Prior to joining Hammerhead, Ms. Stevens held various roles with Talisman Energy and Chevron Canada including Engineering Technical Authority, exploitation, operations, facilities, and joint venture roles. Ms. Stevens is a Professional Engineer with APEGA, and graduated with a Bachelor of Science (Honours) in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Alberta.

Richard Unsworth

Mr. Unsworth is Hammerhead’s Senior Vice President of Business and Organizational Effectiveness and was appointed to the position on February 13, 2023. Mr. Unsworth has over 40 years of professional experience in the oil and gas industry. Before joining Hammerhead, Mr. Unsworth held the role of President of Deep Blue Strategy Inc., a private consulting firm. Prior thereto, Mr. Unsworth was Vice President, Production, Western Canada at Husky Energy Inc. Mr. Unsworth is a professional member of APEGA and has a bachelor of applied science in engineering from the University of British Columbia.

A. Stewart Hanlon, CA, CPA

Mr. Hanlon has served on the Hammerhead Board since November 2017. Prior to joining the Hammerhead Board, Mr. Hanlon served a 26-year tenure with Gibson Energy Inc. where he filled senior roles in finance, business development and operations, eventually culminating in his appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer in April of 2009. Mr. Hanlon retired from his position as President and Chief Executive Officer in June of 2017, and currently serves on the boards of Source Energy Services and Questor Technology. Mr. Hanlon is also a volunteer member on the board of the Children’s Wish Foundation and the Dean’s Advisory Council for the Edwards School of Business at the University of Saskatchewan. Mr. Hanlon holds a Bachelor of Commerce Degree from the University of Saskatchewan.

J. Paul Charron, CA, CPA

Mr. Charron has served on the Hammerhead Board since November 2017. Mr. Charron currently serves as the Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Ridgeback Resources Inc. Prior to joining Ridgeback Resources Inc., Mr. Charron was President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of CanEra Inc, (2014-2017), CanEra Energy Corp., (2010-2014) and CanEra Resources Inc. (2008-2010). Prior thereto he held the same positions at Canetic Resources Trust and its predecessor Acclaim Energy Trust, and served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ketch Energy Ltd. Prior to joining Ketch, Paul held the positions of Managing Director and Vice President and Director with the Capital Markets Group of BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc. and Vice President of Finance with Morrison Petroleums Ltd. Mr. Charron has held various board appointments including Corporate Director of Legacy Oil and Gas, Canetic Resources Trust, Acclaim Energy Trust, Creststreet Asset Management, Kereco Energy Ltd., Ketch Energy Ltd. and TriStar Oil and Gas Ltd. Currently, Paul serves as board chair of Edge School as well as Islander Oil and Gas.

154

Robert Tichio, MBA

Mr. Tichio has served as a member of the Hammerhead Board since March 2014. Mr. Tichio served as DCRD’s chief executive officer from March 15, 2022 and as a member of the DCRD Board from February 2021, in each case until the consummation of the Business Combination. Mr. Tichio has served as a member of the board of directors of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation V since March 2021. Mr. Tichio has served as a member of the board of directors of Solid Power, Inc. since December 2021. Mr. Tichio has served as chairman of the board of directors and member of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees of Tritium DCFC Limited since January 2022. Mr. Tichio is a partner and managing director of Riverstone Holdings. Mr. Tichio joined the firm in 2006 and has been focused on the firm’s Private Equity business. Prior to joining Riverstone Holdings, Mr. Tichio was in the Principal Investment Area (PIA) of Goldman Sachs, which manages the firm’s private corporate equity investments. Mr. Tichio began his career at J.P. Morgan in the Mergers & Acquisition Group, where he concentrated on assignments that included public company combinations, asset sales, takeover defenses, and leveraged buyouts. Mr. Tichio received his A.B. from Dartmouth College as a Phi Beta Kappa graduate, and later received his M.B.A. with Distinction from Harvard Business School. Mr. Tichio serves on a number of nonprofit and Riverstone portfolio company boards.

Jesal Shah, MBA

Mr. Shah has served on the Hammerhead Board since November 2018. Mr. Shah currently serves as a Managing Director of Riverstone. Mr. Shah joined Riverstone in 2010 as an Associate and returned to Riverstone in 2015 after earning his M.B.A. Prior to joining Riverstone, Mr. Shah was an Investment Banking Analyst in the Global Energy Group at Credit Suisse. While at Credit Suisse, Mr. Shah worked on M&A transactions and capital markets financings, with a focus on the power and utilities sector. Mr. Shah graduated summa cum laude from Tufts University with a B.A. in Economics and Spanish, and received his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. 

Bryan Begley

Mr. Begley has served on the Hammerhead Board since October of 2011. Mr. Begley is the Chief Executive Officer of Maroon Peak Energy Resources, LLC and Maroon Peak Management LLC. He has held this position since September 2022. Maroon Peak is a private energy company that owns energy interests in multiple locations. Mr. Begley is also a founder and Managing Director of 1901 Partners Management, LP, a private equity firm formed in 2014 that manages a portfolio of oil and gas and other energy-related investments. He is also a member of the Board of Directors of Athabasca Oil Corporation (TSX:ATH). Mr. Begley previously served as a Managing Director of ZBI Ventures, L.L.C., which he joined in 2007 as part of the founding team, to lead and manage private investments in the energy sector until 2014. Prior to joining ZBI Ventures, L.L.C., Mr. Begley was a partner at McKinsey & Co. in the Dallas and Houston offices, where he advised clients across the global energy sector. He has also worked as an engineer with Phillips Petroleum Company in Bartlesville, Oklahoma and Stavanger, Norway.

James AC McDermott

Mr. McDermott has served as a member of the Board since the consummation of the Business Combination. Mr. McDermott served as lead independent director of the DCRD Board from August 2021 until the consummation of the Business Combination. Mr. McDermott is the founder and chief executive officer of Rusheen Capital Management, a private equity firm that invests in growth-stage companies in the carbon capture and utilization, low-carbon energy and water sustainability sectors. As an investor and entrepreneur, Mr. McDermott has founded, run and invested in over 35 businesses over a 25 year career and has built an extensive professional network in the low-carbon energy, water and sustainability sectors. From 1996 to 2003, Mr. McDermott founded and ran Stamps.com (NASDAQ: STMP), Archive.com (sold to Cyclone Commerce) and Spoke.com. From 2003 to 2017, Mr. McDermott co-founded and served as Managing Partner of US

155

Renewables Group, a private investment firm, where he raised and invested approximately $1 billion into clean energy businesses. Mr. McDermott was founder and board member of NanoH2O, is the founder and executive chairman of Fulcrum BioEnergy, investor and board observer of Moleaer, a board member of Carbon Engineering and the chief executive officer of 1PointFive. For five years, Mr. McDermott has been a board member of the Los Angeles Cleantech Incubator. Mr. McDermott holds a MBA from UCLA, and a BA in Philosophy from Colorado College.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of the Company’s executive officers and directors or director nominees.

Penalties or Sanctions, Individual Bankruptcies and Corporate Cease Trade Orders and Bankruptcies

None of the directors or executive officers of the Company, and to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no shareholder that holds a sufficient number of securities to affect materially the control of the Company, has been subject to any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a securities regulatory authority or been subject to any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor making an investment decision.

None of the directors or executive officers of the Company, and to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no shareholder that holds a sufficient number of securities to affect materially the control of the Company, has, within the 10 years prior to the date of this prospectus, become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of that individual.

Other than as disclosed below, none of the directors or executive officers of the Company, and to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no shareholder that holds a sufficient number of securities to affect materially the control of the Company is, as at the date of this prospectus, or has been within the 10 years before the date of this prospectus: (a) a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of any company that was subject to an order that was issued while the director or executive officer was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer; (b) was subject to an order that was issued after the director or executive officer ceased to be a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer; or (c) a director or executive officer of any company that, while that person was acting in that capacity, or within a year of that person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets. For the purposes of this paragraph, “order” means a cease trade order, an order similar to a cease trade order or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation, in each case, that was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days.

Mr. Robert Tichio was a director of EP Energy Corporation and Castex Energy I, LLC, the general partner of Castex Energy 2005, L.P. Both entities previously filed for Chapter 11 reorganizations with the U.S. Bankruptcy Courts and have since emerged from bankruptcy proceedings. Mr. Tichio no longer serves as a director for either company.

Mr. David Anderson, was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Lone Pine Resources Inc. (“Lone Pine”), an oil and natural gas company, from June 2011 to end of February 2013. On September 25, 2013, Lone Pine commenced proceedings in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta under the Companies’ Creditors

156

Arrangement Act 62 (“CCAA”) and ancillary proceedings under Chapter 15 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. On January 31, 2014, Lone Pine completed its emergence from creditor protection under the CCAA and Chapter 15 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Lone Pine, Lone Pine Resources Canada Ltd. and all other subsidiaries of Lone Pine were parties to the CCAA and Chapter 15 proceedings.

Mr. Michael Kohut was a director of Great Prairie Energy Services Inc. (“Great Prairie”) on January 22, 2016 when it applied for and obtained an order from the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta under the CCAA. Mr. Kohut resigned as a director of Great Prairie on January 22, 2016.

Mr. Bryan Begley was the Chair of the Board of Directors of Legend Energy Services, LLC (“Legend”), a privately held company in the U.S. which had been one of the horizontal drilling industry’s premier coiled tubing service specialists. Upon the downturn in the oil and gas industry, Legend worked together with its secured lender to sell its assets to a smaller operator. To be sure that its remaining assets were shared equitably by its remaining creditors, on October 26, 2021, Legend filed a voluntary Chapter 7 Petition in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Texas. Mr. Begley ceased his position as a director of Legend on October 26, 2021.

Corporate Governance

The Canadian Securities Administrators (the “CSA”) have issued corporate governance guidelines pursuant to National Policy 58-201—Corporate Governance Guidelines (the “Corporate Governance Guidelines”), together with certain related disclosure requirements pursuant to National Instrument 58-101—Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices (“NI 58-101”). The Corporate Governance Guidelines are recommendations respecting reporting issuer corporate governance, including the CSA’s recommendations on the composition of a company’s board of directors (or similar body for a non-corporate entity), director independence, board mandates and position descriptions for the board chair, committee chairs, and the CEO, orientation and continuing education, written codes of conduct or ethics, nomination of directors, compensation and regulator board assessments.

The Company recognizes that good corporate governance plays an important role in its overall success and in enhancing shareholder value and, accordingly, has adopted certain corporate governance policies and practices which reflect its consideration of the recommended Corporate Governance Guidelines.

The disclosure set out below includes disclosure required by NI 58-101 describing the Company’s approach to corporate governance in relation to the Corporate Governance Guidelines.

Election of Directors

Election and Appointment of Directors

Under the Company Articles, the Board is to consist of a minimum of 3 and a maximum of 11 directors. The Company Articles do not provide for the Board to be divided into classes.

At any general meeting of Shareholders at which directors are to be elected, a separate vote of Shareholders entitled to vote will be taken with respect to each candidate nominated for director. Pursuant to the ABCA and the Company’s by-laws, any vacancy occurring on the Board may be filled by a quorum of the remaining directors, subject to certain exceptions. If there is not a quorum of directors, or if there has been a failure to elect the number or minimum number of directors required by the Company Articles, the directors then in office shall, without delay, call a special meeting of Shareholders to fill the vacancy, and if they fail to call a meeting or if there are no directors then in office, any Shareholder can call the meeting. Any director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence will hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director’s successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal.

157

Orientation and Continuing Education

The Board has implemented an orientation program for new directors. New directors have been provided with comprehensive orientation and education as to the nature and operation of the company and its business, the role of the Board and its committees, and the contribution that an individual director is expected to make. The governance and ESG committee is responsible for overseeing director continuing education designed to maintain or enhance the skills and abilities of the directors and to ensure that their knowledge and understanding of the Company’s business remains current. The chair of each committee is responsible for coordinating orientation and continuing director development programs relating to the committee’s mandate.

Director Term Limits and Other Mechanisms of Board Renewal

Subject to the ABCA, the Shareholders have elected, at the first meeting of Shareholders, and shall elect at each succeeding annual meeting at which an election of directors is required, directors to hold office for a term expiring not later than the close of the next annual meeting of Shareholders following the election. A director not elected for an expressly stated term ceases to hold office at the close of the first annual meeting of Shareholders following his or her election but, if qualified, is eligible for re-election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if directors are not elected at a meeting of Shareholders, the incumbent directors continue in office until their successors are elected.

The Company has implemented mandatory age-related retirement policies and other mechanisms of board renewal and the Company’s governance and ESG committee will seek to maintain the composition of the Board in a way that provides, in the judgment of the Board, the best mix of skills and experience to provide for the Company’s overall stewardship.

Removal of Directors

Subject to the ABCA, the Shareholders may by ordinary resolution at a special meeting remove any director or directors from office before the expiration of his or her term of office and may elect any person in his or her stead for the remainder of the director’s term. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, where the holders of any class or series of shares of the Company have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may only be removed by an ordinary resolution at a meeting of the shareholders of that class or series.

Proceedings of Board of Directors

A resolution in writing signed by all the directors entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of directors or committee of directors is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of directors or committee of directors. In accordance with the relevant mandates of the Board and its committees, it is expected that time will be set aside at every meeting to meet in camera (without management present) to facilitate open and candid discussion.

Board Conflicts of Interest

Any Director who has a material personal interest in a contract or proposed contract of the Company, holds any office or owns any property such that the director might have duties or interests which conflict with, or which may conflict, either directly or indirectly, with the directors’ duties or interests as a director, must give the directors notice of the interest at a meeting of directors.

For purposes of managing any potential conflicts of interest, a director who has a material interest in a matter before the Board or any committee on which he or she serves is required to disclose such interest as soon as the director becomes aware of it. In situations where a director has a material interest in a matter to be considered by the Board or any committee on which he or she serves, such director may be required to absent

158

himself or herself from the meeting while discussions and voting with respect to the matter are taking place. Directors are also required to comply with the relevant provisions of the ABCA regarding conflicts of interest.

Certain members of the Board are also members of the board of directors of other public companies.

Director Term Limits and Other Mechanisms of Board Renewal

The ABCA allows for the removal of a director by ordinary resolution of the shareholders passed at a special meeting.

The Company’s by-laws specify all directors cease to hold office immediately before the election or appointment of directors at every annual general meeting. Directors are eligible for re-election or reappointment.

Indemnification and Insurance Obligations of the Company Following the Business Combination

Under Section 124 of the ABCA, except in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Company to procure a judgment in the Company’s favor, the Company may indemnify a current or former director or officer or a person who acts or acted at our request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Company is or was a shareholder or creditor and the heirs and legal representatives of any such persons (collectively, “Indemnified Persons”) against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by any such Indemnified Person in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative, investigative or other actions or proceedings in which the Indemnified Person involved by reason of being or having been director or officer of the Company, if (i) the Indemnified Person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company, and (ii) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the Indemnified Person had reasonable grounds for believing that such Indemnified Person’s conduct was lawful (collectively, the “Discretionary Indemnification Conditions”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ABCA provides that an Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnity from the Company in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Person in connection with the defense of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action or proceeding in which the Indemnified Person involved by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the Company, if the Indemnified Person (i) was not judged by a court or competent authority to have committed any fault or omitted to do anything that the person ought to have done, and (ii) fulfills the Discretionary Indemnification Conditions (collectively, the “Mandatory Indemnification Conditions”). The Company may advance funds to an Indemnified Person for the costs, charges and expenses of such a proceeding; however, the Indemnified Person must repay the funds if the Indemnified Person does not fulfill the Mandatory Indemnification Conditions. The indemnification may be made in connection with a derivative action only with court approval and only if the Discretionary Indemnification Conditions are met.

A corporation may advance funds to an indemnifiable person in order to defray the costs, charges and expenses incurred by an indemnifiable person in respect of that proceeding, provided that if it is ultimately determined that the payment of expenses was prohibited, the indemnifiable person will repay any amounts advanced.

Subject to the aforementioned prohibitions on indemnification, an indemnifiable person will be entitled to indemnity from the corporation in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action or proceeding in which the indemnifiable person is involved by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the corporation or body corporate, if the person seeking indemnity: (i) was not judged by a court or competent authority to have committed any fault or omitted to do anything that the person ought to have done; and (ii) (a) the individual acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation; and (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the individual had reasonable grounds for believing that the individual’s conduct was lawful.

159

As permitted by the ABCA, the Company’s by-laws require the Company to indemnify directors or officers of the Company, former directors or officers of the Company or other individuals who, at the Company’s request, act or acted as directors or officers or in a similar capacity of another entity of which the Company is or was a shareholder or creditor (and such individual’s respective heirs and personal representatives) to the extent permitted by the ABCA. Because the Company’s by-laws require that indemnification be subject to the ABCA, any indemnification that the Company provides is subject to the same restrictions set out in the ABCA which are summarized, in part, above.

The Company may also, pursuant to the ABCA, purchase and maintain insurance, or pay or agree to pay a premium for insurance, for each director and officer against any liability incurred by the director or officer as a result of their holding office in the Company or a related body corporate.

Foreign Private Issuer Status

The Company is a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the rules of the NASDAQ. Under the securities laws of the United States, “foreign private issuers” are subject to different disclosure requirements than U.S. registrants. The Company intends to take all actions necessary to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules adopted by the SEC and NASDAQ’s listing standards.

Board Mandate

The primary responsibility of the Board is to appoint competent management and to oversee the management of the Company with a view to maximize shareholder value and ensure corporate conduct in an ethical and legal manner through an appropriate system of corporate governance and internal controls. Subject to the provisions of the ABCA, the Board may delegate certain of those powers and authority that the directors of the Company, or independent directors, as applicable, deemed necessary or desirable to effect the actual administration of the duties of the Board.

In general terms, the Board endeavors to:

(a) in consultation with the president and chief executive officer of the Company (the “Chief Executive Officer”), define the principal objectives of the Company;

(b) supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Company with the goal of achieving the Company’s principal objectives as defined by the Board in association with the Chief Executive Officer;

(c) discharge the duties imposed on the Board by applicable laws; and

(d) for the purpose of carrying out the foregoing responsibilities, take all such actions as the Board deems necessary or appropriate.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board endeavors to perform the following duties.

• Require the Chief Executive Officer to present annually to the Board a longer range strategic plan and a shorter range business plan for the Company.

• Review progress towards the achievement of the goals established in the strategic, operating and capital plans.

• Review the principal risks of the Company’s business identified by the Chief Executive Officer and review management’s implementation of the appropriate systems to manage these risks.

• Approve the annual operating and capital budgets and plans and subsequent revisions thereof.

• Approve acquisitions and dispositions in excess of pre-approved expenditure limits established by the Board.

• Approve the establishment of credit facilities.

• Approve issuances of additional shares or other securities to the public.

• Approve the repurchase of securities of the Company.

160

Monitoring and Acting

• Monitor the Company’s progress towards its goals, and to revise and alter its direction through management in light of changing circumstances.

• Monitor overall human resource policies and procedures, including compensation and succession planning.

• Appoint the Chief Executive Officer and determine the terms of the Chief Executive Officer’s employment with the Company.

• Approve the distribution policy of the Company.

• Review the systems implemented by management and the Board which are designed to maintain or enhance the integrity of the Company’s internal control and management information systems.

• Monitor the “good corporate citizenship” of the Company, including compliance by the Company with all applicable environmental laws.

• In consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, establish the ethical standards to be observed by all officers and employees of the Company and use reasonable efforts to ensure that a process is in place to monitor compliance with those standards.

• Require that the Chief Executive Officer institute and monitor processes and systems designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws by the Company and its officers and employees.

• Approve all matters relating to a transaction involving the Company.

Compliance Reporting and Corporate Communications

• Review the procedures implemented by the Company’s management and the Board which are designed to ensure that the financial performance of the Company is properly reported to Shareholders, other security holders and regulators on a timely and regular basis.

• Recommend to Shareholders a firm of chartered accountants to be appointed as the Company’s auditors.

• Review the procedures designed and implemented by management and the independent auditors to ensure that the financial results are reported fairly and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

• Review the procedures implemented by the Company’s management and the Board which are designed to ensure the timely reporting of any other developments that have a significant and material impact on the value of the Company.

• Review, consider and where required, approve, the reports required under NI 51-101.

• Report annually to Shareholders on the Board’s stewardship for the preceding year.

• where required, approve any policy designed to enable the Company to communicate effectively with the Shareholders and the public generally.

Governance

• In consultation with the Chair of the Board, develop a position description for the Chair of the Board.

• Facilitate the continuity, effectiveness and independence of the Board by, amongst other things,

• selecting nominees for election to the Board;

• appointing a Chair of the Board who is not a member of management;

161

• appointing from amongst the directors an audit committee and such other committees of the Board as the Board deems appropriate;

• defining the mandate or terms of reference of each committee of the Board;

• ensuring that processes are in place and are utilized to assess the effectiveness of the Chair of the Board, the Board as a whole, each committee of the Board and each director; and

• establishing a system to enable any director to engage an outside adviser at the expense of the Company.

• Review annually the adequacy and form of the compensation of directors.

Delegation

• The Board may delegate its duties to and receive reports and recommendations from any committee of the Board.

Composition

• On at least an annual basis, the Board shall conduct an analysis and make a positive affirmation as to the “independence” of a majority of the Board members.

• Members should have or obtain sufficient knowledge of the Company and the oil and gas business to assist in providing advice and counsel on relevant issues.

Meetings

• The Board shall meet at least four times per year and/or as deemed appropriate by the Board Chair.

• Minutes of each meeting shall be prepared by the Secretary to the Board.

• The Chief Executive Officer or his designate(s) may be present at all meetings of the Board.

• Vice-Presidents and such other staff as appropriate to provide information to the Board shall attend meetings at the invitation of the Board.

Reporting / Authority

• Following each meeting, the secretary will promptly report to the Board by way of providing draft copies of the minutes of the meetings.

• Supporting schedules and information reviewed by the Board at any meeting shall be available for examination by any director upon request to the Chief Executive Officer.

• The Board shall have the authority to review any corporate report or material and to investigate activity of the Company and to request any employees to cooperate as requested by the Board.

The Board may retain persons having special expertise and/or obtain independent professional advice to assist in fulfilling its responsibilities at the expense of the Company.

Board Committees

The Company has established a separately standing audit committee, governance and ESG committee, compensation committee and reserves committee.

162

Audit Committee

The Company has established an audit committee of the Board comprised of A. Stewart Hanlon, J. Paul Charron and James AC McDermott. The Board has determined that each such director is independent under the Listing Rules, National Instrument 52-110—Audit Committees (“NI 52-110”) and under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. A. Stewart Hanlon serves as the chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the NASDAQ and the Board has determined that A. Stewart Hanlon is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules and has accounting or related financial management expertise. The Company complies with NI 52-110 and relies on the exemptions for U.S. listed issuers thereunder.

The Board has adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including but not limited to:

• appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm;

• discussing with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm their independence from the Company’s management;

• reviewing with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit;

• approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm;

• overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with the Company’s management and the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements;

• reviewing and monitoring the Company’s accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

• reviewing the Company’s policies on risk assessment and risk management;

• reviewing, with the Company’s independent auditor, their plan for their audit and, upon completion of the audit, their reports upon the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries;

• reviewing related party transactions;

• reviewing the financial statements, prospectuses, management’s discussion and analysis, annual information forms (“AIF”), Form 20-Fs, business acquisition reports, annual reports, annual and interim profit or loss releases, and all public disclosure containing audited or unaudited financial information before public release and prior to Board approval. The committee must be satisfied that adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Company’s public disclosure of financial information extracted or derived from the Company’s financial statements, including prospectuses, AIFs and business acquisition reports, except as otherwise specified, prior to their public release, and must periodically assess the adequacy and accuracy of those procedures; and

• establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters.

Governance and ESG Committee

The Company has established a governance and ESG committee of the Board comprised of A. Stewart Hanlon and James AC McDermott, each of whom is independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and the NASDAQ Listing Rules, NI-58-101 and James AC McDermott serves as the chairman of the committee. The Board is has adopted a governance and ESG charter, which details the principal functions of the governance and ESG committee. The governance and ESG committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on the Board.

163

The governance and ESG committee is responsible for, among other things:

• identifying individuals qualified to become members of the Board, consistent with criteria approved by the Board;

• annually reviewing the Company’s disclosure of its corporate governance practices to be included in the Company’s annual report or information circular as required by the TSX, NI 58-101 and any other applicable regulatory authority;

• establishing a “skills matrix” outlining the skills and experiences which the committee believes are required by members of the Board, reviewing the skills matrix annually and updating the skills matrix as necessary;

• overseeing the Company’s policies, procedures, practices and strategies relating to climate related issues and other sustainability matters to ensure due consideration of risks, opportunities and potential performance improvement relating thereto;

• monitoring the Company’s compliance with applicable environmental laws in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates;

• evaluating the overall effectiveness of the Board and its committees;

• reviewing developments in corporate governance compliance and developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles;

• reviewing the Company’s enterprise risk management program relating to identifying, assessing and managing climate related risks, whether physical or transition related and in view of plausible future scenarios, as well as other sustainability related risks, and report to the audit committee;

• reviewing the Company’s disclosure, reporting and external communication practices pertaining to climate and sustainability issues, including but not limited to assessments of materiality, ESG or sustainability report development and approach to analogous disclosure, media and social media campaigns and other written communication with stakeholders; and

• reviewing shareholder proposals relating to sustainability issues and provide a report to the Board.

The governance and ESG committee will consider persons identified by its members, management, directors and others. The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified in the governance and ESG committee charter, generally provide that persons to be nominated should:

• have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

• possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the Board and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

• have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the Shareholders.

The governance and ESG committee will consider a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on the Board. The governance and ESG committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time and will also consider the overall experience and makeup of its members to obtain a broad and diverse mix of board members. The governance and ESG committee will not distinguish among nominees recommended by Shareholders and other persons.

Compensation Committee

The Company has established a compensation committee comprised of Bryan Begley and A. Stewart Hanlon. Bryan Begley and A. Stewart Hanlon are independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and the NASDAQ. Bryan Begley serves as chairman of the compensation committee.

164

The Board has adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including but not limited to:

• reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives with respect to the compensation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, evaluating the Company’s Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of these goals and objectives and setting compensation;

• reviewing and setting or making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the Company’s other executive officers;

• reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding director compensation;

• reviewing and approving or making recommendations to the Board regarding the Company’s incentive compensation and equity-based plans and arrangements; and

• appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser.

However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NASDAQ and the SEC.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the Company’s officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, (i) as a member of the compensation committee or the board of directors of another entity, one of whose officers serves on the Company’s compensation committee, or (ii) as a member of the compensation committee of another entity, one of whose officers serves on the Board.

Reserves Committee

The Company has established a reserves committee of the Board comprised entirely of independent directors, in accordance with NI 51-101 guidelines. The reserves committee is comprised of J. Paul Charron and Bryan Begley. J. Paul Charron and Bryan Begley are independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and the NASDAQ. J. Paul Charron serves as chair of the reserves committee.

The reserves committee is responsible for, among other things:

• assisting the Company’s management in fulfilling its responsibilities under NI 51-101 with respect to the oil and natural gas reserves evaluation process;

• reviewing any public disclosure and regulatory filings with respect to any reserves evaluation and related oil and natural gas activities;

• acting as the steward of the Company’s operational performance;

• reviewing the Company’s procedures for providing information to the qualified reserves evaluators or auditors (as defined in NI 51-101) (the “Independent Evaluator”) and the appointment of the Independent Evaluator and, in the case of any proposed change to change the Independent Evaluator, determine the reason therefor and whether there have been any disputes with management; and

• reviewing and monitoring the adequacy of the Company’s health, safety and environmental emergency response policies, plans, reporting and resources.

165

Independence of Directors

The Common Shares and Warrants are listed on the NASDAQ under the ticker symbols “HHRS” and “HHRSW,” respectively, and on the TSX under the ticker symbols “HHRS” and “HHRS.WT,” respectively.

As a result, the Company adheres to the rules of the NASDAQ and applicable Canadian securities laws in determining whether a director is independent. The listing standards of the NASDAQ generally define an “independent director” as a person, other than an executive officer of a company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of the issuer’s board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Under NI 58-101, a director is considered to be independent if he or she is independent within the meaning of Section 1.4 of NI 52-110. Pursuant to NI 52-110, an independent director is a director who is free from any direct or indirect material relationship with the Company which could, in the view of the Board, be reasonably expected to interfere with the exercise of such director’s independent judgement. The Board has determined that A. Stewart Hanlon, J. Paul Charron, James AC McDermott and Bryan Begley are considered independent directors.

Risk Oversight

The Board oversees the risk management activities designed and implemented by the Company’s management. The Board executes its oversight responsibility both directly and through its committees. The Board also considers specific risk topics, including risks associated with its strategic initiatives, business plans and capital structure. The Company’s management, including its executive officers, are primarily responsible for managing the risks associated with operation and business of the Company and provide appropriate updates to the Board and the audit committee. The Board delegates to the audit committee oversight of its risk management process, and its other committees also consider risk as they perform their respective committee responsibilities. All committees report to the Board as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of material or enterprise risk.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics and, has posted such Code of Conduct and Ethics, and intends to post any amendments to or any waivers from a provision of its Code of Conduct and Ethics, on its website, and also intends to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of its Code of Conduct and Ethics in a manner consistent with NI 58-101 and the applicable rules or regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ.

Shareholder Communication with the Board

Shareholders and interested parties may communicate with the Board, any committee chairperson or the independent directors as a group by writing to the Board or committee chairperson in care of Robert Tichio.

Insider Trading Policy

The Company has adopted an insider trading policy which prohibits its executives, other employees and directors from: (i) trading in its securities while in possession of material undisclosed information about the Company; and (ii) entering into certain derivative-based transactions that involve, directly or indirectly, securities of the Company, during a restricted period.

Diversity

The Company recognizes the importance and benefit of having a board of directors and senior management composed of highly talented and experienced individuals having regard to the need to foster and promote

166

diversity among board members and senior management with respect to attributes such as gender, ethnicity and other factors. In support of this goal, the governance and ESG committee will, when identifying candidates to nominate for election to the Board or appoint as senior management or in its review of senior management succession planning and talent management:

• consider individuals who are highly qualified, based on their talents, experience, functional expertise and personal skills, character and qualities having regard to the Company’s current and future plans and objectives, as well as anticipated regulatory and market developments;

• consider criteria that promote diversity, including with regard to gender, ethnicity, and other dimensions;

• consider the level of representation of women on its board of directors and in senior management positions, along with other markers of diversity, when making recommendations for nominees to the Board or for appointment as senior management and in general with regard to succession planning for the Board and senior management; and

• as required, engage qualified independent external advisors to assist the Board in conducting its search for candidates that meet the board of directors’ criteria regarding skills, experience and diversity.

167

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Historical Compensation of the Company’s Directors

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, the Company paid $50,000 to each of Messrs. Charron and Hanlon in director fees, and each were granted 100,000 Hammerhead RSUs pursuant to the Hammerhead Share Award Plan described below. Additionally, the Company paid $92,554.79 and $50,000 to each of Messrs. Charron and Hanlon in director fees, respectively, during the 2021 year that related to services provided in 2020. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, the Company paid an aggregate of $200,000 in director fees to 1901 Partners Management, LP on behalf of Mr. Begley. Of the fees paid to 1901 Partners Management, LP during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, $100,000 related to services provided in 2020. Messrs. Charron and Hanlon’s 2021 awards vest with respect to 25% of the Hammerhead RSUs subject to the award on December 31, 2022, and with respect to the remaining 75% of the Hammerhead RSUs subject to the award in 25% annual installments thereafter.

The Company did not pay any compensation or provide any benefits for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 to other non-employee directors.

Historical Compensation of the Company’s Executive Officers – Year Ended December 31, 2021

Cdn Dollars

				Short-term Benefits		Share- based Payments
Name	Title	Salaries & Fees(1)		Other(2)		RSUs(3)		Total
Scott Sobie	President, Chief Executive Officer	$	515,000	$	1,340,002	$	3,390,252	$	5,245,254
Michael G. Kohut	SVP & Chief Financial Officer	$	324,500	$	498,597	$	1,508,285	$	2,331,382
David M. Anderson	SVP, Operations & Business Development	$	324,450	$	501,818	$	1,508,285	$	2,334,553
Daniel Labelle	SVP, Development & A&D	$	324,450	$	503,298	$	1,508,285	$	2,336,033
Nicki Stevens	SVP, Production, Marketing & ESG	$	285,000	$	427,996	$	1,324,347	$	2,037,343
Scott Rennie	SVP Development	$	67,574	$	541,484	$	—	$	609,058

(1) ‘Salary and Fees’ represents the actual salary amounts paid to executive officers in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021.

(2) ‘Other’ represents bonuses earned by the executive officers for services in the fiscal year of 2021 and other fringe benefits provided to the executive officers, including fitness allowance, life insurance, dependent life insurance, accidental death & dismemberment, parking, executive medical assessments, health spending accounts, and additional Best Doctor’s coverage and loan settlements under the long term retention program.

(3) Share based payments represent the Black Scholes valuation of RSU awards granted in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021, and do not represent any type of cash disbursement.

The breakdown of ‘other’ benefits is as follows:

Cdn Dollars

Name	Title	Bonus		Fringe Benefits		Total
Scott Sobie	President, Chief Executive Officer	$	1,319,900	$	20,102	$	1,340,002
Michael G. Kohut	SVP & Chief Financial Officer	$	485,000	$	13,597	$	498,597
David Anderson	SVP, Operations & Business Development	$	485,000	$	16,818	$	501,818
Daniel Labelle	SVP, Development & A&D	$	485,000	$	18,298	$	503,298
Nicki Stevens	SVP, Production, Marketing & ESG	$	410,900	$	17,096	$	427,996
Scott Rennie	SVP Development	$	—	$	541,484	$	541,484

168

Philosophy

The Company’s executive compensation program is designed to attract and retain high performing leaders and value creators. In efforts to continue the Company’s path for sustainable growth, the Board and its compensation committee support executive compensation that reinforces engagement, continuous improvement and optimizes corporate performance. The Company’s approach to executive compensation is competitive with peer Canadian oil and gas companies where there is substantial upside for high performance and downside for under performance. The objectives of the program aim to provide competitive wages as compared to the Company’s peers, emphasize pay for performance through an annual short-term incentive program, and at-risk pay that aligns executive and stakeholder’s interests for value creation.

Compensation Committee

The Company’s compensation committee provides oversight for evaluating Hammerhead’s compensation and board governance practices. This includes compensation and assessment of performance for the CEO, directors and overall approach to employee compensation programs and annual compensation recommendations. The compensation committee governs the application of compensation practices to corporate performance as measured by annual key performance indicators within the Company’s corporate scorecard. The compensation committee ensures there is a clear understanding of the Company’s approach to compensation and that a direct correlation exists between pay and performance.

The compensation committee evaluates executive compensation practices based on the following:

Competitive Review and Governance

In the Company’s efforts to attract and retain high performing talent and to ensure it is competitive in its pay practices, the Company targets the 50th–75th percentile of market data. The Company uses the Mercer Total Compensation Survey for the petroleum industry (“MTCS”) and completes a detailed review of its practices and pay each year. In addition to the MTCS, the Company uses other industry compensation data including APEGA and the Calgary Exchange Group annual compensation planning survey. The Company also references government statistics based on inflation and economic indicators and utilizes public company reporting on top 5 named executive officers.

From time to time, the Company will engage the support of third-party compensation consultant advisors to provide an unbiased approach to executive and board compensation practices. This instills governance and is

169

intended to ensure that the Company’s approach is competitive and effective. The Company’s executive compensation consists of a base salary and variable incentive pay programs such as a short term pay for performance cash bonus program, and a long-term incentive under its equity plans of restricted share units and or stock options. In addition to wages and incentive programs, executives also receive health, dental and wellness benefits.

Elements of Executive Compensation

The Company strives to ensure that every employee understands how they contribute and impact the results of the organization. The Company’s executive compensation framework includes a combination of guaranteed and variable pay based on performance. There are three elements to executive total compensation with weighted emphasis on variable components of pay for performance and at-risk pay. The variable component of compensation on a percentage basis is commensurate with the degree of responsibility and accountability in the organization, with the executives having significantly more of compensation based on achieving corporate results.

The Company’s compensation framework has three elements: (1) guaranteed pay, (2) incentive compensation, and (3) benefits and other compensation.

1) Guaranteed Pay – Annual Base Salary

• Hammerhead provides a competitive annual base salary that targets the 50-75% percentile of the market.

• Executive may be paid above or below target based on various considerations such as experience, length in the role, and comparison to others in similar roles.

2) Incentive Compensation – Pay for Performance and At-Risk Pay

• Short-Term Incentive – Annual Bonus Program

Executives participate in the Pay for Performance annual cash bonus program (“Bonus Program”) with all other employees. The program considers corporate, team and individual performance metrics that are applied to bonus targets. Performance metrics are detailed within the annual corporate scorecard which provides a final multiplier at the end of each performance period. The multiplier and overall review of the corporate scorecard is recommended to and approved by the compensation committee. If approved, the multiplier is applied to the corporate portion of the executive’s bonus target. Executive bonus targets are weighted primarily on corporate performance.

• Long-Term Incentive – Equity based compensation

• Hammerhead Share Award Plan

Hammerhead has the Hammerhead Share Award Plan pursuant to which Hammerhead provides directors, officers, employees and other eligible service providers the opportunity through Hammerhead RSU awards to acquire an increased proprietary interest in Hammerhead. The Hammerhead RSUs are subject to the Hammerhead Share Award Plan with typical vesting of 25% per year upon the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the grant date with an expiration of five years from the grant date.

• Hammerhead Share Option Plan

Hammerhead has the Hammerhead Share Option Plan pursuant to which Hammerhead provides directors, officers, employees and other eligible service providers the opportunity through Hammerhead Option grants to acquire an increased proprietary interest in Hammerhead. The Hammerhead Options are subject to the Hammerhead Share Option Plan with typical vesting of 25% per year upon the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the grant date with an expiration of five years from the grant date.

170

3) Benefits and Other Compensation

Hammerhead provides executives with other compensation in the form of group Health, Dental and Insurance benefits; Annual Executive Health Assessment; Best Doctors Program; Sick Leave (Salary Continuance) and Long-Term Disability; Business Travel Medical Insurance; Out of Country medical Insurance; parking benefits; Health Care Spending Account; Employee Assistance Program and Fitness Allowance.

Employment Agreements

Scott Sobie, Employment Agreement

Effective April 27, 2015, Scott Sobie entered into an amended and restated executive employment agreement covering the terms and conditions of his employment as President and Chief Executive Officer.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, if terminated without just cause, Mr. Sobie would be entitled to severance payments including (i) two times his annual salary, (ii) an amount equal to his current performance target percentage multiplied by the amount determined in (i), and (iii) an amount equal to 15% multiplied by the amount determined in (i) to account for lost benefits, in each case, in effect immediately prior to his termination. Such payments would be subject to a release of claims. If there is a change in control, Mr. Sobie would be entitled, within 6 months following the change of control, to terminate employment and still receive these severance benefits.

Mr. Sobie’s employment agreement contains customary confidentiality and proprietary information provisions, as well as employee and consultant non-solicitation covenants for one year post-termination.

Michael G. Kohut, Employment Agreement

Effective January 8, 2019, Michael G. Kohut entered into an executive employment agreement covering the terms and conditions of his employment as Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, if terminated without just cause, Mr. Kohut would be entitled to severance payments including (i) one times his annual salary, (ii) an amount equal to his current performance target percentage multiplied by the amount determined in (i), and (iii) an amount equal to 15% of his current salary to account for lost benefits, in each case, in effect immediately prior to his termination. Additionally, Mr. Kohut would be entitled to an amount equal to l/12th of the total payments in (i)-(iii) for each full year of employment, up to a maximum additional amount of 50% of the total payments in (i)-(iii). Such payments are subject to a release of claims. If there is a change in control, Mr. Kohut would be entitled, within one year following the change of control, to terminate employment under certain good reason events and still receive these severance benefits.

Mr. Kohut’s employment agreement contains customary confidentiality and proprietary information provisions, as well as employee and consultant non-solicitation covenants for one year post-termination.

David M. Anderson, Employment Agreement

Effective April 30, 2015, David M. Anderson entered into an executive employment agreement covering the terms and conditions of his employment as Senior Vice President, Business Development & Operations.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, if terminated without just cause, Mr. Anderson would be entitled to severance payments including (i) one times his annual salary, (ii) an amount equal to his current performance target percentage multiplied by the amount determined in clause (i) and (iii) an amount equal to 15% of his current salary to account for lost benefits, in each case, in effect immediately prior to his termination.

171

Additionally, Mr. Anderson would be entitled to an amount equal to 1/12th of the total payments in clauses (i)-(iii) for each full year of employment, up to a maximum additional amount of 50% of the total payments in clauses (i)-(iii). Such payments are subject to a release of claims. If there is a change in control, Mr. Anderson would be entitled, within one year following the change of control, to terminate employment under certain good reason events and still receive these severance benefits.

Mr. Anderson’s employment agreement contains customary confidentiality and proprietary information provisions, as well as employee and consultant non-solicitation covenants for one year post-termination.

Daniel Labelle, Employment Agreement

Effective April 28, 2015, Daniel Labelle entered into an executive employment agreement covering the terms and conditions of his employment as Senior Vice President, Development and A&D.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, if terminated without just cause, Mr. Labelle would be entitled to severance payments including (i) one times his annual salary, (ii) an amount equal to his current performance target percentage multiplied by the amount determined in (i), and (iii) an amount equal to 15% of his current salary to account for lost benefits, in each case, in effect immediately prior to his termination. Additionally, Mr. Labelle would be entitled to an amount equal to l/12th of the total payments in (i)-(iii) for each full year of employment, up to a maximum additional amount of 50% of the total payments in (i)-(iii). Such payments are subject to a release of claims. If there is a change in control, Mr. Labelle would be entitled, within one year following the change of control, to terminate employment under certain good reason events and still receive these severance benefits.

Mr. Labelle’s employment agreement contains customary confidentiality and proprietary information provisions, as well as employee and consultant non-solicitation covenants for one year post-termination.

Nicki Stevens, Employment Agreement

Effective April 30, 2015, Nicki Stevens entered into an executive employment agreement covering the terms and conditions of her employment as Senior Vice President, Production, Marketing and ESG.

Pursuant to her employment agreement, if terminated without just cause, Ms. Stevens would be entitled to severance payments including (i) one times her annual salary, (ii) an amount equal to her current performance target percentage multiplied by the amount determined in (i), and (iii) an amount equal to 15% of her current salary to account for lost benefits, in each case, in effect immediately prior to her termination. Additionally, Ms. Stevens would be entitled to an amount equal to l/12th of the total payments in (i)-(iii) for each full year of employment, up to a maximum additional amount of 50% of the total payments in (i)-(iii). Such payments are subject to a release of claims. If there is a change in control, Ms. Stevens would be entitled, within one year following the change of control, to terminate employment under certain good reason events and still receive these severance benefits.

Ms. Stevens’s employment agreement contains customary confidentiality and proprietary information provisions, as well as employee and consultant non-solicitation covenants for one year post-termination.

The Company

Historical compensation of the Company’s Directors

The Company did not pay any compensation or provide any benefits for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 to the Directors.

172

Executive Officer and Company Director Compensation

The Company engaged a third-party executive compensation advisory firm to assist in the review and development of its executive and director compensation programs.

For more information about the holdings of directors and executive officers, including the number of Common Shares held by each individual, see the section entitled “Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s Securities.”

The following sets forth the anticipated compensation of the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, the Senior Vice President, Development and A&D, the Senior Vice President, Operations and Alternative Energy, Senior Vice President, Business and Organizational Effectiveness and the Senior Vice President, Production, Marketing and ESG of the Company (collectively, the “Named Executive Officers” or “NEOs”).

The anticipated salaries for NEOs are expected to be as follows:

Name and principal position	Salary (C$)(1),(2),(3)
Scott Sobie		536,000
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Michael G. Kohut		344,000
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Daniel Labelle		337,400
Senior Vice President, Development and A&D
David Anderson		337,400
Senior Vice President, Operations and Alternative Energy
Richard Unsworth		337,400
Senior Vice President, Business and Organizational Effectiveness
Nicki Stevens		337,400
Senior Vice President, Production, Marketing and ESG

Notes:

(1) Does not include any cash bonus amounts. The Company will be implementing a cash bonus program pursuant to which, the NEOs are eligible for a cash bonus amount based on various performance measures of the NEO and the Company. The terms of the cash bonus program have not been finalized.

(2) Does not include any equity incentive awards of the Company. See “Equity Incentive Award Plan” and “Share Option Plan” for descriptions of the Equity Incentive Plans (as defined below).

(3) Does not include any personal benefits provided to the NEOs. The Company anticipates that NEOs will be provided an executive benefit package consistent with benefits paid to executives of the Company, but the anticipated amount of such benefits and the terms of such benefit package has not be finalized.

Incentive Plans

Pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement:

• Each Hammerhead Option (whether or not exercisable and whether or not vested) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Company Amalgamation Effective Time was exchanged for an option (“Legacy Option”) to acquire a number of Common Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole share) equal to: (i) the number of Hammerhead Class A Common Shares subject to the applicable Hammerhead Option multiplied by (ii) the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio, at a per share exercise price (rounded up to the nearest cent) equal to (x) the per share exercise price for the

173

Hammerhead Class A Common Shares (determined in US dollars with reference to the US dollar to Canadian dollar exchange rate reported by the Bank of Canada on September 23, 2022 of 1.3570) subject to the applicable Hammerhead Option divided by (y) the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio; and

• Each Hammerhead RSU (whether or not exercisable and whether or not vested) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Company Amalgamation Effective Time was exchanged for a share award (“Legacy RSU”) to acquire a number of Common Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole share) equal to: (i) the number of Hammerhead Class A Common Shares subject to the applicable Hammerhead RSU multiplied by (ii) the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio, at a per share exercise price (rounded up to the nearest cent) equal to (x) the per share exercise price for the Hammerhead Common Shares (determined in US dollars with reference to the US dollar to Canadian dollar exchange rate reported by the Bank of Canada on September 23, 2022 of 1.3570) subject to the applicable Hammerhead RSU divided by (y) the Hammerhead Common Share Exchange Ratio.

The Company has adopted an option plan (the “Legacy Share Option Plan”) and a share award plan (the “Legacy Share Award Plan”) solely to provide for the issuance of Legacy Options and Legacy RSUs in exchange for the outstanding Hammerhead Options and Hammerhead RSUs, respectively, under the Plan of Arrangement (collectively, the “Legacy Plans”), which plans became effective immediately following the SPAC Amalgamation Effective Time. The Legacy Plans are in substantially the same form as the Hammerhead Share Option Plan and Hammerhead Share Award Plan, subject to such changes to provide for the Business Combination and such changes as required by applicable laws and stock exchange rules. Under the terms of the Legacy Plans and the policies of the TSX, the Company is not entitled to make any further grants of Legacy Options or Legacy RSUs under the Legacy Plans. Upon completion of the Business Combination, the Hammerhead Option Plan and Hammerhead Share Award Plan were discontinued.

The principal features of the Hammerhead Share Option Plan, Hammerhead Share Award Plan and Legacy Plans are summarized below. The final terms of the Legacy Plans and the Equity Incentive Plans are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans evidencing the applicable awards, which were finalized prior to the SPAC Amalgamation Effective Time.

Terms of Hammerhead Share Option Plan

Defined Terms

In this description of the Hammerhead Share Option Plan, the abbreviations and terms set forth below have the following meanings:

“All or Substantially All of the Assets” means greater than 90% of the aggregate fair market value of the assets of Hammerhead and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as determined by the Hammerhead Board in its sole discretion.

“Black-Out Period” means the period of time when, pursuant to any policies of Hammerhead, any securities of Hammerhead may not be traded by certain persons as designated by Hammerhead, including any holder of a Hammerhead Option.

“Change of Control” means: (i) a successful takeover bid; or (ii) (A) any change in the beneficial ownership or control of the outstanding securities or other interests of Hammerhead which results in: (I) a person or group of persons “acting jointly or in concert” within the meaning of National Instrument 62-104 – Take-Over Bids and Issuer Bids, as amended from time to time; or (II) an affiliate or associate of such person or group of persons, holding, owning or controlling, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or interests of Hammerhead; and (B) members of the Hammerhead Board who are members of the Hammerhead Board immediately prior to the earlier of such change and the first public announcement of such change cease to

174

constitute a majority of the Hammerhead Board at any time within sixty days of such change; or (iii) Incumbent Directors no longer constituting a majority of the Hammerhead Board; (iv) the winding up of Hammerhead or the sale, lease or transfer of All or Substantially All of the Assets to any other person or persons and the distribution of greater than 90% of the net proceeds from such sale, lease or transfer to the shareholders of Hammerhead within 60 days of the completion of such sale, lease or transfer (other than pursuant to an internal reorganization or in circumstances where the business of Hammerhead is continued and where the shareholdings or other security holdings, as the case may be, in the continuing entity and the constitution of the board of directors or similar body of the continuing entity is such that the transaction would not be considered a “Change of Control” if paragraph (ii) above was applicable to the transaction); provided that, for greater certainty, a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all the property of Hammerhead for purposes of the ABCA shall not be considered a sale, lease or transfer All or Substantially All of the Assets for purposes of this paragraph (iv) unless the property that is the subject of such sale, lease or exchange represents greater than 90% of the aggregate fair market value of the assets of Hammerhead and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as determined in accordance with the Hammerhead Share Option Plan; or (v) any determination by a majority of the Hammerhead Board that a “Change of Control” has occurred or is about to occur and any such determination shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes of the Hammerhead Share Option Plan.

“Current Market Price” means, as at any date when the Current Market Price is to be determined, the weighted average trading price per Hammerhead Common Share on the TSX, or, if the Hammerhead Common Shares are not listed on the TSX, on any stock exchange in Canada on which the Hammerhead Common Shares are then listed, for the last five (5) trading days immediately prior to the date of determination, or if the Hammerhead Common Shares are not listed upon any stock exchange in Canada, the Current Market Price shall be determined by the Hammerhead Board, acting reasonably.

“Exchange” means the stock exchange, if any, on which the Hammerhead Common Shares are listed and posted for trading and, if the Hammerhead Common Shares are listed on more than one stock exchange, such stock exchange as may be selected for such purpose by the Hammerhead Board.

“HHR Group” means, collectively, Hammerhead, any entity that is a subsidiary of Hammerhead from time to time, including, without limitation, any entity designated by the Hammerhead Board from time to time as a member of the HHR Group for the purposes of this Hammerhead Share Option Plan (and, for greater certainty, including any successor entity of any of the aforementioned entities) provided, however, that with respect to any Optionee that is subject to United States federal income taxation, such entity is a “service recipient” within the meaning of Code Section 409A with respect to such Optionee.

“Fair Market Value” with respect to a Hammerhead Common Share, as at any date, means the weighted average of the prices at which the Hammerhead Common Shares traded on the Exchange (or, if the Hammerhead Common Shares are then listed and posted for trading on more than one stock exchange, on such stock exchange on which the majority of the trading volume and value of the Hammerhead Common Shares occurs) for the five (5) trading days on which the Hammerhead Common Shares traded on the said stock exchange immediately preceding such date. In the event that the Hammerhead Common Shares are not listed and posted for trading on any stock exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the fair market value of the Hammerhead Common Shares as determined by the Hammerhead Board in its sole discretion. The determination of Fair Market Value with respect to Optionees who are subject to United States federal income taxation will be made in accordance with Code Sections 409A and 422, as applicable.

“Incumbent Directors” means any member of the Hammerhead Board who was a member of the Hammerhead Board at the effective date of the Hammerhead Share Option Plan and any successor to an Incumbent Director who was recommended or elected or appointed to succeed any Incumbent Director by the affirmative vote of the Hammerhead Board, including a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Hammerhead Board, prior to the occurrence of the transaction, transactions, elections or appointments giving rise to a Change of Control.

175

“In-the-Money Value” means the amount by which the Current Market Price on the Pricing Date exceeds the exercise price of the applicable Hammerhead Options, multiplied by the number of Hammerhead Common Shares related to the applicable Hammerhead Options.

“Optionee” means a holder of Hammerhead Options.

“Pricing Date” means the date Hammerhead receives notice from an Optionee that has elected to exercise a vested Hammerhead Option by surrendering such Hammerhead Option in exchange for the In-the-Money Value of Hammerhead Option in lieu of purchasing the number of Hammerhead Common Shares then issuable on the exercise of the vested Hammerhead Option subject to the provisions of the Hammerhead Share Option Plan and if permitted by the Committee.

“Service Provider” means a director, officer or employee of, or a person or company engaged by, one or more of the entities comprising the HHR Group to provide services to an entity within the HHR Group.

Purpose and Administration

The purpose of the Hammerhead Share Option Plan is to aid in attracting, retaining and motivating the officers, directors, employees and other eligible Service Providers of the HHR Group in the growth and development of the HHR Group by providing them with the opportunity through Hammerhead Options to acquire an increased proprietary interest in Hammerhead.

The Hammerhead Share Option Plan is administered by a committee of the Hammerhead Board appointed from time to time by the Hammerhead Board to administer the Hammerhead Share Option Plan or, if no such committee is appointed, the Hammerhead Board (the “Committee”) pursuant to any rules of procedure that may be fixed by the Hammerhead Board.

Granting of Hammerhead Options

The Committee may from time to time designate officers, directors and employees of, and other eligible Service Providers to, the HHR Group to whom Hammerhead Options may be granted and the number of Hammerhead Common Shares to be optioned to each, provided that the number of Hammerhead Common Shares to be optioned shall not exceed the limitations provided below.

Limitations to the Hammerhead Share Option Plan

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Hammerhead Share Option Plan the maximum number of Hammerhead Common Shares issuable on exercise of outstanding Hammerhead Options at any time shall be limited to 10.0% of the aggregate number of issued and outstanding Hammerhead Common Shares, less the aggregate number of Hammerhead Common Shares issuable pursuant to incentive stock options issued and outstanding pursuant to the incentive stock option plan at such time.

Any increase in the issued and outstanding Hammerhead Common Shares (whether as a result of the exercise of Hammerhead Options or otherwise) will result in an increase in the number of Hammerhead Common Shares that may be issued on exercise of Hammerhead Options outstanding at any time and any increase in the number of Hammerhead Options granted will, upon exercise, make new grants available under the Hammerhead Share Option Plan.

Hammerhead Options that are cancelled, terminated or expire prior to the exercise of all or a portion thereof shall result in the Hammerhead Common Shares that were reserved for issuance thereunder being available for a subsequent grant of Hammerhead Options pursuant to the Hammerhead Share Option Plan to the extent of any Hammerhead Common Shares issuable thereunder that are not issued under such cancelled, terminated or expired Hammerhead Options.

176

Vesting

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine: (i) the time during which Hammerhead Options shall vest; (ii) the method of vesting; or (iii) that no vesting restriction shall exist. In the absence of any determination by the Committee to the contrary, Hammerhead Options will vest and be exercisable as to one-quarter (1/4) of the total number of Hammerhead Common Shares subject to Hammerhead Options on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant (computed in each case to the nearest whole Hammerhead Common Share). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, at its sole discretion, at any time or in the agreement in respect of any Hammerhead Options granted, accelerate or provide for the acceleration of vesting of Hammerhead Options previously granted.

Hammerhead Option Price

The exercise price of Hammerhead Options granted under the Hammerhead Share Option Plan shall be fixed by the Committee when such Hammerhead Options are granted, provided that the exercise price of Hammerhead Options shall not be less than such minimum price as may be required by the stock exchange, if any, on which the Hammerhead Common Shares are listed at the time of grant.

Hammerhead Option Terms

The period during which a Hammerhead Option is exercisable shall, subject to the provisions of the Hammerhead Share Option Plan requiring or permitting acceleration of rights of exercise or the extension of the exercise period, be such period, not in excess of fifteen years, as may be determined from time to time by the Committee, but subject to the rules of any stock exchange or other regulatory body having jurisdiction, and in the absence of any determination to the contrary will be five years from the date of grant. Each Hammerhead Option shall, among other things, contain provisions to the effect that Hammerhead Option shall be personal to the Optionee and shall not be assignable. In addition, unless Hammerhead and an Optionee agree otherwise in an agreement for Hammerhead Options or other written agreement (such as an agreement of employment or a retirement agreement), each Hammerhead Option shall provide that:

(a) upon the death of the Optionee, Hammerhead Option shall terminate on the date determined by the Committee which shall not be more than 12 months from the date of death and, in the absence of any determination to the contrary, will be 12 months from the date of death;

(b) if the Optionee shall no longer be a director or officer of or be in the employ of, or consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HHR Group (other than by reason of death or termination for cause or retirement), Hammerhead Option shall terminate on the expiry of the period not in excess of six months as prescribed by the Committee at the time of grant, following the date that the Optionee ceases to be a director or officer of, or an employee of or a consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HHR Group; and, in the absence of any determination to the contrary, will terminate ninety (90) days following the date that the Optionee ceases to be a director or officer of, or an employee of or a consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HHR Group;

(c) if the Optionee shall no longer be a director or officer of or be in the employ of, or consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HHR Group by reason of termination for cause, Hammerhead Option shall terminate immediately on such termination for cause (whether notice of such termination occurs verbally or in writing); and

(d) if the Optionee shall no longer be an officer of or be in the employ of any of the entities comprising of the HHR Group due to the Optionee’s retirement, Hammerhead Option shall terminate twelve months following the date that the Optionee ceases to be an officer of or be in the employ of any of the entities in the HHR Group;

provided that the number of Hammerhead Common Shares that the Optionee (or his or her heirs or successors) shall be entitled to purchase until such date of termination: (i) shall in the case of death of the Optionee, be all of

177

the Hammerhead Common Shares that may be acquired on exercise of Hammerhead Options held by such Optionee (or his or her heirs or successors), whether or not previously vested, and the vesting of all such Hammerhead Options shall be accelerated on the date of death for such purpose; and (ii) in any case other than death or termination for cause, shall be the number of Hammerhead Common Shares which the Optionee was entitled to purchase on the date the Optionee ceased to be an officer, director, employee, consultant or other Service Provider, as the case may be. In the event of termination for cause, all of the Hammerhead Common Shares optioned, whether vested or unvested, shall be forfeited.

If any Hammerhead Options may not be exercised due to any Black-Out Period at any time within the three-business day period prior to the normal expiry date of such Hammerhead Options (the “Restricted Options”), the expiry date of all Restricted Options shall be extended for a period of seven business days following the end of the Black-Out Period (or such longer period as permitted by the Exchange and approved by the Committee).

Cashless Exercise

Subject to the provisions of the Hammerhead Share Option Plan, if permitted by the Committee, an Optionee may elect to exercise a vested Hammerhead Option by surrendering such Hammerhead Option in exchange for the In-the-Money Value of Hammerhead Option in lieu of purchasing the number of Hammerhead Common Shares then issuable on the exercise of the vested Hammerhead Option. If the Optionee so elects to exercise Hammerhead Option, the Optionee shall be entitled to payment of the In-the-Money Value of the vested Hammerhead Option determined as of the Pricing Date. The In-the-Money Value shall be paid in Hammerhead Common Shares issued from treasury with the number of Hammerhead Common Shares issuable being equal to the number obtained by dividing the In-the-Money Value of Hammerhead Options in respect of which such election is made by the Current Market Price on the Pricing Date.

Surrender Offer

A Optionee may make an offer (the “Surrender Offer”) to Hammerhead, at any time, for the disposition and surrender by the Optionee to Hammerhead (and the termination thereof) of any of Hammerhead Options granted under the Hammerhead Share Option Plan for an amount (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the Hammerhead Common Shares less the exercise price of Hammerhead Options) specified in the Surrender Offer by the Optionee, and Hammerhead may, but is not obligated to, accept the Surrender Offer, subject to any regulatory approval required. If the Surrender Offer, either as made or as renegotiated, is accepted, the Hammerhead Options in respect of which the Surrender Offer relates shall be surrendered and deemed to be terminated and cancelled and shall cease to grant the Optionee any further rights thereunder upon payment of the amount of the agreed Surrender Offer by Hammerhead to the Optionee. Hammerhead may, in its sole discretion, elect to allow an Optionee to claim such deductions in computing taxable income of such Optionee, if any, that may be available to the Optionee in respect of any amount received by the Optionee, provided that Hammerhead shall be under no obligation, express or implied, to make such election.

Alterations in Shares

In the event: (a) of any change in the Hammerhead Common Shares through subdivision, consolidation, reclassification, amalgamation, merger or otherwise; or (b) that any rights are granted to all or substantially all shareholders to purchase Hammerhead Common Shares at prices substantially below Fair Market Value; or (c) that, as a result of any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other transaction, the Hammerhead Common Shares are converted into or exchangeable for any other securities or property; then the Hammerhead Board may make such adjustments to the Hammerhead Share Option Plan, to any Hammerhead Options and to any agreements for Hammerhead Options outstanding under the Hammerhead Share Option Plan, and make such amendments to any agreements for Hammerhead Options outstanding under the Hammerhead Share Option Plan, as the Hammerhead Board may, in its sole discretion, consider appropriate in the circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to Optionees hereunder and/or to provide for the Optionees to

178

receive and accept such other securities or property in lieu of Hammerhead Common Shares, and the Optionees shall be bound by any such determination. However, with respect to Optionees who are subject to United States federal income taxation, no adjustments shall be made that result in taxation to the Optionee under Code Section 409A.

For greater certainty, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary to the foregoing paragraph, no adjustment shall be made in accordance with respect to the issue of Hammerhead Common Shares being made pursuant to or in connection with (i) any share option plan or share purchase plan, including this Hammerhead Share Option Plan and the incentive stock option plan, in force from time to time for existing or proposed officers, directors, employees or Service Providers of Hammerhead, or (ii) the issuance of additional Hammerhead Common Shares pursuant to a public offering or private placement by Hammerhead or a take-over bid made by Hammerhead for the securities of another entity.

Provisions Related to Merger/Sale etc.

Except in the case of a transaction that is a Change of Control and to which accelerated vesting and termination of Hammerhead Options applies, if Hammerhead enters into any transaction or series of transactions whereby Hammerhead or All or Substantially All of the Assets would become the property of another trust, body corporate, partnership or other person (a “Successor”), whether by way of takeover bid, acquisition, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, arrangement, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise, prior to or contemporaneously with the consummation of such transaction, Hammerhead and the Successor will execute such instruments and do such things as the Committee may determine are necessary to establish that upon the consummation of such transaction the Successor will assume the covenants and obligations of Hammerhead under the Hammerhead Share Option Plan outstanding on consummation of such transaction. Any such Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of Hammerhead under the Hammerhead Share Option Plan with the same effect as though the Successor had been named as Hammerhead therein and thereafter, Hammerhead shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Hammerhead Share Option Plan and the obligation of Hammerhead to the Optionees in respect of Hammerhead Options shall terminate and be at an end and the Optionees shall cease to have any further rights in respect thereof including, without limitation, any right to acquire Hammerhead Common Shares upon vesting of Hammerhead Options.

Acceleration of Vesting and Termination of Option

Notwithstanding any other provision in the Hammerhead Share Option Plan or the terms of any option agreement, if there takes place a Change of Control, all issued and outstanding Hammerhead Options shall be automatically fully vested and exercisable (whether or not then vested) immediately prior to the time such Change of Control takes place and shall terminate on the 90^th day after the occurrence of such Change of Control, or at such earlier time as may be established by the Hammerhead Board, in its absolute discretion, prior to the time such Change of Control takes place.

Amendments

The Committee may amend or discontinue the Hammerhead Share Option Plan and Hammerhead Options granted thereunder at any time without the approval of the shareholders of Hammerhead or any Optionee whose Hammerhead Option is amended or terminated, provided that, subject to the paragraph that follows, no amendment to the Hammerhead Share Option Plan or Hammerhead Options granted pursuant to the Hammerhead Share Option Plan may be made without the consent of the Optionee if it adversely alters or impairs any Hammerhead Option previously granted to such Optionee under the Hammerhead Share Option Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may amend or terminate the Hammerhead Share Option Plan or any outstanding Hammerhead Option granted under the Hammerhead Share Option Plan at any time without

179

the approval of the shareholders of Hammerhead or any Optionee whose Hammerhead Option is amended or terminated in order to conform the Hammerhead Share Option Plan or such Hammerhead Option, as the case may be, to applicable law or regulation or the requirements of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory authority, whether or not that amendment or termination would affect any accrued rights or adversely alter or impair any Hammerhead Option previously granted.

Hammerhead Share Award Plan

Defined Terms

In this description of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan, the abbreviations and terms set forth below have the following meanings:

“Account” means an account maintained by Hammerhead for each Participant and which will be credited with Hammerhead RSUs in accordance with the terms of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan.

“All or Substantially All of the Assets” means greater than 90% of the aggregate fair market value of the assets of Hammerhead and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as determined by the Hammerhead Board in its sole discretion.

“As-Converted Basis” means: (i) with respect to Hammerhead Series III Preferred Shares, the number of Hammerhead Common Shares that Hammerhead Series III Preferred Shares would be converted into if converted at the time of the relevant calculation at the Conversion Ratio (as defined in the terms and conditions attaching to Hammerhead Series III Preferred Shares) then in effect; (ii) 1.13208 Hammerhead Common Shares for each Hammerhead Series II Preferred Share, subject to customary adjustments; and (iii) with respect to Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Shares, the number of Hammerhead Common Shares that Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Shares would be converted into if converted at the time of the relevant calculation at the Conversion Ratio (as defined in the terms and conditions attaching to Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Shares) then in effect; and (iv) with respect to Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares, the number of Hammerhead Common Shares that Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares would be converted into if converted at the time of the relevant calculation at the Conversion Ratio (as defined in the terms and conditions attaching to Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares) then in effect.

“Award Date” means the date or dates on which an award of Hammerhead RSUs is made to a Participant in accordance with the Hammerhead Share Award Plan.

“Black-Out Period” means the period of time, if any, when, pursuant to any policies of Hammerhead, any securities of Hammerhead may not be traded by certain persons as designated by Hammerhead, including any Participant that holds a Hammerhead RSU.

“Cessation Date” means the date that is the earlier of: (i) the effective date of the Service Provider’s termination, resignation, death or retirement, as the case may be; and (ii) the date that the Service Provider ceases to be in the active performance of the usual and customary day-to-day duties of the Service Provider’s position or job, regardless of whether adequate, legal or proper advance notice of termination or resignation shall have been provided in respect of such cessation of being a Service Provider, and the Cessation Date shall not, under any circumstances, be extended by any statutory, contractual or common law notice period mandated under any application laws.

“Dividend Equivalent” means a bookkeeping entry whereby each Hammerhead RSU is credited with the equivalent amount of the dividend paid on a Hammerhead Common Share in accordance with the Hammerhead Share Award Plan.

“Dividend Market Value” means the Fair Market Value per Hammerhead Common Share on the dividend record date.

180

“Exchange” means the stock exchange, if any, on which the Hammerhead Common Shares are listed and posted for trading and, if the Hammerhead Common Shares are listed on more than one stock exchange, such stock exchange as may be selected for such purpose by the Hammerhead Board.

“Fair Market Value” with respect to a Hammerhead Common Share, as at any date, means the weighted average of the prices at which the Hammerhead Common Shares traded on the Exchange (or, if the Hammerhead Common Shares are then listed and posted for trading on more than one stock exchange, on such stock exchange on which the majority of the trading volume and value of the Hammerhead Common Shares occurs) for the five (5) trading days on which the Hammerhead Common Shares traded on the said stock exchange immediately preceding such date. In the event that the Hammerhead Common Shares are not listed and posted for trading on any stock exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the fair market value of the Hammerhead Common Shares as determined by the Hammerhead Board in its sole discretion.

“HHR Group” means, collectively, Hammerhead, any entity that is a subsidiary of Hammerhead from time to time, and any other entity designated by the Hammerhead Board from time to time as a member of the HHR Group for the purposes of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan (and, for greater certainty, including any successor entity of any of the aforementioned entities).

“Participant” means a Service Provider determined to be eligible to participate in the Hammerhead Share Award Plan in accordance with the Hammerhead Share Award Plan and, where applicable, a former Service Provider deemed eligible to continue to participate in the Hammerhead Share Award Plan.

“Preferred Shares” means collectively, Hammerhead Series II Preferred Shares, Hammerhead Series III Preferred Shares, Hammerhead Series VII Preferred Shares and Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares.

“Vesting Date” means, with respect to any Hammerhead RSUs, the date upon which such Hammerhead RSUs shall irrevocably vest and become exercisable by the Participant in accordance with the terms hereof.

Purpose and Administration

The purpose of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan is to: (a) aid in attracting, retaining and motivating the directors, officers, employees and other eligible Service Providers of the HHR Group in the growth and development of the HHR Group by providing them with the opportunity through Hammerhead RSUs to acquire an increased proprietary interest in Hammerhead; (b) more closely align their interests with those of Hammerhead’s shareholders; (c) focus such Service Providers on operating and financial performance and long-term shareholder value; and (d) motivate and reward for their performance and contributions to Hammerhead’s long-term success.

The Hammerhead Share Award Plan shall be administered by the Hammerhead Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Hammerhead Board may, from time to time, delegate to a committee (the “Committee”) of the Hammerhead Board all or any of the powers conferred on the Hammerhead Board under the Hammerhead Share Award Plan. In such event, the Committee will exercise the powers delegated to it by the Hammerhead Board in the manner and on the terms authorized by the Hammerhead Board. The Hammerhead Board or the Committee may delegate or sub-delegate to any director or officer of Hammerhead the whole or any part of the administration of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan and shall determine the scope of such delegation or sub-delegation in its sole discretion.

Granting of Hammerhead RSUs

An award of Hammerhead RSUs pursuant to the Hammerhead Share Award Plan will be made and the number of such Hammerhead RSUs awarded will be credited to each Participant’s Account, effective as of the Award Date. The number of Hammerhead RSUs to be credited to each Participant’s Account shall be determined by the Hammerhead Board, or the Committee delegated by the Hammerhead Board to do so, each in its sole discretion.

181

Credits for Dividends

A Participant’s Account shall be credited with a Dividend Equivalent in the form of additional Hammerhead RSUs only if the Hammerhead Board, in its sole discretion, so determines. Such Dividend Equivalent, if any, shall be computed by dividing: (a) the amount obtained by multiplying the amount of the dividend declared and paid per Hammerhead Common Share by the number of Hammerhead RSUs recorded in the Participant’s Account on the record date for the payment of such dividend, by (b) the Dividend Market Value, with fractions computed to three decimal places.

Vesting

The Hammerhead Board or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine: (a) the time during which Hammerhead RSUs shall vest and whether there shall be any other conditions or performance criteria to vesting; (b) the method of vesting; or (c) that no vesting restriction shall exist. In the absence of any determination by the Hammerhead Board or the Committee to the contrary, Hammerhead RSUs (and any corresponding Dividend Equivalents) will vest and become exercisable on the third anniversary of the Award Date (computed in each case to the nearest whole Share Award). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, at its sole discretion at any time or any agreement in respect of any Hammerhead RSUs granted, accelerate or provide for the acceleration of vesting in whole or in part of Hammerhead RSUs previously granted.

Limits on Issuances

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan, the maximum number of Hammerhead Common Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding Hammerhead RSUs at any time shall be limited to 12% of the aggregate number of issued and outstanding Hammerhead Common Shares and Preferred Shares (on an As-Converted Basis) less the number of Hammerhead Common Shares issuable pursuant to Hammerhead Options issued and outstanding pursuant to the Hammerhead Share Option Plan at such time.

Any increase in the issued and outstanding Hammerhead Common Shares and Preferred Shares, whether as a result of the issue of Hammerhead Common Shares from treasury on exercise of vested Hammerhead RSUs or otherwise, will result in an increase in the number of Hammerhead Common Shares that may be issued pursuant to Hammerhead RSUs outstanding at any time and any increase in the number of Hammerhead RSUs granted will, upon vesting and the issue of Hammerhead Common Shares upon exercise of such Hammerhead RSUs from treasury, make new grants available under the Hammerhead Share Award Plan. Further, if the acquisition of Hammerhead Common Shares by Hammerhead for cancellation should result in the foregoing tests no longer being met, this shall not constitute non-compliance with this section of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan for any Hammerhead RSUs outstanding prior to such purchase of Hammerhead Common Shares for cancellation.

Hammerhead RSUs that are cancelled, surrendered, terminated or that expire prior to the final Vesting Date or exercise thereof shall result in such Hammerhead Common Shares being available to be issued in respect of a subsequent grant of Hammerhead RSUs pursuant to the Hammerhead Share Award Plan to the extent of any Hammerhead Common Shares which have not been issued from treasury in respect of any such Hammerhead RSUs.

Share Award Terms

The term during which a Hammerhead RSU may be outstanding shall, subject to the provisions of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan requiring or permitting the acceleration or the extension of the term, be such period as may be determined from time to time by the Hammerhead Board or the Committee, but subject to the rules of any stock exchange or other regulatory body having jurisdiction.

In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Hammerhead Board or the Committee, or unless Hammerhead and a Participant agree otherwise in a written agreement (including an employment or consulting

182

agreement), each Hammerhead RSU shall provide that if a Participant shall cease to be a director, officer of or be in the employ of, or a consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HHR Group for any reason whatsoever (other than death or retirement) including, without limitation, resignation or involuntary termination (with or without cause), as determined by the Hammerhead Board in its sole discretion, before all of Hammerhead RSUs credited to the Participant’s Account have vested, have been exercised or are forfeited pursuant to any other provision hereof: (a) such Participant shall cease to be a Participant as of the Cessation Date; (b) the former Participant shall forfeit all unvested Hammerhead RSUs in the Participant’s Account effective as at the Cessation Date; (c) any underlying Hammerhead Common Shares corresponding to any vested Hammerhead RSUs that have not been exercised on the Cessation Date shall be exercised by the former Participant within 90 days of the Cessation Date in accordance with Hammerhead Share Award Plan; and (d) the former Participant shall not be entitled to any further distribution of Hammerhead Common Shares or any payment from the Hammerhead Share Award Plan.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph or anything else contained in the Hammerhead Share Award Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise determined by the Hammerhead Board or the Committee, or unless Hammerhead and a Participant agree otherwise in a written agreement (including an employment or consulting agreement), if a Participant shall cease to be an officer of or be in the employ of, or a consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HHR Group due to the death of the Participant, any unvested Hammerhead RSUs in the deceased Participant’s Account effective as at the time of the Participant’s death shall be deemed to have vested immediately prior to the Cessation Date with the result that the deceased Participant shall not forfeit any unvested Hammerhead RSUs and any underlying Hammerhead Common Shares corresponding to any such vested Hammerhead RSUs that have not been exercised shall be exercised by the legal representative of the deceased former Participant’s estate within 12 months of the Cessation Date in accordance with Hammerhead Share Award Plan.

Delivery of Shares by Hammerhead

Hammerhead shall, as soon as practicable after the vesting and exercise of any Hammerhead RSUs granted under the Hammerhead Share Award Plan, issue from treasury to the Participant the number of Hammerhead Common Shares required to be delivered upon the vesting and exercise of such Participant’s Hammerhead RSUs. Hammerhead shall register and deliver certificates for such Hammerhead Common Shares to the Participant by first class insured mail, unless Hammerhead shall have received alternative instructions from the Participant acceptable to Hammerhead for the registration and/or delivery of the certificates. The Participant shall exercise any vested Hammerhead RSUs by: (i) delivering to Hammerhead a notice of exercise in writing, in such form as may be approved by the Hammerhead Board or the Committee from time to time, signed by the Participant and stating the Participant’s intention to exercise a particular Hammerhead RSUs together with payment of the exercise price of $0.01 per Hammerhead RSU so exercised; and (ii) if the vested Hammerhead RSUs are being exercised by the legal representative of a deceased former Participant’s estate, providing Hammerhead with satisfactory evidence of the Participant’s death. Upon receipt of the exercise notice, aggregate exercise price and evidence of the Participant’s death (if applicable), Hammerhead shall cause the Hammerhead Common Shares in respect of which Hammerhead RSUs has been exercised to be issued.

Surrender Offer

A Participant may make an offer (the “Surrender Offer”) to Hammerhead, at any time, for the disposition and surrender by the Participant to Hammerhead (and the termination thereof) of any of Hammerhead RSUs granted hereunder that have vested for an amount (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the Hammerhead Common Shares less the exercise price of Hammerhead RSUs) specified in the Surrender Offer by the Participant, and Hammerhead may, but is not obligated to, accept the Surrender Offer, subject to any regulatory approval required. If the Surrender Offer, either as made or as renegotiated, is accepted, Hammerhead RSUs in respect of which the Surrender Offer relates shall be surrendered and deemed to be terminated and cancelled and shall cease to grant the Participant any further rights thereunder upon payment of the amount (less all taxes and

183

other amounts required by law to by withheld by Hammerhead) of the Surrender Offer agreed to by Hammerhead and the Participant.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs or anything else contained in the Hammerhead Share Option Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise determined by the Hammerhead Board or the Committee, or unless Hammerhead and a Participant agree otherwise in a written agreement (including an employment or consulting agreement or a retirement agreement), and subject to the terms of any retirement agreement entered into by the Participant with Hammerhead, each Hammerhead RSU shall provide that if a Participant shall cease to be an officer of or be in the employ of, any of the entities comprising the HHR Group due to the Participant’s retirement before all of Hammerhead RSUs credited to the Participant’s Account have vested, have been exercised or are forfeited pursuant to any other provision hereof: (a) such Participant shall cease to be a Participant as of the Cessation Date; (b) the former Participant shall forfeit all unvested Hammerhead RSUs in the Participant’s Account effective as at the Cessation Date; (c) any underlying Hammerhead Common Shares corresponding to any vested Hammerhead RSUs that have not been exercised on the Cessation Date shall be exercised by the former Participant within 12 months of the Cessation Date in accordance with the Hammerhead Share Award Plan; and (d) the former Participant shall not be entitled to any further distribution of Hammerhead Common Shares or any payment from the Hammerhead Share Award Plan.

Where the expiry date of a Hammerhead RSU occurs on a date when a Participant is subject to a Black-Out Period, such expiry date shall be extended to a date which is within seven business days following the end of such Black-Out Period (or such longer period as approved by the Hammerhead Board or the Committee).

The Hammerhead Share Award Plan does not confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuation of employment by or service provision to any of the entities comprising the HHR Group, nor does it interfere in any way with the right of the Participant or any of the entities comprising the HHR Group to terminate the Participant’s employment or service provision at any time.

Alterations of Shares

In the event: (a) of any change in the Hammerhead Common Shares through subdivision, consolidation, reclassification, amalgamation, merger or otherwise; or (b) that any rights are granted to all or substantially all shareholders to purchase Hammerhead Common Shares at prices substantially below Fair Market Value; or (c) that, as a result of any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other transaction, the Hammerhead Common Shares are converted into or exchangeable for any other securities or property; then the Hammerhead Board may make such adjustments to the Hammerhead Share Award Plan, to any Hammerhead RSUs outstanding under the Hammerhead Share Award Plan as the Hammerhead Board may, in its sole discretion, consider appropriate in the circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to Participants hereunder and/or to provide for the Participants to receive and accept such other securities or property in lieu of Hammerhead Common Shares, and the Participants shall be bound by any such determination.

No adjustment shall be made with respect to the issue of Hammerhead Common Shares being made pursuant to or in connection with: (a) any share option plan or share purchase plan, including the Hammerhead Share Award Plan and the Hammerhead Share Option Plan, in force from time to time for existing or proposed officers, directors, employees or Service Providers of Hammerhead; (b) the issuance of additional Hammerhead Common Shares pursuant to a public offering or private placement by Hammerhead or a take-over bid or other acquisition made by Hammerhead for the securities of another entity; or (c) upon exercise or vesting of any convertible securities of Hammerhead outstanding from time to time.

Merger and Sale, etc.

Except in the case of a transaction that is a Change of Control and to which the paragraph below applies, if Hammerhead enters into any transaction or series of transactions whereby Hammerhead or All or Substantially

184

All of the Assets would become the property of any other trust, body corporate, partnership or other person (a “Successor”), whether by way of takeover bid, acquisition, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, arrangement, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise, prior to or contemporaneously with the consummation of such transaction Hammerhead and the Successor will execute such instruments and do such things as the Hammerhead Board or the Committee may determine are necessary to establish that upon the consummation of such transaction the Successor will assume the covenants and obligations of Hammerhead under the Hammerhead Share Award Plan on consummation of such transaction. Any such Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of Hammerhead under the Hammerhead Share Award Plan with the same effect as though the Successor had been named as Hammerhead herein and therein and thereafter, Hammerhead shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Hammerhead Share Award Plan and the obligation of Hammerhead to the Participants in respect of Hammerhead RSUs shall terminate and be at an end and the Participants shall cease to have any further rights in respect thereof including, without limitation, any right to acquire Hammerhead Common Shares upon vesting of Hammerhead RSUs.

Change of Control

Notwithstanding any other provision in the Hammerhead Share Award Plan but subject to any provision to the contrary contained in a written agreement (such as an agreement of employment) between Hammerhead and a Participant, if there takes place a Change of Control, all issued and outstanding Hammerhead RSUs shall vest (whether or not then vested) and be exercisable immediately prior to the time such Change of Control takes place and shall terminate on the 90^th day after the occurrence of such Change of Control or at such earlier time as may be established by the Hammerhead Board or the Committee, in its absolute discretion, prior to the time such Change of Control takes place.

Amendment or Discontinuance of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan

The Hammerhead Board may amend or discontinue the Hammerhead Share Award Plan and any Hammerhead RSU granted thereunder at any time without the approval of the shareholders of Hammerhead or any Participant whose Hammerhead RSU is amended or terminated, provided that no amendment to the Hammerhead Share Award Plan or Hammerhead RSUs granted pursuant to the Hammerhead Share Award Plan may be made without the consent of the Participant, if it adversely alters or impairs any Hammerhead RSU previously granted to such Participant under the Hammerhead Share Award Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Hammerhead Board may amend or terminate the Hammerhead Common Share Award Plan or any outstanding Hammerhead RSU granted hereunder at any time without the approval of the shareholders of Hammerhead or any Participant whose Hammerhead RSU is amended or terminated, in order to conform the Hammerhead Share Award Plan or such Hammerhead RSU, as the case may be, to applicable law or regulation or the requirements of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory authority, whether or not that amendment or termination would affect any accrued rights or adversely alter or impair any Hammerhead RSU previously granted.

Without limiting the foregoing, the Hammerhead Board may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Hammerhead Share Award Plan in the manner and to the extent deemed necessary or desirable, may establish, amend, and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Hammerhead Share Award Plan, and may make such determinations as it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan.

On termination of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan, any outstanding Hammerhead RSUs under the Hammerhead Share Award Plan shall immediately vest and the number of Hammerhead Common Shares corresponding to such Hammerhead RSUs shall be delivered to the Participants in accordance with and upon compliance with the Hammerhead Share Award Plan. The Hammerhead Share Award Plan will finally cease to operate for all purposes when: (i) the last remaining Participant receives delivery of all Hammerhead Common

185

Shares corresponding to all Hammerhead RSUs credited to the Participant’s Account; or (ii) all unexercised Hammerhead RSUs expire in accordance with the terms of the Hammerhead Share Award Plan.

Legacy Share Award Plan

Defined Terms

In this description of the Legacy Share Award Plan, the abbreviations and terms set forth below have the following meanings:

“Account” means an account maintained by the Company for each Participant and which will be credited with Share Awards in accordance with the terms of the Legacy Share Award Plan.

“All or Substantially All of the Assets” means greater than 90% of the aggregate fair market value of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

“Arrangement” means the arrangement involving Hammerhead, NewCo, DCRD, AmalCo, the securityholders of Hammerhead, the securityholders of NewCo, the securityholders of DCRD and the securityholders of AmalCo.

“associate” and “affiliate” each have the meaning ascribed thereto in MI 62-104, as amended from time to time.

“Award Date” means the date or dates on which an award of Share Awards is made to a Participant.

“Black-Out Period” means the period of time, if any, when, pursuant to any policies of the Company, any securities of the Company may not be traded by certain persons as designated by the Company, including any Participant that holds a Share Award.

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company as constituted from time to time.

“Cessation Date” means the date that is the earlier of: (i) the effective date of the Service Provider’s termination, resignation, death or retirement, as the case may be; and (ii) the date that the Service Provider ceases to be in the active performance of the usual and customary day-to-day duties of the Service Provider’s position or job, regardless of whether adequate, legal or proper advance notice of termination or resignation shall have been provided in respect of such cessation of being a Service Provider, and the Cessation Date shall not, under any circumstances, be extended by any statutory, contractual or common law notice period mandated under any application laws.

“Court” means the Alberta Court of King’s Bench.

“Dividend Equivalent” means a bookkeeping entry whereby each Share Award is credited with the equivalent amount of the dividend paid on a Share.

“Dividend Market Value” means the Fair Market Value per Share on the dividend record date.

“Exchange” means the stock exchange(s), if any, on which the Shares are listed and posted for trading.

“Exercise” means the exercise of Share Awards granted to a Participant pursuant to the Legacy Share Award Plan.

186

“Fair Market Value” with respect to a Share, as at any date, means the volume weighted average of the prices at which the Shares traded on the Exchange (or, if the Shares are then listed and posted for trading on more than one stock exchange, on such stock exchange on which the majority of the trading volume and value of the Shares occurs) for the five (5) trading days on which the Shares traded on the said stock exchange immediately preceding such date. In the event that the Shares are not listed and posted for trading on any stock exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

“Final Order” means the final order of the Court dated February 3, 2023 in respect of the Arrangement.

“HEI Group” means, collectively, the Company, any entity that is a Subsidiary of the Company from time to time, and any other entity designated by the Board from time to time as a member of the HEI Group for the purposes of the Legacy Share Award Plan (and, for greater certainty, including any successor entity of any of the aforementioned entities).

“Incumbent Directors” means any member of the Board who was a member of the Board at the effective date of the Legacy Share Award Plan and any successor to an Incumbent Director who was recommended or elected or appointed to succeed any Incumbent Director by the affirmative vote of the Board, including a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board, prior to the occurrence of the transaction, transactions, elections or appointments giving rise to a Change of Control.

“Insider” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Part I of the TSX Company Manual for the purposes of Section 613 of the TSX Company Manual.

“MI 62-104” means Multilateral Instrument 62-104 – Take-Over Bids and Issuer Bids, as amended from time to time.

“Participant” means a Service Provider determined to be eligible to participate in the Legacy Share Award Plan and, where applicable, a former Service Provider deemed eligible to continue to participate in the Legacy Share Award Plan.

“Plan of Arrangement” means the Plan of Arrangement attached to the Final Order.

“Service Provider” means a director, officer or employee of, or a person or company engaged by, one or more of the entities comprising the HEI Group to provide services to an entity within the HEI Group.

“Share” means a Class A common share of the Company.

“Share Award” means a unit equivalent in value to a Share credited by means of a bookkeeping entry in the Participants’ Accounts (also defined within this Canadian Prospectus as a Legacy RSU).

“Subsidiary” has the meaning ascribed there in the Securities Act (Alberta).

“TSX” means the Toronto Stock Exchange.

Purpose and Administration

The purpose of the Legacy Share Award Plan is to provide for the issuance of Share Awards pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement and to: (a) aid in retaining and motivating certain directors, officers, employees and other eligible Service Providers of the HEI Group in the growth and development of the HEI Group by providing them with the opportunity through Share Awards to acquire an increased proprietary interest in the Company; (b) more closely align their interests with those of the Company’s shareholders; (c) focus such Service Providers on operating and financial performance and long-term shareholder value; and (d) motivate and reward for their performance and contributions to the Company’s long-term success.

187

The Legacy Share Award Plan shall be administered by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Board may, from time to time, delegate to a committee (the “Committee”) of Board all or any of the powers conferred on Board under the Equity Incentive Award Plan (as defined below). In such event, the Committee will exercise the powers delegated to it by Board in the manner and on the terms authorized by Board. Board or the Committee may delegate or sub-delegate to any director or officer of the Company the whole or any part of the administration of the Equity Incentive Award Plan and shall determine the scope of such delegation or sub-delegation in its sole discretion.

Granting of Legacy Awards

An award of Share Awards pursuant to the Legacy Share Award Plan will be made and the number of such Share Awards awarded will be credited to each Participant’s Account, effective as of the Award Date. The number of Share Awards to be credited to each Participant’s Account shall be determined by Board, or the Committee delegated by Board to do so, each in its sole discretion.

Credits for Dividends

A Participant’s Account shall be credited with a Dividend Equivalent in the form of additional Share Awards only if Board, in its sole discretion, so determines. Such Dividend Equivalent, if any, shall be computed by dividing: (a) the amount obtained by multiplying the amount of the dividend declared and paid per Common Share by the number of Share Awards recorded in the Participant’s Account on the record date for the payment of such dividend, by (b) the Dividend Market Value, with fractions computed to three decimal places.

Vesting

All Share Awards issued pursuant the Legacy Share Award Plan shall be fully vested and exercisable on issuance and shall not be subject to any vesting restrictions.

Limits on Issuances

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Legacy Share Award Plan, the maximum number of Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding Share Awards at any time shall be limited to 5,329,938, subject to adjustment for Dividend Equivalents, if any.

Share Awards that are cancelled, surrendered, terminated or that expire prior to exercise thereof shall not in such Shares being available to be issued in respect of a subsequent grant of Share Awards pursuant to the Legacy Share Award Plan.

Share Award Terms

The term during which a Share Award may be outstanding shall, subject to the provisions of the Legacy Share Award Plan requiring or permitting the acceleration or the extension of the term, be such period as may be determined from time to time by the Board or the Committee, but subject to the rules of any stock exchange or other regulatory body having jurisdiction.

In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Board or the Committee, or unless the Company and a Participant agree otherwise in a Share Award Agreement or other written agreement (including an employment or consulting agreement), each Share Award shall provide that if a Participant shall cease to be a director, officer of or be in the employ of, or a consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HEI Group for any reason whatsoever (other than death or retirement) including, without limitation, resignation or involuntary termination (with or without cause), as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, before all of the Share Awards credited to the Participant’s Account have been Exercised or are forfeited pursuant to any other

188

provision hereof: (a) such Participant shall cease to be a Participant as of the Cessation Date; (b) any underlying Shares corresponding to any Share Awards that have not been Exercised on the Cessation Date shall be Exercised by the former Participant within 90 days of the Cessation Date in accordance with the Legacy Share Award Plan; and (c) the former Participant shall not be entitled to any further distribution of Shares or any payment from the Legacy Share Award Plan.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph or anything else contained in the Legacy Share Award Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise determined by the Board or the Committee, or unless the Company and a Participant agree otherwise in a Share Award Agreement or other written agreement (including an employment or consulting agreement), if a Participant shall cease to be an officer of or be in the employ of, or a consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HEI Group due to the death of the Participant, any underlying Shares corresponding to any Share Awards that have not been exercised shall be exercised by the legal representative of the deceased former Participant’s estate within 12 months of the Cessation Date in accordance with the Legacy Share Award Plan.

Delivery of Shares by the Company

The Company shall, as soon as practicable after the exercise of any Share Awards granted under the Legacy Share Award Plan, issue from treasury to the Participant the number of Shares required to be delivered upon the exercise of such Participant’s Share Awards; provided, however, that, with the consent of the Participant, in lieu of issuing Shares from treasury the Company may satisfy its obligation to deliver Shares to the Participant upon the exercise of such Participant’s Share Awards by delivering Shares from the Hammerhead Employee Benefit Trust. The Company shall register and deliver certificates for such Shares to the Participant by first class insured mail, unless the Company shall have received alternative instructions from the Participant acceptable to the Company for the registration and/or delivery of the certificates. The Participant shall exercise any Share Awards by: (i) delivering to the Company a notice of exercise in writing, in such form as may be approved by the Board or the Committee from time to time, signed by the Participant and stating the Participant’s intention to exercise a particular Share Award together with payment of the exercise price of C$0.16 per Share Award so exercised; and (ii) if the Share Awards are being exercised by the legal representative of a deceased former Participant’s estate, providing the Company with satisfactory evidence of the Participant’s death. Upon receipt of the exercise notice, aggregate exercise price and evidence of the Participant’s death (if applicable), the Company shall cause the Shares in respect of which the Share Award has been Exercised to be issued or delivered as provided above.

Surrender Offer

A Participant may make an offer (the “Surrender Offer”) to the Company, at any time, for the disposition and surrender by the Participant to the Company (and the termination thereof) of any of the Share Awards granted thereunder for an amount (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the Shares less the exercise price of the Share Award) specified in the Surrender Offer by the Participant, and the Company may, but is not obligated to, accept the Surrender Offer, subject to any regulatory approval required. If the Surrender Offer, either as made or as renegotiated, is accepted, the Share Awards in respect of which the Surrender Offer relates shall be surrendered and deemed to be terminated and cancelled and shall cease to grant the Participant any further rights thereunder upon payment of the amount (less all taxes and other amounts required by law to by withheld by the Company) of the Surrender Offer agreed to by the Company and the Participant.

Alterations of Shares

In the event: (a) of any change in the Shares through subdivision, consolidation, reclassification, amalgamation, merger or otherwise; or (b) that any rights are granted to all or substantially all shareholders to purchase Shares at prices substantially below Fair Market Value; or (c) that, as a result of any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other transaction, the Shares are converted into or exchangeable for any other securities or property; then the Board may make such adjustments to the Legacy Share Award Plan, to any Share Awards

189

and to any Share Award Agreements outstanding under the Legacy Share Award Plan as the Board may, in its sole discretion, consider appropriate in the circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to Participants thereunder and/or to provide for the Participants to receive and accept such other securities or property in lieu of Shares, and the Participants shall be bound by any such determination.

No adjustment shall be made with respect to the issue of Shares being made pursuant to or in connection with: (a) any share option plan or share purchase plan, including the Legacy Share Award Plan, in force from time to time for existing or proposed officers, directors, employees or Service Providers of the Company; (b) the issuance of additional Shares pursuant to a public offering or private placement by the Company or a take-over bid, tender offer or other acquisition made by the Company for the securities of another entity; or (c) upon Exercise or vesting of any convertible securities of the Company outstanding from time to time.

Merger and Sale, etc.

Except in the case of a transaction that is a Change of Control and to which the paragraph below applies, if the Company enters into any transaction or series of transactions whereby the Company or All or Substantially All of the Assets would become the property of any other trust, body corporate, partnership or other person (a “Successor”), whether by way of takeover bid, acquisition, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, arrangement, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise, prior to or contemporaneously with the consummation of such transaction the Company and the Successor will execute such instruments and do such things as the Board or the Committee may determine are necessary to establish that upon the consummation of such transaction the Successor will assume the covenants and obligations of the Company under the Legacy Share Award Plan and the Share Award Agreements outstanding on consummation of such transaction. Any such Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under the Legacy Share Award Plan and Share Award Agreements with the same effect as though the Successor had been named as the Company in the Legacy Share Award Plan and therein and thereafter, the Company shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Legacy Share Award Plan and such Share Award Agreements and the obligation of the Company to the Participants in respect of the Share Awards shall terminate and be at an end and the Participants shall cease to have any further rights in respect thereof including, without limitation, any right to acquire Shares upon the Exercise of the Share Awards.

Change of Control

Notwithstanding any other provision in the Legacy Share Award Plan but subject to any provision to the contrary contained in a Share Award Agreement or other written agreement (such as an agreement of employment) between the Company and a Participant, if there takes place a Change of Control, all issued and outstanding Share Awards shall terminate on the 90th day after the occurrence of such Change of Control or at such earlier time as may be established by the Board or the Committee, in its absolute discretion, prior to the time such Change of Control takes place.

Amendment or Discontinuance of the Legacy Share Award Plan

Board may amend or discontinue the Legacy Share Award Plan and any Share Award granted thereunder at any time without the approval of the shareholders of the Company or any Participant whose Share Award is amended or terminated, provided that no amendment to the Equity Incentive Award Plan or Share Awards granted pursuant to the Equity Incentive Award Plan may be made without the consent of the Participant, if it adversely alters or impairs any Share Award previously granted to such Participant under the Equity Incentive Award Plan.

The Board may, subject to any required approval of any Exchange, amend or discontinue the Legacy Share Award Plan and any Share Award granted thereunder at any time without the approval of the shareholders of the Company or any Participant whose Share Award is amended or terminated, provided that, no amendment to the

190

Legacy Share Award Plan or Share Awards granted pursuant to the Legacy Share Award Plan may be made without the consent of the Participant, if it adversely alters or impairs any Share Award previously granted to such Participant under the Legacy Share Award Plan. Without limitation of the foregoing, such amendments include, without limitation: (a) amendments of a “housekeeping nature” nature, including, without limitation, amending the wording of any provision of the Legacy Share Award Plan for the purpose of clarifying the meaning of existing provisions or to correct or supplement any provision of the Legacy Share Award Plan that is inconsistent with any other provision of the Legacy Share Award Plan, correcting grammatical or typographical errors and amending the definitions contained within the Legacy Share Award Plan respecting the administration of the Legacy Share Award Plan; (b) amending Share Awards under the Legacy Share Award Plan , including with respect to the expiry date (provided that such Share Award is not held by an Insider) and effect of termination of a Participant’s employment or cessation of the Participant’s service; or (c) amendments necessary to comply with applicable law or the requirements of any Exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Legacy Share Award Plan or any outstanding Share Award granted thereunder may not be amended without shareholder approval to:

(a) permit Share Awards to be issued other than pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement;

(b) increase the number of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to Share Awards in excess of the limit prescribed in the Legacy Share Award Plan;

(c) extend the expiry date of any Share Award granted to an Insider (other than as permitted by the terms and conditions of the Legacy Share Award Plan );

(d) permit a Participant to transfer Share Awards to a new beneficial holder other than for estate settlement purposes;

(e) reduce the limitations on Share Awards contained in the Legacy Share Award Plan; and

(f) change the Legacy Share Award Plan to modify or delete any of the above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Board may amend or terminate the Legacy Share Award Plan or any outstanding Share Award granted thereunder at any time without the approval of the shareholders of the Company or any Participant whose Share Award is amended or terminated, in order to conform the Legacy Share Award Plan or such Share Award, as the case may be, to applicable law or regulation or the requirements of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory authority, whether or not that amendment or termination would affect any accrued rights or adversely alter or impair any Share Award previously granted.

Without limiting the foregoing, Board may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Equity Incentive Award Plan in the manner and to the extent deemed necessary or desirable, may establish, amend, and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Legacy Share Award Plan, and may make such determinations as it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Legacy Share Award Plan.

On termination of the Legacy Share Award Plan, any outstanding Share Awards under the Legacy Share Award Plan shall immediately vest and the number of Shares corresponding to such Share Awards shall be delivered to the Participants in accordance with and upon compliance with the Legacy Share Award Plan. The Legacy Share Award Plan will finally cease to operate for all purposes when: (i) the last remaining Participant receives delivery of all Shares corresponding to all Share Awards credited to the Participant’s Account; or (ii) all unexercised Share Awards expire in accordance with the terms of the Legacy Share Award Plan.

191

Legacy Share Option Plan

Terms of Legacy Share Option Plan

Defined Terms

In this description of the Legacy Share Option Plan, the abbreviations and terms set forth below have the following meanings:

“All or Substantially All of the Assets” means greater than 90% of the aggregate fair market value of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

“Arrangement” means the arrangement involving Hammerhead, NewCo, DCRD, AmalCo, the securityholders of Hammerhead, the securityholders of NewCo, the securityholders of DCRD and the securityholders of AmalCo.

“Black-Out Period” means the period of time when, pursuant to any policies of the Company, any securities of the Company may not be traded by certain persons as designated by the Company, including any holder of a Legacy Option.

“Change of Control” means: (i) a successful takeover bid; or (ii) (A) any change in the beneficial ownership or control of the outstanding securities or other interests of the Company which results in: (I) a person or group of persons “acting jointly or in concert” within the meaning of National Instrument 62-104 – Take-Over Bids and Issuer Bids, as amended from time to time; or (II) an affiliate or associate of such person or group of persons, holding, owning or controlling, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or interests of the Company; and (B) members of Board who are members of Board immediately prior to the earlier of such change and the first public announcement of such change cease to constitute a majority of Board at any time within sixty days of such change; or (iii) Incumbent Directors no longer constituting a majority of Board; (iv) the winding up of the Company or the sale, lease or transfer of All or Substantially All of the Assets to any other person or persons and the distribution of greater than 90% of the net proceeds from such sale, lease or transfer to the shareholders of the Company within 60 days of the completion of such sale, lease or transfer (other than pursuant to an internal reorganization or in circumstances where the business of the Company is continued and where the shareholdings or other security holdings, as the case may be, in the continuing entity and the constitution of the board of directors or similar body of the continuing entity is such that the transaction would not be considered a “Change of Control” if paragraph (ii) above was applicable to the transaction); provided that, for greater certainty, a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all the property of the Company for purposes of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) shall not be considered a sale, lease or transfer All or Substantially All of the Assets for purposes of this paragraph (iv) unless the property that is the subject of such sale, lease or exchange represents greater than 90% of the aggregate fair market value of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as determined in accordance with the Legacy Share Option Plan; or (v) any determination by a majority of Board that a “Change of Control” has occurred or is about to occur and any such determination shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes of the Legacy Share Option Plan.

“Current Market Price” means, as at any date when the Current Market Price is to be determined, the volume weighted average trading price per Common Share on the TSX, or, if the Common Shares are not listed on the TSX, on any stock exchange in Canada or the United States on which the Common Shares are then listed, for the last five (5) trading days immediately prior to the date of determination, or if the Common Shares are not listed upon any stock exchange in Canada or the United States, the Current Market Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors acting reasonably.

“Exchange” means the stock exchange(s), if any, on which Common Shares are listed and posted for trading and, if Common Shares are listed on more than one stock exchange, such stock exchange as may be selected for such purpose by Board.

192

“Fair Market Value” with respect to a Common Share, as at any date, means the volume weighted average of the prices at which Common Shares traded on the Exchange (or, if Common Shares are then listed and posted for trading on more than one stock exchange, on such stock exchange on which the majority of the trading volume and value of Common Shares occurs) for the five (5) trading days on which Common Shares traded on the said stock exchange immediately preceding such date. In the event that Common Shares are not listed and posted for trading on any stock exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the fair market value of Common Shares as determined by Board in its sole discretion.

“Final Order” means the final order of the Court dated February 3, 2023 in respect of the Arrangement.

“HEI Group” means, collectively, the Company, any entity that is a Subsidiary of the Company from time to time, including, without limitation, any entity designated by the Board from time to time as a member of the HEI Group for the purposes of the Legacy Share Option Plan (and, for greater certainty, including any successor entity of any of the aforementioned entities) provided, however, that with respect to any Optionee that is subject to United States federal income taxation, such entity is a “service recipient” within the meaning of Code Section 409A with respect to such Optionee.

“Incumbent Directors” means any member of Board who was a member of Board at the effective date of the Legacy Share Option Plan and any successor to an Incumbent Director who was recommended or elected or appointed to succeed any Incumbent Director by the affirmative vote of Board, including a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on Board, prior to the occurrence of the transaction, transactions, elections or appointments giving rise to a Change of Control.

“Insider” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Part I of the TSX Company Manual for the purposes of Section 613 of the TSX Company Manual.

“In-the-Money Value” means the amount by which the Current Market Price on the Pricing Date exceeds the exercise price of the applicable Legacy Options, multiplied by the number of Common Shares related to the applicable Legacy Options.

“Optionee” means a holder of Legacy Options.

“Plan of Arrangement” means the Plan of Arrangement attached to the Final Order.

“Pricing Date” means the date the Company receives notice from an Optionee that has elected to exercise a vested Legacy Option by surrendering such Legacy Option in exchange for the In-the-Money Value of Legacy Option in lieu of purchasing the number of Common Shares then issuable on the exercise of the vested Legacy Option subject to the provisions of the Legacy Share Option Plan and if permitted by the Committee.

“Service Provider” means an officer or employee of, or a person or company engaged by, one or more of the entities comprising the HEI Group to provide services to an entity within the HEI Group.

Purpose and Administration

The limited purpose of the Legacy Share Option Plan is to provide for the issuance of Legacy Options pursuant to of the Plan of Arrangement and thereby to aid in retaining and motivating certain officers, directors, employees and other eligible Service Providers of the HEI Group in the growth and development of the HEI Group by providing them with the opportunity through Legacy Options to acquire an increased proprietary interest in the Company.

The Legacy Share Option Plan is administered by a committee of Board appointed from time to time by Board to administer the Legacy Share Option Plan or, if no such committee is appointed, Board (the “Committee”) pursuant to any rules of procedure that may be fixed by Board.

193

Granting of Legacy Options

Subject to the Plan of Arrangement, the Committee may from time to time designate officers, directors and employees of, and other eligible Service Providers to, the HEI Group to whom Legacy Options may be granted and the number of Common Shares to be optioned to each, provided that the number of Common Shares to be optioned shall not exceed the limitations provided in the Legacy Share Option Plan.

Limitations to the Legacy Share Option Plan

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Legacy Share Option Plan the maximum number of Common Shares issuable on exercise of outstanding Legacy Options at any time shall be limited to 671,539.

Legacy Options that are cancelled, terminated or expire prior to the exercise of all or a portion thereof shall not result in Common Shares that were reserved for issuance thereunder being available for a subsequent grant of Legacy Options pursuant to the Legacy Share Option Plan.

No one Service Provider may be granted any Legacy Option which, together with all Legacy Options then held by such Optionee, would entitle or enable such Optionee to receive a number of Common Shares which is greater than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares, calculated on an undiluted basis. In addition: (i) the number of Common Shares issuable to Insiders at any time, under all security based compensation arrangements of the Company, shall not exceed 10% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares; and (ii) the number of Common Shares issued to Insiders, within any one year period, under all security based compensation arrangements of the Company, shall not exceed 10% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares. For this purpose, “security based compensation arrangements” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Part VI of the TSX Company Manual.

Vesting

All Legacy Options issued pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement shall be fully vested and exercisable on issuance and shall not be subject to any vesting restrictions.

Legacy Option Price

Subject to the Plan of Arrangement, the exercise price of Legacy Options granted under the Legacy Share Option Plan shall be fixed by the Committee when such Legacy Options are granted, provided that the exercise price of Legacy Options shall not be less than such minimum price as may be required by the stock exchange, if any, on which the Common Shares are listed at the time of grant.

Legacy Option Terms

The period during which a Legacy Option is exercisable shall, subject to the provisions of the Legacy Share Option Plan requiring or permitting the acceleration or extension of the exercise period, be such period, not in excess of fifteen years, as may be determined from time to time by the Committee, but subject to the rules of any stock exchange or other regulatory body having jurisdiction, and in the absence of any determination to the contrary will be five years from the date of grant. Each Legacy Option shall, among other things, contain provisions to the effect that Legacy Option shall be personal to the Optionee and shall not be assignable. In addition, unless the Company and an Optionee agree otherwise in an agreement for Legacy Options or other written agreement (such as an agreement of employment or a retirement agreement), each Legacy Option shall provide that:

(a) upon the death of the Optionee, the Legacy Option shall terminate on the date determined by the Committee which shall not be more than 12 months from the date of death and, in the absence of any determination to the contrary, will be 12 months from the date of death;

194

(b) if the Optionee shall no longer be an officer of or be in the employ of, or consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HEI Group (other than by reason of death or termination for cause or retirement), the Legacy Option shall terminate on the expiry of the period not in excess of six months as prescribed by the Committee at the time of grant, following the date that the Optionee ceases to be an officer of, or an employee of or a consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HEI Group; and, in the absence of any determination to the contrary, will terminate ninety (90) days following the date that the Optionee ceases to be an officer of, or an employee of or a consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HEI Group;

(c) if the Optionee shall no longer be an officer of or be in the employ of, or consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HEI Group by reason of termination for cause, the Legacy Option shall terminate immediately on such termination for cause (whether notice of such termination occurs verbally or in writing); and

(d) if the Optionee shall no longer be an officer of or be in the employ of any of the entities comprising of the HEI Group due to the Optionee’s retirement, the Legacy Option shall terminate twelve months following the date that the Optionee ceases to be an officer of or be in the employ of any of the entities in the HEI Group;

provided that the number of Common Shares that the Optionee (or his or her heirs or successors) shall be entitled to purchase until such date of termination: (i) shall in the case of death of the Optionee, be all of Common Shares that may be acquired on exercise of Legacy Options held by such Optionee (or his or her heirs or successors), whether or not previously vested, and the vesting of all such Legacy Options shall be accelerated on the date of death for such purpose; and (ii) in any case other than death or termination for cause, shall be the number of Common Shares which the Optionee was entitled to purchase on the date the Optionee ceased to be an officer, director, employee, consultant or other Service Provider, as the case may be. In the event of termination for cause, all of Common Shares optioned, whether vested or unvested, shall be forfeited.

If any Legacy Options may not be exercised due to any Black-Out Period at any time within the three-business day period prior to the normal expiry date of such Legacy Options (the “Restricted Options”), the expiry date of all Restricted Options shall be extended for a period of seven business days following the end of the Black-Out Period (or such longer period as permitted by the Exchange and approved by the Committee).

Cashless Exercise

Subject to the provisions of the Legacy Share Option Plan, if permitted by the Committee, an Optionee may elect to exercise a vested Legacy Option by surrendering such Legacy Option in exchange for the In-the-Money Value of Legacy Option in lieu of purchasing the number of Common Shares then issuable on the exercise of the vested Legacy Option. If the Optionee so elects to exercise Legacy Option, the Optionee shall be entitled to payment of the In-the-Money Value of the vested Legacy Option determined as of the Pricing Date. The In-the-Money Value shall be paid in Common Shares issued from treasury with the number of Common Shares issuable being equal to the number obtained by dividing the In-the-Money Value of Legacy Options in respect of which such election is made by the Current Market Price on the Pricing Date.

Surrender Offer

A Optionee may make an offer (the “Surrender Offer”) to the Company, at any time, for the disposition and surrender by the Optionee to the Company (and the termination thereof) of any of Legacy Options granted under the Legacy Share Option Plan for an amount (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of Common Shares less the exercise price of Legacy Options) specified in the Surrender Offer by the Optionee, and the Company may, but is not obligated to, accept the Surrender Offer, subject to any regulatory approval required. If the Surrender Offer, either as made or as renegotiated, is accepted, Legacy Options in respect of which the Surrender Offer relates shall be surrendered and deemed to be terminated and cancelled and shall cease to grant the Optionee any further

195

rights thereunder upon payment of the amount of the agreed Surrender Offer by the Company to the Optionee. The Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to allow an Optionee to claim such deductions in computing taxable income of such Optionee, if any, that may be available to the Optionee in respect of any amount received by the Optionee, provided that the Company shall be under no obligation, express or implied, to make such election.

Alterations in Shares

In the event: (a) of any change in Common Shares through subdivision, consolidation, reclassification, amalgamation, merger or otherwise; or (b) that any rights are granted to all or substantially all shareholders to purchase Common Shares at prices substantially below Fair Market Value; or (c) that, as a result of any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other transaction, Common Shares are converted into or exchangeable for any other securities or property; then the Board may make such adjustments to the Legacy Share Option Plan, to any Legacy Options and to any agreements for Legacy Options outstanding under the Legacy Share Option Plan, and make such amendments to any agreements for Legacy Options outstanding under the Legacy Share Option Plan, as Board may, in its sole discretion, consider appropriate in the circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to Optionees thereunder and/or to provide for the Optionees to receive and accept such other securities or property in lieu of Common Shares, and the Optionees shall be bound by any such determination.

For greater certainty, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary to the foregoing paragraph, no adjustment shall be made in accordance with respect to the issue of Common Shares being made pursuant to or in connection with (i) any share option plan or share purchase plan, including the Legacy Share Option Plan, in force from time to time for existing or proposed officers, directors, employees or Service Providers of the Company, or (ii) the issuance of additional Common Shares pursuant to a public offering or private placement by the Company or a take-over bid or tender offer made by the Company for the securities of another entity.

Provisions Related to Merger/Sale etc.

Except in the case of a transaction that is a Change of Control and to which accelerated vesting and termination of Legacy Options applies, if the Company enters into any transaction or series of transactions whereby the Company or All or Substantially All of the Assets would become the property of another trust, body corporate, partnership or other person (a “Successor”), whether by way of takeover bid, acquisition, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, arrangement, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise, prior to or contemporaneously with the consummation of such transaction, the Company and the Successor will execute such instruments and do such things as the Committee may determine are necessary to establish that upon the consummation of such transaction the Successor will assume the covenants and obligations of the Company under the Legacy Share Option Plan outstanding on consummation of such transaction. Any such Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under the Legacy Share Option Plan with the same effect as though the Successor had been named as the Company therein and thereafter, the Company shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Legacy Share Option Plan and the obligation of the Company to the Optionees in respect of Legacy Options shall terminate and be at an end and the Optionees shall cease to have any further rights in respect thereof including, without limitation, any right to acquire Common Shares upon vesting of Legacy Options.

Termination of Option

Notwithstanding any other provision in the Legacy Share Option Plan or the terms of any option agreement, if there takes place a Change of Control, all issued and outstanding Legacy Options shall terminate on the 90^th day after the occurrence of such Change of Control, or at such earlier time as may be established by the Board, in its absolute discretion, prior to the time such Change of Control takes place.

196

Amendments

The Committee may, subject to any required approval of any Exchange, amend or discontinue the Legacy Share Option Plan and Legacy Options granted thereunder at any time without the approval of the shareholders of the Company or any Optionee whose Legacy Option is amended or terminated, provided that, subject to the terms of the Legacy Share Option Plan, no amendment to the Legacy Share Option Plan or Legacy Options granted pursuant to the Legacy Share Option Plan may be made without the consent of the Optionee, if it adversely alters or impairs any Legacy Option previously granted to such Optionee under the Legacy Share Option Plan. Without limitation of the foregoing, such amendments include, without limitation: (a) amendments of a “housekeeping nature” nature, including, without limitation, amending the wording of any provision of the Legacy Share Option Plan for the purpose of clarifying the meaning of existing provisions or to correct or supplement any provision of the Legacy Share Option Plan that is inconsistent with any other provision of the Legacy Share Option Plan, correcting grammatical or typographical errors and amending the definitions contained within the Legacy Share Option Plan respecting the administration of the Legacy Share Option Plan; (b) amending Legacy Options under the Legacy Share Option Plan, including with respect to the expiry date (provided that the term of the Legacy Option does not exceed fifteen years from the date the Legacy Option is granted and that such Legacy Option is not held by an Insider) and effect of termination of a Optionee’s employment or cessation of the Optionee’s service; or (c) amendments necessary to comply with applicable law or the requirements of any Exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Legacy Share Option Plan or any outstanding Legacy Option granted thereunder may not be amended without shareholder approval to:

(a) permit Legacy Options to be issued other than pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement;

(b) increase the number of Common Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to Legacy Options in excess of the limit prescribed in the Legacy Share Option Plan;

(c) extend the expiry date of any Legacy Option granted to an Insider (other than as permitted by the terms and conditions of the Legacy Share Option Plan );

(d) permit an Optionee to transfer Legacy Options to a new beneficial holder other than for estate settlement purposes;

(e) reduce the limitations on Legacy Options contained in the Legacy Share Option Plan; and

(f) change the Legacy Share Option Plan to modify or delete any of the above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may amend or terminate the Legacy Share Option Plan or any outstanding Legacy Option granted under the Legacy Share Option Plan at any time without the approval of the shareholders of the Company or any Optionee whose Legacy Option is amended or terminated in order to conform the Legacy Share Option Plan or such Legacy Option, as the case may be, to applicable law or regulation or the requirements of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory authority, whether or not that amendment or termination would affect any accrued rights or adversely alter or impair any Legacy Option previously granted.

197

The following table sets forth the aggregate number of outstanding Legacy Options and Legacy RSUs that were outstanding under the Legacy Plans upon completion of the Business Combination.

Group (Number in Group)	Common Shares Under Legacy Options (#)		Exercise Price per Common Share (C$)		Expiration Date	Common Shares Under Legacy RSUs (#)		Exercise Price per Common Share (C$)		Expiration Date
Executive Officers of the Company(1)		382,851		7.83	December 31, 2025 – December 31, 2030		2,740,248		0.16	December 31, 2025 – April 1, 2027
Directors of the Company (other than those who are also Executive Officers of the Company)(2)		—		—	—		29,394		0.16	December 22, 2025 – December 31, 2026
Employees of the Company, excluding Executive Officers of the Company(3)		286,771		7.83	December 31, 2025 – December 31, 2030		2,559,018		0.16	December 31, 2025 – October 11, 2027
Consultants of the Company, excluding Executive Officers of the Company(4)		1,917		7.83	December 31, 2025 – April 1, 2028		1,278		0.16	December 31, 2025
TOTAL		671,539		—	—		5,329,938		—	—

Notes:

(1) There are 5 individuals in this group.

(2) There are 2 individuals in this group.

(3) There are 47 individuals that hold Legacy Options and 83 individuals that hold Legacy RSUs in this group.

(4) There is one individual that holds Legacy Options and 2 individuals that hold Legacy RSUs in this group.

In connection with the Business Combination, the Company adopted an equity incentive award plan (the “Equity Incentive Award Plan”) and an equity incentive share option plan (the “Share Option Plan” and together with the Equity Incentive Award Plan, the “Equity Incentive Plans”) in order to facilitate the grant of equity incentive awards to directors, employees (including executive officers) and consultants of the Company and certain of its affiliates and to enable the Company to obtain and retain the services of these individuals, which is essential to the Company’s long-term success. A third party compensation consulting advisor was engaged to review executive and director compensation plans including the Equity Incentive Plans. The Equity Incentive Plans became effective immediately following the SPAC Amalgamation Effective Time, and are, along with any grants made thereunder, subject to the ratification by the Company’s shareholders at the Company’s annual general meeting to be held in 2023. The relevant terms of the incentive plans are summarized below.

Equity Incentive Award Plan

Defined Terms

In this description of the Equity Incentive Award Plan, the abbreviations and terms set forth below have the following meanings:

“All or Substantially All of the Assets” means greater than 90% of the aggregate fair market value of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

“Award” means an Incentive Award or a Share Award, as applicable.

“Award Agreement” means an Incentive Award Agreement or a Share Award Agreement, as applicable.

198

“Black-Out Period” means the period of time, if any, when, pursuant to any policies of the Company, any securities of the Company may not be traded by certain persons as designated by the Company, including any Participant that holds an Award.

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company as constituted from time to time.

“Change of Control” means:

(a) a successfully completed takeover bid; and (B) members of the Board who are members of the Board immediately prior to the earlier of the commencement of such takeover bid and the first public announcement of such takeover bid cease to constitute a majority of the Board at any time within sixty days of the successful completion of such takeover bid; or

(b) any change in the beneficial ownership or control of the outstanding securities or other interests of the Company which results in: (I) a person or group of persons “acting jointly or in concert” (within the meaning of MI 62-104); or (II) an affiliate or associate of such person or group of persons, holding, owning or controlling, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or interests of the Company; and (B) members of the Board who are members of the Board immediately prior to the earlier of such change and the first public announcement of such change cease to constitute a majority of the Board at any time within sixty days of such change; or

(c) Incumbent Directors no longer constituting a majority of the Board; or

(d) the winding up of the Company or the sale, lease or transfer of All or Substantially All of the Assets to any other person or persons and the distribution of greater than 90% of the net proceeds from such sale, lease or transfer to the shareholders of the Company within 60 days of the completion of such sale, lease or transfer (other than pursuant to an internal reorganization or in circumstances where the business of the Company is continued and where the shareholdings or other securityholdings, as the case may be, in the continuing entity and the constitution of the board of directors or similar body of the continuing entity is such that the transaction would not be considered a “Change of Control” if paragraph (ii) above was applicable to the transaction); provided that, for greater certainty, a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all the property of the Company for purposes of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) shall not be considered a sale, lease or transfer All or Substantially All of the Assets for purposes of this paragraph (iv) unless the property that is the subject of such sale, lease or exchange represents greater than 90% of the aggregate fair market value of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as determined in accordance with the terms of the Equity Incentive Award Plan;

provided that a Change of Control shall be deemed not to have occurred if a majority of the Board, in good faith, determines that a Change of Control was not intended to occur in the particular circumstances in question and any such determination shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes of the Equity Incentive Award Plan.

“Dividend” means any dividend, return of capital or special distribution paid by the Company in respect of the Shares, whether in the form of cash or Shares or other securities or other property, expressed as an amount per Share.

“Exchange” means the stock exchange(s), if any, on which the Shares are listed and posted for trading.

“Exercise Date” means the day upon which the Company receives an Exercise Notice from a Participant of exercise of all or a portion of the Share Awards held by such Participant in respect of which the Vesting Date has occurred or, failing receipt of an Exercise Notice, the day immediately prior to the Expiry Date of such vested Share Awards.

“Exercise Notice” means a notice in writing to the Company respecting the exercise of Share Awards in respect of which the Vesting Date has occurred in the form approved by the Committee from time to time, duly executed by a Participant.

199

“Expiry Date” means: (i) in the case of Share Awards, the fifth anniversary of the grant date of the Restricted Award or the Performance Award, as applicable, or such other date as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, provided that in no circumstances shall the Expiry Date exceed ten (10) years from the applicable grant date; and (ii) in the case of Incentive Awards, December 15th of the third year following the year in which the Incentive Award was granted.

“Fair Market Value” with respect to a Share, as at any date, means the volume weighted average of the prices at which the Shares traded on the Exchange (or, if the Shares are then listed and posted for trading on more than one Exchange, on such Exchange on which the majority of the trading volume and value of the Shares occurs) for the five (5) trading days on which the Shares traded on the said Exchange immediately preceding such date. In the event that the Shares are not listed and posted for trading on any stock exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, acting reasonably and in good faith. If initially determined in United States dollars, the Fair Market Value shall be converted into Canadian dollars at an exchange rate selected and calculated in the manner determined by the Board from time to time, acting reasonably and in good faith.

“HEI Group” means, collectively, the Company and any entity that is a Subsidiary of the Company from time to time (and, for greater certainty, including any successor entity of any of the aforementioned entities).

“Incentive Award” means a Restricted Award or Performance Award made pursuant to the Equity Incentive Award Plan and designated as an Incentive Award.

“Incentive Award Value” means, with respect to any Incentive Awards, an amount equal to the number of Incentive Awards, as such number may be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Equity Incentive Award Plan, multiplied by the Fair Market Value of the Shares.

“Incumbent Directors” means any member of the Board who was a member of the Board at the effective date of the Equity Incentive Award Plan and any successor to an Incumbent Director who was recommended or elected or appointed to succeed any Incumbent Director by the affirmative vote of the Board, including a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board, prior to the occurrence of the transaction, transactions, elections or appointments giving rise to a Change of Control.

“Participants” mean Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted.

“Performance Award” means (i) an Incentive Award under the Equity Incentive Award Plan designated as a “Performance Award” in the Incentive Award Agreement pertaining thereto, for which payment shall be made following the Vesting Date(s) thereof, or (ii) an award of Shares under the Equity Incentive Award Plan designated as a “Performance Award” in the Share Award Agreement pertaining thereto, which Shares shall be issued following the Exercise Date(s) thereof.

“Restricted Award” means (i) an Incentive Award under the Equity Incentive Award Plan designated as a “Restricted Award” in the Incentive Award Agreement pertaining thereto, for which payment shall be made following the Vesting Date(s) thereof or (ii) an award of Shares under the Equity Incentive Award Plan designated as a “Restricted Award” in the Share Award Agreement pertaining thereto, which Shares shall be issued following the Exercise Date(s) thereof.

“Service Providers” means persons who are employees or officers of the Company or a member of the HEI Group or who are consultants or other service providers to the Company or a member of the HEI Group.

“Share” means a Class A common share of the Company, or, in the event of an adjustment contemplated in the Equity Incentive Award Plan, such other shares to which a Participant may be entitled upon the exercise or settlement of a Share Award or Incentive Award, as applicable, as a result of such adjustment.

200

“Share Award” means a Restricted Award or Performance Award made and designated as a Share Award pursuant to the Equity Incentive Award Plan.

“Shareholder” means a holder of Shares.

“Subsidiary” has the meaning ascribed there in the Securities Act (Alberta).

“takeover bid” means a “take-over bid” as defined in MI 62-104 or tender offer, pursuant to which the “offeror” would as a result of such takeover bid or tender offer, if successful, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in excess of 50% of the outstanding Shares (other than pursuant to an internal reorganization or in circumstances where the business of the Company is continued and where the shareholdings or other security holdings, as the case may be, in the offeror and the constitution of the board of directors or similar body of the offeror is such that the take-over bid or tender offer would not be considered a “Change of Control”).

“TSX” means the Toronto Stock Exchange.

“U.S. Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Vesting Date” means, (i) with respect to any Incentive Award, the date upon which the Incentive Award Value to which the Participant is entitled pursuant to such Incentive Award shall irrevocably vest and become irrevocably payable by the Company to the Participant in accordance with the terms hereof, and (ii) with respect to any Share Award, the date upon which Shares awarded thereunder shall become issuable to the Participant of such Share Award in accordance with the terms hereof.

Purpose and Administration

The principal purposes of the Equity Incentive Award Plan are to: (a) aid in attracting, retaining and motivating qualified Service Providers of the HEI Group in the growth and development of the HEI Group by providing them with the opportunity through Awards to acquire an increased proprietary interest in the Company; (b) more closely align such Service Providers’ interests with those of the Company’s shareholders; (c) focus such Service Providers on operating and financial performance and long-term shareholder value; and (d) motivate and reward for such Service Providers’ performance and contributions to the Company’s long-term success.

The Equity Incentive Award Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”), provided that the Board shall have the authority to appoint itself or another committee of the Board to administer the Equity Incentive Award Plan. In the event that the Board appoints itself or another committee of the Board to administer the Equity Incentive Award Plan, all references in the Equity Incentive Award Plan to the Committee will be deemed to be references to the Board or such other committee of the Board, as applicable.

To the extent permitted by law, the Committee may delegate or sub-delegate to one or more of its members, to any director or officer of the Company or to one or more agents all or any of the powers conferred on the Committee under the Equity Incentive Award Plan, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated or sub-delegated authority as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Equity Incentive Award Plan.

For greater certainty and without limiting the discretion conferred on the Committee pursuant to the Equity Incentive Award Plan, the Committee’s decision to approve the grant of an Award in any period shall not require the Committee to approve the grant of an Award to any Service Provider in any other period; nor shall the Committee’s decision with respect to the size or terms and conditions of an Award in any period require it to approve the grant of an Award of the same or similar size or with the same or similar terms and conditions to any

201

Service Provider in any other period. The Committee shall not be precluded from approving the grant of an Award to any Service Provider solely because such Service Provider may previously have been granted an Award under the Equity Incentive Award Plan or any other similar compensation arrangement of the Company or a member of the HEI Group. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Service Providers or Participants under the Equity Incentive Award Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to any Participant or with respect to different Participants. No Service Provider has any claim or right to be granted an Award.

Granting of Awards

Each Award granted under the Equity Incentive Award Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Equity Incentive Award Plan and evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Participant (an ”Incentive Award Agreement” in the case of an Incentive Award and a ”Share Award Agreement” in the case of a Share Award) which agreement shall comply with, and be subject to, the requirements of the Exchange.

Dividend Equivalents

At the discretion of the Board, the Equity Incentive Award Plan provides for cumulative adjustments to the number of Shares to be issued pursuant to Awards on each date that dividends are paid on the Shares by an amount equal to a fraction having as its numerator the amount of the dividend per Share and having as its denominator the price, expressed as an amount per Share, paid by participants in the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, if any, to reinvest their dividends in additional Shares on the applicable dividend payment date, provided that if the Company has suspended the operation of such plan or does not have such a plan, then the reinvestment price shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the trading day immediately preceding the dividend payment date. Under the Equity Incentive Award Plan, in the case of a non-cash dividend, including Shares or other securities or property, the Committee will, in its sole discretion and subject to the approval of the Exchange, determine whether or not such non-cash dividend will be provided to the Participant and, if so provided, the form in which it shall be provided.

Vesting

Pursuant to the terms of the Equity Incentive Award Plan, the Restricted Awards and the Performance Awards shall vest at the end of their three-year terms, respectively.

Limits on Issuances

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Equity Incentive Award Plan, the aggregate number of Shares reserved for issuance from time to time pursuant to Awards granted and outstanding thereunder at any time, and the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted thereunder, shall not exceed 2,826,350 Shares. This prescribed maximum may be subsequently increased to any specified amount, provided the increase is authorized by a vote of the Shareholders.

If any Award granted under the Equity Incentive Award Plan shall expire, terminate or be cancelled for any reason without the Shares issuable thereunder having been issued in full, any unissued Shares to which such Award relates shall be available for the purposes of the granting of further Awards under the Equity Incentive Award Plan.

The aggregate number of Shares issuable pursuant to Awards granted to any single Service Provider shall not exceed 5% of the issued and outstanding Shares, calculated on an undiluted basis and assuming all Awards will be settled in Shares. In addition: (i) the number of Shares issuable to insiders at any time, under all security based compensation arrangements of the Company, shall not exceed 10% of the issued and outstanding Shares; and (ii) the number of Shares issued to insiders, within any one year period, under all security based compensation arrangements of the Company, shall not exceed 10% of the issued and outstanding Shares.

202

Share Award Terms

The Company may grant Restricted Awards and Performance Awards that, at the option of the Company, either: (a) entitle the holder on vesting to be issued the number of Shares designated in the Restricted Award or Performance Award, as applicable; or (b) entitle the holder on vesting to receive an amount equal to the value of the Restricted Award or Performance Award, as applicable, (being an amount equal to the number of Awards multiplied by the Fair Market Value of the Shares), which amount will in the sole and absolute discretion of the Company (and without the consent of the Participant), be settled in (i) cash, (ii) Shares acquired by the Company on the Exchange, (iii) Shares issued from the treasury of the Company, or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. In the case of Performance Awards, the number of Shares issuable or the value of the Award, as applicable, is multiplied by a payout multiplier. The payout multiplier is determined by the Committee based on an assessment of the achievement of pre-defined corporate performance measures in respect of the applicable period as determined by the Committee. The payout multiplier may not be less than 0% or more than 200%.

Exercise of Share Awards

A Participant may elect to exercise Share Awards at any time and from time to time from and including the day the Vesting Date in respect of such Share Awards occurs until the Expiry Date of such Share Awards, by delivering to the Company a duly completed and executed Exercise Notice; provided, that no Participant who is resident in the United States may exercise Share Awards unless the Shares issuable by the Company upon such exercise are registered under the U.S. Securities Act or are issued in compliance with an available exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act. If any Share Award may not be exercised due to any Black-Out Period at any time within the three business day period prior to the Expiry Date of such Share Award the Expiry Date of all such Share Awards shall be extended for a period of seven business days following the end of the Black-Out Period (or such longer period as permitted by the Exchange(s) and approved by the Committee).

Black-out Periods

If a Participant is prohibited from trading in securities of the Company as a result of the imposition by the Company of a trading blackout (a “Blackout Period”) and the issue or payment date of the Shares underlying an Award held by such Participant falls within the Blackout Period, then the issue or payment date of such Shares shall be extended to the date that is seven business days following the end of such Blackout Period; provided that if the expiry date of the Awards would occur as a result of such extension, the Awards will be settled on the expiry date in cash rather than Shares.

Merger and Sale, etc.

If the Company enters into any transaction or series of transactions, other than a transaction that is a Change of Control and whereby the Company or All or Substantially All of the Assets would become the property of any other trust, body corporate, partnership or other person (a “Successor”) whether by way of takeover bid, acquisition, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, arrangement, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise, then prior to or contemporaneously with the consummation of such transaction: (a) the Company and the Successor will execute such instruments and do such things as the Committee may determine are necessary to establish that upon the consummation of such transaction the Successor will have assumed the covenants and obligations of the Company under the Equity Incentive Award Plan and the Award Agreements outstanding on consummation of such transaction and such Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Equity Incentive Award Plan and such Award Agreements with the same effect as though the Successor had been named as the Company in the Equity Incentive Award Plan and therein and thereafter, the Company shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Equity Incentive Award Plan and such Award Agreements and the obligation of the Company to the Participants in respect of the Awards shall terminate and be at an end and the Participants shall cease to have any further rights in respect thereof including,

203

without limitation, any right to acquire or receive Shares on the Vesting Date(s) applicable to such Awards; or (b) if the Awards (and the covenants and obligations of the Company under the Equity Incentive Award Plan and the Award Agreements outstanding on consummation of such transaction) are not so assumed by the Successor, then the Vesting Date for all Shares awarded pursuant to such Awards that have not yet been issued as of such time shall be the date which is immediately prior to the date upon which the transaction is consummated.

Change of Control

In the event (a) of any change in the Shares through subdivision, consolidation, reclassification, amalgamation, merger or otherwise; (b) that any rights are granted to all Shareholders to purchase Shares at prices substantially below Fair Market Value; or (c) that, as a result of any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other transaction, the Shares are converted into or exchangeable for any other securities, then, in any such case, the Board may, subject to any required approval of the Exchange, make such adjustments to the Equity Incentive Award Plan, to any Awards and to any Award Agreements outstanding under the Equity Incentive Award Plan as the Board may, in its sole discretion, consider appropriate in the circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to Participants thereunder.

Agreement to be Bound

If a Participant fails to acknowledge an Award by acceptance of the Award Agreement within the time specified by the Committee, the Company reserves the right to revoke the Award. Participation in the Equity Incentive Award Plan by any Participant shall be construed as irrevocable acceptance by the Participant of the terms and conditions set out in the Equity Incentive Award Plan and all rules and procedures adopted thereunder and as amended from time to time.

Amendment and Termination of Plan

The Equity Incentive Award Plan and any Awards granted pursuant to the Equity Incentive Award Plan may, subject to any required approval of the Exchange, be amended, modified or terminated by the Board without the approval of Shareholders. Without limitation of the foregoing, such amendments include, without limitation: (a) amendments of a “housekeeping nature”, including, without limitation, amending the wording of any provision of the Equity Incentive Award Plan for the purpose of clarifying the meaning of existing provisions or to correct or supplement any provision of the Equity Incentive Award Plan that is inconsistent with any other provision of the Equity Incentive Award Plan, correcting grammatical or typographical errors and amending the definitions contained within the Equity Incentive Award Plan respecting the administration of the Equity Incentive Award Plan; (b) amending Awards under the Equity Incentive Award Plan, including with respect to the Expiry Date (provided that the term of the Award does not exceed ten years from the date the Award is granted and that such Award is not held by an insider), vesting period, and effect of termination of a Participant’s employment or cessation of the Participant’s service; (c) accelerating vesting; or (d) amendments necessary to comply with applicable law or the requirements of any Exchange on which the Shares are listed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Equity Incentive Award Plan or any Award may not be amended without Shareholder approval to:

(a) increase the number of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to Awards in excess of the limit prescribed in the Equity Incentive Award Plan;

(b) extend the Vesting Date of any Awards issued under the Equity Incentive Award Plan to an insider beyond the latest Vesting Date specified in the Award Agreement (other than as permitted by the terms and conditions of the Equity Incentive Award Plan);

(c) extend the Expiry Date of any Award granted to an insider (other than as permitted by the terms and conditions of the Equity Incentive Award Plan);

(d) permit a Participant to transfer Awards to a new beneficial holder other than for estate settlement purposes;

204

(e) reduce the limitations on Awards contained in the Equity Incentive Award Plan;

(f) increase the number of Shares that may be issued to Insiders above the restrictions contained in the Equity Incentive Award Plan; and

(g) change the Equity Incentive Award Plan to modify or delete any of (a) through (f) above.

In addition, no amendment to the Equity Incentive Award Plan or any Awards granted pursuant to the Equity Incentive Award Plan may be made without the consent of a Participant if it adversely alters or impairs the rights of such Participant in respect of any Award previously granted to such Participant under the Equity Incentive Award Plan.

Share Option Plan

Terms of Share Option Plan

Defined Terms

In this description of the Share Option Plan, the abbreviations and terms set forth below have the following meanings:

“All or Substantially All of the Assets” means greater than 90% of the aggregate fair market value of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

“Black-Out Period” means the period of time when, pursuant to any policies of the Company, any securities of the Company may not be traded by certain persons as designated by the Company, including any holder of an Option.

“Cause” means, unless otherwise defined in the applicable option agreement or employment agreement or consulting agreement of the Optionee (in which case “Cause” shall have the meaning therein):

(a) in respect of an Optionee that is an employee or officer of a member of the HEI Group, any act or omission that would entitle the member of the HEI Group that employs the Optionee to terminate the Optionee’s employment without notice or compensation under the Canadian common law for just cause; and

(b) in respect of an Optionee that is a consultant to a member of the HEI Group, any material breach by the Optionee of the terms of the contract or agreement under which the Optionee is retained by a member of the HEI Group.

“Cessation Date” means the date that is the earlier of:

(a) the effective date of the Service Provider’s termination, resignation, death or retirement, as the case may be; and

(b) the date that the Service Provider ceases to be in the active performance of the usual and customary day-to-day duties of the Service Provider’s position or job other than due to a Leave of Absence,

regardless of whether adequate, legal or proper advance notice of termination or resignation shall have been provided in respect of such cessation of being a Service Provider, and the Cessation Date shall not, under any circumstances, be extended by any statutory, contractual or common law notice period mandated under any application laws.

“Change of Control” means:

(i) (A) a successfully completed takeover bid; and (B) members of the Board who are members of the Board immediately prior to the earlier of the commencement of such takeover bid and the first public

205

announcement of such takeover bid cease to constitute a majority of the Board at any time within sixty days of the successful completion of such takeover bid; or

(ii) (A) any change in the beneficial ownership or control of the outstanding securities or other interests of the Company which results in: (I) a person or group of persons “acting jointly or in concert” within the meaning of National Instrument 62-104 – Take-Over Bids and Issuer Bids, as amended from time to time; or (II) an affiliate or associate of such person or group of persons, holding, owning or controlling, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or interests of the Company; and (B) members of Board who are members of Board immediately prior to the earlier of such change and the first public announcement of such change cease to constitute a majority of Board at any time within sixty days of such change; or

(iii) Incumbent Directors no longer constituting a majority of Board;

(iv) the winding up of the Company or the sale, lease or transfer of All or Substantially All of the Assets to any other person or persons and the distribution of greater than 90% of the net proceeds from such sale, lease or transfer to the shareholders of the Company within 60 days of the completion of such sale, lease or transfer (other than pursuant to an internal reorganization or in circumstances where the business of the Company is continued and where the shareholdings or other security holdings, as the case may be, in the continuing entity and the constitution of the board of directors or similar body of the continuing entity is such that the transaction would not be considered a “Change of Control” if paragraph (ii) above was applicable to the transaction); provided that, for greater certainty, a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all the property of the Company for purposes of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) shall not be considered a sale, lease or transfer All or Substantially All of the Assets for purposes of this paragraph (iv) unless the property that is the subject of such sale, lease or exchange represents greater than 90% of the aggregate fair market value of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as determined in accordance with the Share Option Plan;

provided that a Change of Control shall be deemed not to have occurred if a majority of the Board, in good faith, determines that a Change of Control was not intended to occur in the particular circumstances in question and any such determination shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes of the Share Option Plan.

“Current Market Price” means, as at any date when the Current Market Price is to be determined, the volume weighted average trading price per Common Share on the TSX, or, if the Common Shares are not listed on the TSX, on any stock exchange in Canada or the United States on which the Common Shares are then listed, for the last five (5) trading days immediately prior to the date of determination, or if the Common Shares are not listed upon any stock exchange in Canada or the United States, the Current Market Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors acting reasonably.

“Exchange” means the stock exchange(s), if any, on which Common Shares are listed and posted for trading and, if Common Shares are listed on more than one stock exchange, such stock exchange as may be selected for such purpose by Board.

“Expiry Date” means the date upon which a Option expires pursuant to the option agreement relating to such Option.

“Fair Market Value” with respect to a Common Share, as at any date, means the volume weighted average of the prices at which Common Shares traded on the Exchange (or, if Common Shares are then listed and posted for trading on more than Exchange, on such stock exchange on which the majority of the trading volume and value of Common Shares occurs) for the five (5) trading days on which Common Shares traded on the said Exchange immediately preceding such date. In the event that Common Shares are not listed and posted for trading on any Exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the fair market value of Common Shares as determined by Board in its sole discretion, acting reasonably and in good faith. If initially determined in United States dollars, the Fair Market Value shall be converted into Canadian dollars at an exchange rate selected and calculated in the manner determined by the Board from time to time, acting reasonably and in good faith.

206

“HEI Group” means, collectively, the Company and any entity that is a Subsidiary of the Company from time to time (and, for greater certainty, including any successor entity of any of the aforementioned entities).

“Incumbent Directors” means any member of Board who was a member of Board at the effective date of Share Option Plan and any successor to an Incumbent Director who was recommended or elected or appointed to succeed any Incumbent Director by the affirmative vote of Board, including a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on Board, prior to the occurrence of the transaction, transactions, elections or appointments giving rise to a Change of Control.

“Insider” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Part I of the TSX Company Manual for the purposes of Section 613 of the TSX Company Manual.

“In-the-Money Value” means the amount by which the Current Market Price on the Pricing Date exceeds the exercise price of the applicable Options, multiplied by the number of Common Shares related to the applicable Options.

“Optionee” means a holder of Options.

“Pricing Date” means the date the Company receives notice from an Optionee that has elected to exercise a vested Option by surrendering such Option in exchange for the In-the-Money Value of Option in lieu of purchasing the number of Common Shares then issuable on the exercise of the vested Option subject to the provisions of the Share Option Plan and if permitted by the Committee.

“Service Provider” means an officer or employee of, or a person or company engaged by, one or more of the entities comprising the HEI Group to provide services to an entity within the HEI Group.

Purpose and Administration

The purpose of the Share Option Plan is to aid in attracting, retaining and motivating the officers, employees and other eligible Service Providers of the HEI Group in the growth and development of the HEI Group by providing them with the opportunity through Options to acquire an increased proprietary interest in the Company.

The Share Option Plan is administered by a committee of the Board appointed from time to time by Board to administer Share Option Plan or, if no such committee is appointed, Board (the “Committee”) pursuant to any rules of procedure that may be fixed by Board. To the extent permitted by law, the Committee may delegate or sub-delegate to one or more of its members, to any director or officer of the Company or to one or more agents all or any of the powers conferred on the Committee under the Share Option Plan, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated or sub-delegated authority as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Share Option Plan.

For greater certainty and without limiting the discretion conferred on the Committee pursuant to the Share Option Plan, the Committee’s decision to approve the grant of a Option in any period shall not require the Committee to approve the grant of a Option to any Service Provider in any other period; nor shall the Committee’s decision with respect to the size or terms and conditions of a Option grant in any period require it to approve the grant of a Option of the same or similar size or with the same or similar terms and conditions to any Service Provider in any other period. The Committee shall not be precluded from approving the grant of a Option to any Service Provider solely because such Service Provider may previously have been granted a Option under the Share Option Plan or any other similar compensation arrangement of the Company or a member of the HEI Group. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Service Providers or Optionees under the Share Option Plan. The terms and conditions of Options need not be the same with respect to any Optionee or with respect to different Optionees. No Service Provider has any claim or right to be granted a Option.

207

Granting of Options

The Committee may from time to time designate officers and employees of, and other eligible Service Providers to, the HEI Group to whom Options may be granted and the number of Common Shares to be optioned to each, provided that the number of Common Shares to be optioned shall not exceed the limitations provided.

Limitations to Share Option Plan

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Share Option Plan: (a) the maximum number of Common Shares that may be issued on exercise of Options under the Share Option Plan shall be limited to 250,000 Common Shares; (b) no one Service Provider may be granted any Option which, together with all Options then held by such Optionee, would entitle such Optionee to receive a number of Common Shares which is greater than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares, calculated on an undiluted basis; (c) the number of Common Shares (i) issued to Insiders of the Company, within any one year period; and (ii) issuable to Insiders of the Company, at any time; under the Share Option Plan, or when combined with all of the Company’s other security based compensation arrangements shall not exceed 10% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding Common Shares, respectively. For this purpose, “security based compensation arrangements” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Part VI of the TSX Company Manual.

Options that are cancelled, surrendered, terminated or expire prior to the exercise of all or a portion thereof shall result in the Common Shares that were reserved for issuance thereunder being available for a subsequent grant of Options pursuant to the Share Option Plan to the extent of any Common Shares issuable thereunder that are not issued under such cancelled, surrendered, terminated or expired Options.

Vesting

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine: (i) the time during which Options shall vest; (ii) the method of vesting; or (iii) that no vesting restriction shall exist. In the absence of any determination by the Committee to the contrary, Options will vest and be exercisable as to one-quarter (1/4) of the total number of Common Shares subject to the Options on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant (computed in each case rounded down to the nearest whole Common Share with any fractional amount vesting on such fourth anniversary) subject to continued employment or service with the HEI Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, at its sole discretion at any time or in the option agreement in respect of any Options granted, accelerate or provide for the acceleration of vesting of Options previously granted.

Option Price

The exercise price of Options granted under the Share Option Plan shall be fixed by the Committee when such Options are granted, provided that the exercise price of Options shall not be less than such minimum price as may be required by the Exchange, if any, on which the Common Shares are listed at the time of grant.

Option Terms

The period during which a Option is exercisable shall, subject to the provisions of the Share Option Plan requiring or permitting the acceleration of rights of exercise or the extension of the exercise period, be such period, not in excess of fifteen years, as may be determined from time to time by the Committee, but subject to the rules of any Exchange(s) or other regulatory body having jurisdiction, and in the absence of any determination to the contrary will be five years from the date of grant. Each Option shall, among other things, contain provisions to the effect that Option shall be personal to the Optionee and shall not be assignable. In addition, unless the Company and an Optionee agree otherwise in an agreement for Options or other written agreement (such as an agreement of employment or a retirement agreement), each Option shall provide that:

(a) upon the death of the Optionee, the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the date determined by the Committee which shall not be more than 12 months from the Cessation Date and, in the absence of

208

any determination to the contrary, 12 months from the Cessation Date and (ii) the Expiry Date of such Option;

(b) if the Optionee shall no longer be an officer of or be in the employ of, or consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HEI Group (other than by reason of death or termination for Cause, voluntary resignation or retirement), the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) expiry of the period as prescribed by the Committee at the time of grant, following the Cessation Date; and, in the absence of any determination to the contrary, at the later of (A) ninety (90) days following the Cessation Date, and (B) the end of the notice period used for calculating severance to which the Optionee is entitled as a result of the Optionee’s cessation as a Service Provider pursuant to a written contract of employment, if any, with an entity in the HEI Group; and (ii) the Expiry Date of such Option;

(c) if the Optionee shall no longer be an officer of or be in the employ of, or consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HEI Group by reason of termination for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately on the Cessation Date (whether notice of such termination occurs verbally or in writing);

(d) if the Optionee shall no longer be an officer of or be in the employ of, or consultant or other Service Provider to, any of the entities comprising the HEI Group by reason of voluntary resignation, effective as of the day that is 14 days after the Cessation Date the Option shall terminate; and

(e) if the Optionee shall no longer be an officer of or be in the employ of any of the entities comprising of the HEI Group due to the Optionee’s retirement, Option shall continue in accordance with its terms and the exercise period shall not be accelerated as a result of the Optionee’s retirement;

provided that the number of Common Shares that the Optionee (or his or her heirs or successors) shall be entitled to purchase until such date of termination: (i) shall in the case of death of the Optionee, be all of Common Shares that may be acquired on exercise of Options held by such Optionee (or his or her heirs or successors), whether or not previously vested, and the vesting of all such Options shall be accelerated on the Cessation Date; and (ii) in any case other than death or termination for Cause, shall be the number of Common Shares which the Optionee was entitled to purchase on the Cessation Date. In the event of termination for cause, all of Common Shares optioned, whether vested or unvested, shall be forfeited.

If any Options may not be exercised due to any Black-Out Period at any time within the three-business day period prior to the normal expiry date of such Options (the “Restricted Options”), the expiry date of all Restricted Options shall be extended for a period of seven business days following the end of the Black-Out Period (or such longer period as permitted by the Exchange(s) and approved by the Committee).

Cashless Exercise

Subject to the provisions of Share Option Plan, if permitted by the Committee, an Optionee may elect to exercise a vested Option by surrendering such Option in exchange for the In-the-Money Value of Option in lieu of purchasing the number of Common Shares then issuable on the exercise of the vested Option. If the Optionee so elects to exercise Option, the Optionee shall be entitled to payment of the In-the-Money Value of the vested Option determined as of the Pricing Date. The In-the-Money Value shall be paid in Common Shares issued from treasury with the number of Common Shares issuable being equal to the number obtained by dividing the In-the-Money Value of Options in respect of which such election is made by the Current Market Price on the Pricing Date.

Surrender Offer

A Optionee may make an offer (the “Surrender Offer”) to the Company, at any time, for the disposition and surrender by the Optionee to the Company (and the termination thereof) of any of Options granted under Share

209

Option Plan for an amount (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of Common Shares less the exercise price of Options) specified in the Surrender Offer by the Optionee, and the Company may, but is not obligated to, accept the Surrender Offer, subject to any regulatory approval required. If the Surrender Offer, either as made or as renegotiated, is accepted, Options in respect of which the Surrender Offer relates shall be surrendered and deemed to be terminated and cancelled and shall cease to grant the Optionee any further rights thereunder upon payment of the amount of the agreed Surrender Offer by the Company to the Optionee.

Alterations in Shares

In the event: (a) of any change in Common Shares through subdivision, consolidation, reclassification, amalgamation, merger or otherwise; or (b) that any rights are granted to all or substantially all shareholders to purchase Common Shares at prices substantially below Fair Market Value; or (c) that, as a result of any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other transaction, Common Shares are converted into or exchangeable for any other shares; then the Board may, subject to any required approval by the TSX, make such adjustments to Share Option Plan, to any Options and to any agreements for Options outstanding under Share Option Plan, and make such amendments to any agreements for Options outstanding under Share Option Plan, as Board may, in its sole discretion, consider appropriate in the circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to Optionees thereunder and/or to provide for the Optionees to receive and accept such other securities or property in lieu of Common Shares, and the Optionees shall be bound by any such determination.

For greater certainty, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary to the foregoing paragraph, no adjustment shall be made in accordance with respect to the issue of Common Shares being made pursuant to or in connection with (i) any share option plan or share purchase plan, including the Share Option Plan, in force from time to time for existing or proposed officers, directors, employees or Service Providers of the Company, or (ii) the issuance of additional Common Shares pursuant to a public offering or private placement by the Company or a take-over bid or tender offer made by the Company for the securities of another entity.

Provisions Related to Merger/Sale etc.

Except in the case of a transaction that is a Change of Control and to which accelerated vesting and termination of Options applies, if the Company enters into any transaction or series of transactions whereby the Company or All or Substantially All of the Assets would become the property of another trust, body corporate, partnership or other person (a “Successor”), whether by way of takeover bid, acquisition, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, arrangement, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise, prior to or contemporaneously with the consummation of such transaction, the Company and the Successor will execute such instruments and do such things as the Committee may determine are necessary to establish that upon the consummation of such transaction the Successor will assume the covenants and obligations of the Company under the Share Option Plan outstanding on consummation of such transaction. Any such Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under the Share Option Plan with the same effect as though the Successor had been named as the Company therein and thereafter, the Company shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Share Option Plan and the obligation of the Company to the Optionees in respect of Options shall terminate and be at an end and the Optionees shall cease to have any further rights in respect thereof including, without limitation, any right to acquire Common Shares upon vesting of Options.

Acceleration of Vesting and Termination of Option

Notwithstanding any other provision in Share Option Plan or the terms of any option agreement, upon the consummation of a Change of Control, all issued and outstanding Options shall be automatically fully vested and exercisable (whether or not then vested) immediately prior to the time such Change of Control takes place and shall terminate on the 90^th day after the occurrence of such Change of Control, or at such earlier time as may be established by the Board, in its absolute discretion, prior to the time such Change of Control takes place.

210

Amendments

The Committee may, subject to any required approval of any Exchange, amend or discontinue the Share Option Plan and Options granted thereunder at any time without the approval of the shareholders of the Company or any Optionee whose Option is amended or terminated, provided that, subject to the terms of the Share Option Plan, no amendment to the Share Option Plan or Options granted pursuant to the Share Option Plan may be made without the consent of the Optionee, if it adversely alters or impairs any Option previously granted to such Optionee under the Share Option Plan. Without limitation of the foregoing, such amendments include, without limitation: (a) amendments of a “housekeeping nature” nature, including, without limitation, amending the wording of any provision of the Share Option Plan for the purpose of clarifying the meaning of existing provisions or to correct or supplement any provision of the Share Option Plan that is inconsistent with any other provision of the Share Option Plan, correcting grammatical or typographical errors and amending the definitions contained within the Share Option Plan respecting the administration of the Share Option Plan; (b) amending Options under the Share Option Plan, including with respect to the expiry date (provided that the term of the Option does not exceed fifteen years from the date the Option is granted and that such Option is not held by an Insider) and effect of termination of a Optionee’s employment or cessation of the Optionee’s service; or (c) amendments necessary to comply with applicable law or the requirements of any Exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Share Option Plan or any outstanding Option granted thereunder may not be amended without shareholder approval to:

(a) increase the number of Common Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to Options in excess of the limit prescribed in the Share Option Plan;

(b) extend the vesting date of any Options granted under the Share Option Plan to an Insider beyond the latest vesting date specified in the option agreement (other than as permitted by the terms and conditions of the Share Option Plan);

(c) extend the expiry date of any Option granted to an Insider (other than as permitted by the terms and conditions of the Share Option Plan);

(d) permit an Optionee to transfer Options to a new beneficial holder other than for estate settlement purposes;

(e) reduce the limitations on Options contained in the Share Option Plan;

(f) increase the number of Shares that may be issued to Insiders above the restrictions contained in the Share Option Plan; and

(g) change the Share Option Plan to modify or delete any of the above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may amend or terminate the Share Option Plan or any outstanding Option granted under the Share Option Plan at any time without the approval of the shareholders of the Company or any Optionee whose Option is amended or terminated in order to conform the Share Option Plan or such Option, as the case may be, to applicable law or regulation or the requirements of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory authority, whether or not that amendment or termination would affect any accrued rights or adversely alter or impair any Option previously granted.

Employment Agreements

In connection with the Arrangement, the Company entered into new employment agreements with certain members of the Company’s management. Other than Scott Sobie, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, each of the executives are subject to the same form of employment agreement.

Termination and Change of Control Benefits

A summary of the termination and change of control payments contained within the executive employment agreements are summarized below.

211

Pursuant to their employment agreement, if terminated without just cause, the executive (the “Executive”) would be entitled to severance payments including (i) one times (two times for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”)) their annual salary, (ii) an amount equal to their current performance target percentage multiplied by the amount determined in (i), (iii) an amount equal to 15% of their current salary to account for lost benefits, and (iv) if the termination is after the conclusion of a bonus year, but prior to a bonus being awarded for such year, a bonus payment equal to the average of the cash bonuses paid for the two (2) year prior to the termination. Additionally, the Executive (other than the CEO) would be entitled to an amount equal to l/12th of the total payments in (i)-(iii) for each full year of employment, up to a maximum additional amount of 50% of the total payments in (i)-(iii). If the Executive is terminated without just cause, prior to the vesting dates of their equity incentives, any such awards and options shall be prorated based on the number of completed months from each respective grant date to the date of their termination plus twelve (12) months plus one (1) additional month for each full year of employment with Hammerhead up to a maximum of eighteen (18) months (24 months for the CEO), divided by thirty six (36), and such prorated awards and options will accelerate and vest on the date of termination and be available to exercise, valued or issued in accordance with the Legacy Plans, the Equity Incentive Award Plan and the Share Option Plan. If there is a change in control, the Executive would be entitled, within one year following the change of control, to terminate employment under certain good reason events and still receive the foregoing severance benefits. Such payments are subject to a release of claims. In addition, the CEO may elect to resign between 11 and 16 months after the effective date, and still receive the foregoing severance payments. Pursuant to their employment agreement, the Executive’s employment would be deemed to have terminated on death and their personal representatives would be entitled to receive the pro rata annual salary earned but not yet paid up to and including the date of termination, accrued and unused vacation and reimbursable expenses. In addition, the Executive’s personal representatives would be entitled to receive a cash bonus payment calculated by taking the most recent cash bonus paid to the Executive, multiplied by the number of days in the calendar year up to the date of their death, and divided by 365.

212

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES

Authorized Share Capital

The authorized share capital of the Company consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares, without par value, and First Preferred Shares (“Preferred Shares”), issuable in series and limited in number to an amount equal to not more than 20% of the number of issued and outstanding Common Shares at the time of issuance of any Preferred Shares.

Share Terms

Common Shares

Voting Rights

The holders of the Common Shares are entitled to receive notice of and to attend any meeting of the Shareholders, except meetings at which only holders of a different class or series of shares of the Company are entitled to vote, and are entitled to one vote for each Common Share.

Dividend Rights

Subject to the prior rights and privileges attached to any other class or series of shares of the Company, the holders of the Common Shares are entitled to receive dividends at such times and in such amounts as the directors of the Company may in their discretion from time to time declare.

Liquidation

Subject to the prior rights and privileges attached to any other class or series of shares of the Company, upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or any other distribution of its assets among the Shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs (such event, a “Distribution”), each holder of Common Shares will have the right to receive, in cash or other assets, for each Common Share held, from out of (but only to the extent of) the remaining property of the Company legally available for distribution to Shareholders, its pro rata share of such remaining property based on the number of Common Shares held by such Shareholder, and will rank equally with all holders of Common Shares with respect to such Distribution.

Preferred Shares

Issuance in Series

Subject to filing articles of amendment in accordance with the ABCA, the Board may: (a) at any time and from time to time issue the Preferred Shares in one or more series, each series to consist of such number of shares as may, before the issuance thereof, be determined by the Board; and (b) from time to time fix, before issuance, the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to each series of Preferred Shares including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the amount, if any, specified as being payable preferentially to such series on a Distribution; the extent, if any, of further participation on a Distribution; voting rights, if any; and dividend rights (including whether such dividends be preferential, or cumulative or non-cumulative), if any.

At Closing, no Preferred Shares were issued and outstanding.

Dividend Rights

The holders of each series of Preferred Shares (if any) will be entitled, in priority to holders of Common Shares and any other shares of the Company ranking junior to the Preferred Shares from time to time with respect to the payment of dividends, to be paid rateably with holders of each other series of Preferred Shares, the amount of accumulated dividends, if any, specified as being payable preferentially to the holders of such series.

213

Liquidation

In the event of a Distribution, the holders of each series of Preferred Shares will be entitled, in priority to holders of Common Shares and any other shares of the Company ranking junior to the Preferred Shares from time to time with respect to payment on a Distribution, to be paid rateably with holders of each other series of Preferred Shares the amount, if any, specified as being payable preferentially to the holders of such series on a Distribution.

Notices

For the purpose of determining Shareholders entitled to receive notice of or to vote at a meeting of Shareholders, the Board may fix in advance a date as the record date for that determination of Shareholders, but that record date will not precede by more than 50 days or by less than 21 days the date on which the meeting is to be held. Notice of the time and place of a meeting of Shareholders must be sent to each Shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting not less than 21 days and not more than 50 days before the meeting.

Transfer of Shares

The Company’s by-laws provide that if a share in registered form is presented for registration of transfer, the Company will register the transfer if: (a) the share is endorsed by an appropriate person, as defined in the Securities Transfer Act (Alberta); (b) reasonable assurance is given that the endorsement is genuine and effective; (c) the Company has no duty to enquire into adverse claims or has discharged any such duty; (d) any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes has been complied with; (e) the transfer is rightful or is to a bona fide purchaser; and (f) the transfer fee, if any, has been paid.

Amendment/Variation of Class Rights

Under the ABCA, certain fundamental changes, such as changes to a corporation’s articles, changes to authorized share capital, continuances out of province, certain amalgamations, sales, leases or other exchanges of all or substantially all of the property of a corporation (other than in the ordinary course of business of the corporation), certain liquidations, certain dissolutions, and certain arrangements are required to be approved by special resolution.

A special resolution is a resolution (i) passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by the shareholders who voted in respect of the resolution at a meeting duly called and held for that purpose; or (ii) signed by all shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution.

In certain cases, an action that prejudices, adds restrictions to or interferes with rights or privileges attached to issued shares of a class or series of shares must be approved separately by the holders of the class or series of shares being affected by special resolution.

Directors – Appointment and Retirement

The Company’s by-laws provide that the Board will consist of such number of directors as is fixed by the articles, or where the articles specify a variable number, will consist of such number of directors as is not less than the minimum nor more than the maximum number of directors provided in the articles and as will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Shareholders.

The Company Articles provide that the Company will have a board of directors consisting of a minimum of 3 directors and a maximum of 11 directors.

Directors are generally elected by shareholders by ordinary resolution; however, the Company Articles also provide that the Board may, between annual meetings, appoint one or more directors to hold office until the close of the next annual meeting of Shareholders, but the total number of directors so appointed may not exceed one-third of the number of directors elected at the previous annual meeting of Shareholders.

214

The Company’s by-laws specify that all directors cease to hold office immediately before the election or appointment of directors at every annual general meeting. Directors are eligible for re-election or reappointment.

Directors – Voting

Questions arising at any meeting of the Board will be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting will not have a second or casting vote. A resolution in writing signed by all the directors entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of directors or committee of directors is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of directors or committee of directors, as the case may be. A resolution in writing dealing with all matters required by the ABCA to be dealt with at a meeting of directors, and signed by all the directors entitled to vote at that meeting, satisfies all the requirements of the ABCA relating to meetings of directors.

Powers and Duties of Directors

Under the ABCA, the directors are charged with the management, or supervision of the management, of the business and affairs of the Company. In discharging their responsibilities and exercising their powers, the legislation requires that the directors: (a) act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation; and (b) exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. These duties are commonly referred to as the directors’ “fiduciary duties” of loyalty and care, respectively. Further, the directors’ responsibilities may not be delegated (or abdicated) to shareholders and include the obligation to consider the long-term best interests of the Company and it may be appropriate for the directors of the Company to consider (and not unfairly disregard) a broad set of stakeholder interests including the interests of shareholders, employees, suppliers, creditors, consumers, government and the environment.

Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnity

Under Section 124 of the ABCA, except in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Company to procure a judgment in the Company’s favor, the Company may indemnify a current or former director or officer or a person who acts or acted at our request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Company is or was a shareholder or creditor and the heirs and legal representatives of any such persons (collectively, “Indemnified Persons”) against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by any such Indemnified Person in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative, investigative or other actions or proceedings in which the Indemnified Person involved by reason of being or having been director or officer of the Company, if (i) the Indemnified Person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company, and (ii) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the Indemnified Person had reasonable grounds for believing that such Indemnified Person’s conduct was lawful (collectively, the “Discretionary Indemnification Conditions”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ABCA provides that an Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnity from the Company in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Person in connection with the defense of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action or proceeding in which the Indemnified Person involved by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the Company, if the Indemnified Person (i) was not judged by a court or competent authority to have committed any fault or omitted to do anything that the person ought to have done, and (ii) fulfills the Discretionary Indemnification Conditions (collectively, the “Mandatory Indemnification Conditions”). The Company may advance funds to an Indemnified Person for the costs, charges and expenses of such a proceeding; however, the Indemnified Person must repay the funds if the Indemnified Person does not fulfill the Mandatory Indemnification Conditions. The indemnification may be made in connection with a derivative action only with court approval and only if the Discretionary Indemnification Conditions are met.

215

A corporation may advance funds to an indemnifiable person in order to defray the costs, charges and expenses incurred by an indemnifiable person in respect of that proceeding, provided that if it is ultimately determined that the payment of expenses was prohibited, the indemnifiable person will repay any amounts advanced.

Subject to the aforementioned prohibitions on indemnification, an indemnifiable person will be entitled to indemnity from the corporation in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action or proceeding in which the indemnifiable person is involved by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the corporation or body corporate, if the person seeking indemnity: (i) was not judged by a court or competent authority to have committed any fault or omitted to do anything that the person ought to have done; and (ii) (a) the individual acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation; and (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the individual had reasonable grounds for believing that the individual’s conduct was lawful.

As permitted by the ABCA, the Company’s by-laws require the Company to indemnify directors or officers of the Company, former directors or officers of the Company or other individuals who, at the Company’s request, act or acted as directors or officers or in a similar capacity of another entity of which the Company is or was a shareholder or creditor (and such individual’s respective heirs and personal representatives) to the extent permitted by the ABCA. Because the Company’s by-laws require that indemnification be subject to the ABCA, any indemnification that the Company provides is subject to the same restrictions set out in the ABCA which are summarized, in part, above.

The Company may also, pursuant to the ABCA, purchase and maintain insurance, or pay or agree to pay a premium for insurance, for each director and officer against any liability incurred by the director or officer as a result of their holding office in the Company or a related body corporate.

Takeover Provisions

National Instrument 62-104 – Take-Over Bids and Issuer Bids (an “NI 62-104”) is applicable to the Company and provides that a take-over bid is triggered when a person makes an offer to acquire outstanding voting securities or equity securities of a class made to one or more persons any of whom are in the local jurisdiction where the securities subject to the offer to acquire, together with the offeror’s securities, constitute in the aggregate 20% or more of the outstanding securities of that class of securities at the date of the offer to acquire. When a take-over bid is triggered, an offeror must comply with certain requirements. These include making the offer of identical consideration to all holders of the class of security that is the subject of the bid; making a public announcement of the bid in a newspaper; and sending out a bid circular to security holders which explains the terms and conditions of the bid. Directors of an issuer whose securities are the subject of a takeover bid are required to evaluate the proposed bid and circulate a directors’ circular indicating whether they recommend to accept or reject the bid or state that they are unable to make or are not making a recommendation regarding the bid. Strict timelines must be adhered to. NI 62-104 also contains a number of exemptions to the takeover bid and issuer bid requirements.

Compulsory Acquisitions

The ABCA provides that, if within the time limited in a take-over bid for its acceptance or within 120 days after the date of a take-over bid, whichever period is the shorter, the bid is accepted by the holders of not less than 90% of the shares of any class of shares of the Company to which the take-over bid relates, other than shares of that class held at the date of the take-over bid by or on behalf of the offeror or an affiliate or associate of the offeror, the offeror is entitled, on the bid being so accepted and on complying with the ABCA, to acquire the shares of that class held by an offeree who does not accept the take-over bid.

216

Ongoing Reporting Obligations under Canadian Securities Law

At Closing, the Company became a reporting issuer in the Province of Alberta by filing a non-offering prospectus and is subject to Canadian continuous disclosure and other reporting obligations under applicable Canadian securities laws. Among these reporting obligations is the requirement that its reporting insiders file reports with respect to, among other things, their beneficial ownership of, or control or direction over, securities of the Company and their interests in, and rights and obligations associated with, related financial instruments. As the Company is not a foreign issuer under applicable Canadian securities laws, it will generally not be entitled under exemptions available to such foreign issuers to satisfy its Canadian reporting obligations through periodic and current reports that it files with the SEC to satisfy its U.S. reporting obligations but, as an “SEC Issuer” (as such term is defined under Canadian securities laws) it may, in certain instances, rely on other available exemptions from its Canadian continuous disclosure and other reporting obligations by filing in Canada its periodic and current reports filed with the SEC to satisfy its U.S. reporting obligations.

Periodic Reporting under U.S. Securities Law

The Company is a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the exchange listing rules of the NASDAQ (the “Listing Rules”). Under the securities laws of the United States, “foreign private issuers” are subject to different disclosure requirements than U.S. registrants. The Company intends to take all actions necessary to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules adopted by the SEC and NASDAQ listing standards. Subject to certain exceptions, the Listing Rules permit a “foreign private issuer” to comply with its home country rules in lieu of the listing requirements of the NASDAQ.

Additionally, because the Company qualifies as a “foreign private issuer” under the Exchange Act, it is exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the U.S. that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including, among others: (i) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K; (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; (iii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and (iv) the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD.

The Company is required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K.

Controlled Company Exemption

The Riverstone Parties control a majority of the voting power of the outstanding Common Shares. As a result, the Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ rules, and the Company may qualify for and rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. Under NASDAQ corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements to:

• have a board that includes a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under NASDAQ rules;

• have a compensation committee of the board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

• have independent director oversight of director nominations.

The Company relies on the exemption from having a board that includes a majority of “independent directors” as defined under NASDAQ rules. The Company may elect to rely on additional exemptions and it will

217

be entitled to do so for as long as the Company is considered a “controlled company,” and to the extent it relies on one or more of these exemptions, holders of Common Shares will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

Listing of the Company’s Securities

The Common Shares and Warrants are listed on the NASDAQ under the ticker symbols “HHRS” and “HHRSW,” respectively, and on the TSX under the ticker symbols “HHRS” and “HHRS.WT,” respectively.

Certain Insider Trading and Market Manipulation Laws

Canadian and U.S. law each contain rules intended to prevent insider trading and market manipulation. The following is a general description of those laws as such laws exist as of the date of this prospectus and should not be viewed as legal advice for specific circumstances.

In connection with its listing on the NASDAQ, the Company adopted an insider trading policy. This policy provides for, among other things, rules on transactions by members of the Board and employees of the Company in Common Shares or in financial instruments the value of which is determined by the value of the shares.

United States

United States securities laws generally prohibit any person from trading in a security while in possession of material, non-public information or assisting someone who is engaged in doing the same. The insider trading laws cover not only those who trade based on material, non-public information, but also those who disclose material nonpublic information to others who might trade on the basis of that information (known as “tipping”). A “security” includes not just equity securities, but any security (e.g., derivatives). Thus, members of the Board, officers and other employees of the Company may not purchase or sell shares or other securities of the Company when he or she is in possession of material, non-public information about the Company (including the Company’s business, prospects or financial condition), nor may they tip any other person by disclosing material, non-public information about the Company.

Canada

Canadian securities laws prohibit any person or company in a special relationship with an issuer from purchasing or selling a security with the knowledge of a material fact or material change that has not been generally disclosed (known as “material, non-public information”). Further, Canadian securities laws also prohibit: (i) an issuer and any person or company in a special relationship with the issuer, other than when it is necessary in the course of business, from informing another person or company of a material fact or material change with respect to the issuer before the material fact or material change has been generally disclosed (known as “tipping”); and (ii) an issuer and any person or company in a special relationship with an issuer, with knowledge of a material fact or material change with respect to the issuer that has not been generally disclosed, from recommending or encouraging another person or company: (A) to purchase or sell a security of the issuer; or (B) to enter into a transaction involving a security the value of which is derived from or varies materially with the market price or value of a security of the issuer. A “security” includes not just equity securities, but any security (e.g., derivatives).

A person or company is in a special relationship with an issuer if (a) the person or company is an insider, affiliate or associate of (i) the issuer, (ii) a person or company that is considering or evaluating whether to make a take-over bid, or a person or company that is proposing to make a take-over bid, for the securities of the issuer, or (iii) a person or company that is considering or evaluating whether, or a person or company that is proposing, (A) to become a party to a reorganization, amalgamation, merger or arrangement or a similar business combination with the issuer, or (B) to acquire a substantial portion of the property of the issuer; (b) the person or

218

company has engaged, is engaging, is considering or evaluating whether to engage, or proposes to engage, in any business or professional activity with or on behalf of (i) the issuer, or (ii) person or company described in clause (a)(ii) or (iii); (c) the person is a director, officer or employee of (i) the issuer, (ii) a subsidiary of the issuer, (iii) a person or company that controls the issuer, directly or indirectly, or (iv) a person or company described in clause (a)(ii) or (iii) or (b); (d) the person or company learned of material, non-public information about the issuer while the person or company was a person or company described in clause (a), (b) or (c); (e) the person or company (i) learns of material, non-public information about the issuer from any other person or company described in this section, including a person or company described in this clause, and (ii) knows or ought reasonably to know that the other person or company is a person or company in a special relationship with the issuer. Thus, members of the Board, officers and other employees of the Company may not purchase or sell Common Shares or other securities of the Company when he or she is in possession of material, non-public information about the Company (including the Company’s business, prospects or financial condition), nor may they inform (or “tip”) anyone else of such material, non-public information about the Company.

Rule 144

All Common Shares and Warrants received by DCRD Shareholders in the Business Combination are expected to be freely tradable, except that Common Shares and Warrants received in the Business Combination by persons who become affiliates of the Company for purposes of Rule 144 under the Securities Act may be resold by them only in transactions permitted by Rule 144, or as otherwise permitted under the Securities Act. Persons who may be deemed affiliates of the Company generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with, the Company and may include the directors and executive officers of the Company as well as its principal shareholders.

Resale under Canadian Securities Laws

The Common Shares issued in connection with the Business Combination were not legended and may be resold in each of the provinces and territories of Canada, provided that: (i) the Company is and has been a reporting issuer in a jurisdiction of Canada for the four months immediately preceding the trade (subject to the abridgment of such four month period upon the Company becoming a reporting issuer by filing a non-offering prospectus in the Province of Alberta); (ii) the trade is not a “control distribution” (as defined in NI 45-102); (iii) no unusual effort is made to prepare the market or create a demand for the Common Shares; (iv) no extraordinary commission or consideration is paid to a person or company in respect of the trade; and (v) if the selling securityholder is an insider or officer (as defined under applicable Canadian securities legislation) of the Company, the insider or officer has no reasonable grounds to believe that the Company is in default of applicable Canadian securities legislation. Following Closing, the Company became a reporting issuer in the Province of Alberta by filing a non-offering prospectus. Each holder of Common Shares is urged to consult the holder’s professional advisors with respect to applicable restrictions.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the A&R Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed that, within 15 business days after the Closing, the Company will file with the SEC (at the Company’s sole cost and expense) the Registration Statement, and the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective by the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable after the initial filing thereof. In certain circumstances, the holders can demand the Company’s assistance with underwritten offerings and block trades. The holders are entitled to customary piggyback registration rights.

Description of Warrants

The Company assumed the DCRD Warrant Agreement and enter into such amendments thereto as were necessary to give effect to the provisions of the Business Combination Agreement, and each DCRD Warrant then

219

outstanding and unexercised was automatically without any action on the part of its holder converted into a Warrant. Each Warrant is subject to the same terms and conditions (including exercisability terms) as were applicable to the corresponding DCRD Warrant immediately prior to the SPAC Amalgamation, except to the extent such terms or conditions were rendered inoperative by the Business Combination. Accordingly: (A) each Warrant is exercisable solely for Common Shares; (B) the number of Common Shares subject to each Warrant is equal to the number of DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares subject to the applicable DCRD Warrant; and (C) the per share exercise price for the Common Shares issuable upon exercise of such Warrant is equal to the per share exercise price for the DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares subject to the applicable DCRD Warrant, as in effect immediately prior to the SPAC Amalgamation. The terms of the Warrant Agreement are described below.

Public Warrants

Each whole Warrant entitles the registered Warrant Holder to purchase one Common Share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits Warrant Holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis” under the circumstances specified in the Warrant Agreement) and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the Warrant Holder. Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, a Warrant Holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of Common Shares. This means that only a whole Warrant may be exercised at any given time by a Warrant Holder. The Warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination, or February 23, 2028, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Common Shares pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Shares underlying the Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations described below with respect to registration. No Warrant will be exercisable and the Company will not be obligated to issue the Common Shares upon exercise of a Warrant unless the Common Shares issuable upon such exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered Warrant Holder. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a Warrant, the Warrant Holder will not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any Warrant. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised Warrants, the purchaser of Units containing such Warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the Units solely for the Common Shares underlying such Units.

The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of its registration statement on Form F-4 (Commission File No. 333-267830) (and any replacement registration statement filed in respect thereof), and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the Warrant Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if any Common Shares are at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require Public Warrant Holders who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but the Company will be required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. To exercise the Warrants on a “cashless basis,” each Warrant Holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the Warrants in exchange for a number of Common Shares equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of (i) the number of Common Shares underlying the Warrants and (ii) the difference between the exercise price of the Warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) such fair market value and (B) the product of the number of Warrants surrendered and 0.361 (subject to adjustment). The “fair market

220

value” as used in this paragraph means the average last reported sale price of the Common Shares for the ten (10) trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.

Redemption of Warrants for Cash When the Price Per Common Share Equals or Exceeds $18.00

Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants for cash (except as described below with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

• in whole and not in part;

• at a price of $0.01 per Warrant;

• upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each Warrant Holder; and

• if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the Warrant Holders.

The Company will not redeem the Warrants for cash unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to such Common Shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption rights even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

The Company has established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and the Company issues a notice of redemption of the Warrants, each Warrant Holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its Warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Common Shares may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $11.50 (for whole shares) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

Redemption of Warrants for Cash When the Price Per Common Share Equals or Exceeds $10.00

Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants for cash (except as described below with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

• in whole and not in part;

• at a price of $0.10 per Warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that during such 30 day period, Warrant Holders will be able to exercise their Warrants on a “cashless basis” prior to redemption and receive that number of Common Shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” (as defined below) of the Common Shares except as otherwise described below; and

• if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the Warrant Holders;

Beginning on the date the notice of redemption is given until the Warrants are redeemed or exercised, Warrant Holders may elect to exercise their Warrants on a “cashless basis.” The numbers in the table below

221

represent the number of Common Shares that a Warrant Holder will receive upon a cashless exercise in connection with a redemption by the Company pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of the Common Shares on the corresponding redemption date (assuming Warrant Holders elect to exercise their Warrants and such Warrants are not redeemed for $0.10 per warrant), and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the Warrants, each as set forth in the table below.

			Fair Market Value of Common Shares
Redemption Date (period to expiration of Warrants)	<$10.00		$11.00		$12.00		$13.00		$14.00		$15.00		$16.00		$17.00		>$18.00
60 months		0.261		0.281		0.297		0.311		0.324		0.337		0.318		0.358		0.361
57 months		0.257		0.277		0.294		0.310		0.324		0.337		0.348		0.358		0.361
54 months		0.252		0.272		0.291		0.307		0.322		0.335		0.347		0.357		0.361
51 months		0.246		0.268		0.287		0.304		0.320		0.333		0.346		0.357		0.361
48 months		0.241		0.263		0.283		0.301		0.317		0.332		0.344		0.356		0.361
45 months		0.235		0.258		0.279		0.298		0.315		0.330		0.343		0.356		0.361
42 months		0.228		0.252		0.274		0.294		0.312		0.328		0.342		0.355		0.361
39 months		0.221		0.246		0.269		0.290		0.309		0.325		0.340		0.354		0.361
36 months		0.213		0.239		0.263		0.285		0.305		0.323		0.339		0.353		0.361
33 months		0.205		0.232		0.257		0.280		0.301		0.320		0.337		0.352		0.361
30 months		0.196		0.224		0.250		0.274		0.297		0.316		0.335		0.351		0.361
27 months		0.185		0.214		0.242		0.268		0.291		0.313		0.332		0.350		0.361
24 months		0.173		0.204		0.233		0.260		0.285		0.308		0.329		0.348		0.361
21 months		0.161		0.193		0.223		0.252		0.279		0.304		0.326		0.347		0.361
18 months		0.146		0.179		0.211		0.242		0.271		0.298		0.322		0.345		0.361
15 months		0.130		0.164		0.197		0.230		0.262		0.291		0.317		0.342		0.361
12 months		0.111		0.146		0.181		0.216		0.250		0.282		0.312		0.339		0.361
9 months		0.090		0.125		0.162		0.199		0.237		0.272		0.305		0.336		0.361
6 months		0.065		0.099		0.137		0.178		0.219		0.259		0.296		0.331		0.361
3 months		0.034		0.065		0.104		0.150		0.197		0.243		0.286		0.326		0.361
0 months		—		—		0.042		0.115		0.179		0.233		0.281		0.323		0.361

The “fair market value” of the Common Shares means the average last reported sale price of the Common Shares for the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to Warrant Holders. The Company will provide Warrant Holders with the final fair market value no later than one business day after the ten-trading day period described above ends.

The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of Common Shares to be issued for each Warrant exercised will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year. For example, if the average last reported sale price of the Common Shares for the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to Warrant Holders is $11.00 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the Warrants, Warrant Holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.277 Common Shares for each whole warrant. For example, where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the average last reported sale price of the Common Shares for the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to Warrant Holders is $13.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the Warrants, Warrant Holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.298 Common Shares for each whole warrant. In no event will the Warrants be exercisable on a “cashless basis” in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 Common Shares per whole warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the Warrants are “out of the money” (i.e. the last reported

222

trading price of the Common Shares is below the exercise price of the warrants) and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a “cashless basis” in connection with a redemption by the Company pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any Common Shares.

This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in some other blank check offerings, which typically only provide for a redemption of warrants for cash (other than the private placement warrants) when the trading price for the Common Shares exceeds $18.00 per share for a specified period of time. This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding Warrants to be redeemed when the Common Shares are trading at or above $10.00 per share, which may be at a time when the last reported trading price of the Common Shares is below the exercise price of the warrants. The Company has established this redemption feature to provide the Company with the flexibility to redeem the Warrants without the Warrants having to reach the $18.00 per share threshold. Warrant Holders choosing to exercise their Warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of Common Shares for their Warrants, based on the “redemption price” as determined pursuant to the above table. DCRD has calculated the “redemption prices” as set forth in the table above to reflect a Black-Scholes option pricing model with a fixed volatility input as of August 10, 2021. This redemption right provides the Company an additional mechanism by which to redeem all of the outstanding Warrants (other than the Private Placement Warrants) and therefore have certainty as to its capital structure as the Warrants would no longer be outstanding and would have been exercised or redeemed, and the Company will effectively be required to pay the redemption price to Warrant Holders if it chooses to exercise this redemption right, it will allow the Company to quickly proceed with a redemption of the Warrants if it determines it is in its best interest to do so. As such, the Company would redeem the Warrants in this manner when it believes it is in its best interest to update its capital structure to remove the Warrants and pay the redemption price to the Warrant Holders.

As stated above, the Company can redeem the Warrants when Common Shares are trading at a price starting at $10.00, which is below the exercise price of $11.50, because it will provide certainty with respect to the Company’s capital structure and cash position while providing Warrant Holders with the opportunity to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis” for the applicable number of Common Shares. If the Company chooses to redeem the Warrants when Common Shares are trading at a price below the exercise price of the Warrants, this could result in the Warrant Holders receiving fewer Common Shares than they would have received if they had chosen to wait to exercise their warrants for the Common Shares if and when such Common Shares were trading at a price higher than the exercise price of $11.50. No fractional Common Shares will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a Warrant Holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Common Shares to be issued to the Warrant Holder.

Redemption Procedures

A Warrant Holder may notify the Company in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such Warrant Holder will not have the right to exercise such Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or such other amount as a Warrant Holder may specify) of Common Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

Anti-Dilution Adjustments

The share prices set forth in the column headings of the table above will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant is adjusted pursuant to the following three paragraphs. The adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares deliverable upon exercise of a Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares deliverable upon exercise of a Warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table above will be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant.

223

If the number of outstanding Common Shares is increased by a share dividend payable in Common Shares, or by a subdivision of Common Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such share dividend, subdivision or similar event, the number of Common Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding Common Shares. A rights offering to holders of Common Shares entitling such holders to purchase Common Shares at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a share dividend of a number of Common Shares equal to the product of (i) the number of Common Shares actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Common Shares) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per Common Share paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Shares, in determining the price payable for Common Shares, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the average last reported sale price of the Common Shares as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which Common Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if the Company, at any time while the Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pays a dividend or makes a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Common Shares on account of such Common Shares, other than (a) as described above or (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, then the Warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each Common Share in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding Common Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, or reclassification of Common Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reclassification or similar event, the number of Common Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Common Shares.

Whenever the number of Common Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as described above, the Warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of Common Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of Common Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Common Shares (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such Common Shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of outstanding Common Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Warrant Holders will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the Common Shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the Warrant Holder would have received if such Warrant Holder had exercised their Warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Common Shares in such a transaction is payable in the form of ordinary shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered Warrant Holder properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the Warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the Warrant Agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) of the Warrant. The

224

purpose of such exercise price reduction is to provide additional value to the Warrant Holders when an extraordinary transaction occurs during the exercise period of the Warrants pursuant to which the Warrant Holders otherwise do not receive the full potential value of the Warrants. The warrant exercise price will not be adjusted for other events.

The Warrants have been issued in registered form under the Warrant Agreement between Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., collectively as warrant agent, and the Company. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any Warrant Holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered Public Warrant Holders. If an amendment adversely affects the Private Placement Warrants in a different manner than the Public Warrants or vice versa, then the vote or written consent of the registered holders of the Public Warrants and 65% of the Private Placement Warrants, voting as separate classes, will be required.

The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a “cashless basis,” if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to the Company, for the number of Warrants being exercised. The Warrant Holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Common Shares or any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive Common Shares. After the issuance of the Common Shares upon exercise of the Warrants, each such holder of Common Shares will be entitled to one (1) vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Warrants, a Warrant Holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of the Common Shares to be issued to the Warrant Holder.

Private Placement Warrants

The Private Placement Warrants (including the Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination (except, among other limited exceptions to the Company’s management and persons or entities affiliated with DCRD Sponsor), and they will not be redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants or their or its permitted transferees (including certain Riverstone Fund V Entities). The initial purchasers, or their permitted transferees, have the option to exercise the Private Placement Warrants for cash or on a “cashless basis.” Except as described below, the Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the Public Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company in all redemption scenarios and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

If holders of the Private Placement Warrants elect to exercise them on a “cashless basis,” they would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants in exchange for a number of Common Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of (A) the number of Common Shares underlying the warrants and (B) the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) such fair market value. The “fair market value” means the average last reported sale price of the Common Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent.

Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for Common Shares in the United States is Computershare Trust Company of Canada. Each person investing in Common Shares held through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a Shareholder.

225

For as long as any Common Shares are listed on the NASDAQ or on any other stock exchange operating in the United States, the laws of the State of New York will apply to the property law aspects of the Common Shares reflected in the register administered by the Company’s transfer agent.

Common Shares are listed in registered form and such Common Shares, through the transfer agent, will not be certificated. The Company has appointed Computershare Inc. as its agent in New York to maintain the shareholders’ register of the Company on behalf of the Board and to act as transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares. The Common Shares are traded on the NASDAQ in book-entry form.

The warrant agent for the Warrants is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

226

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information known to the Company regarding the actual beneficial ownership of the Common Shares by:

• each person who is, or is expected to be, the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares;

• each of the Company’s current directors and named executive officers; and

• all directors and officers of the Company, as a group.

The SEC has defined “beneficial ownership” of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security. A shareholder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such shareholder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (i) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (ii) the conversion of a security, (iii) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or (iv) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, Common Shares subject to options or other rights (as set forth above) held by that person that are currently exercisable, or will become exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the Common Shares shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below.

The beneficial ownership of the Company is based on 90,778,275 Common Shares issued and outstanding as of February 28, 2023. In computing the number of Common Shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, the Company deemed to be outstanding all Common Shares subject to Warrants, Legacy Options and Legacy RSUs held by the person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2023. The Company did not deem such shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

227

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Common Shares beneficially owned by them. To our knowledge, no Common Shares beneficially owned by any executive officer, director or director nominee have been pledged as security. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each Company shareholder named below is c/o Hammerhead Energy Inc., Suite 2700, 525 – 8th Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta, T2P 1G1.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner	Number of Common Shares			Percentage of Common Shares
5% Holders:
Investment funds affiliated with the Riverstone Parties		90,934,957	(1)		87.8	%
1901 Lux Holdings, LP(2)		7,036,020			7.8	%
Officers, Directors
Scott Sobie(3)		1,458,834			1.6	%
Michael G. Kohut(4)		442,635			*
Daniel Labelle(5)		611,967			*
David Anderson(6)		502,379			*
Nicki Stevens(7)		488,193			*
A. Stewart Hanlon(8)		22,046			*
J. Paul Charron(8)		22,046			*
Bryan Begley(2)		7,036,020			7.8	%
Robert Tichio(9)		—			—
Jesal Shah(9)		—			—
James AC McDermott(10)		37,396			*
Total Officers and Directors(11)		10,621,516			11.3	%

* Less than 1%.

(1) Includes: (i) 7,794,002 Common Shares held of record by REL Hammerhead B.V.; (ii) 35,176,272 Common Shares held of record by Riverstone V Investment Management Cooperatief U.A. (“R5 IM Coop”); (iii) 17,533,979 Common Shares held of record by Riverstone V REL Hammerhead B.V. (“R5 REL HHR”); (iv) 9,880,444 Common Shares held of record by Riverstone V CIOC LP; (v) 4,348,437 Common Shares held of record by R5 HHR FS Holdings LLC; (vi) 12,737,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Private Warrants held of record by R5 HHR FS Holdings LLC and (vii) 3,464,323 Common Shares held of record by DCRD Sponsor (together, the “Riverstone Investors”). David M. Leuschen and Pierre F. Lapeyre, Jr. are the managing directors of Riverstone Management Group, L.L.C., which is the general partner of Riverstone/Gower Mgmt Co Holdings, L.P., which is the sole member of Riverstone Holdings II (Cayman), Ltd., which is the general partner of Riverstone Energy Limited Investment Holdings, L.P., which is the sole shareholder of REL IP General Partner Limited, which is the general partner of REL IP General Partner LP, which is the general partner of REL Batavia Partnership, L.P., which is the sole member of REL Investment Management III Coöperatief U.A., which is the sole member of REL Hammerhead B.V. As such, each of these entities and individuals may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by REL Hammerhead B.V. In addition, Riverstone Energy GP V Ltd., an affiliate of Riverstone Holdings, is the sole member of Riverstone GP V Cayman LLC, which is the general partner of Riverstone Energy Partners V (Cayman), L.P., which is the general partner of Riverstone Global Energy and Power Fund V (Cayman), L.P., which is the sole member of R5 IM Coop, which is the majority member of R5 REL HHR, which is sole member of Riverstone V CIOC GP, LLC, which is the general partner of Riverstone V CIOC LP. Riverstone Global Energy and Power Fund V (Cayman), L.P. is also the sole member of R5 HHR FS Holdings LLC. As such, each of these entities and individuals may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by R5 IM Coop, R5 REL HHR, Riverstone V CIOC LP and R5 HHR FS Holdings LLC. David M. Leuschen and Pierre F. Lapeyre, Jr. are

228

also the managing directors of Riverstone Holdings LLC, which is the managing member of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor Holdings IV LLC, which is the managing member of DCRD Sponsor. As such, each of these entities and individuals may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by DCRD Sponsor. The business address of R5 IM Coop, R5 REL HHR and REL Hammerhead B.V. is Herengracht 450, 1017 CA Amsterdam, The Netherlands. The business address of each of the other entities and individuals named in this footnote is c/o Riverstone Holdings, 712 Fifth Avenue, 36th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(2) 1901 Lux Holdings, LP (“1901 Lux Holdings”) is the indirect permitted transferee of ZAM Ventures Luxembourg II S.A.R.L. (“ZAM”), an affiliate of 1901 Lux Holdings, who received 7,036,020 Common Shares in exchange for its Hammerhead Shares in connection with the Arrangement. Bryan Begley is one of the managing members of 1901 Partners GP, LLC (“1901 Partners GP”) which is the general partner of 1901 Lux Holdings. Mr. Begley has shared voting and investment discretion with respect to the shares of the Company held of record by 1901 Lux Holdings . As such, each of Mr. Begley and 1901 Partners GP may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the shares held directly by 1901 Lux Holdings. Each such entity or individual disclaims any such beneficial ownership. The business address of each of these entities and individuals is c/o 1901 Partners Management, LP, 1 Village Plaza, Suite 103, Kings Park, NY 11754.

(3) Includes 1,042,558 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs and 159,877 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy Options.

(4) Includes 431,452 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs and 10,224 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy Options.

(5) Includes 457,714 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs and 89,810 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy Options.

(6) Includes 418,799 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs and 61,215 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy Options.

(7) Includes 389,725 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs and 61,725 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy Options.

(8) Includes 14,697 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs.

(9) Riverstone Holdings LLC is an affiliate of Riverstone. Neither of Messrs. Tichio nor Shah has or shares voting or investment discretion with respect to Hammerhead Shares held of record by the Riverstone Parties.

(10) The address of Mr. McDermott is 2744 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(11) Includes 2,769,642 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs and 382,851 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy Options.

229

COMMON SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

The Company has an unlimited number of Common Shares authorized and 90,778,275 Common Shares issued and outstanding as of February 23, 2023. All of the Common Shares the Company issued in connection with the Business Combination are freely transferable by persons other than by the Company’s “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except (i) up to 3,557,813 of our Common Shares issued to the DCRD Initial Shareholders, which are subject to the transfer restrictions in the Sponsor Support Agreement, (ii) up to 87,470,634 of our Common Shares beneficially owned by the Riverstone Parties, including 12,737,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Private Warrants, which 83,122,197 of such Common Shares and Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Private Warants are subject to the Lock-Up Agreement and 4,348,437 of such Common Shares are subject to transfer restrictions in the Sponsor Support Agreement, and (iii) up to 8,148,526 Common Shares issued to certain former shareholders of Hammerhead, which are subject to the Lock-Up Agreement. The Registration Statement registers the resale of the Common Shares described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above such that, upon the effectiveness of such registration statements, such shares will be freely transferable under the Securities Act, though (A) the Common Shares described in clause (i) are currently subject to the transfer provisions in the Sponsor Support Agreement and (B) the Common Shares described in clauses (ii) and (iii) are currently subject to the Lock-Up Agreement. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of Common Shares.

Registration Rights

A&R Registration Rights Agreement

Concurrently with the Closing, the Company entered into the A&R Registration Rights Agreement with DCRD, DCRD Sponsor and certain other holders named therein, pursuant to which the Company agreed that, within 15 business days after the Closing, the Company will file with the SEC (at the Company’s sole cost and expense) the Registration Statement, and the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof. In certain circumstances, the holders can demand the Company’s assistance with underwritten offerings and block trades. The holders are entitled to customary piggyback registration rights.

Lock-Up Agreement

On the Closing Date, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement, certain existing shareholders of the Company, including the Riverstone Parties, became bound by a Lock-Up Agreement with the Company pursuant to which they agreed, subject to certain customary exceptions, during the lock-up period, not to (i) effect any sale of, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder with respect to, any securities of the Company, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any securities of the Company, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) make any public announcement of any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (i) or (ii), until the earlier of (a) six months after the Closing or (b) the date that the last sale price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-day trading period. The lock-up period ends upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the date that is six (6) months following the Closing Date; and (ii) the date that the last sale price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-day trading period.

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), commencing March 1, 2024, the date that is one year following the date on which the Company filed the information required by Form 20-F as contemplated by

230

Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted Common Shares for at least six months would, subject to the restrictions noted in the section below, be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) the Company has been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and has filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the twelve months (or such shorter period as the Company was required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted Common Shares for at least six months but who are affiliates of the Company at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

• 1% of the total number of Common Shares then outstanding; or

• the average weekly reported trading volume of the Common Shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by affiliates of the Company under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about the Company.

231

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

On February 23, 2023, we consummated the Business Combination.

The Selling Securityholders may offer and sell, from time to time, any or all of the Common Shares or Warrants being offered for resale by this prospectus.

In addition, this prospectus relates to the offer and sale of up to (i) 15,812,491 Common Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of the Public Warrants, which were previously registered and (ii) 12,737,500 Common Shares underlying Private Warrants.

The term “Selling Securityholders” includes the securityholders listed in the table below and their permitted transferees.

The table below provides, as of the date of this prospectus, information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Common Shares and Warrants of each Selling Securityholder, the number of Common Shares and number of Warrants that may be sold by each Selling Securityholder under this prospectus and that each Selling Securityholder will beneficially own after this offering. We have based percentage ownership on 90,778,275 Common Shares and 28,549,991 Warrants outstanding as of February 28, 2023. In computing the number of Common Shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, the Company deemed to be outstanding all Common Shares subject to Warrants, Legacy Options and Legacy RSUs held by the person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2023. The Company did not deem such shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Because each Selling Securityholder may dispose of all, none or some portion of their securities, no estimate can be given as to the number of securities that will be beneficially owned by a Selling Securityholder upon termination of this offering. For purposes of the table below, however, we have assumed that after termination of this offering none of the securities covered by this prospectus will be beneficially owned by the Selling Securityholder and further assumed that the Selling Securityholders will not acquire beneficial ownership of any additional securities during the offering. In addition, the Selling Securityholders may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, our

232

securities in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act after the date on which the information in the table is presented.

Common Shares															Warrants to Purchase Common Shares
	Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering						Number Registered for Sale Hereby		Beneficially Owned After Offering						Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering					Number Registered for Sale Hereby		Beneficially Owned After Offering
Name and Address(1)	Number			Percent					Number			Percent			Number		Percent					Number		Percent
James AC McDermott(2)		37,396			*			37,396		—			—			—		—			—		—		—
Jeffrey Tepper(2)		18,698			*			18,698		—			—			—		—			—		—		—
Dr. Jennifer Aaker(2)		18,698			*			18,698		—			—			—		—			—		—		—
Jane Kearns(2)		18,698			*			18,698		—			—			—		—			—		—		—
Investment funds affiliated with the Riverstone Parties(3)		78,197,457			86.1	%		78,197,457		—			—			12,737,500		44.6	%		12,737,500		—		—
1901 Lux Holdings, LP(4)		7,036,020			7.8	%		7,036,020		—			—			—		—			—		—		—
Scott Sobie		1,458,834	(5)		1.6	%		256,399		1,202,435	(5)		1.3	%		—		—			—		—		—
Michael G. Kohut		442,635	(6)		*			959		441,676	(6)		*			—		—			—		—		—
Daniel Labelle		611,967	(7)		*			64,443		547,524	(7)		*			—		—			—		—		—
David Anderson		502,379	(8)		*			22,365		480,014	(8)		*			—		—			—		—		—
Nicki Stevens		488,193	(9)		*			36,743		451,450	(9)		*			—		—			—		—		—
A. Stewart Hanlon		22,046	(10)		*			7,349		14,697	(10)		*			—		—			—		—		—
J. Paul Charron		22,046	(10)		*			7,349		14,697	(10)		*			—		—			—		—		—
HV RA II LLC(11)		716,899			*			716,899		—			—			—		—			—		—		—

* Less than 1.0%.

(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the Selling Securityholders is Hammerhead Energy Inc., Suite 2700, 525 – 8th Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta, T2P 1G1.

(2) The address for this person is 2744 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(3) Includes: (i) 7,794,002 Common Shares held of record by REL Hammerhead B.V.; (ii) 35,176,272 Common Shares held of record by Riverstone V Investment Management Cooperatief U.A. (“R5 IM Coop”); (iii) 17,533,979 Common Shares held of record by Riverstone V REL Hammerhead B.V. (“R5 REL HHR”); (iv) 9,880,444 Common Shares held of record by Riverstone V CIOC LP; (v) 4,348,437 Common Shares held of record by R5 HHR FS Holdings LLC; (vi) 12,737,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Private Warrants held of record by R5 HHR FS Holdings LLC and (vii) 3,464,323 Common Shares held of record by DCRD Sponsor (together, the “Riverstone Investors”). David M. Leuschen and Pierre F. Lapeyre, Jr. are the managing directors of Riverstone Management Group, L.L.C., which is the general partner of Riverstone/Gower Mgmt Co Holdings, L.P., which is the sole member of Riverstone Holdings II (Cayman), Ltd., which is the general partner of Riverstone Energy Limited Investment Holdings, L.P., which is the sole shareholder of REL IP General Partner Limited, which

233

is the general partner of REL IP General Partner LP, which is the general partner of REL Batavia Partnership, L.P., which is the sole member of REL Investment Management III Coöperatief U.A., which is the sole member of REL Hammerhead B.V. As such, each of these entities and individuals may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by REL Hammerhead B.V. In addition, Riverstone Energy GP V Ltd., an affiliate of Riverstone Holdings, is the sole member of Riverstone GP V Cayman LLC, which is the general partner of Riverstone Energy Partners V (Cayman), L.P., which is the general partner of Riverstone Global Energy and Power Fund V (Cayman), L.P., which is the sole member of R5 IM Coop, which is the majority member of R5 REL HHR, which is sole member of Riverstone V CIOC GP, LLC, which is the general partner of Riverstone V CIOC LP. Riverstone Global Energy and Power Fund V (Cayman), L.P. is also the sole member of R5 HHR FS Holdings LLC. As such, each of these entities and individuals may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by R5 IM Coop, R5 REL HHR, Riverstone V CIOC LP and R5 HHR FS Holdings LLC. David M. Leuschen and Pierre F. Lapeyre, Jr. are also the managing directors of Riverstone Holdings LLC, which is the managing member of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor Holdings IV LLC, which is the managing member of DCRD Sponsor. As such, each of these entities and individuals may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by DCRD Sponsor. The business address of R5 IM Coop, R5 REL HHR and REL Hammerhead B.V. is Herengracht 450, 1017 CA Amsterdam, The Netherlands. The business address of each of the other entities and individuals named in this footnote is c/o Riverstone Holdings, 712 Fifth Avenue, 36th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(4) 1901 Lux Holdings is the indirect permitted transferee of ZAM, an affiliate of 1901 Lux Holdings, who received 7,036,020 Common Shares in exchange for its Hammerhead Shares in connection with the Arrangement. Bryan Begley is one of the managing members of 1901 Partners GP which is the general partner of 1901 Lux Holdings. Mr. Begley has shared voting and investment discretion with respect to the shares of the Company held of record by 1901 Lux Holdings. As such, each of Mr. Begley and 1901 Partners GP may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the shares held directly by 1901 Lux Holdings. Each such entity or individual disclaims any such beneficial ownership. The business address of each of these entities and individuals is c/o 1901 Partners Management, LP, 1 Village Plaza, Suite 103, Kings Park, NY 11754.

(5) Includes 1,042,558 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs and 159,877 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy Options.

(6) Includes 431,452 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs and 10,224 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy Options.

(7) Includes 457,714 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs and 89,810 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy Options.

(8) Includes 418,799 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs and 61,215 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy Options.

(9) Includes 389,725 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs and 61,725 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy Options.

(10) Includes 14,697 Common Shares issuable pursuant to Legacy RSUs.

(11) The address of this entity is HV RA II LLC, One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111.

234

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

DCRD Relationships and Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On February 24, 2021, DCRD issued an aggregate of 10,062,500 DCRD Founder Shares to DCRD Sponsor for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. In June 2021, DCRD Sponsor surrendered 1,437,500 DCRD Class B Ordinary Shares to DCRD for no consideration, which DCRD accepted and cancelled. In July 2021, DCRD surrendered an aggregate of 718,750 DCRD Founder Shares to DCRD for no consideration, which DCRD accepted and cancelled. In August 2021, DCRD Sponsor forfeited 207,755 DCRD Founder Shares, and an aggregate of 207,755 DCRD Founder Shares were issued to DCRD independent directors at their original purchase prices. DCRD Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 1,031,250 DCRD Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriters so that the DCRD Founder Shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of the DCRD IPO. As a result of the underwriters’ exercise of the full overallotment, these shares are no longer subject to forfeiture, resulting in DCRD Initial Shareholders then holding an aggregate of 7,906,250 DCRD Founder Shares.

The DCRD Founder Shareholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Common Shares until the earlier to occur of (i) one year after the completion of the Business Combination or (ii) subsequent to the Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of Common Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Business Combination or (y) the date on which DCRD completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in the DCRD Shareholder having the right to exchange their common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

On August 13, 2021, simultaneously with the consummation of the DCRD IPO, DCRD completed the private placement of 12,737,500 DCRD Private Placement Warrants at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant, to DCRD Sponsor and DCRD’s independent directors, generating gross proceeds to DCRD of approximately $12,737,500. This amount includes the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 1,237,500 warrants to cover over-allotments. Each whole DCRD Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one whole DCRD Class A Ordinary Share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the DCRD Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the DCRD IPO held in the Trust Account such that at the closing of the DCRD IPO approximately $319 million was held in the Trust Account.

The Company assumed the DCRD Warrant Agreement and entered into such amendments thereto as were necessary to give effect to the provisions of the Business Combination Agreement, and each DCRD Warrant then outstanding and unexercised was automatically without any action on the part of its holder converted into a Warrant. Each Warrant is subject to the same terms and conditions (including exercisability terms) as were applicable to the corresponding DCRD Warrant immediately prior to the SPAC Amalgamation, except to the extent such terms or conditions were rendered inoperative by the Business Combination. The Private Placement Warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable on a “cashless basis” so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the DCRD Private Placement Warrants or their permitted transferees.

The holders of the Private Placement Warrants have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign, or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination.

Registration Rights

The holders of the DCRD Founder Shares, DCRD Private Placement Warrants and DCRD Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and any DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon

235

the exercise of the DCRD Private Placement Warrants and DCRD Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and upon conversion of the DCRD Founder Shares) were entitled to registration rights pursuant to the registration rights agreement, dated August 10, 2021, requiring DCRD to register such securities for resale (in the case of the DCRD Founder Shares, only after conversion to DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares). The holders of at least $25 million in value of these securities were entitled to demand that DCRD file a registration statement covering such securities and to require DCRD to effect up to an aggregate of three underwritten offerings of such securities. In addition, the holders had certain “piggyback” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to DCRD’s completion of the Business Combination.

Concurrently with the Closing, DCRD entered into the A&R Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which the Company agreed that, within 15 business days after the Closing, the Company would file with the SEC (at the Company’s sole cost and expense) the Registration Statement registering the resale of certain securities held by or issuable to certain shareholders of DCRD and Hammerhead, including the Riverstone Parties, and the Company would use its commercially reasonable efforts cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable after the initial filing thereof. In certain circumstances, the holders can demand the Company’s assistance with underwritten offerings and block trades. The holders are entitled to customary piggyback registration rights.

Related Party Loans and Advances

DCRD’s liquidity needs up to the DCRD IPO were satisfied through the receipt of a $25,000 capital contribution from DCRD Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of DCRD Founder Shares to DCRD Sponsor and a loan from DCRD Sponsor for an aggregate amount of $0.3 million to cover organizational expenses and expenses related to the DCRD IPO pursuant to the Note. DCRD repaid the Note in full to DCRD Sponsor on August 19, 2021, and this facility is no longer available to DCRD. Subsequent to the consummation of the DCRD IPO, DCRD’s liquidity needs have been satisfied through the net proceeds of $55,752 from the DCRD Private Placement Warrants held outside of the Trust Account. Approximately $1,656,022 and $283,657 was due to DCRD Sponsor for expenses paid on DCRD’s behalf as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Sponsor Support Agreement

In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, on September 25, 2022, DCRD Sponsor and Riverstone Fund V entered into the Sponsor Support Agreement with DCRD, NewCo and Hammerhead, pursuant to which, among other things, DCRD Sponsor and Riverstone Fund V each agreed to (and agreed to cause its controlled affiliates to) (i) waive the anti-dilution rights set forth in the DCRD Articles with respect to the DCRD Founder Shares held by it, (ii) vote all DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares and DCRD Founder Shares held by it in favor of the adoption and approval of the Business Combination and each other proposal related to the Business Combination included on the agenda for the DCRD Shareholders’ Meeting, except that DCRD Sponsor and Riverstone Fund V will not vote any DCRD Class A Ordinary Shares purchased by DCRD Sponsor and Riverstone Fund V after DCRD publicly announced its intention to engage in the Business Combination for or against any of the Proposals, (iii) not redeem any DCRD Founder Shares in connection with the DCRD Shareholders’ Meeting, (iv) not transfer the DCRD Founder Shares, DCRD Class B Common Shares or Class B Common Shares (or Common Shares issuable upon conversion of Class B Common Shares in connection with the Business Combination) until the earlier of (a) one year after the Closing or (b) subsequent to the Closing, (x) if the last sale price of the Common Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Closing or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all Shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property and (v) not transfer any DCRD Private Placement Warrants, any Private Placement Warrants or Warrants (or Common Shares issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants) until 30 days after the Closing.

236

Sponsor Side Letter

In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, on September 25, 2022, DCRD Sponsor entered into the Sponsor Side Letter with DCRD, Riverstone Fund V and certain Riverstone Fund V Entities. Pursuant to the Sponsor Side Letter, the DCRD Initial Shareholders have agreed to transfer 55% of the DCRD Founder Shares and 100% of the DCRD Private Placement Warrants held by them to certain Riverstone Fund V Entities prior to Closing. Upon the Founder Transfer, such Riverstone Fund V Entities have agreed to be bound by the restrictions on transfer applicable to the DCRD Founder Shares and DCRD Private Placement Warrants in the IPO Letter Agreement and the terms of the Sponsor Support Agreement. Accordingly, such Riverstone Fund V Entities were required to vote all of the DCRD Founder Shares held by them in favor of the proposal approving the Business Combination.

Company Relationships and Related Party Transactions

The Riverstone Parties, including certain Riverstone Fund V Entities, are shareholders of, and together own a controlling interest in, the Company. As of February 23, 2023, the Riverstone Parties beneficially owned approximately 84.5% (including 12,737,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Private Warrants that are held by certain Riverstone Fund V Entities) of the outstanding shares of the Company, including preferred shares on an as converted basis. In addition, as of February 23, 2023, DCRD Sponsor, an entity affiliated with the Riverstone Parties, beneficially owned approximately 3.8% of the outstanding Common Shares. In the aggregate, as of February 23, 2023, the Riverstone Parties and their affiliates, including DCRD Sponsor, beneficially owned approximately 87.8% of the Common Shares (including 12,737,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Private Warrants that are held by certain Riverstone Fund V Entities).

On June 17, 2020, the Company entered into the June 2020 Investment Agreement. Pursuant to the June 2020 Investment Agreement the Company issued 267,404,910 Hammerhead Series IX Preferred Shares and 33,721,985 Hammerhead 2020 Warrants to Riverstone EMEA for aggregate proceeds of $133,702,455. Under the June 2020 Investment Agreement, the remaining equity commitment was subject to approval of Riverstone EMEA and satisfaction of terms and conditions, at any time prior to June 17, 2024. The June 2020 Investment Agreement was terminated at Closing.

Employee Loans

Prior to Closing, Hammerhead had loans in an aggregate principal amount of $5,793,000 (the “Employee Loans”) outstanding to four management employees (collectively, the “Employee Borrowers”) pursuant to amended and restated limited recourse loan, pledge, call option and security agreements dated February 18, 2020 between Hammerhead and each of the Employee Borrowers, as amended (the “Employee Loan Agreements”). The largest aggregate principal amounts outstanding during the years of 2019, 2020 and 2021 were $6,590,000, $6,590,000 and $6,320,000, respectively. The interest rate on the Employee Loans was 1.0% per annum. The Employee Borrowers had pledged to Hammerhead certain Hammerhead Common Shares that they hold (the “Pledged Shares”) as security for the Employee Loans. The Employee Borrowers were permitted to repay the principal amount of the Employee Loans with Pledged Shares by delivery thereof to a subsidiary of Hammerhead designated for such purpose, and Hammerhead has a call option to purchase the Pledged Shares at a price equal to the lower of the fair market value thereof and $2.25 per Hammerhead Common Share if the Employee Borrower resigned without good reason or was terminated for cause on or before the earlier of (a) February 18, 2023 or (b) a Liquidity Event (as defined in the Employee Loan Agreements). The Employee Loans were settled in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement.

No person who is, as of the date of this prospectus, a director or executive officer of the Company, is or has been indebted to the Company or is indebted to another entity that is, or has been at any time, the subject of a guarantee, support agreement, letter of credit or similar arrangement provided by the Company.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain officers to indemnify such individuals, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to certain limitations, against all liabilities, costs,

237

charges and expenses reasonably incurred by such individuals in an action or proceeding to which any such individual was made a party by reason of being an officer or director of the Company or an organization of which the Company is a shareholder or creditor if such individual serves such organization at our request.

Selling Securityholder Relationships

Each of Scott Sobie, Michael G. Kohut, Daniel Labelle, David Anderson, Nicki Stevens, A. Stewart Hanlon, J. Paul Charron and James AC McDermott are current directors and/or officers of the Company. At present Scott Sobie, Michael G. Kohut, Daniel Labelle, David Anderson, Nicki Stevens, A. Stewart Hanlon and J. Paul Charron are directors and/or officers of Hammerhead.

Each of Dr. Jennifer Aaker, Jane Kearns, Jeffrey Tepper and James AC McDermott is a former director and/or officer of DCRD.

The Riverstone Parties are affiliates of Riverstone Holdings, of which Robert Tichio, current director of the Company, is a Partner and Jesal Shah, current director of the Company, is an employee.

The general partner of 1901 Lux Holdings is 1901 Partners GP, of which Bryan Begley, current director of the Company, is a managing member.

238

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. Holders (as defined below) with respect to the ownership and disposition of the Company’s Securities. This discussion applies only to the Company’s Securities that are held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment). This discussion is based on the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations (“Treasury Regulations”), administrative rulings, and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change and differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change or differing interpretation could significantly alter the tax considerations described herein. The Company has not sought, nor does it intend to seek, any rulings from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the positions or conclusions described in this summary. Such statements, positions and conclusions are not free from doubt, and there can be no assurance that your tax advisor, the IRS, or a court will agree with such statements, positions, and conclusions.

The following discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations relevant to the ownership or disposition of the Company’s Securities. In addition, this summary does not address the Medicare tax on certain investment income, U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax laws, any tax treaties or any other tax law. Furthermore, this discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to particular U.S. Holders in light of their personal circumstances or that may be relevant to certain categories of U.S. Holders that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

• Holders of DCRD Ordinary Shares or DCRD Warrants prior to the Domestication and the SPAC Amalgamation, and Holders of Class B Common Shares;

• banks, insurance companies, or other financial institutions;

• tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

• dealers in securities or foreign currencies;

• persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

• traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

• “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

• regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts and persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

• entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or holders of interests therein;

• persons deemed to sell the Company’s Securities under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

• persons that acquired the Company’s Securities through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan;

• persons that hold the Company’s Securities as part of a straddle, appreciated financial position, synthetic security, hedge, conversion transaction, or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction;

• certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

• persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more (by vote or value) of any class of shares of the Company;

239

• the Company’s officers or directors; and

• persons who are not U.S. Holders.

If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds the Company’s Securities, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, upon the activities of the partnership and upon certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partners in partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holding the Company’s Securities are urged to consult with and rely solely upon their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them relating to the matters discussed below.

ALL HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT WITH AND RELY SOLELY UPON THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS (INCLUDING ANY POTENTIAL FUTURE CHANGES THERETO) TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY OTHER TAX LAWS, INCLUDING U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR ANY U.S. STATE OR LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of the Company’s Securities, for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is either:

• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

• a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

• an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

• a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) that has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Tax Characterization of Distributions with Respect to Common Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, if the Company pays distributions of cash or other property to U.S. Holders of Common Shares, the gross amount of such distributions (without reduction for any Canadian income tax withheld from such distribution) generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, and will be treated as described in the section entitled “—Distributions Treated as Dividends” below. Distributions in excess of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Common Shares, that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Common Shares. Any remaining portion of the distribution will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of Common Shares and will be treated as described in the section entitled “—Gain or Loss on Sale or Other Taxable Exchange or Disposition of Common Shares and Warrants” below. However, the Company does not expect to maintain calculations of its earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax accounting principles. A U.S. Holder should therefore assume that any distribution by the Company with respect to Common Shares will be reported as dividend income. U.S. Holders are urged to consult with and rely solely upon their own tax advisors with respect to the appropriate U.S. federal income tax treatment of any distribution received from the Company.

240

Possible Constructive Distributions with Respect to Warrants

The terms of the Warrants provide for an adjustment to the number of Common Shares for which Warrants may be exercised or to the exercise price of the Warrants in certain events. An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. U.S. Holders of the Warrants would, however, be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from the Company if, for example, the adjustment increases the warrantholders’ proportionate interest in the Company’s assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of Common Shares that would be obtained upon exercise or through a decrease in the exercise price of the Warrants) as a result of a distribution of cash or other property to the Holders of Common Shares. Any such constructive distribution would be treated in the same manner as if U.S. Holders of Warrants received a cash distribution from the Company generally equal to the fair market value of the increased interest and would be taxed in a manner similar to distributions to U.S. Holders of Common Shares described herein. See the section entitled “—Tax Characterization of Distributions with Respect to Common Shares” above. For certain information reporting purposes, the Company is required to determine the date and amount of any such constructive distributions. Proposed Treasury Regulations, which the Company may rely on prior to the issuance of final Treasury Regulations, specify how the date and amount of any such constructive distributions are determined.

Distributions Treated as Dividends

Dividends paid by the Company will be taxable to a corporate U.S. Holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. Dividends the Company pays to a non-corporate U.S. Holder generally will constitute “qualified dividends” that will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the lower applicable long-term capital gains tax rate only if (i) Common Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or the Company is eligible for benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States, and (ii) a certain holding period and other requirements are met, including that the Company is not classified as a PFIC during the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or a preceding taxable year with respect to such U.S. Holder. As discussed below, if a U.S. Holder held shares in the Company when it was classified as a PFIC, the Company would generally continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder in a taxable year even if the Company is not classified as a PFIC in such taxable year. If such requirements are not satisfied, a non-corporate U.S. Holder may be subject to tax on the dividend at regular ordinary income tax rates instead of the preferential rate that applies to qualified dividend income. U.S. Holders should consult with and rely solely upon their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower preferential rate for qualified dividend income for any dividends paid with respect to Common Shares.

Dividends paid with respect to Common Shares will generally be treated as income from foreign sources for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes and will generally be treated as passive category income or, in the case of certain types of U.S. Holders, general category income for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Depending on the U.S. Holder’s individual facts and circumstances, a U.S. Holder may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit not in excess of any applicable treaty rate in respect of any foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends received on Common Shares. A U.S. Holder that does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholding, but only for a year in which such U.S. Holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes.

THE RULES GOVERNING THE FOREIGN TAX CREDIT ARE COMPLEX, AND THE OUTCOME OF THEIR APPLICATION DEPENDS IN LARGE PART ON THE U.S. HOLDER’S INDIVIDUAL FACTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES. ACCORDINGLY, U.S. HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH AND RELY SOLELY UPON THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF THE FOREIGN TAX CREDIT IN THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

241

Gain or Loss on Sale or Other Taxable Exchange or Disposition of Common Shares and Warrants

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of Common Shares or Warrants, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares or Warrants. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Common Shares or Warrants generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s acquisition cost of its Common Shares or Warrants or, as discussed below, the U.S. Holder’s initial basis for the Common Shares received upon exercise of Warrants, less, in the case of Common Shares, any prior distributions paid to such U.S. Holder that were treated as a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as discussed below).

Any such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Common Shares or Warrants, as applicable, so disposed of exceeds one year. If the one-year holding period requirement is not satisfied, any gain on a sale or other taxable disposition of the Common Shares or Warrants, as applicable, would be subject to short-term capital gain treatment and would be taxed at regular ordinary income tax rates. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible to be taxed at reduced rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Cash Exercise of a Warrant

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will not recognize gain or loss on the acquisition of Common Shares upon the exercise of a Warrant for cash. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Common Shares received upon exercise of a Warrant generally will be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such Warrant and the exercise price of such Warrant. It is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Common Shares received upon exercise of the Warrant will commence on the date of exercise of the Warrant or the immediately following date. In either case, the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the Warrant.

Cashless Exercise of a Warrant

The tax characterization of a cashless exercise of a Warrant is not clear under current U.S. federal tax law. Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax characterizations and resultant tax consequences would be adopted by the IRS or upheld by a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult with and rely solely upon their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a cashless exercise could potentially be characterized as any of the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (i) not a realization event and thus tax-deferred, (ii) a realization event that qualifies as a tax-deferred “recapitalization,” or (iii) a taxable realization event. While not free from doubt, the Company intends to treat any cashless exercise of a Warrant occurring after its giving notice of an intention to redeem the Warrant for cash, as will be permitted under the terms of the Warrant Agreement, as if the Company redeemed such Warrant for shares in a cashless exchange qualifying as a tax-deferred recapitalization. However, there is some uncertainty regarding the Company’s intended tax treatment, and it is possible that a cashless exercise could be characterized differently by the IRS or a court. Accordingly, the tax consequences of all three characterizations are generally described below. U.S. Holders should consult with and rely solely upon their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.

If a cashless exercise were characterized as either not a realization event or as a realization event that qualifies as a recapitalization, a U.S. Holder would not recognize any gain or loss on the exchange of Warrants for Common Shares. A U.S. Holder’s basis in the Common Shares received would generally equal the U.S. Holder’s aggregate basis in the exchanged Warrants. If the cashless exercise were not a realization event, it is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period in the Common Shares would be treated as commencing on the

242

date of exchange of the Warrants or on the immediately following date, but the holding period would not include the holding period of the Warrants exercised therefor. On the other hand, if the cashless exercise were characterized as a realization event that qualifies as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Common Shares would include the holding period of the Warrants exercised therefor.

If the cashless exercise were treated as a realization event that does not qualify as a recapitalization, the cashless exercise could be treated in whole or in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized by the U.S. Holder. Under this characterization, a portion of the Warrants to be exercised on a “cashless basis” would be deemed to have been surrendered in payment of the exercise price of the remaining portion of such Warrants, which would be deemed to be exercised. In such a case, a U.S. Holder would effectively be deemed to have sold a number of Warrants having an aggregate value equal to the exercise price of the remaining Warrants deemed exercised. Subject to the PFIC rules described below, the U.S. Holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount generally equal to the difference between the value of the portion of the Warrants deemed sold and its adjusted tax basis in such Warrants (generally in the manner described in the section entitled “—Gain or Loss on Sale or Other Taxable Exchange or Disposition of Common Shares and Warrants” above), and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares received would generally equal the sum of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the remaining Warrants deemed exercised and the exercise price of such Warrants. It is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Common Shares would commence on the date of exercise of the Warrants or on the date following the date of exercise of the Warrants, but the holding period would not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the Warrants. U.S. Holders should consult with and rely solely upon their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.

Redemption or Repurchase of Warrants for Cash

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, if the Company redeems the Warrants for cash as will be permitted under the terms of the Warrant Agreement or if the Company repurchases Warrants in an open market transaction, such redemption or repurchase generally will be treated as a taxable disposition to the U.S. Holder, taxed as described in the section entitled “—Gain or Loss on Sale or Other Taxable Exchange or Disposition of Common Shares and Warrants” above.

Expiration of a Warrant

If a Warrant is allowed to expire unexercised, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Warrant. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Receipt of Non-U.S. Currency

The gross amount of any dividend distribution that a U.S. Holder must include in income will be the U.S. dollar amount of the payments made in a currency other than U.S. dollars, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day such U.S. Holder actually or constructively receives the payment in accordance with its regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of the payment, the U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize any foreign currency gain or loss with respect to the receipt of foreign currency. If, instead, the foreign currency is converted at a later date, any currency gains or losses resulting from the conversion of the foreign currency will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes, and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of receiving, owning, and disposing of foreign currency.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

Adverse U.S. federal income tax rules apply to United States persons that hold, or are treated as holding, shares in a foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation classified as a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

243

In general, the Company will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either:

• at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, rents (other than rents derived from the active conduct of a trade or business), and gains from the disposition of passive assets); or

• the average percentage (ordinarily averaged quarterly over the year) by value of its assets during such taxable year that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%.

Because the revenue production of the Company is uncertain, and because PFIC status is based on income, assets and activities for an entire taxable year, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be treated as a PFIC under the income or asset test for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. For purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC, the Company will be treated as earning and owning its proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of its subsidiary corporations in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. The Company may hold, directly or indirectly, interests in other entities that are PFICs (“Subsidiary PFICs”). If the Company is a PFIC, each U.S. Holder will be treated as owning its pro rata share by value of the stock of any such Subsidiary PFICs.

Although PFIC status is determined annually, an initial determination that the Company is a PFIC for a taxable year will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held (or is deemed to have held) Common Shares or Warrants during a tax year in which the Company was a PFIC, whether or not the Company is classified as a PFIC in those subsequent years. As discussed more fully below, if the Company were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder holds Common Shares or Warrants (regardless of whether the Company remains a PFIC for subsequent taxable years), a U.S. Holder would be subject to different tax rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat the Company as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF Election”). As an alternative to making a QEF Election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to its Common Shares (but not with respect to Warrants), as discussed below. If the Company is a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will be subject to the PFIC rules described herein with respect to any of the Company’s Subsidiary PFICs. However, the mark-to-market election discussed below will likely not be available with respect to shares of such Subsidiary PFICs. In addition, if a U.S. Holder owns Common Shares during any taxable year that the Company is a PFIC, such U.S. Holder must file an annual report with the IRS reflecting such ownership, regardless of whether a QEF Election or a mark-to-market election had been made.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election. In general, if the Company is treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may be able to avoid the PFIC tax consequences described below in respect of its Common Shares (but not its Warrants) by making a timely and valid QEF Election (if eligible to do so) in the first taxable year in which such U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) Common Shares and the Company is classified as a PFIC. Generally, a QEF Election should be made on or before the due date for filing such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return for such taxable year.

If a U.S. Holder timely makes a QEF Election with respect to its Common Shares (such electing U.S. Holder, an “Electing Holder”), each year the Electing Holder will be required to include in its income its pro rata share of the Company’s (and any of the Company’s subsidiaries that are PFIC Subsidiaries) ordinary earnings (as ordinary income) and net capital gains (as long-term capital gain), if any, for the Company’s taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether the Company makes distributions to the Electing Holder (although an Electing Holder generally may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the qualified electing fund rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge). The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of the Company would be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that had been previously taxed would result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the Electing Holder’s Common Shares and would not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of its Common Shares, and no additional tax will be imposed under the PFIC rules.

244

A U.S. Holder would make a QEF Election with respect to any year that the Company and any Subsidiary PFICs are treated as PFICs by filing IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with its U.S. federal income tax return for such year. Once made, the QEF Election will apply to all subsequent taxable years of the Electing Holder during which it holds Common Shares, unless the Company ceases to be a PFIC or such election is revoked by the Electing Holder with the consent of the IRS. In order to comply with the QEF Election requirements, an Electing Holder must receive a PFIC annual information statement from the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable such U.S. Holder to make and maintain a QEF Election. There is also no assurance that the Company will have timely knowledge of its status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided.

It is not entirely clear how various aspects of the PFIC rules apply to the Warrants, and U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult with and rely solely upon their own tax advisors regarding the application of such rules to their Warrants in their particular circumstances. A U.S. Holder may not make a QEF Election with respect to its Warrants. As a result, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of Warrants (other than upon exercise of such Warrants), currently proposed Treasury Regulations relating to the treatment of options with respect to PFICs were finalized (or the principles therein were deemed self-executing) in their current form, and the Company were treated as a PFIC at any time during the U.S. Holder’s holding period of such Warrants, then any gain recognized by such U.S. Holder upon a sale or other disposition of such Warrants (other than upon exercise of such Warrants) may be treated as an excess distribution, taxed as described below. If a U.S. Holder that exercises its Warrants properly makes a QEF Election with respect to the newly acquired Common Shares (or has previously made a QEF Election with respect to Common Shares), the QEF Election will apply to the newly acquired Common Shares. Notwithstanding such QEF Election, the adverse tax consequences relating to PFIC shares, adjusted to take into account the current income inclusions resulting from the QEF Election, generally will continue to apply with respect to such newly acquired Common Shares (which generally will be deemed to have a holding period for purposes of the PFIC rules that includes the period the U.S. Holder held the Warrants), unless the U.S. Holder makes a purging election under the PFIC rules. Under one type of purging election, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold such shares at their fair market value, and any gain recognized on such deemed sale will be treated as an excess distribution, as described below. As a result of such purging election, the U.S. Holder will have additional basis (to the extent of any gain recognized on the deemed sale) and, solely for purposes of the PFIC rules, a new holding period in the Common Shares acquired upon the exercise of the Warrants. The application of the rules related to purging elections described above to a U.S. Holder of Warrants that already owns Common Shares is not entirely clear. U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult with and rely solely upon their own tax advisors regarding the application of the rules governing purging elections to their particular circumstances.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election. Alternatively, if the Company is treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as the Company anticipates, Common Shares are treated as “marketable stock,” a U.S. Holder that holds Common Shares at the close of such U.S. Holder’s taxable year may make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to such shares, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If made, a mark-to-market election would be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and for all subsequent taxable years, unless Common Shares cease to qualify as “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election.

If the U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) Common Shares and in which the Company is treated as a PFIC, such U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described below in respect of its Common Shares. Instead, in general, such U.S. Holder would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its Common Shares at the end of the taxable year over such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Common Shares. These amounts of ordinary income would not be eligible for the

245

favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains. Such U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of its adjusted tax basis in its Common Shares over the fair market value of its Common Shares at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. Such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its Common Shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized by such U.S. Holder on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of its Common Shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of its Common Shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. A mark-to-market election under the PFIC rules with respect to Common Shares would not apply to a Subsidiary PFIC, and a U.S. Holder would not be able to make such a mark-to-market election in respect of its indirect ownership interest in that Subsidiary PFIC. Consequently, U.S. Holders of Common Shares could be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to income of Subsidiary PFICs, the value of which already had been taken into account indirectly via mark-to-market adjustments. Special rules may apply if a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election for a taxable year after the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) its Common Shares. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to Warrants.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election. Finally, if the Company were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF Election (including a late QEF Election with a purging election described below) or a mark-to-market election for that year (a “Non-Electing Holder”) would be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any “excess distribution” (generally, the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on its Common Shares during a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder during the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for its Common Shares) and (ii) any gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of its Common Shares. Under these special rules:

• the Non-Electing Holder’s excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for its Common Shares or Warrants;

• the amount allocated to the Non-Electing Holder’s taxable year in which the Non-Electing Holder received the excess distribution or realized the gain, or to the portion of the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period prior to the first day of the Company’s taxable year for which the Company was a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income; and

• the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the Non-Electing Holder would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the Non-Electing Holder for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year (or portion thereof).

If a U.S. Holder held Common Shares during a period when the Company was treated as a PFIC, but the U.S. Holder did not have a QEF Election in effect with respect to the Company (or held Warrants during a period when the Company was treated as a PFIC that were subsequently exercised for Common Shares), then in the event that the Company did not qualify as a PFIC for a subsequent taxable year, the U.S. Holder could elect to cease to be subject to the rules described above with respect to those shares by making a “deemed sale” election with respect to its Common Shares. If the U.S. Holder makes a deemed sale election, the U.S. Holder will be treated, for purposes of applying the rules described in the preceding paragraph, as having disposed of its Common Shares for their fair market value on the last day of the last taxable year for which the Company qualified as a PFIC (the “termination date”). The U.S. Holder would increase its basis in such Common Shares by the amount of the gain on the deemed sale described in the preceding sentence, and the amount of gain would be taxed as an excess distribution. Following a deemed sale election, the U.S. Holder would not be treated, for purposes of the PFIC rules, as having owned Common Shares during a period prior to the termination date when the Company qualified as a PFIC and would not be treated as owning PFIC stock thereafter unless the Company later qualifies as a PFIC. The holding period for such stock would begin the day after the termination date for purposes of the PFIC rules.

246

THE PFIC RULES (INCLUDING THE RULES WITH RESPECT TO THE QEF ELECTION AND THE MARK-TO-MARKET ELECTION) ARE VERY COMPLEX, ARE AFFECTED BY VARIOUS FACTORS IN ADDITION TO THOSE DESCRIBED ABOVE, AND THEIR APPLICATION IS UNCERTAIN. U.S. HOLDERS ARE STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT WITH AND RELY SOLELY UPON THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE APPLICATION OF THE PFIC RULES TO THEM IN THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND ANY RESULTING TAX CONSEQUENCES.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividends paid to U.S. Holders with respect to Common Shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange, or redemption of the Company’s Securities may be subject, under certain circumstances, to information reporting and backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder that (i) is a corporation or entity that is otherwise exempt from backup withholding (which, when required, certifies as to its exempt status) or (ii) furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on IRS Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification). Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund generally may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property (including stock, securities, or cash) to the Company. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. Furthermore, certain U.S. Holders who are individuals and certain entities will be required to report information with respect to such U.S. Holder’s investment in “specified foreign financial assets” on IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets), subject to certain exceptions. An interest in the Company constitutes a specified foreign financial asset for these purposes. Persons who are required to report specified foreign financial assets and fail to do so may be subject to substantial penalties, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. U.S. Holders are urged to consult with and rely solely upon their own tax advisors regarding the foreign financial asset and other reporting obligations and their application to their ownership of the Company’s Securities.

THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS NOT A COMPREHENSIVE DISCUSSION OF ALL OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES. SUCH HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT WITH AND RELY SOLELY UPON THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF OWNING THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT (AND ANY POTENTIAL FUTURE CHANGES THERETO) OF ANY U.S. FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY INCOME TAX TREATIES.

247

MATERIAL CANADIAN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Subject to the limitations, assumptions and qualifications described herein and customary limitations, factual assumptions and qualifications in its legal opinion, it is the opinion of Burnet, Duckworth & Palmer LLP, Canadian tax counsel to the Company, that the material Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to a person who is a beneficial owner of the Company’s Securities immediately following the Business Combination (a “Holder”) with respect to the ownership and disposition of such securities and who, at all relevant times, for purposes of the ITA (i) holds the Company’s Securities as capital property, (ii) deals at arm’s length with the Company, (iii) is not affiliated with the Company, (iv) that has not entered into a “derivative forward agreement” or “synthetic disposition arrangement” (as defined in the ITA) with respect to the Company’s Securities, and (v) has not received or acquired its Company securities as compensation for its employment with Hammerhead or the Company or any of its subsidiaries or in connection with any employee stock option or executive compensation plan of Hammerhead or the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries are as described below. This discussion does not address any tax treatment of any other transactions occurring in connection with the Business Combination, including, but not limited to, the Company Amalgamation or the tax treatment of the Business Combination with respect to Hammerhead shareholders or securityholders. Generally, the Company securities will be considered to be capital property to a Holder provided the Holder does not hold the Company securities in the course of carrying on a business of trading or dealing in securities and has not acquired them in one or more transactions considered to be an adventure or concern in the nature of trade.

This summary does not apply to a Holder that obtained the Company’s Securities in exchange for Hammerhead Shares pursuant to the Business Combination. Such a Holder should refer to the description of Canadian federal income tax considerations in the Hammerhead Circular.

This summary is based upon the provisions of the ITA in force as of the date hereof, all specific proposals to amend the ITA that have been publicly announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof (the “Proposed Amendments”), the Canada-United States Tax Convention (1980) (the “Treaty”), and counsel’s understanding of the current administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) made publicly available prior to the date hereof. This summary assumes the Proposed Amendments will be enacted in the form proposed, however, no assurance can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted in the form proposed, if at all. This summary is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of the Company’s Securities and, except for the Proposed Amendments, does not take into account any changes in the law or administrative policy or assessing practice, whether by legislative, governmental or judicial action, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign tax considerations, which may differ significantly from those discussed herein.

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular Holder or prospective Holder of the Company’s Securities, and no representations with respect to the income tax consequences to any Holder or prospective Holder are made. Consequently, Holders and prospective Holders of the Company’s Securities should consult with, and rely solely upon, their own tax advisors for advice with respect to the tax consequences to them of the ownership and disposition of the Company’s Securities, having regard to their particular circumstances.

Currency Conversion

Generally, for purposes of the ITA, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of the Company’s Securities must be converted into Canadian dollars based on the rate of exchange quoted by the Bank of Canada on the date such amount arose, or such other rate of exchange as may be acceptable to the CRA. The amount of dividends, if any, required to be included in the income of, and capital gains or capital losses realized by, a Holder may be affected by fluctuations in the Canadian / U.S. dollar exchange rate.

248

Exercise of Warrants

No gain or loss will be realized by a Holder upon the exercise of a Warrant to acquire a Common Share. When a Warrant is exercised, the Holder’s cost of the Common Share acquired thereby will be the aggregate of the Holder’s adjusted cost base of such Warrant and the exercise price paid for the Common Share. The Holder’s adjusted cost base of the Common Share so acquired will be determined by averaging such cost with the adjusted cost base to the Holder of all other Common Shares owned by the Holder as capital property at that time.

Holders Resident in Canada

This portion of the summary generally applies to a Holder who, at all relevant times, for purposes of the ITA, is or is deemed to be resident in Canada (a “Canadian Holder”). Certain Canadian Holders of Common Shares who might not otherwise be considered to hold their Common Shares as capital property may, in certain circumstances, be entitled to have the Common Shares, and all other “Canadian securities” (as defined in the ITA) owned by such Holders in the taxation year of the election and any subsequent taxation year, treated as capital property by making the irrevocable election permitted by subsection 39(4) of the ITA. This election is not available in respect of Warrants. Canadian Holders should consult with, and rely solely upon, their own tax advisors regarding this election.

This portion of the summary is not applicable to a Canadian Holder (i) that is a “financial institution” (as defined in the ITA for the purposes of the mark-to-market rules), (ii) that is a “specified financial institution” (as defined in the ITA), (iii) an interest in which is, or for whom the Company securities would be, a “tax shelter investment” (as defined in the ITA), (iv) that has elected to report its “Canadian tax results” (as defined in the ITA) in a currency other than Canadian currency, or (v) that is a corporation resident in Canada and is or becomes (or does not deal at arm’s length within the meaning of the ITA with a corporation resident in Canada that is or becomes), as part of a transaction or event or series of transactions or events that includes the acquisition of the Company’s Securities, controlled by a non-resident person (or a group of such persons that do not deal at arm’s length) for purposes of section 212.3 of the ITA. Any such Holder should consult with, and rely solely upon, its own tax advisor with respect to an investment in the Company’s Securities. In addition, this summary does not address the deductibility of interest by a Holder who has borrowed money or otherwise incurred debt in connection with the acquisition of the Company’s Securities.

Taxation of Canadian Holders of Warrants

Expiry of Warrants

In the event of the expiry of an unexercised Warrant, a Canadian Holder generally will realize a capital loss equal to the Canadian Holder’s adjusted cost base of such Warrant. The tax treatment of capital gains and capital losses is discussed in greater detail below under the heading “Holders Resident in Canada—Taxation of Canadian Holders of Common Shares—Taxation of Capital Gains and Capital Losses.”

Dispositions of Warrants

Upon a disposition (or a deemed disposition) of a Warrant (other than on the exercise thereof), a Canadian Holder generally will realize a capital gain (or a capital loss) equal to the amount by which the proceeds of disposition of the Warrant, net of any reasonable costs of disposition, are greater (or are less) than the adjusted cost base of such Warrant, to the Canadian Holder. The tax treatment of capital gains and capital losses is discussed in greater detail below under the heading “Holders Resident in Canada—Taxation of Canadian Holders of Common Shares—Taxation of Capital Gains and Capital Losses.”

Taxation of Canadian Holders of Common Shares

Dividends on Common Shares

Dividends received or deemed to be received on Common Shares held by a Canadian Holder will be included in the Canadian Holder’s income for the purposes of the ITA.

249

Such dividends received by a Canadian Holder that is an individual (other than certain trusts) will be subject to the gross-up and dividend tax credit rules in the ITA normally applicable to dividends received from taxable Canadian corporations, including the enhanced gross-up and dividend tax credit in respect of dividends designated by the Company as “eligible dividends.” There may be limitations on the ability of the Company to designate dividends as eligible dividends.

Taxable dividends received by a Canadian Holder who is an individual (other than certain trusts) may result in such Canadian Holder being liable for alternative minimum tax under the ITA. Canadian Holders who are individuals should consult with, and rely solely upon, their own tax advisors in this regard.

A Canadian Holder that is a corporation will include such dividends in computing its income and generally will be entitled to deduct the amount of such dividends in computing its taxable income. In certain circumstances, subsection 55(2) of the ITA will treat a taxable dividend received or deemed to be received by a Canadian Holder that is a corporation as proceeds of disposition or a capital gain. A Canadian Holder that is a “private corporation” or a “subject corporation” (each as defined in the ITA) may be liable under Part IV of the ITA to pay a refundable tax on dividends received or deemed to be received on the Common Shares to the extent such dividends are deductible in computing the Canadian Holder’s taxable income.

Disposition of Common Shares

A disposition or a deemed disposition of a Common Share by a Canadian Holder (other than to the Company, unless purchased by the Company in the open market in the manner in which shares are normally purchased by any member of the public in the open market) will generally result in the Canadian Holder realizing a capital gain (or a capital loss) equal to the amount by which the proceeds of disposition of the Common Share exceed (or are less than) the aggregate of the adjusted cost base to the Canadian Holder thereof and any reasonable costs of disposition. Such capital gain (or capital loss) will be subject to the tax treatment described below under “Holders Resident in Canada—Taxation of Canadian Holders of Common Shares—Taxation of Capital Gains and Capital Losses.”

Taxation of Capital Gains and Capital Losses

Generally, one-half of any capital gain (a “taxable capital gain”) realized by a Canadian Holder in a taxation year must be included in the Canadian Holder’s income for the year, and one-half of any capital loss (an “allowable capital loss”) realized by a Canadian Holder in a taxation year must be deducted from taxable capital gains realized by the Canadian Holder in that year. Allowable capital losses in excess of taxable capital gains realized in a taxation year generally may be carried back and deducted in any of the three preceding taxation years or carried forward and deducted in any subsequent taxation year against net taxable capital gains realized in such years, to the extent and under the circumstances described in the ITA.

The amount of any capital loss realized by a Canadian Holder that is a corporation on the disposition of a Common Share may be reduced by the amount of dividends received or deemed to be received by it on such Common Share (or on a share for which the Common Share has been substituted) to the extent and under the circumstances described by the ITA. Similar rules may apply where a Canadian Holder that is a corporation is a member of a partnership or a beneficiary of a trust that owns Common Shares, directly or indirectly, through a partnership or a trust. Canadian Holders to whom these rules may be relevant should consult with, and rely solely upon, their own tax advisors.

A Canadian Holder that is, throughout the relevant taxation year, a “Canadian-controlled private corporation,” as defined in the ITA, or a “substantive CCPC” (as proposed to be defined in the ITA as announced in the April 7, 2022 federal budget) may be liable to pay a refundable tax on its “aggregate investment income,” which is defined in the ITA to include taxable capital gains.

250

Capital gains realized by an individual (including certain trusts) may give rise to liability for alternative minimum tax as calculated under the detailed rules set out in the ITA. Canadian Holders who are individuals should consult with, and rely solely upon, their own tax advisors in this regard.

Eligibility for Investment

Based on the current provisions of the ITA and subject to the provisions of any particular plan, provided that (i) the Common Shares are listed on a “designated stock exchange,” within the meaning of the ITA (which currently includes the NASDAQ), or the Company is otherwise a “public corporation” (other than a “mortgage investment corporation”) for purposes of the ITA, and (ii) in the case of Warrants, neither the Company nor any person with whom the Company does not deal at arm’s length, is an annuitant, a beneficiary, an employer or a subscriber under or a holder of a RRSP, RRIF, RDSP, RESP, TFSA, or DPSP (each as defined below), the Company’s Securities will be, at such time “qualified investments” under the ITA for a trust governed by a registered retirement savings plan (“RRSP”), a registered retirement income fund (“RRIF”), a registered disability savings plan (“RDSP”), a registered education savings plan (“RESP”), a tax-free savings account (“TFSA”) or a deferred profit sharing plan (“DPSP”), each as defined in the ITA.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company’s Securities are “prohibited investments,” within the meaning of the ITA, for a particular RRSP, RRIF, RDSP, RESP or TFSA, the annuitant of the RRSP or RRIF, the holder of the TFSA or RDSP, or the subscriber of the RESP, as the case may be, will be subject to a penalty tax under the ITA. The Company’s Securities will generally be a “prohibited investment” for these purposes if the annuitant under the RRSP or RRIF, the holder of the TFSA or RDSP, or the subscriber of the RESP, as applicable, (i) does not deal at arm’s length with the Company for purposes of the ITA, or (ii) has a “significant interest,” as defined in the ITA, in the Company. In addition, the Common Shares will generally not be a “prohibited investment” if the Common Shares are “excluded property” for purposes of the prohibited investment rules for an RRSP, RRIF, RDSP, RESP or TFSA. Annuitants under RRSPs or RRIFs, holders of TFSAs or RDSPs, and subscribers of RESPs should consult with, and rely solely upon, their own tax advisors as to whether the Common Shares will be prohibited investments in their particular circumstances.

Based on Proposed Amendments released on August 9, 2022 to implement tax measures applicable to first home savings accounts (“FHSAs”) first proposed by the 2022 Federal Budget (Canada), FHSAs would be subject to the rules described above for RRSPs, RRIFs, RDSPs, RESPs, TFSAs, and DPSPs for purposes of the ITA (such amendments are referred to as the “FHSA Amendments”). In particular, pursuant to the FHSA Amendments, it is expected that the Company’s Securities will be qualified investments for an FHSA provided the conditions discussed above in relation to RRSPs, RRIFs, RDSPs, RESPs, TFSAs, and DPSPs are satisfied. In addition, the rules in respect of a “prohibited investment” are also proposed to apply to FHSAs and the beneficiaries thereof. The FHSA Amendments are proposed to come into force on January 1, 2023.

Holders Not Resident in Canada

This portion of the summary is generally applicable to a Holder who, at all relevant times, for purposes of the ITA (i) is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada, (ii) does not, and is not deemed to, use or hold the Company’s Securities in, or in the course of carrying on, a business carried on in Canada, (iii) does not have a “permanent establishment” or “fixed base” in Canada, (iv) is not a person who carries on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere, and (v) is not an “authorized foreign bank” (as defined in the ITA) (a “Non-Canadian Holder”).

Taxation of Non-Canadian Holders of Warrants

Dispositions of Warrants

On a disposition of a Warrant (other than on the acquisition of a Common Share pursuant to the terms of Warrants, as discussed above), a Non-Canadian Holder will not be subject to tax under the ITA in respect of any

251

capital gain realized by such Non-Canadian Holder unless the Warrant constitutes “taxable Canadian property” (as defined in the ITA) of the Non-Canadian Holder at the time of disposition and the Non-Canadian Holder is not entitled to relief under an applicable income tax convention.

Generally, provided the Common Shares are listed on a designated stock exchange at the time of the disposition of a Warrant, the Warrant will not constitute taxable Canadian property of a Non-Canadian Holder at such time unless, at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition of the Warrant, the following conditions are satisfied concurrently (the “TCP Conditions”): (i) (a) the Non-Canadian Holder, (b) persons with whom the Non-Canadian Holder did not deal at arm’s length, (c) partnerships in which the Non-Canadian Holder or a person described in (b) holds a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, or (d) any combination of the persons and partnerships described in (a) through (c), owned 25% or more of the issued shares of any class or series of the capital stock of the Company, and (ii) more than 50% of the fair market value of the Common Shares was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of real or immovable property situated in Canada, “Canadian resource properties” (as defined in the ITA), “timber resource properties” (as defined in the ITA), and options in respect of, or interests in or for civil law rights in, any such properties whether or not the properties exist. A Warrant may also be deemed to be taxable Canadian property in certain other circumstances.

A Non-Canadian Holder that disposes of, or is deemed to have disposed of, a Warrant that constitutes “taxable Canadian property” and is not entitled to relief under an applicable income tax convention will generally be subject to the same tax consequences described above under “Holders Resident in Canada—Taxation of Canadian Holders of Common Shares—Taxation of Capital Gains and Capital Losses.”

A Non-Canadian Holder contemplating a disposition of Warrants that may constitute taxable Canadian property should consult with, and rely solely upon, its tax advisor prior to such disposition.

Taxation of Non-Canadian Holders of Common Shares

Dividends on Common Shares

Any dividends paid or credited, or deemed to be paid or credited, on the Common Shares to a Non-Canadian Holder will be subject to Canadian withholding tax at the rate of 25% of the gross amount of the dividend unless the rate is reduced under the provisions of an applicable income tax convention, which the Non-Canadian Holder is entitled to the benefits of, between Canada and the Non-Canadian Holder’s country of residence. For instance, where the Non-Canadian Holder is a resident of the United States that is entitled to full benefits under the Treaty, and is the beneficial owner of the dividends, the rate of Canadian withholding tax applicable to dividends is generally reduced to 15%.

Disposition of Common Shares

On a disposition of a Common Share (other than to the Company, unless purchased by the Company in the open market in the manner in which shares are normally purchased by any member of the public in the open market) a Non-Canadian Holder will not be subject to tax under the ITA in respect of any capital gain realized by such Non-Canadian Holder, unless the Common Shares constitute “taxable Canadian property” (as defined in the ITA) of the Non-Canadian Holder at the time of disposition and the Non-Canadian Holder is not entitled to relief under an applicable income tax convention.

Generally, provided the Common Shares are listed on a designated stock exchange (which currently includes the NASDAQ) at the time of the disposition by a Non-Canadian Holder, the Common Shares will not constitute taxable Canadian property of such Non-Canadian Holder at such time unless, at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition of the Common Share, the TCP Conditions (described above under “Holders Not Resident in Canada—Taxation of Non-Canadian Holders of Warrants—Dispositions of Warrants”) are met. A Common Share may also be deemed to be taxable Canadian property in certain other circumstances.

252

In the case of a Non-Canadian Holder that is: (i) a resident of the United States for purposes of the Treaty, and (ii) fully entitled to the benefits of the Treaty, any capital gain realized by the Non-Canadian Holder on a disposition of a Common Share that would otherwise be subject to tax under the ITA will generally be exempt from Canadian income tax pursuant to the Treaty provided that the value of the Common Share is not derived principally from real property situated in Canada (within the meaning of the Treaty) at the time of the disposition.

A Non-Canadian Holder that disposes of, or is deemed to have disposed of, a Common Share that constitutes “taxable Canadian property” and is not entitled to relief under an applicable income tax convention will generally be subject to the same tax consequences described above under “Holders Resident in Canada—Taxation of Canadian Holders of Common Shares—Taxation of Capital Gains and Capital Losses.”

A Non-Canadian Holder contemplating a disposition of Common Shares that may constitute taxable Canadian property should consult a tax advisor prior to such disposition.

253

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The Selling Securityholders, which as used here includes donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors-in-interest selling Warrants, Common Shares or interests in Common Shares received after the date of this prospectus from a Selling Securityholder as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other transfer, may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of their Warrants, Common Shares or interests in Common Shares on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the Warrants or Shares are traded or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices.

The Selling Securityholders may use any one or more of the following methods when disposing of Warrants, Common Shares or interests therein:

• ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

• block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent, but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

• purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for their account;

• an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

• privately negotiated transactions;

• short sales effected after the date the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC;

• through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

• broker-dealers may agree with the Selling Securityholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

• a combination of any such methods of sale; and

• any other method permitted by applicable law.

The Selling Securityholders may, from time to time, pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the Warrants or Common Shares owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the Warrants or Common Shares, from time to time, under this prospectus, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of Selling Securityholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as Selling Securityholders under this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders also may transfer the Warrants or Common Shares in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

In connection with the sale of our Warrants, Common Shares or interests therein, the Selling Securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Warrants or Common Shares in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholders may also sell Warrants or Common Shares short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the Warrants or Common Shares to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The Selling Securityholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of Warrants or Common Shares offered by this prospectus, which Warrants or Common Shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

254

Each of the Selling Securityholders reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of Warrants or Common Shares to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from this offering. Upon any exercise of the Warrants by payment of cash, however, we will receive the exercise price of the Warrants.

The Selling Securityholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents that participate in the sale of the Common Shares or interests therein may be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act.

Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of the Common Shares may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Selling securityholders who are “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

In addition, a Selling Securityholder that is an entity may elect to make a pro rata in-kind distribution of securities to its members, partners or stockholders pursuant to the Registration Statement by delivering a prospectus with a plan of distribution. Such members, partners or stockholders would thereby receive freely tradeable securities pursuant to the distribution through a registration statement.

To the extent required, the Warrants or Common Shares to be sold, the names of the Selling Securityholders, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agents, dealer or underwriter, any applicable commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement.

In order to comply with the securities laws of some states, if applicable, the Warrants or Common Shares may be sold in these jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the Warrants or Common Shares may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification requirements is available and is complied with.

We have advised the Selling Securityholders that the anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of Warrants or Common Shares in the market and to the activities of the Selling Securityholders and their affiliates. In addition, to the extent applicable we will make copies of this prospectus (as it may be supplemented or amended from time to time) available to the Selling Securityholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The Selling Securityholders may indemnify any broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving the sale of the shares against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

We have agreed to indemnify the Selling Securityholders against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and state securities laws, relating to the registration of the Warrants or Common Shares offered by this prospectus.

We have agreed with the Selling Securityholders to keep the Registration Statement effective until all of the shares covered by this prospectus have been disposed of pursuant to and in accordance with the Registration Statement or the securities have been withdrawn.

255

EXPENSES RELATED TO THE OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses that are expected to be incurred by us in connection with the offer and sale of the Common Shares and Warrants by the Selling Securityholders. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, all amounts are estimates.

	U.S. Dollar
SEC Registration Fee	$	127,732.41
Legal Fees and Expenses	$	150,000.00
Accounting Fees and Expenses	$	12,000.00
Printing Expenses	$	10,000.00
Miscellaneous Expenses	$	40,000.00
Total	$	339,732.41

256

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters relating to U.S. law will be passed upon for us by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York. Certain Canadian legal matters, including the legality of the Common Shares, will be passed upon for us by Burnet, Duckworth & Palmer LLP, Calgary, Alberta, Canada.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of DCRD as of December 31, 2021, and for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021, appearing in this prospectus have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The offices of WithumSmith+Brown, PC are located at 1411 Broadway 9th floor, New York, NY 10018.

The consolidated financial statements of Hammerhead as at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for the years then ended, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Ernst and Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Ernst and Young LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, 2200 – 215 2nd Street S.W., Calgary, Alberta T2P 1M4 are the auditors of the Company.

The NI 51-101 Reports as to the reserves of Hammerhead as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively were prepared by McDaniel & Associates Consultants Ltd., independent qualified reserves evaluator of Hammerhead. McDaniel & Associates Consultants Ltd. also compiled three reports as to the reserves of Hammerhead as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which were prepared in accordance with guidelines specified in Item 1202(a)(8) of Regulation S-K and in conformity with Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X, and are to be used for inclusion in certain filings of the SEC; such reports are filed as Exhibits 99.1, 99.2 and 99.3 to the Registration Statement. The offices of McDaniel & Associates Consultants Ltd. are located at 2000, 525 – 8^th Avenue SW, Calgary, AB T2P 1G1.

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER U.S. SECURITIES LAWS

The Company is a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Alberta. Other than Robert Tichio, Jesal Shah, Jim McDermott and Bryan Begley, all of the Company’s directors and executive officers reside outside the United States. The majority of the Company’s assets and the assets of those non-resident persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon the Company or those persons or to enforce against the Company or them, either inside or outside the United States, judgments obtained in U.S. courts, or to enforce in U.S. courts, judgments obtained against them in courts in jurisdictions outside the United States, in any action predicated upon civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or other laws of the United States.

The Company has appointed CT Corporation System as its agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against the Company under the laws of the United States arising out of this offering or any purchase or sale of securities in connection with this offering. In addition, investors should not assume that the courts of Canada (i) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against the Company, its officers or directors, or other said persons, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or other laws of the United States or (ii) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against

257

the Company or such directors, officers or experts predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States or other laws of the United States. In addition, there is doubt as to the applicability of the civil liability provisions of federal securities laws of the United States to original actions instituted in Canada. It may be difficult for an investor, or any other person or entity, to assert U.S. securities laws claims in original actions instituted in Canada.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement on Form F-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Shares and Warrants offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the Registration Statement. For further information pertaining to us and our securities, you should refer to the Registration Statement and our exhibits.

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to their purchase and sale of our Common Shares. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

We will send our transfer agent a copy of all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports, communications and information that are made generally available to shareholders. The transfer agent has agreed to mail to all shareholders a notice containing the information (or a summary of the information) contained in any notice of a meeting of our shareholders received by the transfer agent and will make available to all shareholders such notices and all such other reports and communications received by the transfer agent.

258

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

	Page
Unaudited Financial Statements of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV
Condensed Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2022 (unaudited) and December 31, 2021		F-2
Condensed Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021 (unaudited), the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022 and for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through September 30, 2021 (unaudited)		F-3
Condensed Statements of Changes in Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022 (unaudited), and the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through September 30, 2021 (unaudited)		F-4
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022 and for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through September 30, 2021 (unaudited)		F-5
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements		F-6
Audited Financial Statements of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-23
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2021		F-24
Statement of Operations for the period from February  22, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021		F-25
Statement of Changes in Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption and Shareholders’ Deficit for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021		F-26
Statement of Cash Flows for the period from February  22, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021		F-27
Notes to Financial Statements		F-28
Audited Financial Statements of Hammerhead Resources Inc.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-44
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020		F-45
Consolidated Statements of Profit (Loss) and Comprehensive Profit (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020		F-46
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020		F-47
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2021 and December 31, 2020		F-48
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-49
Unaudited Financial Statements of Hammerhead Resources Inc.
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Financial Position (Unaudited) as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021		F-85
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Profit (Loss) and Comprehensive Profit (Loss) (Unaudited) for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021		F-86
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Unaudited) for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021		F-87
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021		F-88
Notes to the Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) as at and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021		F-89

F-1

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Condensed Financial Statements

DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION IV

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

	September 30, 2022 (unaudited)			December 31, 2021
ASSETS
Cash	$	—		$	55,752
Prepaid insurance		533,642			678,673
Total current assets		533,642			734,425
Marketable securities held in Trust Account		321,345,066			319,421,010
Prepaid insurance, long-term portion		—			362,580
Total Assets	$	321,878,708		$	320,518,015
LIABILITIES, ORDINARY SHARES SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE REDEMPTION, AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	511,410		$	59,454
Due to related party		1,656,022			283,657
Accrued expenses		10,321,631			5,729,184
Total current liabilities		12,489,063			6,072,295
Deferred underwriting fees payable		11,068,750			11,068,750
Derivative warrant liabilities		15,663,670			27,361,759
Total liabilities		39,221,483			44,502,804
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 5)
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 31,625,000 shares at $10.16 and $10.10 per share redemption value as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively		321,245,066			319,412,500
Shareholders’ Deficit
Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding		—			—
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding (excluding 31,625,000 shares subject to possible redemption)		—			—
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 7,906,250 shares issued and outstanding		791			791
Additional paid-in capital		—			—
Accumulated deficit		(38,588,632	)		(43,398,080	)
Total shareholders’ deficit		(38,587,841	)		(43,397,289	)
Total Liabilities, Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption, and Shareholders’ Deficit	$	321,878,708		$	320,518,015

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-2

DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION IV

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

	For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2022			For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2021			For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022			For the period from February 22, 2021 (Inception) Through September 30, 2021
Formation and operating costs		3,475,847			574,351			6,980,131			1,101,866
Loss from operations		(3,475,847	)		(574,351	)		(6,980,131	)		(1,101,866	)
Other Income:
Gain (loss) on fair value of derivative warrant liabilities		(9,931,823	)		(10,987,689	)		11,698,089			(10,987,689	)
Interest income		1,444,322			2,453			1,924,055			2,453
Transaction costs allocation to derivative warrant liabilities		—			(1,382,307	)		—			(1,382,307	)
Net income (loss)	$	(11,963,348	)	$	(12,941,894	)	$	6,642,013		$	(13,469,409	)
Weighted average Class A ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted		31,625,000			16,843,750			31,625,000			7,011,878
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per Class A ordinary share	$	(0.30	)	$	(0.53	)	$	0.17		$	(0.95	)
Weighted average Class B ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted		7,906,250			7,424,253			7,906,250			7,103,648
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per Class B ordinary share	$	(0.30	)	$	(0.53	)	$	0.17		$	(0.95	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements

F-3

DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION IV

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN ORDINARY SHARES SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE REDEMPTION AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

	Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption				Ordinary Shares				Additional Paid-In Capital		Accumulated Deficit			Total Shareholders’ Deficit
	Class A				Class B
	Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount
Balance as of January 1, 2022		31,625,000	$	319,412,500		7,906,250	$	791	$	—	$	(43,398,079	)	$	(43,397,289	)
Net income		—		—		—		—		—		9,732,960			9,732,960
Balance as of March 31, 2022 (unaudited)		31,625,000		319,412,500		7,906,250		791		—		(33,665,119	)		(33,664,328	)
Accretion of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption		—		388,244		—		—		—		(388,244	)		(388,244	)
Net income		—		—		—		—		—		8,872,401			8,872,401
Balance as of June 30, 2022 (unaudited)		31,625,000	$	319,800,744		7,906,250	$	791	$	—	$	(25,180,962	)	$	(25,180,171	)
Accretion of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption		—		1,444,322		—		—		—		(1,444,322	)		(1,444,322	)
Net loss		—		—		—		—		—		(11,963,348	)		(11,963,348	)
Balance as of September 30, 2022 (unaudited)		31,625,000	$	321,245,066		7,906,250	$	791	$	—	$	(38,588,632	)	$	(38,587,841	)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

AND THE PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 22, 2021 (INCEPTION)

THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

(UNAUDITED)

	Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption				Ordinary Shares				Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
	Class A				Class B
	Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount
Balance as of February 22, 2021		—	$	—		—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—
Issuance of ordinary shares to sponsor		—		—		7,906,250		791		24,209			—			25,000
Net loss		—		—		—		—		—			(19,993	)		(19,993	)
Balance as of March 31, 2021 (unaudited)		—		—		7,906,250		791		24,209			(19,993	)		5,007
Net loss		—		—		—		—		—			(507,522	)		(507,522	)
Balance as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited)		—	$	—		7,906,250	$	791	$	24,209		$	(527,515	)	$	(502,515	)
Sale of Class A ordinary shares, net of transaction costs		31,625,000		275,828,487		—		—		—			—			—
Accretion of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption		—		43,584,013		—		—		(24,209	)		(43,559,804	)		(43,584,013	)
Net loss		—		—		—		—		—			(12,941,894	)		(12,941,894	)
Balance as of September 30, 2021 (unaudited)		31,625,000	$	319,412,500		7,906,250	$	791	$	—		$	(57,029,213	)	$	(57,028,422	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements

F-4

DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION IV

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

	For the nine months ended September 30, 2022			For the period from February 22, 2021 (Inception) through September 30, 2021
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$	6,642,013		$	(13,469,409	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:
Income from marketable securities held in Trust Account		(1,924,056	)		(2,453	)
Transaction costs allocated to derivative warrant liabilities		—			1,382,307
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities		(11,698,089	)		10,987,689
Formation and operating costs funded through issuance of ordinary shares to the Sponsor		—			15,930
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid insurance		507,611			(1,203,245	)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		5,044,403			519,638
Net cash used in operating activities		(1,428,118	)		(1,769,543	)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Investment of cash into Trust Account		—			(319,412,500	)
Net cash used in investing activities		—			(319,412,500	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Proceeds from note payable and advances from related party		1,428,118			300,000
Repayment of note payable and advances from related party		(55,752	)		(300,000	)
Proceeds from sale of Class A ordinary shares, net of transaction costs		—			309,233,680
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants		—			12,737,500
Net cash used in financing activities		1,372,366			321,971,180
Net decrease in cash		(55,752	)		789,137
Cash — beginning of period		55,752			—
Cash — end of period	$	—		$	789,137
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
Deferred underwriting fees payable	$	11,068,750		$	11,068,750

F-5

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations

Organization and General

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV (the “Company”) was incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on February 22, 2021. The Company was incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or similar business combination with one or more businesses that the Company has identified (the “Initial Business Combination”). The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act”, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”).

As of September 30, 2022, the Company had not yet commenced operations. All activity for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through September 30, 2022 relates to the Company’s formation, and the initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering” or “IPO”), which is described below, and Post IPO activities. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

On August 13, 2021, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 31,625,000 units (the “Units”), including 4,125,000 Units sold pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Units to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Units”). The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $316,250,000, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company completed the private sale of 12,737,500 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a purchase price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant (the “Private Placement”), to Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor IV LLC (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds to the Company of $12,737,500, which is described in Note 4. The initial fair value of the private warrants issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering includes $7.6 million in excess fair value over the warrant price which is reflected as a loss and included gain (loss) on fair value of derivative warrant liabilities in the statement of operations during 2021.

Transaction costs amounted to $18,055,070, including $11,068,750 in deferred underwriting fees, $6,325,000 in upfront underwriting fees, and $661,320 in other offering costs related to the Initial Public Offering.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on August 13, 2021, an amount of $319,412,500 ($10.10 per Unit) of the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement in a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee (the “Trust Account”). Except with respect to interest earned on the funds in the Trust Account that may be released to the Company to pay its taxes, the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account will not be released until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account proceeds as described below. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses.

The Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay taxes, if any, none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, included in the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering (the “Public Shares”) that have

F-6

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

been properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of such Public Shares if it does not complete the Initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; and (iii) the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (subject to the requirements of law). The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public shareholders.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating an Initial Business Combination. The Initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an Initial Business Combination.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an Initial Business Combination, will either (i) seek shareholder approval of the Initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which shareholders may seek to redeem their Public Shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Initial Business Combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable, or (ii) provide shareholders with the opportunity to sell their Public Shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of the Initial Business Combination or will allow shareholders to sell their Public Shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek shareholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under NASDAQ rules. If the Company seeks shareholder approval, it will complete its Initial Business Combination only if a majority of the ordinary shares that are voted are voted in favor of the Initial Business Combination. However, in no event will the Company redeem its Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In such case, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its Public Shares and the related Initial Business Combination, and instead may search for an alternate Initial Business Combination.

If the Company holds a shareholder vote or there is a tender offer for shares in connection with an Initial Business Combination, a public shareholder will have the right to redeem its shares for an amount in cash equal to its pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable. As a result, such Public Shares were recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity” (“ASC 480”).

Pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association if the Company is unable to complete the Initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as

F-7

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned and not previously released to pay the Company’s taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. The Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors will not be entitled to rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares (as defined below) held by them if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within 18 months of the closing of the Initial Public Offering. However, if the Sponsor or any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates acquired Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such shares if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within the prescribed time period.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company after an Initial Business Combination, the Company’s shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares, if any, having preference over the ordinary shares. The Company’s shareholders have no pre-emptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that the Company will provide its shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, upon the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. These financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Business Combination Agreement

On September 25, 2022, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with Hammerhead Resources Inc., an Alberta corporation (“Hammerhead”), Hammerhead Energy Inc., an Alberta corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Hammerhead (“NewCo”), and 2453729 Alberta ULC, an Alberta unlimited liability corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“AmalCo”). Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, (i) the Company will transfer by way of continuation from the Cayman Islands to Alberta in accordance with the Cayman Islands Companies Act and domesticate as an Alberta corporation in accordance with the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) (the “ABCA”) (the “Domestication”), (ii) the Company will amalgamate with NewCo (the “SPAC Amalgamation”) to form one corporate entity (“New SPAC”) and NewCo will survive the SPAC Amalgamation as “New SPAC” in accordance with the terms of a Plan of Arrangement (the “Plan of Arrangement”) and (iii) Hammerhead will amalgamate with AmalCo (the “Company Amalgamation” and together with the SPAC Amalgamation, the “Amalgamations”) to form a wholly owned subsidiary of New SPAC in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Arrangement. The Amalgamations, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Plan of Arrangement and all other agreements, certificates and instruments entered

F-8

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

into in connection therewith, are referred to herein as the “Proposed Transactions.” Hammerhead is an oil and natural gas exploration, development and production company. Hammerhead’s reserves, producing properties and exploration prospects are located in the province of Alberta in the Deep Basin of West Central Alberta where it is developing multi-zone, liquids-rich oil and gas plays. Affiliates of Riverstone Holdings LLC, which is affiliated with the Sponsor collectively own approximately 83% of the common shares of Hammerhead (on an as-converted basis) and two members of the board of directors of Hammerhead are affiliates of Riverstone Holdings LLC. The board of directors of the Company and the board of directors of Hammerhead each formed special committees to review and approve the Proposed Transactions. Refer to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on September 26, 2022 for additional information regarding the Proposed Transactions.

Liquidity and Going Concern

As of September 30, 2022, the Company had no cash on hand and a working capital deficit of $11,955,421. The net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement Warrants (as described in Notes 3 and 4). Proceeds from the Initial Public Offering that were intended for working capital and other corporate activities have been fully utilized. Those funds were used in the payment of existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Initial Business Combination. The Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, provide the Company Working Capital Loans (See Note 4) to cover working capital needs until the consummation of an Initial Business Combination, up to $1.5 million of which can be converted into New SPAC Warrants at the price of $1.00 per warrant.

The Company has incurred, and expects to incur, additional significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans, including its Initial Business Combination. In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 205-40, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern,” management has determined that that the Company has access to funds from the Sponsor and the Sponsor has the financial ability to provide such funds, that are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of the Company until the earlier of the consummation of the Initial Business Combination and one year from the date of issuance of these financial statements. However, management has determined that if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination by February 13, 2023, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The date for mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after this date. The Company intends to complete an Initial Business Combination before the mandatory liquidation date.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim information and in accordance with the instructions to Form F-4 and Article 8 of Regulation S-X of the SEC. Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial reporting.

F-9

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for a comprehensive presentation of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, operating results and cash flows for the periods presented. The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. The interim results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2022 or for any future periods.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not hold any cash or cash equivalents, outside of the funds held in the Trust Account, as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in marketable securities and recorded at fair value on the condensed balance sheets.

Ordinary shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Public Shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC 480. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights

F-10

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares is classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Public Shares feature contains certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Public Shares subject to possible redemption are classified as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s balance sheet. Accordingly, as of September 30, 2022, 31,625,000 Public Shares subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s balance sheet.

Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares is classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Public Shares feature contains certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Public Shares subject to possible redemption are classified as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s balance sheet. Accordingly, as of September 30, 2022, 31,625,000 Public Shares subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s balance sheet.

The Public Shares subject to possible redemption are subject to the subsequent measurement guidance in ASC 480-10-S99. Under such guidance, the Company must subsequently measure the shares to their redemption amount because, as a result of the allocation of net proceeds to transaction costs, the initial carrying amount of the ordinary shares is less than $10.10 per share. In accordance with the guidance, the Company has elected to measure the ordinary shares subject to possible redemption to their redemption amount (i.e., $10.10 per share) immediately as if the end of the first reporting period after the Initial Public Offering, August 13, 2021, was the redemption date. Such changes are reflected in additional paid-in capital, or in the absence of additional paid-in capital, in accumulated deficit. The Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption reflected on the balance sheet as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds	$	316,250,000
Less:
Deferred underwriting fees and other offering costs		(16,672,763	)
Proceeds allocated to public warrants		(23,718,750	)
Plus:
Total accretion of carrying value to redemption value		43,554,013
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2021	$	319,412,500
Accretion of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption		—
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption at March 31, 2022	$	319,412,500
Accretion of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption		388,244
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption at June 30, 2022	$	319,800,744
Accretion of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption		1,444,322
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption at September 30, 2022	$	321,245,066

F-11

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding during the period, excluding ordinary shares subject to forfeiture, plus, to the extent dilutive, the incremental number of ordinary shares to settle Warrants (as defined below), as calculated using the treasury share method.

At September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method. Since the exercise of Warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events, diluted loss per ordinary share is the same as basic loss per ordinary share for the periods presented.

The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as “Class A Ordinary shares” and “Class B Ordinary shares” or “Founder Shares.” Earnings are shared pro rata between the two classes of shares as long as an Initial Business Combination is consummated. Accretion associated with the redeemable Class A ordinary shares is excluded from earnings (loss) per share as the redemption value approximates fair value.

A reconciliation of the net income (loss) per ordinary share is as follows:

	For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2022			For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2021			For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022		For the period from February 22 2021 (Inception) Through September 30, 2021
Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares
Numerator: Net income (loss) allocable to Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares	$	(9,570,678	)	$	(8,982,611	)	$	5,313,610	$	(6,690,920	)
Denominator: Weighted Average Share Outstanding, Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares		31,625,000			16,843,750			31,625,000		7,011,878
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, Class A subject to possible redemption	$	(0.30	)	$	(0.53	)	$	0.17	$	(0.95	)
Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares
Numerator: Net income (loss) allocable to non-redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares	$	(2,392,670	)	$	(3,959,283	)	$	1,328,403	$	(6,778,489	)
Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares		7,906,250			7,424,253			7,906,250		7,103,648
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, Class B non redeemable ordinary shares	$	(0.30	)	$	(0.53	)	$	0.17	$	(0.95	)

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and trust accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation coverage limits of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

F-12

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under the FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature, other than the derivative warrant liabilities (see Note 8).

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

• Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

• Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

• Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgement. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, and other costs incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering and were charged to temporary equity and net income upon completion of the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs were $18,055,070 for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021. Approximately $1,382,307 of this amount was allocated to warrant liabilities, and the remaining was allocated to the Class A ordinary shares. At September 30, 2022, there were $11,068,750 of deferred underwriting fees payable classified as long term liabilities, as their liquidation is not reasonably expected to require the use of current assets or require the creation of current liabilities.

F-13

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Income Taxes

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception. There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman federal income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

Recent Accounting Standards

The Company’s management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying condensed financial statements. 

Note 3 — Public Offering

In the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 31,625,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit, including 4,125,000 Over-Allotment Units. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A ordinary shares at an exercise price of $11.50 per share.

Note 4 — Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On February 24, 2021, the Company issued 10,062,500 Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value of the Company (“Founder Shares”), in exchange for a $25,000 payment from the Sponsor to cover certain expenses on behalf of the Company (approximately $0.002 per share). As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, “Founder Shares” shall be deemed to include the Public Shares issuable upon conversion thereof. In June 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 1,437,500 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration. In July 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 718,750 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration, which were accepted and cancelled. In August 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 207,755 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration, and an aggregate of 207,755 Founder Shares were issued by the Company to the Company’s independent directors at their original purchase price. The issuance of the Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors is in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, stock-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the grant date. The Founders Shares were granted subject to a performance condition (i.e., the occurrence of an Initial Business Combination). Compensation expense related to the Founders Shares is recognized only when the performance condition is probable of occurrence under the applicable accounting literature in this circumstance. As of September 30, 2022, the Company determined that the probability threshold

F-14

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

to recognize stock-based compensation expense was not met. Stock-based compensation would be recognized at the date an Initial Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon consummation of an Initial Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of Founders Shares that ultimately vest multiplied by the grant date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified) less the amount initially received for the purchase of the Founders Shares. The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to 1,031,250 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriters so that the Founder Shares would continue to represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. As a result of the underwriter’s full exercise of the over-allotment option, these shares are no longer subject to forfeiture as of the release of these financial statements (see Note 2). The holders of Founders Shares will not be entitled to redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of the Initial Business Combination. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the holders of Founder Shares will not be entitled to rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held by them.

The holders of Founder Shares have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the Initial Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Company’s Public Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Initial Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

On August 13, 2021, simultaneously with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company completed the Private Placement of 12,737,500 Private Placement Warrants at a purchase price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, to the Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors, generating gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $12,737,500. This amount includes an additional 1,237,500 warrants purchased by the Sponsor as a result of the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option. Each whole Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one whole share of the Company’s Public Shares at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account such that at the closing of the Initial Public Offering, $319.41 million was held in the Trust Account. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants or their permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors agreed to not transfer, assign, or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to limited exceptions.

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (as defined below), if any, will be entitled to registration rights (in the case

F-15

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

of the Founder Shares, only after conversion of such shares to Public Shares) pursuant to a registration rights agreement, dated August 10, 2021. These holders are entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Administrative Support Agreement

Commencing on the date that the Company’s securities were first listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Company agreed to pay the Sponsor or an affiliate thereof in an amount equal to $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support made available to the Company. The Company recorded an aggregate of $30,000 and $86,129 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, respectively, in general and administrative expenses in connection with the related agreement in the accompanying unaudited condensed statements of operations. The Company recorded an aggregate of $0 and $20,000 for the period from February 22, 2021 (Inception) to the periods ended March 31, 2021 and September 30, 2021, respectively, in general and administrative expenses in connection with the related agreement in the accompanying unaudited condensed statements of operations. Upon completion of the Initial Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. There was $136,129 and $50,000 outstanding as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Related Party Loans

On February 24, 2021, the Company and the Sponsor entered into a loan agreement, whereby the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). This loan was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of August 23, 2021 or the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The Note was paid off in full on August 19, 2021, and this facility is no longer available to the Company.

Working Capital Loans

In addition, to finance transaction costs in connection with its Initial Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes its Initial Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans. In the event that the Initial Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans, but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. If any of the aforementioned parties makes any Working Capital Loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants of the post-business combination entity at the price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability, and exercise period. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there was no outstanding balance under the Working Capital Loans.

Due to Related Party

The Sponsor has agreed to pay for certain of the Company’s expenses on their behalf in the form of non-interest bearing advances. Approximately $1,656,022 and $283,657 was due to the Sponsor as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The outstanding due to related party amount is payable on demand.

F-16

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Commitments and Contingencies

Underwriting Agreement

The Company paid a discount of 2.0% of the per Unit offering price to the underwriters at the closing of the Offering, with an additional fee of 3.5% of the gross offering proceeds payable only upon the Company’s completion of its Initial Business Combination (the “Deferred Discount”).

A Deferred Discount of $11,068,750 will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event the Company completes its Initial Business Combination.

Accrued Due Diligence Expenses

Due diligence expenses of approximately $5.7 million have been accrued in connection with completing an Initial Business Combination and will become payable when the Company completes its Initial Business Combination or twenty-four months from the respective invoice date.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

In February 2022, the Russian Federation and Belarus commenced a military action with the country of Ukraine. As a result of this action, various nations, including the United States, have instituted economic sanctions against the Russian Federation and Belarus. Further, the impact of this action and related sanctions on the world economy are not determinable as of the date of these financial statements and the specific impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows is also not determinable as of the date of these financial statements.

Note 6 — Shareholders’ Deficit

Preference shares

The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Ordinary Shares

The authorized ordinary shares of the Company include up to 500,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share and 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. If the Company enters into an Initial Business Combination, it may (depending on the terms of such an Initial Business Combination) be required to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares which the Company is authorized to issue at the same time as the Company’s shareholders vote on the Initial Business Combination to the extent the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with the Initial Business Combination. Holders

F-17

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

of the Company’s ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each ordinary share (except as otherwise expressed in the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association). In June 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration. In July 2021, the Sponsor surrendered an aggregate of 718,750 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration, which were accepted and cancelled. At September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 31,625,000 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding and there were 7,906,250 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding (see Note 2).

The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 1,031,250 Founder Shares depending on the extent to which the over-allotment option was not exercised by the underwriters so that the Founder Shares would represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. On August 11, 2021, the underwriters exercised the over-allotment option in full; thus, these 1,031,250 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

Note 7 — Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for the 28,550,000 warrants issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement (the 15,812,500 Public Warrants and the 12,737,500 Private Placement Warrants, and together, the “Warrants”) in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40. Such guidance provides that because the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment thereunder, each warrant much be recorded as a liability. Accordingly, the Company classifies each warrant as a liability at its fair value. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. With each such re-measurement, the warrant liability will be adjusted to fair value, with the change in fair value recognized in the Company’s statement of operations.

Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. Only whole Warrants are exercisable. The Warrants will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering and will expire five years after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. No fractional Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Warrants are tradable.

The exercise price of each Warrant is $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. In addition, if the Company issues additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the Initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Class A ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), the exercise price of the Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the Newly Issued Price.

The Warrants will become exercisable on the later of:

• 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or,

• 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering

provided in each case that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder (or we permit holders to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement).

F-18

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company is not registering Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants at this time. However, the Company has agreed that within fifteen (15) business days, after the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the Company will file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Company’s Class A ordinary shares is at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Warrants who exercise their Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but the Company will be required to use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

The Warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, five years after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. On the exercise of any Warrant, the Warrant exercise price will be paid directly to the Company and not placed in the Trust Account.

Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants for cash (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

• In whole and not in part;

• At a price of $0.01 per Warrant;

• Upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, referred to as the 30-day redemption period; and

• if, and only if, the last sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganization, recapitalizations, and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

The Company will not redeem the Warrants for cash unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by the Company, it may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Except as described below, none of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants or their permitted transferees.

Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants (except as described below with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

• in whole and not in part;

• at a price of $0.10 per Warrant, provided that holders will be able to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of Class A ordinary shares determined in part by the redemption date and the “fair market value” of the Class A ordinary shares except as otherwise below;

F-19

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

• upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

• if, and only if, the last sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations, and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

The “fair market value” of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of Warrants.

No fractional Class A ordinary shares will be issued upon redemption. If, upon redemption, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the holder.

Note 8 — Fair Value Measurements

The Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants are accounted for as liabilities pursuant to ASC 815-40 and are measured at fair value as of each reporting period. Changes in the fair value of the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants are recorded in the statement of operations each period.

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2022 by level within the fair value hierarchy.

The Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants are accounted for as liabilities pursuant to ASC 815-40 and are measured at fair value as of each reporting period. Changes in the fair value of the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants are recorded in the statement of operations each period.

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2022 by level within the fair value hierarchy.

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets
Marketable securities held in Trust Account	$	321,345,066	$	—	$	—	$	321,345,066
	$	321,345,066	$	—	$	—	$	321,345,066
Liabilities:
Public Warrants	$	8,696,875	$	—	$	—	$	8,696,875
Private Placement Warrants		—		—		6,966,795		6,966,795
Total liabilities	$	8,696,875	$	—	$	6,966,795	$	15,663,670

F-20

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 by level within the fair value hierarchy.

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets
Marketable securities held in Trust Account	$	319,421,010	$	—	$	—	$	319,421,010
	$	319,421,010	$	—	$	—	$	319,421,010
Liabilities:
Public Warrants	$	14,959,333	$	—	$	—	$	14,959,333
Private Placement Warrants		—		—		12,402,426		12,402,426
Total liabilities	$	14,959,333	$	—	$	12,402,426	$	27,361,759

The fair value of the Public Warrants issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement Warrants were initially measured at fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation model and Black-Scholes model respectively, both Level 3 measurements. On October 1, 2021, the Public Warrants surpassed the 52-day threshold waiting period to be publicly traded in accordance with the final prospectus filed August 12, 2021. Once publicly traded, the observable input qualifies the liability for treatment as a Level 1 fair value liability. As such, as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company classified the Public Warrants as Level 1. The estimated fair value of the Private Placement Warrants was determined using Level 3 inputs. Inherent in a Monte Carlo simulation and Black-Scholes Models are assumptions related to expected stock-price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The Company estimated the volatility of its Class A ordinary shares warrants based on implied volatility from the Company’s traded warrants and from historical volatility of select peer company’s Class A ordinary shares that matches the expected remaining life of the warrants. Significant increases (decreases) in the expected volatility in isolation could result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a maturity similar to the expected remaining life of the warrants. The expected life of the warrants is assumed to be equivalent to their remaining contractual term. The dividend rate is based on the historical rate, which the Company anticipates remaining at zero.

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2, and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 during the period ended September 30, 2022.

The following table provides quantitative information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements inputs at their measurement dates:

Input	December 31 2021			September 30, 2022
Risk-free interest rate		1.35	%		3.97	%
Expected term until merger (years)		1.12			0.30
Expected term until expiration (years)		6.12			5.30
Expected volatility		13.00	%		5.20	%
Underlying share price	$	9.86		$	10.04
Exercise price	$	11.50		$	11.50

The primary significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s Private Placement Warrants is the expected volatility of the ordinary shares. Significant increases (decreases) in the expected volatility in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

F-21

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents a summary of the changes in the fair value of the derivative warrant liabilities, based on the Level 3 inputs above:

	Public Warrant Liability			Private Warrant Liability			Total
Fair value, January 1, 2022	$	14,959,333		$	12,402,426		$	27,361,759
Change in fair value		5,717,074			4,944,833			10,661,907
Fair value as of March 31, 2022	$	9,242,259		$	7,457,593		$	16,699,852
Change in fair value		6,066,864			4,901,141			10,968,005
Fair value as of June 30, 2022	$	3,175,395		$	2,556,452		$	5,731,847
Change in fair value		(5,521,480	)		(4,410,343	)		(9,931,823	)
Fair value, September 30, 2022	$	8,696,875		$	6,966,795		$	15,663,670

Note 9 — Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated the impact of subsequent events through the date that the financial statements were available to be issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

F-22

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021, the related statements of operations, changes in ordinary shares subject to possible redemption and shareholders’ deficit and cash flows for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statement

As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company’s previously issued August 13, 2021 financial statement has been restated herein to correct certain misstatements.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, if the Company is unable to complete a business combination by February 13, 2023, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The date for mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

New York, New York

March 29, 2022

PCAOB ID Number 100

F-23

DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION IV

BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2021

ASSETS
Cash	$	55,752
Prepaid insurance		678,673
Total current assets		734,425
Marketable securities held in Trust Account		319,421,010
Prepaid insurance, long-term portion		362,580
Total Assets	$	320,518,015
LIABILITIES, ORDINARY SHARES SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE REDEMPTION, AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	59,454
Due to related party		283,657
Accrued expenses		5,729,184
Total current liabilities		6,072,295
Deferred underwriting fees payable		11,068,750
Derivative warrant liabilities		27,361,759
Total liabilities		44,502,804
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 31,625,000 shares at $10.10 per share redemption value		319,412,500
Shareholders’ Deficit
Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding		—
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding (excluding 31,625,000 shares subject to possible redemption)		—
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 7,906,250 shares issued and outstanding(1)(2)		791
Additional paid-in capital		—
Accumulated deficit		(43,398,080	)
Total shareholders’ deficit		(43,397,289	)
Total Liabilities, Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption, and Shareholders’ Deficit	$	320,518,015

(1) In June 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the return of the shares (see Note 5).

(2) In July 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 718,750 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the return of the shares (see Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-24

DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION IV

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

	For The Period From February 22, 2021 (Inception) Through December 31, 2021
Formation and operating costs	$	7,588,970
Loss from operation		(7,588,970	)
Gain on fair value of derivative warrant liabilities		9,094,491
Interest income		8,510
Transaction costs allocated to derivative warrant liabilities		(1,382,307	)
Net income	$	131,724
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, basic and diluted		14,338,023
Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption	$	0.01
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares, basic and diluted(1)(2)		7,906,250
Basic and diluted net income per share, Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares	$	0.01

(1) In June 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the return of the shares (see Note 5).

(2) In July 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 718,750 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the return of the shares (see Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-25

DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION IV

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN ORDINARY SHARES SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE REDEMPTION AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 22, 2021 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2021

	Ordinary Shares
	Subject to Possible Redemption				Ordinary Shares						Additional						Total
	Class A				Class B						Paid-In			Accumulated			Shareholders’
	Shares		Amount		Shares			Amount			Capital			Deficit			Deficit
Balance as of February 22, 2021 (inception)		—	$	—		—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor(1)(2)		—		—		7,906,250			791			24,209			—			25,000
Forfeiture of Founder Shares		—		—		(207,755	)		(21	)		(516	)		—			(537	)
Repurchase of ordinary shares by independent directors		—		—		207,755			21			516			—			537
Sale of Class A ordinary shares, net of transaction costs		31,625,000		275,858,487		—			—			—			—			—
Accretion of Class A ordinary shares to redemption value		—		43,554,013		—			—			(24,209	)		(43,529,804	)		(43,554,013	)
Net income		—		—		—			—			—			131,724			131,724
Balance as of December 31, 2021		31,625,000	$	319,412,500		7,906,250		$	791		$	—		$	(43,398,080	)	$	(43,397,289	)

(1) In June 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the return of the shares (see Note 5).

(2) In July 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 718,750 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the return of the shares (see Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-26

DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION IV

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For The Period From February 22, 2021 (Inception) Through December 31, 2021

Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net Income	$	131,724
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Income from marketable securities held in Trust Account		(8,510	)
Transaction costs allocated to derivative warrant liability		1,382,307
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities		(9,094,491	)
Formation and operating costs funded through issuance of ordinary shares to Sponsor		15,930
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid insurance		(1,041,253	)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		5,613,638
Net cash used in operating activities		(3,000,655	)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Investment of cash into Trust Account		(319,412,500	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(319,412,500	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Proceeds from note payable and advances from related party		300,000
Repayment of note payable and advances from related party		(300,000	)
Due from related party		172,973
Proceeds from sale of Class A shares, net of UW commissions		309,925,000
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants		12,737,500
Offering costs paid		(366,566	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		322,468,907
Net increase in cash		55,752
Cash - beginning of period		—
Cash - end of period	$	55,752
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
Offering costs included in accounts payable	$	175,000
Offering costs paid through promissory note and related party	$	1,691,594
Offering costs paid through prepaid legal expense funded by sponsor	$	9,070
Deferred underwriting fees payable	$	11,068,750

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-27

DECARBONIZATION PLUS ACQUISITION CORPORATION IV

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations

Organization and General

Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV (the “Company”) was incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on February 22, 2021. The Company was incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses that the Company has not yet identified (the “Initial Business Combination”). The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act”, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”).

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not yet commenced operations. All activity for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

On August 13, 2021, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 31,625,000 units (the “Units”), including 4,125,000 Units sold pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Units to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Units”). The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $316,250,000, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company completed the private sale of 12,737,500 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a purchase price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant (the “Private Placement”), to Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Sponsor IV LLC (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds to the Company of $12,737,500, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $18,055,070, including $11,068,750 in deferred underwriting fees, $6,325,000 in upfront underwriting fees, and $661,320 in other offering costs related to the Initial Public Offering. In addition, cash of $55,752 was held outside of the Trust Account (as defined below) and is available for the payment of offering costs and for working capital purposes.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on August 13, 2021, an amount of $319,412,500 ($10.10 per Unit) of the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement in a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee (the “Trust Account”). Except with respect to interest earned on the funds in the Trust Account that may be released to the Company to pay its taxes, the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account will not be released until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account proceeds as described below. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses.

The Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay taxes, if any, none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, included in the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering (the “Public Shares”) that have been properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of such Public Shares

F-28

if it does not complete the Initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; and (iii) the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (subject to the requirements of law). The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public shareholders.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating an Initial Business Combination. The Initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an Initial Business Combination.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an Initial Business Combination, will either (i) seek shareholder approval of the Initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which shareholders may seek to redeem their Public Shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Initial Business Combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable, or (ii) provide shareholders with the opportunity to sell their Public Shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of the Initial Business Combination or will allow shareholders to sell their Public Shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek shareholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under NASDAQ rules. If the Company seeks shareholder approval, it will complete its Initial Business Combination only if a majority of the ordinary shares that are voted are voted in favor of the Initial Business Combination. However, in no event will the Company redeem its Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In such case, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its Public Shares and the related Initial Business Combination, and instead may search for an alternate Initial Business Combination.

If the Company holds a shareholder vote or there is a tender offer for shares in connection with an Initial Business Combination, a public shareholder will have the right to redeem its shares for an amount in cash equal to its pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable. As a result, such Class A ordinary shares were recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity” (“ASC 480”).

Pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association if the Company is unable to complete the Initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned and not previously released to pay the Company’s taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and

F-29

(iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. The Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors will not be entitled to rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares (as defined below) held by them if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within 18 months of the closing of the Initial Public Offering. However, if the Sponsor or any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates acquired Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such shares if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within the prescribed time period.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company after an Initial Business Combination, the Company’s shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares, if any, having preference over the ordinary shares. The Company’s shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that the Company will provide its shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, upon the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. These financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Liquidity and Going Concern

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had a cash balance of $55,752 and working capital deficit of $5,337,870. The Company also has access to Working Capital Loans from the Sponsor (as defined in Note 5 below), to provide the Company with liquidity. Further, the Company’s liquidity needs were supplemented due to the Sponsor paying approximately $283,657 of the Company’s expenses on its behalf and through net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement (as described in Notes 4 and 5). Proceeds from the Initial Public Offering are intended for existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Initial Business Combination.

The Company has incurred, and expects to incur, additional significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans, including its Initial Business Combination. In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 205-40, “Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern,” management has determined that that the Company has access to funds from the Sponsor, which is described in Note 5, and the Sponsor has the financial ability to provide such funds, that are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of the Company until the earlier of the consummation of the Initial Business Combination and one year from the date of issuance of these financial statements. However, management has determined that if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination by February 13, 2023, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The date for mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after this date. The Company intends to complete an Initial Business Combination before the mandatory liquidation date.

F-30

Note 2 — Restatement of Previously Issued IPO Balance Sheet

The Company has followed ASC 480 in accounting for its Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption. This included recording the Public Shares in permanent equity on its balance sheet. However, the Company maintained shareholders’ equity of at least $5,000,001 as the Company will not redeem Public Shares that would cause the Company’s net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 following such redemptions.

In September 2021, the Company’s management re-evaluated and ultimately concluded that the classification of $5,000,001 in permanent equity was not appropriate and that the Class A ordinary shares should be reclassified as temporary equity. In connection with the preparation of the IPO balance sheet as of August 13, 2021, the Company concluded that it would change its accounting and reflect the full amount of all redeemable Class A ordinary shares in temporary equity. This was a change from the Company’s previous accounting practice whereby it maintained shareholders’ equity of at least $5,000,001 as the Company will not redeem Class A ordinary shares that would cause the Company’s net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 following such redemptions.

On December 14, 2021, the Company’s management and the Audit Committee concluded that the Company’s previously issued IPO balance sheet should be restated to classify all of the Class A ordinary shares as temporary equity and should no longer be relied upon. As a result, the Company is restating its IPO balance sheet herein.

The impact of the restatement on the balance sheet as of August 13, 2021 is presented below:

	As of August 13, 2021
	As Previously Reported			Restatement Adjustment			As Restated
Balance Sheet
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption		261,299,500			58,113,000			319,412,500
Shareholders’ equity (deficit)
Class A ordinary shares - $0.0001 par value		575			(575	)		—
Additional paid-in-capital		14,650,236			(14,650,236	)		—
Accumulated deficit		(9,651,592	)		(43,462,189	)		(53,113,781	)
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)		5,000,010			(58,113,000	)		(53,112,990	)

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying audited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for financial information and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

F-31

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company had $55,752 in cash and no cash equivalents, outside of the funds held in the Trust Account, as of December 31, 2021.

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

As of December 31, 2021, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in marketable securities.

Ordinary shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Public Shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC 480.

Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares is classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Public Shares feature contains certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Public Shares subject to possible redemption are classified as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s balance sheet. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2021, 31,625,000 Public Shares subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s balance sheet.

F-32

The Public Shares subject to possible redemption are subject to the subsequent measurement guidance in ASC 480-10-S99. Under such guidance, the Company must subsequently measure the shares to their redemption amount because, as a result of the allocation of net proceeds to transaction costs, the initial carrying amount of the ordinary shares is less than $10.10 per share. In accordance with the guidance, the Company has elected to measure the ordinary shares subject to possible redemption to their redemption amount (i.e., $10.10 per share) immediately as if the end of the first reporting period after the Initial Public Offering, August 13, 2021, was the redemption date. Such changes are reflected in additional paid-in capital, or in the absence of additional paid-in capital, in accumulated deficit. For the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021, the Company recorded an accretion of $43,554,013, of which $24,209 was recorded in additional paid-in capital and $43,529,804 was recorded in accumulated deficit. The Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption reflected on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds	$	316,250,000
Less:
Deferred underwriting fees and other offering costs		(16,672,763	)
Proceeds allocated to public warrants		(23,718,750	)
Plus:
Total accretion of carrying value to redemption value		43,554,013
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption	$	319,412,500

Net Income Per Ordinary Share

Net income per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding during the period, excluding ordinary shares subject to forfeiture, plus, to the extent dilutive, the incremental number of ordinary shares to settle Warrants (as defined below), as calculated using the treasury share method.

At December 31, 2021, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method. Since the exercise of Warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events, diluted loss per ordinary share is the same as basic loss per ordinary share for the periods presented.

The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as “Class A Ordinary shares” and “Class B Ordinary shares” or “Founder Shares.” Earnings are shared pro rata between the two classes of shares as long as an Initial Business Combination is consummated. Accretion associated with the redeemable Class A ordinary shares is excluded from earnings per share as the redemption value approximates fair value.

F-33

A reconciliation of the net income per ordinary share is as follows:

	For The Period From February 22, 2021 (Inception) Through December 31, 2021
Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares
Numerator
Net income allocable to Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares	$	84,906
Denominator
Weighted average shares outstanding, Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares		14,338,023
Basic and diluted net income per share, Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares	$	0.01
Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares
Numerator
Net income allocable to Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares	$	46,818
Denominator
Weighted average shares outstanding Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares		7,906,250
Basic and diluted net income per share, Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares	$	0.01

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation coverage limits of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under the FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature, other than the derivative warrant liabilities (see Note 9).

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

• Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

F-34

• Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

• Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgement. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, and other costs incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering and were charged to temporary equity and net income upon completion of the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs were $18,055,070 for the period from February 22, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021. Approximately $1,382,307 of this amount was allocated to warrant liabilities, and the remaining was allocated to the Class A ordinary shares.

Income Taxes

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2021. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2021. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception. There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman federal income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

Recent Accounting Standards

In August the FASB issued a new standard (ASU 2020-06) to reduce the complexity of accounting for convertible debt and other equity-linked instruments. For certain convertible debt instruments with a cash

F-35

conversion feature, the changes are a trade-off between simplifications in the accounting model (no separation of an “equity” component to impute a market interest rate, and simpler analysis of embedded equity features) and a potentially adverse impact to diluted EPS by requiring the use of the if-converted method. The new standard will also impact other financial instruments commonly issued by both public and private companies. For example, the separation model for beneficial conversion features is eliminated simplifying the analysis for issuers of convertible debt and convertible preferred stock. Also, certain specific requirements to achieve equity classification and/ or qualify for the derivative scope exception for contracts indexed to an entity’s own equity are removed, enabling more freestanding instruments and embedded features to avoid mark-to-market accounting. The new standard is effective for companies that are SEC filers (except for Smaller Reporting Companies) for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within that year, and two years later for other companies. Companies can early adopt the standard at the start of a fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2020. The standard can either be adopted on a modified retrospective or a full retrospective basis. The Company had adopted the standards at inception on February 22, 2021, and determined that the effects, if any, are immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

Note 4 — Public Offering

In the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 31,625,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit, including 4,125,000 Over-Allotment Units. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A ordinary shares at an exercise price of $11.50 per share.

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On February 24, 2021, the Company issued an aggregate of 10,062,500 Founder Shares in exchange for a $25,000 payment from the Sponsor to cover certain expenses on behalf of the Company (approximately $0.002 per share). As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, “Founder Shares” shall be deemed to include the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion thereof. In June 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration. In July 2021, the Sponsor surrendered an aggregate of 718,750 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration, which were accepted and cancelled. In August 2021, the Sponsor forfeited 207,755 Founder Shares, and an aggregate of 207,755 Founder Shares were issued to the Company’s independent directors at their original purchase price. The issuance of the Founder Shares to directors is in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, stock-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the grant date. The Founders Shares were granted subject to a performance condition (i.e., the occurrence of an Initial Business Combination). Compensation expense related to the Founders Shares is recognized only when the performance condition is probable of occurrence under the applicable accounting literature in this circumstance. As of December 31, 2021, the Company determined that an Initial Business Combination is not considered probable, and, therefore, no stock-based compensation expense has been recognized. Stock-based compensation would be recognized at the date an Initial Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon consummation of an Initial Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of Founders Shares that ultimately vest multiplied times the grant date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified) less the amount initially received for the purchase of the Founders Shares. The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 1,031,250 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriters so that the Founder Shares would represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. As a result of the underwriter’s exercise of the full exercise of the overallotment option, these shares are no longer subject to forfeiture as of the release of these financial statements (see Note 3). The Sponsor will not be entitled to redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of the Initial Business Combination. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor will not be entitled to rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held by them.

F-36

The Company’s initial shareholder have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the Initial Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Initial Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in the Company’s shareholder having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

On August 13, 2021, simultaneously with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company completed the Private Placement of 12,737,500 Private Placement Warrants at a purchase price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, to the Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors, generating gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $12,737,500. This amount includes an additional 1,237,500 warrants purchased by the Sponsor as a result of the underwriters’ full exercise of their overallotment option. Each whole Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one whole share of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account such that at the closing of the Initial Public Offering, $319.41 million was held in the Trust Account. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 18 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants or their permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and the Company’s independent directors agreed to not transfer, assign, or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to limited exceptions.

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (as defined below), if any, will be entitled to registration rights (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion of such shares to Class A ordinary shares) pursuant to a registration rights agreement, dated August 10, 2021. These holders are entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Administrative Support Agreement

Commencing on the date that the Company’s securities were first listed on the NASDAQ, the Company agreed to pay the Sponsor or an affiliate thereof in an amount equal to $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support made available to the Company. The Company recorded an aggregate of $50,000 for the period ended December 31, 2021, in general and administrative expenses in connection with the related agreement in the accompanying statement of operations. Upon completion of the Initial Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. As of December 31, 2021, the $50,000 was still outstanding.

F-37

Related Party Loans

On February 24, 2021, the Company and the Sponsor entered into a loan agreement, whereby the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). This loan was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of August 23, 2021 or the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The Note was paid off in full on August 19, 2021, and this facility is no longer available to the Company.

Working Capital Loans

In addition, to finance transaction costs in connection with its Initial Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes its Initial Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans. In the event that the Initial Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans, but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. If any of the aforementioned parties makes any Working Capital Loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants of the post-business combination entity at the price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability, and exercise period. As of December 31, 2021, there was no outstanding balance under the Working Capital Loans.

Due to Related Party

The Sponsor has agreed to pay for the Company’s expenses on their behalf. As of December 31, 2021, approximately $283,657 was due to the Sponsor.

Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies

Underwriting Agreement

The Company paid a discount of 2.0% of the per Unit offering price to the underwriters at the closing of the Offering, with an additional fee of 3.5% of the gross offering proceeds payable only upon the Company’s completion of its Initial Business Combination (the “Deferred Discount”).

A Deferred Discount of $11,068,750 will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event the Company completes its Initial Business Combination.

Accrued Due Diligence Expenses

Due diligence expenses of approximately $5.5 million have been accrued in connection with completing an Initial Business Combination and will become payable when the Company completes its Initial Business Combination or twenty-four months from the respective invoice date.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

F-38

Note 7 — Shareholders’ Deficit

Preference shares

The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2021, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Ordinary Shares

The authorized ordinary shares of the Company include up to 500,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share and 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. If the Company enters into an Initial Business Combination, it may (depending on the terms of such an Initial Business Combination) be required to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares which the Company is authorized to issue at the same time as the Company’s shareholders vote on the Initial Business Combination to the extent the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with the Initial Business Combination. Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each ordinary share (except as otherwise expressed in the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association). In June 2021, the Sponsor surrendered 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration. In July 2021, the Sponsor surrendered an aggregate of 718,750 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration, which were accepted and cancelled. At December 31, 2021, there were 31,625,000 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding and there were 7,906,250 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding (see Note 3).

The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 1,031,250 Founder Shares depending on the extent to which the over-allotment option was not exercised by the underwriters so that the Founder Shares would represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. On August 11, 2021, the underwriters exercised the over-allotment option in full; thus, these 1,031,250 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

Note 8 — Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for the 28,550,000 warrants issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement (the 15,812,500 Public Warrants and the 12,737,500 Private Placement Warrants, and together, the “Warrants”) in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40. Such guidance provides that because the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment thereunder, each warrant much be recorded as a liability. Accordingly, the Company classifies each warrant as a liability at its fair value. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. With each such re-measurement, the warrant liability will be adjusted to fair value, with the change in fair value recognized in the Company’s statement of operations.

Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. Only whole Warrants are exercisable. The Warrants will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering and will expire five years after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. No fractional Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Warrants are tradable.

The exercise price of each Warrant is $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. In addition, if the Company issues additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the Initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Class A ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), the exercise price of the Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the Newly Issued Price.

F-39

The Warrants will become exercisable on the later of:

• 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or,

• 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering

provided in each case that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder (or we permit holders to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement).

The Company is not registering Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants at this time. However, the Company has agreed that within fifteen (15) business days, after the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the Company will file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Company’s Class A ordinary shares is at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Warrants who exercise their Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but the Company will be required to use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

The Warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, five years after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. On the exercise of any Warrant, the Warrant exercise price will be paid directly to the Company and not placed in the Trust Account.

Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants for cash (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

• In whole and not in part;

• At a price of $0.01 per Warrant;

• Upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, referred to as the 30-day redemption period; and

• if, and only if, the last sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganization, recapitalizations, and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

The Company will not redeem the Warrants for cash unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by the Company, it may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Except as described below, none of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants or their permitted transferees.

F-40

Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants (except as described below with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

• in whole and not in part;

• at a price of $0.10 per Warrant, provided that holders will be able to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of Class A ordinary shares determined in part by the redemption date and the “fair market value” of the Class A ordinary shares except as otherwise below;

• upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

• if, and only if, the last sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations, and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

The “fair market value” of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of Warrants.

No fractional Class A ordinary shares will be issued upon redemption. If, upon redemption, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the holder.

Note 9 — Fair Value Measurements

The Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants are accounted for as liabilities pursuant to ASC 815-40 and are measured at fair value as of each reporting period. Changes in the fair value of the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants are recorded in the statement of operations each period. The following table presents the fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 by level within the fair value hierarchy.

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets
Marketable securities held in Trust Account	$	319,421,010	$	—	$	—	$	319,421,010
	$	319,421,010	$	—	$	—	$	319,421,010
Liabilities:
Public Warrants	$	14,959,333	$	—	$	—	$	14,959,333
Private Placement Warrants		—		—		12,402,426		12,402,426
Total liabilities	$	14,959,333	$	—	$	12,402,426	$	27,361,759

The fair value of the Public Warrants issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement Warrants were initially measured at fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation model, a Level 3 measurement. On October 1, 2021, the Public Warrants surpassed the 52-day threshold waiting period to be publicly traded in accordance with the final prospectus filed August 12, 2021. Once publicly traded, the observable input qualifies the liability for treatment as a Level 1 fair value liability. As such, as of December 31, 2021, the Company classified the Public Warrants as Level 1. The estimated fair value of the Private Placement Warrants was determined using Level 3 inputs. Inherent in a Monte Carlo simulation are assumptions related to expected stock-price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The Company estimated

F-41

the volatility of its Class A ordinary shares warrants based on implied volatility from the Company’s traded warrants and from historical volatility of select peer company’s Class A ordinary shares that matches the expected remaining life of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a maturity similar to the expected remaining life of the warrants. The expected life of the warrants is assumed to be equivalent to their remaining contractual term. The dividend rate is based on the historical rate, which the Company anticipates remaining at zero.

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2, and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period. Outside of the transfer of the Public Warrants from Level 3 to Level 1, there were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 during the period ended December 31, 2021.

The following table provides quantitative information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements inputs at their measurement dates:

Input	August 13, 2021			December 31, 2021
Risk-free interest rate		0.93	%		1.35	%
Expected term until merger (years)		1.50			1.12
Expected term until expiration (years)		6.50			6.12
Expected volatility		24.00	%		13.00	%
Underlying share price	$	9.25		$	9.86
Exercise price	$	11.50		$	11.50

The primary significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s Private Placement Warrants is the expected volatility of the ordinary shares. Significant increases (decreases) in the expected volatility in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

The following table presents a summary of the changes in the fair value of the level 3 derivative warrant liabilities:

	Public Warrant Liability			Private Warrant Liability			Total
Fair value, August 13, 2021	$	23,718,750		$	20,380,000		$	44,098,750
Change in fair value (1)		(8,759,417	)		(7,977,574	)		(16,736,991	)
Transfers to level 1		(14,959,333	)		—			(14,959,333	)
Fair value, December 31, 2021	$	—		$	12,402,426		$	12,402,426

(1) The initial fair value of the private warrants issued in connection with the initial public offering includes $7,642,500 million in excess fair value over the warrant purchase price which is reflected as a loss and is included within Gain on fair value of derivative warrant liabilities in the statement of operations.

Note 10 — Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated the impact of subsequent events through March 29, 2022, the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

F-42

Hammerhead Resources Inc.

Consolidated Financial Statements

As at and for the Year Ended December 31, 2021

Dated: September 22, 2022

F-43

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Hammerhead Resources Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Hammerhead Resources Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of profit (loss) and other comprehensive profit (loss), consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flows, for each of the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hammerhead Resources Inc. at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and its financial performance and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

We have served as Hammerhead Resources Inc.’s auditors since 2009.

Calgary, Canada

September 22, 2022

F-44

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at (Cdn$ thousands)	Note		December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash				12,239			6,078
Accounts receivable		19		49,433			30,298
Prepaid expenses and deposits				2,751			2,680
Risk management contracts		19		289			5,195
Total current assets				64,712			44,251
Property, plant and equipment		4		1,408,839			1,415,661
Total assets				1,473,551			1,459,912
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		19		116,866			54,193
Bank debt		6		—			163,600
Current portion of lease obligations		8		1,030			1,445
Risk management contracts		19		23,344			14,652
Total current liabilities				141,240			233,890
Bank debt		6		106,300			—
Term debt		7		134,747			120,435
Non-current portion of lease obligations		8		3,927			1,807
Risk management contracts		19		3,050			—
Warrant liability		10		11,360			11,264
Decommissioning obligations		9		29,569			31,499
Total liabilities				430,193			398,895
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common share capital		12		584,275			583,483
Preferred share capital		12		606,131			571,154
Contributed surplus				83,704			65,311
Deficit				(230,752	)		(158,931	)
Total shareholders’ equity				1,043,358			1,061,017
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity				1,473,551			1,459,912
Commitments		21

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Approved by the Board of Directors,

(signed) Stewart Hanlon Director and Audit Committee Chair (signed) Scott Sobie President and Chief Executive Officer

F-45

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE PROFIT (LOSS)

For the years ended (Cdn$ thousands, except per share amounts)	Note		December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
REVENUE
Oil and gas revenue		16		439,843			263,514
Royalties				(38,577	)		(17,185	)
Oil and natural gas revenue, net of royalties				401,266			246,329
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS
Realized (loss) gain on risk management contracts		19		(95,407	)		66,121
Unrealized loss on risk management contracts		19		(16,649	)		(18,353	)
				(112,056	)		47,768
OTHER INCOME				1,202			5,050
				290,412			299,147
EXPENSES
Operating				82,721			77,477
Transportation				62,044			57,393
General and administrative				21,565			21,838
Optimization fees		18		19,708			670
Share-based compensation		13		14,039			7,155
Depletion, depreciation and impairment		4		127,333			135,184
Finance		17		21,264			37,344
(Gain) loss on foreign exchange				(350	)		817
Loss (gain) on warrant revaluation		10		96			(3,981	)
Gain on debt redemptions				—			(88,160	)
Loss on asset disposition		5		13,813			—
Total expenses				362,233			245,737
Net (loss) profit and comprehensive (loss) profit				(71,821	)		53,410
Net (loss) profit per common share
Basic		12		(0.24	)		0.09
Diluted		12		(0.24	)		0.05

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-46

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the years ended (Cdn$ thousands)	Note		December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Common share capital
Balance, beginning of period				583,483			583,483
Long term retention program		12		527			—
Exercise of restricted share units		12		265			—
Balance, end of period				584,275			583,483
Preferred share capital
Balance, beginning of period				571,154			468,338
Issued in private placement, net of share issue costs		12		34,977			91,577
Issued on exercise of purchase warrants				—			11,239
Balance, end of period				606,131			571,154
Contributed surplus
Balance, beginning of period				65,311			56,959
Recognized under share-based compensation plans		13		18,658			8,352
Exercise of restricted share units		12		(265	)		—
Balance, end of period				83,704			65,311
Deficit
Balance, beginning of period				(158,931	)		(212,341	)
Net (loss) profit				(71,821	)		53,410
Balance, end of period				(230,752	)		(158,931	)
Total shareholders’ equity, beginning of period				1,061,017			896,439
Total shareholders’ equity, end of period				1,043,358			1,061,017

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-47

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended (Cdn$ thousands)	Note		December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net (loss) profit				(71,821	)		53,410
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Unrealized loss on risk management contracts		19		16,649			18,353
Share-based compensation		13		14,039			7,155
Depletion, depreciation and impairment		4		127,333			135,184
Finance, non-cash		17		14,685			10,209
Unrealized (gain) loss on foreign exchange				(341	)		813
Loss (gain) on warrant revaluation		10		96			(3,981	)
Gain on debt redemptions				—			(88,160	)
Loss on asset disposition		5		13,813			—
Loss on settlement under long term retention program		12		527			—
Gain on farmout transaction				—			(3,496	)
Change in non-cash working capital		15		6,131			(9,801	)
Net cash from operating activities				121,111			119,686
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Drawdown of bank debt		6		51,500			23,300
Repayment of bank debt		6		(108,800	)		(149,700	)
Debt extinguishment transaction costs				—			(1,186	)
Issued Series IX first preferred shares, net of issue costs		12		34,977			102,512
Proceeds from exercise of 2014 Warrants				—			22
Payment of lease obligations				(1,441	)		(1,522	)
Net cash used in financing activities				(23,764	)		(26,574	)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”)		4		(138,544	)		(94,362	)
Proceeds from asset disposition		5		10,027			—
Net change in accounts payable related to the addition of PP&E		15		37,337			(18,966	)
Net cash used in investing activities				(91,180	)		(113,328	)
Net change in cash				6,167			(20,216	)
Cash, beginning of period				6,078			26,450
Foreign exchange revaluation				(6	)		(156	)
Cash, end of period				12,239			6,078

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-48

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As at and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

1. REPORTING ENTITY

Hammerhead Resources Inc. (“HHR” or the “Company”) is an oil and natural gas exploration, development and production company. HHR’s reserves, producing properties and exploration prospects are located in the province of Alberta in the Deep Basin of West Central Alberta where it is developing multi-zone, liquids-rich oil and gas plays. The Company conducts certain of its operating activities jointly with others through unincorporated joint arrangements and these condensed interim consolidated financial statements reflect only the Company’s share of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses under these arrangements. The Company conducts all of its principal business in one reportable segment.

Hammerhead was incorporated pursuant to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) on November 27, 2009 under the name 1504140 Alberta Ltd. It changed its name to Canadian International Oil Corp. (“CIOC”) on April 20, 2010. On October 1, 2017, CIOC amalgamated with its wholly owned subsidiary Canadian International Oil Operating Corp. and changed its name to “Hammerhead Resources Inc.” On December 15, 2017, the Company dissolved its foreign subsidiary “Canadian International Oil (USA) Corp.” On December 31, 2017, the Company dissolved its remaining foreign subsidiaries, “Canadian International Oil (Barbados) Corp.” and “Canadian International Oil (Overseas) Corp.” On March 11, 2019, the Company incorporated a new wholly owned subsidiary, “Prairie Lights Power GP Inc.”, and formed an associated limited partnership; “Prairie Lights Power Limited Partnership”, in order to initiate a power related project. The project is in its preliminary phase with no active operations as at the date of these annual consolidated financial statements.

The Company is controlled by Riverstone Holdings LLC. The Company’s head office is located at Eighth Avenue Place, East Tower, Suite 2700, 525-8^th Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta, Canada, T2P 1G1.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

(a) Statement of compliance

These annual consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The Company’s significant accounting policies under IFRS are presented in note 3. The annual consolidated financial statements were approved and authorized for issue by the Board of Directors of HHR on September 22, 2022 (the “Financial Statements”).

(b) Basis of measurement

The Financial Statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for warrant liability (note 10) and derivative instruments (note 19), which are measured at fair value.

(c) Functional and presentation currency

The Financial Statements are presented in Canadian dollars (“Cdn$”), which is also the Company’s functional currency. All references to US$ or USD are to United States dollars.

(d) Use of estimates and judgements

During the first quarter of 2020, the World Health Organization declared the Coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) to be a pandemic, triggering a sudden decline in economic activity and increase in economic uncertainty. The Company’s operations are particularly sensitive to changes in the demand for, and prices of, crude oil, natural gas

F-49

and natural gas liquids. While commodity demand initially declined in response to lockdown measures, subsequent supply shortages and economic re-opening plans have contributed to a recent rebound, resulting in extreme price volatility over the past two years. Management cannot reasonably estimate the length or severity of this pandemic, or the extent to which the disruption may materially impact our financial results into the future.

The preparation of the Financial Statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future years affected.

Information about significant areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgements in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the Financial Statements are as follows:

(i) Reserves

Reserves engineering is an inherently complex and subjective process of estimating underground accumulations of petroleum and natural gas. The process relies on interpretations of available geological, geophysical, engineering, economic and production data. The accuracy of a reserves estimate is a function of the quality and quantity of available data, the interpretation of that data, the accuracy of various economic assumptions and the judgement of those preparing the estimate. Because these estimates depend on many assumptions, all of which may differ from actual results, reserves estimates and estimates of future net revenue may be different from the sales volumes ultimately recovered and net revenues actually realized. Changes in market conditions, regulatory matters and the results of subsequent drilling, testing and production may require revisions to the original estimates. Estimates of reserves impact: (i) the assessment of whether or not a new well has found economically recoverable reserves; (ii) depletion rates; (iii) the determination of net recoverable amount of oil and gas properties for impairment assessment and measurement, and (iv) the determination of reserve lives which affect the timing of decommissioning activities, all of which could have a material impact on earnings and financial positions. HHR’s reserves have been evaluated at December 31, 2021 and 2020 by independent third-party professional engineers, who work with information provided by the Company to evaluate reserves in accordance with National Instrument 51-101 Standards of Disclosure for Oil and Gas Activities (“NI 51-101”).

(ii) Property, plant and equipment

HHR’s oil and gas assets are grouped into a cash generating unit (“CGU”). A CGU is the lowest level of integrated assets that generate identifiable cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets. The allocation of assets into CGUs require significant judgement and interpretation with respect to the integration between assets, geological formation, geographical proximity, the existence of common sales points and shared infrastructures, product type, similar exposure to market risk and the way in which management monitors its operations. The recoverability of HHR’s oil and gas assets is assessed at the CGU level, and therefore, the determination of a CGU’s costs could have a significant impact on impairment losses or impairment reversals.

Judgements are required to assess when impairment indicators are evident and impairment testing is required. The Company monitors internal and external indicators of impairment relating to its tangible assets. The recoverable amounts of the Company’s CGU is determined based on the higher of the present value of value-in-use calculations and fair value less costs of disposal. Recoverable amounts

F-50

calculated for impairment testing are based on estimates of future commodity prices, expected volumes, quantity of reserves and discount rates as well as future development costs, royalties and operating costs. These calculations require the use of estimates and assumptions, which by their nature, are subject to measurement uncertainty. In addition, judgement is exercised by management as to whether there have been indicators of impairment or of impairment reversal. Indicators of impairment or impairment reversal may include, but are not limited to a change in: the market value of assets, asset performance, estimates of future prices, royalties and costs, estimated quantity of reserves and appropriate discount rates.

(iii) Depletion

Oil and natural gas development and production assets are depleted on a unit-of-production basis at a rate calculated by reference to proved plus probable reserves determined in accordance with NI 51-101 and incorporate the estimated future cost of developing and extracting those reserves.

(iv) Provisions for decommissioning liability costs

Amounts recorded for decommissioning liabilities and the related accretion expense require the use of estimates with respect to the amount and timing of decommissioning expenditures and real interest rates. Actual costs and cash outflows can differ from estimates because of changes in law and regulations, public expectations, market conditions, discovery and analysis of site conditions and changes in technology. Decommissioning liabilities are recognized in the period when it becomes probable that there will be a future cash outflow.

(v) Leases

Management applies judgement in reviewing each of its contractual arrangements to determine whether the arrangement contains a lease within the scope of IFRS 16. Leases that are recognized are subject to further management judgement and estimation in various areas specific to the arrangement.

Where a contract is identified as containing a lease, the Company recognizes a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease obligation on the statement of financial position, as of the date the asset becomes available for use.

The right-of-use assets is measured at cost, comprised of; the initial measurement of the lease liability; the lease payments made at or before the commencement date, net of lease incentives received; the direct costs incurred; and an estimate of the costs to be incurred in restoring the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms of the lease.

The lease liability is measured as the present value of the future lease payments, including; fixed payments, net of incentives received; variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate; amounts expected to be payable under residual value guarantees, the exercise price of a purchase option if there is reasonable certainty the option will be exercised; and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects exercising the option to terminate.

After initial recognition, the right-of-use asset is amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset and the lease term, with the depreciation expense recognized in the statement of profit (loss). The carrying amount of the lease liability is increased to reflect interest on the lease and reduced to reflect the lease payments made.

Amendments to the lease could result in a reassessment or modification of the lease liability and the corresponding right-of-use asset. Such amendments may include, but are not limited to, a change in the lease term, a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset, a change in the amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, a change in future lease payments

F-51

resulting from a change in an index or a rate used to determine those payments, a change in the scope of the lease resulting from the addition or removal of the right to use one or more underlying assets, and a change in the consideration for the lease.

The Company determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised. The Company applies judgement in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the option to renew by considering all relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise the renewal. After the commencement date, the Company reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or change in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise (or not to exercise) the option to renew (e.g., a change in business strategy).

Where the rate implicit in a lease is not readily determinable, the discount rate of lease obligations is estimated using a discount rate similar to HHR’s company-specific incremental borrowing rate. This rate represents the rate that HHR would incur to obtain the funds necessary to purchase an asset of a similar value, with similar payment terms and security in a similar economic environment.

(vi) Share-based compensation

Compensation costs recorded pursuant to share-based compensation plans are subject to the estimated fair values of the awards on the grant date and the estimated number of units that will ultimately vest. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option valuation model to estimate the fair value of options, which requires the Company to determine the most appropriate inputs including the expected life of the options, volatility, forfeiture rates, risk free interest rates and future dividends, which by nature are subject to measurement uncertainty.

(vii) Tax asset valuation and utilization

Tax interpretations, regulations and legislation in the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates are subject to change. The Company is also subject to income tax audits and reassessments which may change its provision for income taxes. Therefore, the determination of income taxes is by nature complex and requires making certain estimates and assumptions. HHR recognizes net deferred tax benefit related to deferred tax assets to the extent that it is probable that the deductible temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future. Assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets requires the Company to make significant estimates related to expectations of future taxable income. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecast cash flows from operations and the application of existing tax laws in each jurisdiction. To the extent that future cash flows and taxable income differ significantly from estimates, the ability of the Company to realize the net deferred tax assets recorded at the reporting date could be impacted.

(viii) Fair value determination

The determination of fair value requires judgement and is based on market information, where available and appropriate. Fair value is best evidenced by an independent quoted market price for the same asset or liability in an active market. However, quoted market prices and active markets do not always exist. In those instances, fair valuation techniques are used. The Company applies judgement in determining the most appropriate inputs and the weighting ascribed to each such input as well as its selection of valuation methodologies. The calculation of fair value is based on market conditions as at each reporting date and may not be reflective of ultimate realizable value.

(ix) Risk management contracts

Derivative risk management contracts are valued using valuation techniques with market observable inputs. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include Black-Scholes option valuation model

F-52

and forward pricing and swap models. The models incorporate various inputs including the credit quality of counterparties, foreign exchange spot and forward rates, volatilities of commodity prices and forward rate curves of the underlying commodity. Changes in any of these assumptions would impact fair value of the risk management contracts and as a result, future net profit (loss) and other comprehensive profit (loss).

(x) Warrant liability

The estimated fair value of the warrant liability depends on judgements regarding several key assumptions including volatility, projected and current share price, risk free rate, as well as likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event, among other considerations. Fluctuations in any of these assumptions could result in material differences in the warrant valuation.

(xi) Contingencies

By their nature, contingencies will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The assessment of contingencies inherently involves the exercise of significant judgement and estimates of the outcome of future events, including estimates and amounts of future cash flows.

(xii) Capitalized general and administrative costs

The Company capitalizes general and administrative costs that are directly related to bringing an asset to a position in which it can be used to generate future economic benefits. Amounts recorded as capitalized general and administrative costs require the use of estimates and judgements and are, by nature, subject to measurement uncertainty.

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently by the Company and its subsidiaries for all periods presented in these Financial Statements.

(a) Basis of consolidation

At December 31, 2021, the Financial Statements included the accounts of HHR and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including Prairie Lights Power GP Inc. and Prairie Lights Power Limited Partnership. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date the Company obtains control and continues to be consolidated until the date such control ceases. Control is achieved when HHR is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Company, using consistent accounting policies. All inter-entity transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation between HHR and its subsidiaries in these Financial Statements. HHR’s operations are viewed as a single operating segment by the chief operating decision maker of the Company for the purpose of resource allocation and assessing performance.

(b) Joint arrangements

HHR conducts some of its oil and gas activities through joint operations. A joint operation is a type of joint arrangement over which two or more parties have joint control and rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities (being those that significantly affect the returns of the arrangement) require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. HHR does not have any joint arrangements that are material to the Company, or that are structured using separate vehicles. In relation to its interests in joint operations, HHR recognizes in the Financial Statements its share of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of the arrangements.

F-53

(c) Revenue recognition

Revenue associated with the sale of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids is measured based on the consideration specified in contracts with customers. Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when, or as, HHR satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to a customer. A good or service is transferred when the customer obtains control of that good or service. The transfer of control of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids coincides with title passing to the customer and the customer taking physical possession. HHR satisfies its performance obligations at a point in time and the amounts of revenue recognized relating to performance obligations satisfied over time are not significant. While the transaction price is variable under the terms of the contract, at the time of delivery, there is only a minimal risk of a change in the transaction price to be allocated to the volume sold. Accordingly, at the point of sale there is not a significant risk of revenue reversal relative to the cumulative revenue recognized and there is no need to constrain any variable consideration. The amount of revenue recognized is based on the agreed upon transaction price, whereby any variability in revenue is related specifically to the Company’s efforts to deliver production. Therefore, the resulting revenue is allocated to the production delivered in the period during which the variability occurs. As a result, HHR’s revenue is recognized in the month of delivery.

(d) Foreign currency translation

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated at the rate of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the year. The corresponding realized and unrealized gains and losses from foreign currency translations are recognized in the consolidated statement of profit (loss).

(e) Financial instruments

Financial derivative instruments

Financial derivative instruments are included in current assets/liabilities except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period, which are classified as non-current assets/liabilities.

The Company has not designated any of its financial derivative contracts as effective accounting hedges, and therefore has not applied hedge accounting, even though the Company considers all commodity contracts to be economic hedges. As a result, all financial derivative contracts are measured at fair value, with any gains and losses recorded in the consolidated statement of profit (loss).

The fair value of a financial derivative instrument on initial recognition is normally the transaction price. Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair values are based on quoted market prices where available from active markets, otherwise fair values are estimated based on market prices at the reporting date for similar assets or liabilities with similar terms and conditions, or by discounting future payments of interest and principal at estimated interest rates that would be available to the Company at the reporting date.

Financial assets and liabilities

HHR’s financial assets and financial liabilities are classified into two categories: Amortized Cost and Fair Value through Profit and Loss (“FVTPL”). The classification of financial assets is determined by their context in HHR’s business model and by the characteristics of the financial asset’s contractual cash flows. HHR does not classify any of its financial instruments as Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income.

At initial recognition, financial instruments are measured at fair value. Measurement in subsequent periods depends on classification of the financial instrument as described below:

• Amortized Cost: Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and long-term debt are measured at amortized cost. The contractual cash flows received from

F-54

the financial assets are solely payments of principal and interest and are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows. The financial assets and financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

• FVTPL: Risk management contract assets and liabilities are measured initially at FVTPL and are subsequently measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of profit (loss) and comprehensive profit (loss).

Impairment of financial assets

Impairment losses are recognized using an expected credit loss model. The Company has adopted the simplified expected credit loss model for its accounts receivable, which permits the use of the lifetime expected loss provision. To measure the expected credit losses, accounts receivable have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and days past due. The Company uses judgement in making these assumptions and selecting the inputs into the expected loss calculation based on past history, existing market conditions and forward looking estimates at the end of each reporting period.

Offsetting

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the consolidated statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

(f) Property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”)

PP&E primarily consists of petroleum and natural gas development and production assets, and is measured at cost less accumulated depletion and depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. These costs include property acquisitions, development drilling, completions, gathering and infrastructure, estimated decommissioning costs and transfers from E&E.

Once technical feasibility and commercial viability has been met, all costs directly attributable to bringing an asset to the location and condition necessary for use are capitalized; this includes cash and non-cash overhead charges associated with staff dedicated to capital projects. Costs of replacing components of equipment are recognized as property, plant and equipment only when they increase the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which they relate. All other expenditures are expensed as incurred. Such capitalized amounts generally represent costs incurred in developing proved and/ or probable reserves and bringing in or enhancing production from such reserves.

The gain or loss from the divestitures of PP&E is recognized in the consolidated statements of profit (loss). In addition, risk-sharing agreements in which the Company cedes a portion of its working interest to a third-party are generally considered to be disposals of PP&E, potentially resulting in a gain or loss on disposition.

Exchanges of assets within PP&E are measured at fair value unless the exchange transaction lacks commercial substance or the fair value of neither the asset received nor the asset given up is reliably measurable. The cost of the acquired asset is measured at the fair value of the asset received, unless the fair value of the asset given up is more clearly evident. Where fair value is not used, the cost of the acquired asset is measured at the carrying amount of the asset given up. The gain or loss on derecognition of the asset given up is recognized in profit (loss).

An asset within PP&E is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the asset) is included in profit (loss) in the period in which the item is derecognized.

F-55

(g) Depletion and depreciation

Development and production costs are accumulated on a CGU basis (“depletion units”). The net carrying value of each depletion unit is depleted using the unit-of-production method by reference to the ratio of production in the year to the related proved plus probable reserves, taking into account estimated future development costs necessary to bring those reserves into production. These estimates are reviewed by independent reserve engineers at least annually. Undeveloped land is not depreciated.

Proved plus probable reserves are estimated annually by independent and qualified reserve evaluators and represent the estimated quantities of petroleum and natural gas which geological, geophysical and engineering data demonstrate with a specified degree of certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs and which are considered commercially producible.

Reserves are the remaining quantities of, petroleum and natural gas from known accumulations estimated to be recoverable from a given date forward. The estimates of reserves are determined from drilling, geological, geophysical and engineering data based on established technology and specified economic conditions. For depletion purposes, relative volumes of petroleum and natural gas production and reserves are converted at the energy equivalent conversion rate of six thousand cubic feet of natural gas to one barrel of crude oil.

For other assets, depreciation is recognized in profit (loss) on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of three years of each part of an item of property and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the term of the lease. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.

(h) Impairment

The Company reviews the carrying value of its PP&E at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s estimated recoverable amount is calculated.

For the purpose of impairment testing, PP&E assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets, known as a CGU. The recoverable amount of a CGU is the greater of its value in use (“VIU”) and its fair value less costs of disposal (“FVLCD”).

FVLCD is defined as the amount obtainable from the sale of an asset or CGU in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, less the costs of disposal or in the case of a lack of comparable transactions, based upon discounted after tax cash flows. The Company calculates FVLCD by reference to the after-tax future cash flows expected to be derived from production of proved plus probable reserves, less estimated selling costs. The estimated after-tax future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. VIU is determined by estimating the present value of the future net cash flows expected to be derived from the continued use of the asset or CGU.

An impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of profit (loss) if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses recognized in respect of CGUs are allocated to reduce the carrying amounts of the assets in the CGU on a pro rata basis.

Impairment losses previously recognized are assessed at each reporting date for any indication that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimate used to determine the recoverable amount and is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depletion and depreciation, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

F-56

(i) Leases

A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. A lease liability is recognized at the commencement date of the lease term as the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at that date. At the commencement date, a corresponding right-of-use asset is recognized at the amount of the lease obligation, adjusted for lease incentives received, retirement costs and initial direct costs. Depreciation is recognized on the right-of-use asset over the lease term. Interest expense is recognized on the lease liability using the effective interest rate method and payments are applied against the lease liability.

(j) Provisions and contingencies

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are measured based on the best estimate of discounted future cash outflows.

Decommissioning obligations

The Company’s activities give rise to dismantling, decommissioning and site disturbance remediation activities. Asset retirement obligation estimates capitalized to PP&E are included in the depletable base. Decommissioning obligations are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the consolidated statement of financial position date. The present value of the estimated obligation is recorded as a liability with a corresponding increase in the carrying amount of the related asset. The obligation is subsequently adjusted at the end period to reflect the passage of time and changes in the estimated future cash flows underlying the obligation. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as accretion costs whereas increases or decreases due to changes in the estimated future cash flows or changes in the real rate are capitalized. Actual costs incurred upon settlement or towards the settlement of the decommissioning obligations are charged against the provision to the extent the provision was established.

Contingencies

Contingent liabilities are disclosed when HHR has a possible obligation arising from a past event and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurence or non-occurence of one or more future events not wholly under its control, or when HHR has a present obligation that arises from past events but is not recognized because it is not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, or the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability. When a contingency is substantiated by confirming events, can be reliably measured and will likely result in an economic outflow, a liability is recognized in the Financial Statements as the best estimate required to settle the obligation.

Contingent assets are only disclosed when the inflow of economic benefits is probable. When the economic benefit becomes virtually certain, the asset is no longer contingent and is recognized in the Financial Statements.

(k) Income taxes

Total income tax expense is composed of both current and deferred income taxes. Current income tax expense is the expected income tax payable on the taxable income for the current year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to income tax payable in respect of previous periods.

Deferred tax is recognized on the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination. Deferred tax is

F-57

measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they are reversed, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to do so, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different taxable entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously. A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income or equity in the period in which the change occurs, depending on where the original deferred tax item was recorded.

(l) Finance expense

Finance expense includes interest expense on borrowings, amortization of debt issue costs, and accretion of decommissioning obligations and office lease provisions due to the passage of time. All borrowing costs are recognized in finance expense using the effective interest method.

(m) Share-based compensation

The Company’s share-based compensation plans are all equity settled awards. Under the Company’s share-based compensation plans, options, performance shares and restricted share units (“RSUs”) are granted to directors, officers, and employees, whereby services are rendered as consideration for equity instruments. The fair value of options, performance shares and RSUs granted is estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes valuation model and adjusted to reflect the number of awards that are expected to fully vest. The compensation cost of the options, performance shares and RSUs is recognized, together with the corresponding increase in contributed surplus, over the vesting period. Upon exercise of the options, consideration paid by the option holders and the value in contributed surplus pertaining to the exercised options are recorded as share capital.

(n) Per share amounts

Basic profit (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing profit (loss) for the period attributable to common shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Profit (loss) attributable to common shareholders is calculated as net profit (loss), adjusted for the impact of any preferred share cumulative dividends earned in the period, as computed on a cash basis.

Diluted profit (loss) per common share is calculated giving effect to the potential dilution that would occur if all outstanding “in-the-money” stock options and RSUs were exercised, all dilutive convertible preferred shares were exercised or converted to common shares, and all dilutive share purchase warrants were exercised. Potential ordinary shares are treated as dilutive when, and only when, their conversion to ordinary shares would decrease earnings per share or increase loss per share from continuing operations.

For HHR options and RSUs, the number of dilutive common shares is determined using the treasury stock method.

For HHR’s convertible preferred shares with cumulative dividends, dividends can be paid in cash or as paid-in-kind (“PIK”) at the Company’s option. IAS 33 Earnings per Share requires the Company to presume that the dividends will be settled in ordinary shares for the purposes of computing diluted earnings per share. As a result, net profit (loss) is increased by the cash value of the cumulative dividends earned in the period, and originally adjusted for in basic earnings per share. The number of dilutive common shares is subsequently determined by adding the weighted average number of preferred shares outstanding, including all paid-in-kind dividends accrued to date, on an as-converted basis.

F-58

For HHR’s warrants with a dilutive impact, net profit (loss) is adjusted by the change in profit (loss) that would result from the conversion of the warrants into common shares. The number of dilutive common shares is determined using the treasury stock method.

(o) Government grants

The Company may receive government grants which provide immediate financial assistance as compensation for costs or expenditures to be incurred. Government grants are accounted for when there is reasonable assurance that conditions attached to the grants are met and that the grants will be received. The Company recognizes government grants in profit (loss) on a systematic basis and in line with recognition of the expense that the grants are intended to compensate. Government grants related to expenses or losses already incurred are recognized in profit (loss) by deducting the grant from its related expense in the period in which it becomes receivable. Government grants related to assets are presented in the consolidated statement of financial position and are amortized into profit (loss) on a systematic basis over the life of the depreciable asset as a reduced depreciation expense.

(p) Future accounting pronouncements

Various amendments to existing standards and new accounting requirements have been released that are effective January 1, 2022. These standards and interpretations have not been applied to the Financial Statements. The Company does not anticipate the new requirements will have a material impact on the Company’s Financial Statements on adoption.

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (“PP&E”)

The following table reconciles movements of PP&E during the period:

(Cdn$ thousands)	Development and Production Assets			Corporate Assets		Right-of-Use Assets		Total
PP&E, at cost:
Balance - December 31, 2019		1,926,486			8,406		3,266		1,938,158
Additions 1		101,361			1,316		—		102,677
Farmout transaction		3,496			—		—		3,496
Balance - December 31, 2020		2,031,343			9,722		3,266		2,044,331
Additions 1		143,170			1,204		3,145		147,519
Dispositions		(51,360	)		—		—		(51,360	)
Balance - December 31, 2021		2,123,153			10,926		6,411		2,140,490
Accumulated depletion, depreciation and impairment
Balance - December 31, 2019		488,234			4,517		735		493,486
Depletion and depreciation		132,859			1,590		735		135,184
Balance - December 31, 2020		621,093			6,107		1,470		628,670
Depletion, depreciation and impairment		125,111			1,481		741		127,333
Dispositions		(24,352	)		—		—		(24,352	)
Balance - December 31, 2021		721,852			7,588		2,211		731,651
Net book value - December 31, 2020		1,410,250			3,615		1,796		1,415,661
Net book value - December 31, 2021		1,401,301			3,338		4,200		1,408,839

¹  Additions for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes non-cash items of $1.2 million related to decommissioning obligation assets and $4.6 million related to share-based compensation (December 31, 2020 - $7.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively).

F-59

At December 31, 2021, an estimated $2.4 billion in future development costs associated with the proved plus probable undeveloped reserves were included in the calculation of depletion (December 31, 2020 – $2.5 billion).

(a) Capitalization of General and Administrative and Share-Based Compensation Expenses

During the year ended December 31, 2021, $4.7 million (year ended December 31, 2020 – $2.3 million) of directly attributable general and administrative expenses and $4.6 million (year ended December 31, 2020 – $1.2 million) of share-based compensation expenses were capitalized to PP&E assets. These amounts directly related to development activities conducted during the period.

(b) Impairment

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company assessed its production and development assets for indicators of impairment and none were noted.

5. DISPOSITION

Years Ended (Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Proceeds from disposition		10,027			—
PP&E after net accumulated depletion and depreciation		(27,008	)		—
Decommissioning liabilities disposed		3,168			—
Loss on disposition		(13,813	)		—

During the year ended December 31, 2021, HHR disposed of certain non-core assets and undeveloped land for gross proceeds of $10.0 million, resulting in a loss on disposition of $13.8 million.

6. BANK DEBT

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Credit facility		106,300		—
Tranche A		—		105,600
Tranche B		—		55,000
Operating		—		3,000
Total bank debt outstanding		106,300		163,600
Bank debt due within one year		—		163,600
Bank debt due beyond one year		106,300		—

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Borrowing base capacity		175,000			125,600
Credit facility		(106,300	)		—
Tranche A		—			(105,600	)
Operating		—			(3,000	)
Operating – guaranteed letters of credit		—			(910	)
Undrawn bank debt capacity		68,700			16,090

On May 31, 2021, the Company amended its existing credit facility. The amended credit facility eliminated the tranche A and tranche B components of the previous facility and extended the maturity date of the bank debt.

F-60

Under the amended credit facility agreement, the aggregate principal borrowing base was increased to $175.0 million, consisting of a $155.0 million revolving syndicated facility and a $20.0 million operating facility. The amended credit facility agreement has a term date of May 31, 2022 and a maturity date of May 31, 2023, with an option to extend for an additional 364 days at the lenders’ discretion.

Under the amended credit facility, borrowing base reviews are subject to re-determination semi-annually as of May 31^st and November 30^th of the respective year. The determination of the borrowing base is made by the lenders at their sole discretion.

On November 13, 2020, the CAD denominated guaranteed letters of credit were transferred to Export Development Canada (“EDC”). As at December 31, 2021, CAD denominated letters of credit held by EDC totaled $13.8 million (December 31, 2020 - $14.6 million). On August 17, 2021, the USD denominated letters of credit were transferred to EDC. As at December 31, 2021, the Company’s USD denominated guaranteed letters of credit, translated into Canadian dollars and held by EDC, totaled $0.9 million (December 31, 2020 - $0.9 million held by the operating facility).

As at December 31, 2021, Hammerhead is compliant with all covenants and cross default clauses stated in the amended credit facility agreement. Covenants include reporting requirements and limitations on excess cash, indebtedness, equity issuances, acquisitions, dispositions, hedging, encumbrances, asset retirement obligations, as well as other standard business operating covenants. The Company is not subject to financial covenants. The lenders have first lien on all of the Company’s assets.

Amounts borrowed under the amended credit facility bear interest at the Company’s option based on the referenced Canadian prime lending rate, plus an applicable margin, or the bankers’ acceptance rate in effect. The applicable rate is determined by the ratio of first lien indebtedness to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization. The amended credit facility also includes standby fees on balances not drawn.

7. TERM DEBT

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
2020 Senior Notes – unsecured 1		152,174			152,174
Redemption of principal		(31,526	)		(31,526	)
Paid-in-kind interest		23,374			8,714
Foreign exchange revaluation 2		(9,275	)		(8,927	)
Total carrying value of long-term debt		134,747			120,435

¹  The 2020 Senior Notes principal value of US$112.0 million was translated at the June 19, 2020 foreign exchange rate of 1.3587.

²  The 2020 Senior Notes are issued in US dollars and are revalued to Canadian dollars at each reporting period, using the period end foreign exchange rate. Changes in the foreign exchange rate will increase or decrease the Canadian dollar liability. The foreign exchange impact is recognized as an unrealized gain or loss in the consolidated statement of profit (loss) each reporting period.

On July 10, 2017, the Company issued US$160.0 million unsecured senior notes due July 10, 2022 through a private placement (the “2017 Senior Notes”). Proceeds net of fees, discounts and costs totaled US$148.0 million.

F-61

The 2017 Senior Notes were carried at amortized cost, net of discounts and debt issue costs of US$12.0 million and C$0.3 million. The 2017 Senior Notes bore interest at 9% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on July 15 and January 15.

On June 19, 2020, the Company amended its existing senior note agreement whereby the holders of the 2017 Senior Notes approved an initial debt redemption of US$48.0 million, reducing the aggregate principal balance owing from US$160.0 million to US$112.0 million (the “2020 Senior Notes”). The maturity date of the 2020 Senior Notes was extended to July 10, 2024 and bears interest at 12% per annum. Under the amended agreement, the Company has the option of paying interest as cash or as paid-in-kind (“PIK”). PIK interest is added to the principal payable balance of the 2020 Senior Notes and is due on maturity. Under the 2020 Senior Notes agreement, the Company was granted an additional debt redemption of US$24.0 million, subject to the receipt of an additional equity draw on the June 2020 Investment Agreement on or before September 30, 2020. On September 29, 2020, the Company received an additional equity investment of $25.0 million and subsequently redeemed US$24.0 million related to the 2020 Senior Notes principal balance on October 10, 2020 for a total cost of US$1.0 dollar.

The June 19, 2020 debt redemption of US$48.0 million related to the 2017 Senior Notes was treated as a debt extinguishment in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, as the debt redemption resulted in substantially different terms and cash flows.

If a change of control or a specified asset disposition occurs, each holder of the 2020 Senior Notes has the right to require the Company to purchase all or any part of the holder’s 2020 Senior Notes for cash, at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest (“the Put Option”). While the Put Option met the definition of an embedded derivative, it is considered to be closely related to the underlying value of the term debt.

There are no maintenance financial covenants; however, there are standard business operating covenants, as well as covenants that may limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt. As at December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all covenants related to the 2020 Senior Notes.

8. LEASE OBLIGATIONS

The Company incurs lease payments related to office facilities in Calgary and Grand Prairie. In the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company signed an amended lease agreement for its Calgary office space, which resulted in a lease modification. The Company has recognized lease liabilities measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments using an incremental borrowing rate for the Calgary and Grand Prairie offices of 4.6% and 7.0%, respectively (December 31, 2020 - 7.0% and 7.0%, respectively).

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Opening balance		3,252			4,774
Additions and modifications		3,145			—
Interest expense		181			286
Lease payments		(1,621	)		(1,808	)
Ending balance		4,957			3,252
Less: current portion		(1,030	)		(1,445	)
Ending balance - long-term portion		3,927			1,807

Variable payments which are not linked to an index relate to property tax. Such items are charged to operating expense and general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of profit (loss) and are immaterial.

F-62

The following table details the undiscounted cash flows of Hammerhead’s lease obligations:

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Less than 1 year		1,256			1,621
1-3 years		1,840			1,575
4-5 years		689			374
After 5 years		1,900			—
Total lease payments		5,685			3,570
Amounts representing interest		(728	)		(318	)
Present value of net lease payments		4,957			3,252

9. DECOMMISSIONING OBLIGATIONS

Decommissioning obligations arise as a result of the Company’s net ownership interests in petroleum and natural gas assets including well sites, processing facilities and infrastructure. The following table provides a reconciliation of the carrying amount of the obligation associated with the retirement of oil and gas properties:

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Balance, beginning of period		31,499			24,345
Obligations incurred		2,590			1,511
Obligations disposed		(3,168	)		—
Change in rates		(1,195	)		5,530
Change in estimates		(182	)		77
Accretion of decommissioning obligations 1		25			36
Balance, end of period		29,569			31,499

¹  Accretion of the decommissioning obligation due to the passage of time is presented within finance expense in the consolidated statement of profit (loss). See note 17.

At December 31, 2021, a key assumption on which the carrying amount of the decommissioning obligations is based includes a risk free rate of 1.68% and an inflation rate of 1.82% (December 31, 2020 – 1.21% and 1.49%, respectively). As at December 31, 2021, the undiscounted and uninflated amount of the estimated cash flows required to settle the obligation is $26.7 million (December 31, 2020 – $27.3 million), which will be incurred over the next 35 years.

10. WARRANT LIABILITY

The following table summarizes the warrants outstanding:

Number of warrants (000’s)	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
2020 Warrants		35,020		35,020
2013 Warrants		6,000		6,000
Total		41,020		41,020

The Company issued warrants in connection with the June 17 and December 8, 2020 investment agreements (the “2020 Warrants”) and the 2013 notes issuance (the “2013 Warrants”). The Company previously issued warrants in connection with the March 27, 2014 investment agreement (the “2014 Warrants”), which were fully exercised in 2020.

F-63

The warrants represent standalone written put options and are classified as a liability rather than equity as the warrants provide for a variable number of shares that could be issued which does not meet the ‘fixed for fixed’ requirement when classifying between debt or equity. The warrants were recorded at fair value upon inception and were net against the initial proceeds as a debt or equity issuance cost. The warrants are reassessed at the end of each reporting period with subsequent changes in fair value recognized through income as a non-cash item.

The warrants are considered a Level 3 financial instrument as the initial and subsequent valuations are based on prices or valuation techniques that are not based on observable market data. The 2020 and 2013 Warrants are valued using the Black-Scholes model, which requires several key assumptions including volatility, projected share price and likelihood of a future liquidity event, among other considerations.

2020 Warrants

On June 17, 2020 and December 8, 2020 the Company entered into investment agreements with affiliates of its shareholders, one of which holds a controlling interest in the Company (collectively the “2020 Investment Agreements” – see note 11) pursuant to which HHR issued under each respective agreement 33.7 million and 1.3 million common share purchase warrants. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at a deemed exercise price equal to $0.25 per share. The 2020 Warrants are exercisable at any point in time before the earlier of: i) the date on which a liquidity event occurs; and ii) the date of an initial public offering.

2014 Warrants

On March 27, 2014, the Company entered into an investment agreement with an affiliate of its controlling shareholder pursuant to which HHR issued 34.3 million Series II preferred share purchase warrants. The 2014 Warrants provided anti-dilution protection in the event HHR raised equity below $2.65 per share down to a floor price of $1.75 per share.

Closing of the 2015 Investment Agreement on June 30, 2015 triggered a right to exercise certain 2014 Warrants for additional Series II preferred shares and reduced the anti-dilution protection of the remaining 2014 Warrants from $2.65 per share to $2.25 per share.

Closing of the 2020 Investment Agreement on June 17, 2020 triggered a right to exercise the remaining 2014 Warrants for additional Series II preferred shares. As a result, all of the remaining 2014 Warrants were exercised on June 17, 2020 for nominal proceeds.

2013 Warrants

On May 1, 2013, the Company issued 6.0 million common share purchase warrants. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to acquire on a cashless exercise basis, provided a liquidity event has occurred, at any time on or before the date that is the earlier of: (i) three years from the date on which a liquidity event occurs; and (ii) ten years from the date of issuance of the warrants, one common share at a deemed exercise price equal to the lesser of: (i) $3.50 per share; and (ii) the liquidity price.

Additionally, immediately prior to the occurrence of a change of control transaction, each warrant will be automatically exercised on a cashless basis for 0.15 common shares per warrant.

F-64

The change in fair value of all warrants during the period is summarized in the following table:

(Cdn$ thousands)	2020 Warrants		2014 Warrants			2013 Warrants			Total
Fair value at December 31, 2019		—		14,621			906			15,527
New warrants issued		10,935		—			—			10,935
Change in fair value		103		(3,404	)		(680	)		(3,981	)
Exercise of warrants		—		(11,217	)		—			(11,217	)
Fair value at December 31, 2020		11,038		—			226			11,264
Change in fair value		151		—			(55	)		96
Fair value at December 31, 2021		11,189		—			171			11,360

11. EQUITY COMMITMENT

(a) June 2020 Equity Commitment

On June 17, 2020, the Company entered into an investment agreement (“the June 2020 Investment Agreement”) with an affiliate of its controlling shareholder. Under the June 2020 Investment Agreement, the Company has agreed to issue up to 600.0 million Series IX first preferred shares and 33.7 million common share purchase warrants, in exchange for aggregate cash proceeds of up to $300.0 million. The preferred shares have been classified as equity.

Under the June 2020 Investment Agreement, draws on the remaining equity commitment are subject to approval of the controlling shareholder and satisfaction of terms and conditions, at any time prior to June 17, 2024. On February 5, 2021 the Company received an additional equity investment of $33.7 million cash proceeds in exchange for the issuance of 67.4 million Series IX first preferred shares.

				(Cdn$ thousands)
						Issue Costs
		Number of Shares (000’s)		Gross Cash Proceeds		Non-cash			Cash			Net Cash Proceeds
June 17, 2020	Initial draw		150,000		75,000		—			(1,125	)		73,875
	Common share warrants 1		—		—		(10,530	)		—			—
September 29, 2020	Second draw		50,000		25,000		—			(14	)		24,986
As at December 31, 2020			200,000		100,000		(10,530	)		(1,139	)		98,861
February 5, 2021	Third draw		67,405		33,702		—			(22	)		33,680
As at December 31, 2021			267,405		133,702		(10,530	)		(1,161	)		132,541

1 The initial valuation of the common share purchase warrants was treated as a transaction cost with all subsequent adjustments to the valuation of the warrants recognized through the consolidated statements of profit (loss).

(b) December 2020 Equity Commitment

On December 8, 2020, the Company entered into an investment agreement (“the December 2020 Investment Agreement”) with an affiliate of one of its shareholders (“the Investor”). Under the December 2020 Investment Agreement, the Company has agreed to issue up to 23.1 million Series IX first preferred shares and 1.3 million common share purchase warrants, in exchange for aggregate cash proceeds of up to $11.6 million. The preferred shares have been classified as equity.

On February 5, 2021, the Company received an additional equity investment of $1.3 million cash proceeds in exchange for the issuance of 2.6 million Series IX first preferred shares. The Investor may be required to invest

F-65

all or a portion of the remaining equity commitment at any time prior to June 17, 2024, subject to further investment made by an affiliate of the controlling shareholder under the June 2020 Investment Agreement.

				(Cdn$ thousands)
				Issue Costs
		Number of Shares (000’s)		Gross Cash Proceeds		Non-cash			Cash			Net Cash Proceeds
December 8, 2020	Initial draw		7,700		3,850		—			(199	)		3,651
	Common share warrants 1		—		—		(405	)		—			—
As at December 31, 2020			7,700		3,850		(405	)		(199	)		3,651
February 5, 2021	Second draw		2,595		1,298		—			—			1,298
As at December 31, 2021			10,295		5,148		(405	)		(199	)		4,949

1 The initial valuation of the common share purchase warrants was treated as a transaction cost with all subsequent adjustments to the valuation of the warrants recognized through the consolidated statements of profit (loss).

12. SHARE CAPITAL

(a) Common shares

Authorized

The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of voting common shares.

Issued and outstanding

The following table summarizes common shares issued and outstanding:

	Number of shares (000’s)			Amount (Cdn$ thousands)
Balance, December 31, 2019		391,159			583,483
Return to treasury 1		(121	)		—
Balance, December 31, 2020		391,038			583,483
Long term retention program		—			527
Exercise of restricted share units		110			265
Balance, December 31, 2021		391,148			584,275

1 Common shares returned to treasury to settle non-recourse loans.

(b) Preferred shares

Authorized

(i) Series I preferred shares

The Company is authorized to issue one non-voting Series I preferred share.

The Series I preferred share is issued to provide the holder with the right to elect a director of the Company. The Series I preferred share does not carry any dividend or liquidation rights and is redeemable at the option of the Company at a price of $1.00 if the holder owns less than 5% of the outstanding common shares of the Company (including all Series II preferred shares calculated on an as-converted basis).

F-66

(ii) Series II preferred shares

The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series II preferred shares, which have voting rights on an ‘as converted’ basis. The Series II preferred shares have preferential rights over the common shares with respect to the distribution of any assets on dissolution, liquidation, or winding-up. If dividends are paid to common shareholders, the Series II preferred shares receive a pari-passu number of dividends as if they had been converted to common shares.

The Series II preferred shares are convertible, at the option of the holder, into common shares of the Company initially at a rate of 1.13208 common share per Series II preferred share, subject to certain adjustments. In the event of a sale of the preferred shares by the holder or a liquidity event or an initial public offering, the Series II preferred shares are automatically converted into common shares.

(iii) Series III preferred shares

The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series III preferred shares, which have voting rights on an ‘as converted’ basis. The Series III preferred shares have preferential rights over the common shares and Series II preferred shares with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of any assets on dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. If dividends are paid to common shareholders, the Series III preferred shares receive a pari-passu number of dividends as if they had been converted to common shares.

Holders of the Series III preferred shares will be entitled to receive a dividend accruing at a rate of 10% per annum, compounded quarterly for the first two years following the date of issuance. HHR issued 40.0 million Series III preferred shares on June 30, 2015, and an additional 48.9 million Series III preferred shares on December 10, 2015. The dividends are only payable if and when declared by the Board of Directors, and any dividends declared can be settled through the issuance of cash or additional Series III shares, at the Company’s option.

The Series III preferred shares plus any accrued share-based dividends are convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time including, without limitation, in connection with a liquidity event or an initial public offering. The conversion price per share is $2.25 plus the amount of all unpaid dividends that have accrued and been compounded thereon, divided by $2.25.

The Series III preferred shares plus any accrued share-based dividends may be purchased by the Company, at the option of the Company, in the event of an initial public offering, and any time after the second anniversary of the issue date at a price equal to the greater of: (i) the accreted value of the Series III preferred shares, plus all unpaid dividends that had accrued on such shares; and (ii) the fair market value if such shares were converted to common shares immediately prior to the purchase date.

(iv) Series IV preferred shares

The Company is authorized to issue one non-voting Series IV preferred share.

The Series IV preferred share is issued to provide the holder with the right to elect a director of the Company. The Series IV preferred share does not carry any dividend or liquidation rights and is redeemable at the option of the Company at a price of $nil if the holder owns less than 5% of the outstanding common shares of the Company (including the Series II preferred shares and Series III preferred shares calculated on an as-converted basis, and assuming exercise or conversion of all then outstanding warrants, convertible equity or other equity-linked securities into common shares at their then applicable exercise or conversion prices).

(v) Series V preferred shares

On August 27, 2017, all of the issued and outstanding Series V preferred shares were automatically converted to common shares at a conversion rate of approximately 1.2 common shares per preferred share, in accordance with the Series V preferred share terms. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 there were no Series V preferred shares outstanding.

F-67

(vi) Series VI preferred shares

The Company is authorized to issue one non-voting Series VI preferred share.

The Series VI preferred share is issued to provide the holder with the right to elect a director of the Company. The Series VI preferred share does not carry any dividend or liquidation rights and upon notice from the Company will be surrendered to the Company for consideration of $1.00 if the holder owns less than 5% of the outstanding common shares of the Company (including the Series II preferred shares and Series III preferred shares calculated on an as-converted basis and assuming exercise or conversion of all then outstanding warrants, convertible equity or other equity-linked securities into common shares at their then applicable exercise or conversion prices).

(vii) Series VII preferred shares

The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series VII preferred shares, which have voting rights on an ‘as converted’ basis. Series VII preferred shares have preferential rights over all other shares of the Company with respect to the distribution of any assets on dissolution, liquidation, or winding-up. If dividends are paid to common shareholders, the Series VII preferred shares receive a pari-passu number of dividends as if they had been converted to common shares.

Holders of the Series VII preferred shares will be entitled to receive a dividend accruing at a rate of 15% per annum, compounded quarterly for the first five years following the date of issuance. HHR issued 33.3 million Series VII preferred shares on November 6, 2018. The dividends are only payable if and when declared by the Board of Directors, and while the 2020 Senior Notes are outstanding, are only payable with the issuance of additional Series VII shares (i.e. non-cash dividend or payment-in-kind dividend). After the 2020 Senior Notes have matured, any dividends declared can be settled with shares or cash, at the Company’s option.

The Series VII preferred shares plus any accrued share-based dividends are convertible to common shares at the option of the holder, at any time including, without limitation, in connection with a liquidity event. The number of shares is determined by using the following formula: (a) the sum of the issue price of the Series VII preferred share (as increased for any compounded dividend not paid in cash) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on such Series VII preferred share at such time, divided by (b) the issue price of such Series VII preferred share.

In the event of an initial public offering the shares are automatically converted to common shares. The conversion ratio is based on a required return, which varies based on the time passed since issuance. The number of common shares issued as a result of an initial public offering conversion may not exceed the maximum amount of common shares issuable assuming the dividends accrued and compounded for 5 years after the share issue date. The number of common shares issued as a result of an initial public offering must be at least as many as would have been obtained assuming the dividends accrued and compounded throughout the period from the issue date to the date of the initial public offering.

The Series VII preferred shares can be repurchased at the Company’s option, at any time, subject to a minimum purchase amount. The purchase price is based on a required return, which varies based on the time passed since issuance.

(viii) Series VIII preferred shares

The Company is authorized to issue one non-voting Series VIII preferred share.

The Series VIII preferred share is issued to provide the holder with the right to elect two directors of the Company. The Series VIII preferred share does not carry any dividend or liquidation rights and upon notice from the Company will be surrendered to the Company for cancellation for consideration of $3.00 if the holder owns less than 20% of the outstanding common shares of the Company (including the Series II preferred shares, Series III preferred shares and Series VII

F-68

preferred shares calculated on an as-converted basis, and assuming exercise or conversion of all of the then outstanding warrants, convertible equity or other equity-linked securities into common shares at their then applicable exercise or conversion prices).

(ix) Series IX preferred shares

The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series IX preferred shares, which have voting rights on an ‘as converted’ basis. The Series IX preferred shares have preferential rights over the common shares and all other preferred shares with respect to the distribution of any assets on dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. If dividends are paid to common shareholders, the Series IX preferred shares receive a pari-passu number of dividends as if they had been converted to common shares.

The Series IX preferred shares are convertible, at the option of the holder, into common shares of the Company initially at a rate of one common share per Series IX preferred share. In the event of an initial public offering, the Series IX preferred shares are automatically converted into common shares.

Issued and outstanding

The following table summarizes preferred shares issued and outstanding:

	Number of shares (000’s)		Amount (Cdn$ thousands)
Series I preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021		one share		one dollar
Series II preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021		100,952		185,093
Series III preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021		88,889		198,945
Series IV preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021		one share		one dollar
Series VI preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021		one share		one dollar
Series VII preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021		33,333		95,539
Series VIII preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021		one share		three dollars
Series IX preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2020		207,700		91,577
Issued in private placement, net of share issue costs (note 11)		70,000		34,977
Balance, December 31, 2021		277,700		126,554
Balance, December 31, 2020		430,874		571,154
Balance, December 31, 2021		500,874		606,131

(c) Per share amounts

The Company uses the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive effect of stock options, RSUs, warrants and convertible preferred shares. Under this method, only “in-the-money” dilutive instruments impact the calculation of diluted profit (loss) per common share.

F-69

The following table outlines the adjustments made to net (loss) profit, in computing the basic and diluted net (loss) profit per common share for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Years Ended (Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Basic
Net (loss) profits		(71,821	)		53,410
Effect of Series VII cumulative preferred share dividends		(21,780	)		(18,844	)
Net (loss) profit attributable to ordinary equity holders - basic		(93,601	)		34,566
Diluted
Net (loss) profit		(71,821	)		53,410
Effect of Series VII cumulative preferred share dividends		(21,780	)		(18,844	)
Effect of 2020 warrant revaluation		—			103
Net (loss) profit attributable to ordinary equity holders-diluted		(93,601	)		34,669

In computing the diluted loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company excluded the effect of all share options, RSUs, warrants and convertible preferred shares as they were anti-dilutive. In computing the diluted profit per common share for the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company excluded the effect of 1.7 million RSUs, 6.0 million warrants and 45.8 million convertible preferred shares as they were anti-dilutive.

The following table outlines the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted net (loss) profit per common share:

Years Ended
Number of shares (000’s)	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic		391,106		391,052
Effect of convertible preferred shares		—		305,460
Effect of share options and RSUs		—		18,317
Effect of common share purchase warrants		—		13,746
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted		391,106		728,575

13. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock options

Options to acquire common shares are granted to officers and employees from time to time under the Company’s Stock Option Plan. Options granted under this plan are to be settled through the issuance of new common shares of the Company and have a maximum term of ten years to expiry. The vesting schedule is determined at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors; however, options typically vest in equal tranches over a four year period starting on the first anniversary of the grant date. Each option granted permits the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at the stated exercise price. The exercise price is equal to the market value of

F-70

the shares on the grant date as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The following table summarizes the change in stock options outstanding:

	Number of options (000’s)			Weighted average exercise price ($/share)
Balance at December 31, 2019		12,890			2.52
Granted		1,183			0.50
Expired		(1,562	)		2.21
Forfeited		(292	)		2.68
Balance at December 31, 2020		12,219			0.50
Expired		(1,339	)		0.50
Forfeited		(177	)		0.50
Balance at December 31, 2021		10,703			0.50

During the year ended December 31, 2021, nil options were issued (year ended December 31, 2020 - 1.2 million at a fair value of $0.24/share using the Black-Scholes pricing model with weighted average assumptions as outlined below).

Years Ended (Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Risk-free interest		—		0.32	%
Expected volatility 1		—		65	%
Expected life (years)		—		3.75
Expected forfeiture rate 2		—		Nil
Expected dividend yield		—		Nil

1 Given the limited trading of shares of the Company, a representative sample of peer group entities was used in order to determine expected share price volatility.

2 Expected forfeiture rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 was nil as all options granted during the year vested immediately.

The following table summarizes information regarding share options outstanding at December 31, 2021:

Exercise price per common share	Number of options outstanding (000’s)		Number of options exercisable (000’s)		Weighted average remaining term (years)
$0.00 - $0.50		10,703		9,902		5.21

Restricted share units

Under the Company’s Restricted Share Unit Plan, RSUs are awarded to officers and employees from time to time. The RSUs granted under this plan are to be settled through the issuance of common shares of the Company and have a maximum term of five years to expiry. The vesting schedule is determined at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors; however, RSUs typically vest in equal tranches over a four year period starting on the first anniversary of the grant date. During the year ended December 31, 2021, HHR granted an annual issuance of RSUs to its officers and employees that is expected to cliff vest on April 1, 2022. Each RSU granted permits the holder to purchase one common share of the Company for $0.01 per share.

F-71

The following table summarizes information regarding RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2021:

	Number of RSUs (000’s)
Balance at December 31, 2019		19,821
Granted		112
Expired		(569	)
Forfeited		(1,091	)
Balance at December 31, 2020		18,273
Granted		43,380
Exercised		(110	)
Expired		(1,693	)
Forfeited		(4,872	)
Balance at December 31, 2021		54,978
Exercisable at December 31, 2021		12,221

Performance shares

Under the Company’s Performance Share Plan, performance shares are directly allocated to directors, officers and employees from time to time at nil cost. Performance shares allocated under this plan vest subject to satisfaction of certain performance and service criteria and are held in escrow to be released when both criteria have been met.

No performance shares have been issued since 2014, and all of the performance shares previously allocated to directors, officers and employees are fully vested. The Company has 2.0 million unallocated performance shares outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Long-term retention program

On June 10, 2016, the Company advanced loans totaling $7.4 million to participating officers and employees on a limited recourse basis by a pledge of common shares of the Company owned by the officers and employees. During the year ended December 31, 2021, $0.5 million in loan principal was settled (year ended December 31, 2020 - $0.3 million). The total value of the loans outstanding as of December 31, 2021 were $5.8 million (December 31, 2020 - $6.3 million).

Share-based compensation expense

The total fair value associated with share options, RSUs, performance shares, and long-term retention awards is recognized over the service period using cliff or graded vesting, resulting in share-based compensation expense as outlined in the following table:

Years Ended
(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Share-based compensation payments		18,658			8,352
Capitalized to developed and producing assets		(4,619	)		(1,197	)
Share-based compensation expense		14,039			7,155

F-72

14. DEFERRED INCOME TAX

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts for income tax purposes. The components of the unrecognized deferred tax asset are as follows:

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
PP&E		(81,924	)		(78,119	)
Decommissioning liability		6,801			7,245
Lease liability		903			416
Share and debt issue costs		(980	)		171
Foreign exchange		(505	)		(910	)
Unrealized loss on risk management contracts		6,004			2,175
Charitable donations		160			145
Non-capital losses		101,621			88,958
Deferred income tax asset not recognized		(32,080	)		(20,081	)
Deferred income taxes		—			—

The deferred income tax provision differs from the expected amount calculated by applying the Canadian combined federal and provincial income tax rate of 23.00% (December 31, 2020 – 23.99%) as summarized in the following table:

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Net (loss) profit before income taxes		(71,821	)		53,410
Statutory income tax rate		23.00	%		23.99	%
		(16,519	)		12,813
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
Share-based compensation		3,229			1,716
Warrant revaluation		22			(955	)
Rate change		(50	)		(586	)
Prior year true-up		1,377			(293	)
Change in unrecognized tax assets		12,000			(13,617	)
Other		(59	)		922
Deferred income tax expense (recovery)		—			—

At December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $441.8 million of non-capital losses which begin to expire after 2034 (December 31, 2020 – $386.8 million). The Company has not recognized a deferred tax asset in relation to these losses because of the uncertainty regarding future taxable profits against which such losses can be offset.

F-73

15. SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Cash Flow Presentation

Changes in non-cash working capital and cash interest transactions are summarized in the following table:

Years Ended
(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Source (use) of cash:
Accounts receivable		(19,134	)		2,993
Prepaid expenses and deposits		(71	)		(634	)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		62,673			(31,126	)
		43,468			(28,767	)
Related to operating activities		6,131			(9,801	)
Related to investing activities		37,337			(18,966	)
		43,468			(28,767	)
Other:
Interest paid		6,433			35,582
Interest received		65			106

16. REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

The Company’s revenue from contracts with customers consists of crude oil and natural gas sales, treating, processing & gathering income and transportation income.

Hammerhead’s crude oil and field condensate, natural gas and natural gas liquids are generally sold under variable price contracts. The transaction price for variable priced contracts is based on the commodity market price, adjusted for quality, location or other factors. Hammerhead is required to deliver nominated volumes of crude oil and field condensate, natural gas and natural gas liquids to the contract counterparty. Each barrel equivalent of commodity delivered is considered to be a distinct performance obligation. The amount of revenue recognized is based on the agreed transaction price and is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied, therefore resulting in revenue recognition in the same month as delivery. Revenues are typically collected on the 25th day of the month following production.

Treating, processing & gathering fees charged to third parties are generally sold under multi-year contracts at fixed fees that vary by volume.

During the year ended December 31, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, transportation income relates primarily to take-or-pay mitigation.

The following table presents the Company’s revenue from contracts with customers, disaggregated by revenue source:

Years Ended
(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Crude oil & field condensate		199,108		125,711
Natural gas		165,957		104,267
Natural gas liquids (“NGL”)		74,778		33,536
Total oil and natural gas revenue		439,843		263,514
Treating, processing & gathering		1,343		954
Transportation income		180		411
Total revenue from contracts with customers		441,366		264,879

F-74

Included in accounts receivable at December 31, 2021 was $43.2 million (December 31, 2020 – $25.5 million) of accrued oil and natural gas sales, which was collected subsequent to year end.

HHR has applied the practical expedient to recognize revenue in the amount to which the Company has the right to invoice. As such, no disclosure is included relating to the amount of transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations and when these amounts are expected to be recognized as revenue.

17. FINANCE EXPENSE

Years Ended
(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Senior Notes
Interest on 2017 Senior Notes		—		9,177
Interest on 2020 Senior Notes - PIK		14,660		8,714
Total Senior Notes interest		14,660		17,891
Interest and fees on bank debt		5,979		16,961
Interest on EDC facility - letters of credit		419		711
Interest on lease obligation		181		286
Amortization of financing costs (discount and debt issue)		—		1,459
Accretion – decommissioning liabilities		25		36
Total finance expense		21,264		37,344

18. OPTIMIZATION FEES

Optimization fees relate to a business improvement project intended to reduce costs and increase efficiencies throughout the Company. The project was initiated in late 2020 through a third party consulting group, and was completed in the fourth quarter of 2021.

19. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FAIR VALUES AND RISK MANAGEMENT

(a) Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The Company classifies fair value measurements using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:

• Level 1 – Values are based on unadjusted quoted prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

• Level 2 – Values are based on inputs, including quoted forward prices for commodities, time value and volatility factors, which can be substantially observed or corroborated in the marketplace. Prices in Level 2 are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date.

F-75

• Level 3 – Values are based on prices or valuation techniques that are not based on observable market data.

As at	December 31, 2021				December 31, 2020
(Cdn$ thousands)	Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value
Financial assets at amortized cost:
Cash		12,239		12,239		6,078		6,078
Accounts receivable		49,433		49,433		30,298		30,298
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:
Risk management contracts		289		289		5,195		5,195
Financial liabilities at amortized cost:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		116,866		116,866		54,193		54,193
Bank debt		106,300		106,300		163,600		163,600
Term debt		134,747		134,747		120,435		120,435
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:
Risk management contracts		26,394		26,394		14,652		14,652
Warrant liability		11,360		11,360		11,264		11,264

Assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgement and may affect the placement within the fair value hierarchy. The Company has estimated the fair value amounts using appropriate valuation methodologies and information available to management as of the valuation dates. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate that value:

• Cash, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and deposits, accounts payable and accrued liabilities - The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

• Bank debt and long-term debt - The bank debt and long-term debt are valued at amortized cost.

• Risk management contracts - The fair value of the risk management contracts are a level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. Inputs to the change in the fair value are disclosed in the note below.

• Warrant liability - The fair value of the warrant liability is a level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Inputs to the change in fair value of the warrant liability are disclosed in note 10.

During the year ended December 31, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, there were no transfers of any financial assets or liabilities between levels.

Risk management contracts are valued using valuation techniques with observable market inputs. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing and swap models using present value calculations and third-party option valuation models. The models incorporate various inputs including the credit quality of counterparties, foreign exchange spot and forward rates, and forward rate curves and volatilities of the underlying commodity. The fair values of the risk management contracts are net of a credit valuation adjustment attributable to risk management contract counterparty default risk or the Company’s own default risk.

(b) Risk Management

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks that arise as a result of its exploration, development, production and financing activities such as:

• Credit risk

• Liquidity risk

F-76

• Market risk

• Currency risk

• Interest rate risk; and

• Commodity price risk

This note presents information about the Company’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Company’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risk and the Company’s management of capital. The Board of Directors oversees management’s establishment and execution of the Company’s risk management framework. Management has implemented, and monitors compliance with risk management policies. The Company’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Company to set appropriate risk limits and controls and to monitor risks and adherence to market conditions and the Company’s activities.

(i) Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises principally from the Company’s accounts receivable from joint operators and oil and natural gas marketers.

Accounts Receivable

All of the Company’s operations are conducted in Canada. The Company’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. All of the Company’s petroleum and natural gas production is marketed under standard industry terms. Accounts receivable from oil and natural gas marketers are normally collected on the 25^th day of the month following production. The Company’s policy to mitigate credit risk associated with these balances is to establish marketing relationships with a number of large purchasers and by entering into sales contracts with only established, credit-worthy counterparties. The Company historically has not experienced any collection issues with its oil and natural gas marketers.

Receivables from joint operators are typically collected within one to three months of the joint venture bill being issued. The Company attempts to mitigate the risk from joint venture receivables by obtaining the partners’ pre-approval of significant capital expenditures. However, the receivables are from participants in the oil and natural gas sector and collection of the balances is dependent on industry factors such as commodity price fluctuations, escalating costs and the risk of unsuccessful drilling. In addition, further risks exist with joint operators as disagreements occasionally arise that may increase the potential for non-collection. The Company does not typically obtain collateral from oil and natural gas marketers or joint operators; however, the Company can withhold its production from joint operators in the event of non-payment.

For the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, HHR had four external customers that constituted more than 10 percent of commodity sales.

As at December 31, 2021, the maximum exposure to credit risk for loans and receivables at the reporting date by type of customer was:

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Oil and gas marketers		43,206		25,688
Joint venture		528		174
GST input tax credit		2,965		1,030
Risk management contracts		—		2,852
Other		2,734		554
Accounts receivable		49,433		30,298

F-77

HHR’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.1 million as at December 31, 2021 (December 31, 2020 – $0.1 million). Based on industry experience, the Company considers its joint interest accounts receivable to be in default when the receivable is more than 90 days past due. When determining whether amounts that are past due are collectible, management assesses the creditworthiness and past payment history of the counterparty as well as the nature of the past due amount.

Risk management contracts

HHR executes with each of its risk management counterparties an International Swap and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement, which is a standard industry form contract containing general terms and conditions applicable to many types of derivative transactions. As of December 31, 2021, all of the risk management counterparties have entered inter-creditor agreements with the Company’s lender to eliminate the need to post any collateral. HHR’s risk management counterparties are all financial institutions that are engaged in similar activities and have similar economic characteristics that, in general, could cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. HHR does not require the posting of collateral for its benefit under its risk management agreements. However, HHR’s ISDA Master Agreements generally contain netting provisions whereby if on any date amounts would otherwise be payable by each party to the other, then on such date the party that owes the larger amount will pay the excess of that amount over the smaller amount owed by the other party, thus satisfying each party’s obligations. These provisions generally apply to all risk management transactions or all risk management transactions of the same type (e.g., commodity, interest rate, etc.), with the particular counterparty.

HHR’s risk management contracts are subject to master netting agreements that create a legally enforceable right to offset by counterparty. The following is a summary of HHR’s financial assets and financial liabilities that were subject to offsetting at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The net asset amounts represent the maximum exposure to credit risk for risk management contracts at each reporting date.

December 31, 2021	Gross Assets (Liabilities)			Amount Offset Gross Assets (Liabilities)		Net Amount Presented
(Cdn$ thousands)
Current:
Risk management contract assets		289			—		289
Risk management contract liabilities		(23,344	)		—		(23,344	)
Long-term:
Risk management contract liabilities		(3,050	)		—		(3,050	)
Net liability		(26,105	)		—		(26,105	)

December 31, 2020	Gross Assets (Liabilities)			Amount Offset Gross Assets (Liabilities)		Net Amount Presented
(Cdn$ thousands)
Current:
Risk management contract assets		5,195			—		5,195
Risk management contract liabilities		(14,652	)		—		(14,652	)
Net liability		(9,457	)		—		(9,457	)

(ii) Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Company addresses its liquidity risk through its capital management of

F-78

cash, working capital, credit facility capacity, equity issuance along with its planned capital expenditure program. As outlined in note 6, at December 31, 2021, the Company had $68.7 million borrowing capacity under the credit facility.

In the next twelve months, HHR’s credit facility will undergo two borrowing base redeterminations. The Company has determined that its current financial obligations, including current commitments (note 21), are adequately funded from the available borrowing capacity and from working capital derived from operations. However, any reduction in the borrowing base could result in a material impact to HHR’s liquidity. Management believes that future funds generated from operations and equity issuances under the investment agreements entered into in 2020 will be sufficient to settle HHR’s financial liabilities.

The following table summarizes timing of cash flows for the Company’s financial liabilities at December 31, 2021:

(Cdn$ thousands)	< 1 Year		1 to 5 Years		Total
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		116,866		—		116,866
Estimated interest on bank debt and letters of credit		4,130		3,165		7,295
2020 Senior Notes and estimated interest		—		180,834		180,834
Risk management contracts		23,344		3,050		26,394
Lease liabilities		1,030		3,927		4,957
Total financial liabilities		145,370		190,976		336,346

Estimated interest rates for future periods related to the credit facility were calculated using the published Canadian prime lending rate, plus an applicable margin and bankers’ acceptance rates in place as at the period end, based on the amended credit facility agreement terms and the Company’s proportion of debt outstanding under each interest option as at December 31, 2021. Estimated interest was computed based on the estimated interest rate and the principal balance outstanding as at December 31, 2021. The existing maturity date in the amended credit facility agreement is May 31, 2023, with an option to extend for an additional 364 days at the lenders’ discretion. Based on historical renewals on an annual basis, the principal balance of outstanding bank debt is not assumed to mature in the next five years.

The contractual maturity analysis assumes that both the principal amount of the 2020 Senior Notes and any PIK interest accrued is outstanding for the full term to maturity on July 10, 2024. Future PIK interest and principal payments have been converted from USD to CAD using the December 31, 2021 foreign exchange rate.

(iii) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as commodity prices, foreign exchange rates and interest rates will affect the Company’s income or the value of the financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposure within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return. For the fair value on the Company’s risk management contracts, see Commodity Price Risk section below.

The Company may use risk management contracts to manage market risks as disclosed below. All such transactions are conducted within risk management tolerances that are reviewed by the Board of Directors.

(iv) Currency Risk

Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in foreign exchange rates. Substantially all of the Company’s petroleum and natural gas sales are

F-79

conducted in Canada and are denominated in Canadian dollars; however, Canadian commodity prices are influenced by fluctuations in the Canada to US dollar exchange rate as global oil prices are generally denominated in US dollars.

The Company is also exposed to currency risk in relation to its 2020 Senior Notes, which are denominated in US dollars. A 10% strengthening (weakening) of the US dollar would have contributed a $13.5 million increase (decrease) to the Company’s net loss before tax for the year ended December 31, 2021 (year ended December 31, 2020 – $12.0 million), resulting from the revaluation of the 2020 Senior Notes.

(v) Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The interest charged on the credit facility fluctuates with floating interest rates. The Company is exposed to interest rate risk related to borrowings drawn under the credit facility.

An increase or decrease in the interest rates by 1% would have increased or decreased interest expense by $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 (year ended December 31, 2020 – $2.4 million).

(vi) Commodity Price Risk

Commodity price risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in commodity prices. Commodity prices for oil and natural gas are impacted not only by the relationship between the Canadian and United States dollars but also worldwide economic events that influence supply and demand.

HHR enters into risk management contracts to manage its exposure to commodity price fluctuations, which have served to protect and provide certainty on a portion of the Company’s cash flows.

The following tables list the fair value of all outstanding risk management contracts by commodity type:

December 31, 2021	Crude Oil			Natural Gas			NGL			Total
(Cdn$ thousands)
Risk management contracts - current asset		276			13			—			289
Risk management contracts - current liability		(13,046	)		(429	)		(9,869	)		(23,344	)
Risk management contracts - long-term liability		(693	)		(2,357	)		—			(3,050	)
Total net liability		(13,463	)		(2,773	)		(9,869	)		(26,105	)
December 31, 2020				Crude Oil			Natural Gas			Total
(Cdn$ thousands)
Risk management contracts - current asset					—			5,195			5,195
Risk management contracts - current liability					(11,954	)		(2,698	)		(14,652	)
Total net (liability) asset					(11,954	)		2,497			(9,457	)

F-80

The following table summarizes commodity risk management contracts outstanding as at December 31, 2021:    

			Total Daily Volume		Weighted Average
Remaining Term	Reference		(bbls/d)		(Price/bbls)
Crude Oil Swaps
Jan 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022		CDN$ WTI		1,000		72.95
Jan 1, 2022 – Jun 30, 2022		US$ WTI		1,000		75.15
Jan 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022		US$ WTI		2,600		66.94
Jan 1, 2023 – Dec 31, 2023		US$ WTI		1,100		65.00
NGL Swaps
Jan 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022		CDN$ OPIS		1,000		27.50
			Total Daily Volume		Weighted Average
Remaining Term	Reference		(MMbtu/d)		(US$/MMbtu)
Natural Gas Swaps
Jan 1, 2022 - Dec 31, 2022		US$ Dawn		30,000		3.50
Jan 1, 2023 - June 30, 2023		US$ Dawn		30,000		3.04

The following tables show the breakdown of realized and unrealized gains and losses recognized by commodity type:    

Year Ended December 31, 2021	Crude Oil			Natural Gas			NGL			Total
(Cdn$ thousands)
Realized loss on risk management contracts		(62,112	)		(23,452	)		(9,843	)		(95,407	)
Unrealized loss on risk management contracts		(1,509	)		(5,271	)		(9,869	)		(16,649	)
Loss on risk management contracts		(63,621	)		(28,723	)		(19,712	)		(112,056	)
Year Ended December 31, 2020				Crude Oil			Natural Gas			Total
(Cdn$ thousands)
Realized gain (loss) on risk management contracts					67,322			(1,201	)		66,121
Unrealized (loss) gain on risk management contracts					(18,758	)		405			(18,353	)
Gain (loss) on risk management contracts					48,564			(796	)		47,768

The Company’s operational results and financial condition are largely dependent on the commodity price received for its oil and natural gas production. Commodity prices have fluctuated widely in recent years due to global and regional factors including supply and demand fundamentals, inventory levels, weather, economic and geopolitical factors.

F-81

HHR manages the risks associated with changes in commodity prices by entering into a variety of risk management contracts. The Company assesses the effects of movement in commodity prices on income before tax. When assessing the potential impact of these commodity price changes, the Company believes a 10% volatility is a reasonable measure. A 10% change in commodity prices would have resulted in the following impact to unrealized gains (losses) on risk management contracts and net income before tax, assuming all other variables, including the Canadian/United States dollar exchange rate, remain constant, for the year ended December 31, 2021:

(Cdn$ thousands)	Increase 10%			Decrease 10%
Crude oil		(17,242	)		17,242
Natural gas		(7,172	)		7,172
NGL		(1,998	)		1,998

(c) Capital Management

Hammerhead’s objective when managing capital is to maintain a flexible capital structure and sufficient liquidity to meet its financial obligations and to execute its business plans. The Company considers its capital structure to include shareholders’ equity, the funds available under outstanding debt agreements, funds from operations and working capital. Modifications to Hammerhead’s capital structure can be accomplished through issuing common and preferred shares, issuing new debt or replacing existing debt, adjusting capital spending and acquiring or disposing of assets, though there is no certainty that any of these additional sources of capital would be available if required.

Hammerhead’s short-term capital management objective is to fund its capital expenditures using primarily funds from operations, noting value-creating activities may be financed with a combination of funds from operations and other sources of capital. Adjusted EBITDA indicates the Company’s ability to generate funds from its asset base on a continuing basis, for future development of its capital program and settlement of financial obligations. Adjusted EBITDA is not a standardized measure and therefore may not be comparable with the calculation of similar measures by other entities.

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Net profit (loss) before income tax		(71,821	)		53,410
Add (deduct):
Unrealized loss on risk management contracts		16,649			18,353
Optimization fees		19,708			670
Share-based compensation		14,039			7,155
Depletion and depreciation		127,333			135,184
Finance expense		21,264			37,344
(Gain) loss on foreign exchange		(350	)		817
Loss (gain) on warrant liability		96			(3,981	)
Gain on debt redemptions of financial liabilities		—			(88,160	)
Loss on asset disposition		13,813			—
Loss on settlement under long term retention program		527			—
Other income, excluding transportation income		(1,022	)		(4,639	)
Adjusted EBITDA		140,236			156,153

Net debt is used to assess and monitor liquidity at a point in time, while net debt to adjusted EBITDA assists the company in monitoring it’s capital structure and financing requirements. Net debt, and net

F-82

debt to adjusted EBITDA are not standardized measures and therefore may not be comparable with the calculation of similar measures by other entities.

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Total bank debt		106,300		163,600
Total term debt		134,747		120,435
Adjusted working capital deficit 1		76,528		26,039
Total net debt		317,575		310,074
Adjusted EBITDA		140,236		156,153
Net debt to adjusted EBITDA		2.26		1.99

1 Adjusted working capital deficit is calculated as current liabilities less current assets, excluding any bank debt classified as current.

20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

All related party transactions occurred in the normal course of operations.

Key management personnel

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company. Hammerhead has determined that the key management personnel of the Company consists of its officers and directors. The following table summarizes compensation paid or payable to key management personnel of the Company:

(Cdn$ thousands)	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Salaries, bonuses, benefits and director fees		4,852		4,101
Share based compensation		9,071		5,259
Total key management compensation		13,923		9,360

During the year ended December 31, 2021, key management personnel were granted an aggregate of 19.5 million RSUs (December 31, 2020 – nil) and nil stock options (December 31, 2020 – 0.6 million stock options with an average exercise price of $0.50 per share).

At December 31, 2021, $5.6 million in limited recourse loans previously advanced to key management personnel remained outstanding (December 31, 2020 - $5.6 million). The loans bear interest at a fixed rate of 1% per annum, which resulted in the receipt of $0.1 million in cash interest received by the Company from key management personnel during the year (December 31, 2020 – $0.1 million).

21. COMMITMENTS

At December 31, 2021, the Company is committed to future payments under the following agreements:

(Cdn$ thousands)	Year 1		Year 2		Year 3		Year 4		Year 5		Thereafter		Total
Office buildings 1		912		912		788		763		763		763		4,901
Firm transportation & processing		94,533		101,171		98,816		87,740		67,357		219,767		669,384
Total annual commitments		95,445		102,083		99,604		88,503		68,120		220,530		674,285

1 Relates to non-lease components and non-indexed variable payments.

F-83

Hammerhead Resources Inc.

Consolidated Financial Statements

As at and for the Three and Nine Months Ended

September 30, 2022

Dated: November 17, 2022

F-84

CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION (UNAUDITED)

As at (Cdn$ thousands)	Note		September 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash		16		6,590			12,239
Accounts receivable		16		64,399			49,433
Prepaid expenses and deposits				3,363			2,751
Risk management contracts		16		7,340			289
Total current assets				81,692			64,712
Property, plant and equipment		4		1,505,254			1,408,839
Risk management contracts		16		1,031			—
Total assets				1,587,977			1,473,551
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		16		111,354			116,866
Current portion of lease obligations		7		814			1,030
Risk management contracts		16		30,022			23,344
Total current liabilities				142,190			141,240
Bank debt		5		107,800			106,300
Term debt		6		77,614			134,747
Non-current portion of lease obligations		7		3,376			3,927
Risk management contracts		16		—			3,050
Warrant liability		9, 16		22,048			11,360
Decommissioning obligations		8		21,108			29,569
Total liabilities				374,136			430,193
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common share capital		11		585,542			584,275
Preferred share capital		11		606,131			606,131
Contributed surplus				95,118			83,704
Deficit				(72,950	)		(230,752	)
Total shareholders’ equity				1,213,841			1,043,358
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity				1,587,977			1,473,551
Commitments		17

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Approved by the Board of Directors,

(signed)	(signed)
Stewart Hanlon	Scott Sobie
Director and Audit Committee Chair	President and Chief Executive Officer

F-85

CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE PROFIT (LOSS) (UNAUDITED)

			Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands, except per share amounts)	Note		2022			2021			2022			2021
REVENUE
Oil and gas revenue		14		206,518			103,047			645,968			300,660
Royalties				(31,728	)		(10,053	)		(81,653	)		(24,066	)
Oil and natural gas revenue, net of royalties				174,790			92,994			564,315			276,594
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS
Realized loss on risk management contracts		16		(28,307	)		(26,707	)		(93,575	)		(59,199	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on risk management contracts		16		44,774			(9,302	)		4,455			(62,887	)
				16,467			(36,009	)		(89,120	)		(122,086	)
OTHER INCOME				380			309			2,560			734
			191,637			57,294			477,755			155,242
EXPENSES
Operating				26,212			21,116			79,789			61,319
Transportation				17,582			15,563			52,481			46,623
General and administrative				4,881			5,361			16,725			14,924
Optimization fees				—			852			—			6,043
Transaction costs		3		16,021			—			16,021			—
Share-based compensation		12		1,055			3,414			8,942			11,282
Depletion and depreciation		4		35,802			28,015			108,766			93,957
Finance		15		6,221			4,779			18,150			15,880
Loss on foreign exchange				5,570			3,536			8,173			271
Loss (gain) on warrant revaluation		9		10,824			(23	)		10,688			90
Loss on debt repayment		6		218			—			218			—
Loss on asset disposition				—			—			—			13,813
Total expenses				124,386			82,613			319,953			264,202
Net profit (loss) and comprehensive profit (loss)				67,251			(25,319	)		157,802			(108,960	)
Net profit (loss) per common share
Basic				0.15			(0.08	)		0.36			(0.32	)
Diluted				0.06			(0.08	)		0.15			(0.32	)

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-86

CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (UNAUDITED)

For the nine months ended (Cdn$ thousands)	Note		September 30, 2022			September 30, 2021
Common share capital
Balance, beginning of period				584,275			583,483
Long term retention program		11		—			527
Exercise of restricted share units		11		1,267			176
Balance, end of period				585,542			584,186
Preferred share capital
Balance, beginning of period				606,131			571,154
Issued in private placement, net of share issue costs		11		—			34,977
Balance, end of period				606,131			606,131
Contributed surplus
Balance, beginning of period				83,704			65,311
Recognized under share-based compensation plans		12		12,668			14,786
Exercise of restricted share units				(1,254	)		(176	)
Balance, end of period				95,118			79,921
Deficit
Balance, beginning of period				(230,752	)		(158,931	)
Net profit (loss)				157,802			(108,960	)
Balance, end of period				(72,950	)		(267,891	)
Total shareholders’ equity, beginning of period				1,043,358			1,061,017
Total shareholders’ equity, end of period				1,213,841			1,002,347

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-87

CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

			Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	Note		2022			2021			2022			2021
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net profit (loss)				67,251			(25,319	)		157,802			(108,960	)
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Unrealized (gain) loss on risk management contracts		16		(44,774	)		9,302			(4,455	)		62,887
Share-based compensation		12		1,055			3,414			8,942			11,282
Depletion, depreciation and impairment		4		35,802			28,015			108,766			93,957
Finance, non-cash		15		2,639			3,752			11,001			10,786
Unrealized loss on foreign exchange				3,530			3,513			5,916			289
Loss (gain) on warrant revaluation		9		10,824			(23	)		10,688			90
Settlement of decommissioning obligations		8		—			—			(123	)		—
Loss on debt repayment		6		218			—			218			—
Loss on asset disposition				—			—			—			13,813
Non-cash settlement under long term retention program				—			—			—			527
Realized foreign exchange loss on debt repayment				5,168			—			5,168			—
Change in non-cash working capital		13		13,425			2,838			(8,699	)		2,900
Net cash from operating activities				95,138			25,492			295,224			87,571
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Drawdown of bank debt				82,000			—			129,500			30,000
Repayment of bank debt				(39,000	)		(8,000	)		(128,000	)		(102,800	)
Repayment of term debt		6		(78,621	)		—			(78,621	)		—
Debt repayment transaction costs		6		(218	)		—			(218	)		—
Issued Series IX first preferred shares, net of issue costs		11		—			—			—			34,977
Proceeds from common shares issued				13			—			13			—
Payment of lease obligations				(260	)		(326	)		(767	)		(1,168	)
Net cash used in financing activities				(36,086	)		(8,326	)		(78,093	)		(38,991	)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”)		4		(77,332	)		(39,606	)		(210,207	)		(70,159	)
Proceeds from asset disposition				—			—			—			10,027
Net change in accounts payable related to the addition of PP&E		13		18,663			18,797			(12,390	)		11,142
Net cash used in investing activities				(58,669	)		(20,809	)		(222,597	)		(48,990	)
Net change in cash				383			(3,643	)		(5,466	)		(410	)
Cash, beginning of period				6,324			9,294			12,239			6,078
Foreign exchange revaluation				(117	)		7			(183	)		(10	)
Cash, end of period				6,590			5,658			6,590			5,658

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-88

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

As at and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021.

1. REPORTING ENTITY

Hammerhead Resources Inc. (“HHR” or the “Company”) is an oil and natural gas exploration, development and production company. HHR’s reserves, producing properties and exploration prospects are located in the Deep Basin of West Central Alberta where it is developing multi-zone, liquids-rich oil and gas plays. The Company conducts certain of its operating activities jointly with others through unincorporated joint arrangements and these condensed interim consolidated financial statements reflect only the Company’s share of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses under these arrangements. The Company conducts all of its principal business in one reportable segment.

The Company is controlled by Riverstone Holdings LLC. The Company’s head office is located at Eighth Avenue Place, East Tower, Suite 2700, 525-8th Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta, Canada, T2P 1G1.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

(a) Statement of compliance

These unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements (the “Interim Financial Statements”) were approved and authorized for issue by the Company’s Board of Directors on November 17, 2022.

The Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) as set out in Part I of the CPA Canada Handbook – Accounting. The Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 34 – Interim Financial Reporting using accounting polices consistent with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

The Interim Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the audited annual consolidated financial statements of HHR as at and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the notes thereto (the “Annual Financial Statements”). The Interim Financial Statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the accounting, estimation and valuation policies described in the Annual Financial Statements. Certain information and disclosures normally required to be included in the notes to the Annual Financial Statements prepared in accordance with IFRS have been condensed or omitted in the Interim Financial Statements. Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to correspond with current period presentation.

(b) Basis of measurement

The Interim Financial Statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for the warrant liability (note 9) and the risk management contracts (note 16), which are measured at fair value.

(c) Functional and presentation currency

The Interim Financial Statements are presented in Canadian dollars (“Cdn$”), which is also the Company’s functional currency. All references to US$ or USD are to United States dollars.

(d) Use of estimates and judgements

The preparation of the Interim Financial Statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

F-89

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future years affected.

Information about significant areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgments in applying accounting policies are outlined in the Annual Financial Statements.

3. BUSINESS COMBINATION

On September 26, 2022, the Company announced that it had entered into a business combination agreement with Decarbonization Plus Acquisition Corporation IV (“DCRD”), an affiliate of Riverstone Investment Group LLC, to form a publicly traded company listed on the NASDAQ. The transaction is expected to close before the end of the first quarter of 2023, subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of necessary regulatory approvals. Transaction costs incurred for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 related to the transaction were $16.0 million.

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (“PP&E”)

The following table reconciles movements of PP&E during the period:

(Cdn$ thousands)	Development and Production Assets			Corporate Assets		Right-of-Use Assets		Total
PP&E, at cost:
Balance - December 31, 2020		2,031,343			9,722		3,266		2,044,331
Additions 1		143,170			1,204		3,145		147,519
Dispositions		(51,360	)		—		—		(51,360	)
Balance - December 31, 2021		2,123,153			10,926		6,411		2,140,490
Additions 1		204,091			1,090		—		205,181
Balance - September 30, 2022		2,327,244			12,016		6,411		2,345,671
Accumulated depletion, depreciation and impairment
Balance - December 31, 2020		621,093			6,107		1,470		628,670
Depletion, depreciation and impairment		125,111			1,481		741		127,333
Dispositions		(24,352	)		—		—		(24,352	)
Balance - December 31, 2021		721,852			7,588		2,211		731,651
Depletion and depreciation		106,732			1,456		578		108,766
Balance - September 30, 2022		828,584			9,044		2,789		840,417
Net book value - December 31, 2021		1,401,301			3,338		4,200		1,408,839
Net book value - September 30, 2022		1,498,660			2,972		3,622		1,505,254

1 Additions for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 are net of non-cash movements of $(8.8) million related to decommissioning obligation assets and include non-cash charges of $3.7 million related to share-based compensation (December 31, 2021 - $1.2 million and $4.6 million, respectively).

At September 30, 2022, an estimated $2.2 billion in future development costs associated with the proved plus probable undeveloped reserves were included in the calculation of depletion (December 31, 2021 – $2.4 billion).

F-90

(a) Capitalization of General and Administrative and Share-Based Compensation Expenses

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, $3.8 million (year ended December 31, 2021 – $4.7 million) of directly attributable general and administrative expenses and $3.7 million (year ended December 31, 2021 – $4.6 million) of share-based compensation expenses were capitalized to PP&E assets. These amounts directly related to development activities conducted during the period.

(b) Impairment

At September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company assessed its production and development assets for indicators of impairment and none were noted.

5. BANK DEBT

(Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Syndicated facility		107,800		106,300
Operating facility		—		—
Total bank debt outstanding		107,800		106,300

The Company’s bank debt is held in a credit facility with a syndicate of lenders. On June 9, 2022, the Company amended its existing credit facility. Under the amended credit facility agreement, the aggregate principal borrowing base was increased to $300.0 million, consisting of a $280.0 million revolving syndicated facility and a $20.0 million operating facility. The amended credit facility agreement has a term date of May 31, 2023 and a maturity date of May 31, 2024, with an option to extend for an additional 364 days at the lenders’ discretion. The total outstanding balance is due on the maturity date.

On December 15, 2022, the aggregate maximum principal amount of the Credit Facility was increased to C$350,000,000, consisting of a C$330,000,000 revolving syndicated facility and a C$20,000,000 operating facility.

Under the amended credit facility, determination of the borrowing base is made by the lenders at their sole discretion, and is subject to re-determinations semi-annually as of May 31st and November 30th of the respective year.

As at September 30, 2022, Hammerhead was compliant with all covenants and cross default clauses stated in the amended credit facility agreement. Covenants include reporting requirements and limitations on excess cash, indebtedness, equity issuances, acquisitions, dispositions, hedging, encumbrances, asset retirement obligations, as well as other standard business operating covenants. The Company is not subject to financial covenants. The lenders have first lien on all of the Company’s assets.

Amounts borrowed under the amended credit facility bear interest at the Company’s option based on the referenced Canadian prime lending rate or the bankers’ acceptance rate in effect, plus an applicable margin or fee, respectively. The applicable margin or fee is determined by the ratio of first lien indebtedness to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization. The amended credit facility also includes standby fees on balances not drawn.

The following are the applicable prime margin and bankers’ acceptance fee:

	Margin on Canadian Prime Rate		Bankers’ Acceptance Fee		Standby Fee
Credit facility		1.75% - 5.25%		2.75% - 6.25%		0.69% - 1.56%

Letters of Credit

The Company has guaranteed letters of credit in both Canadian and US dollars. As at September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company’s Canadian dollar denominated letters of credit were guaranteed through

F-91

Export Development Canada (“EDC”) and totaled $13.8 million. The Company’s US dollar denominated letters of credit were previously guaranteed by the operating facility, but were transferred to EDC on August 17, 2021. As at September 30, 2022, the Company’s US dollar denominated guaranteed letters of credit, translated into Canadian dollars, totaled $1.0 million (December 31, 2021 - $0.9 million).

6. TERM DEBT

(Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
2020 Senior Notes – outstanding principal		120,648			120,648
Principal repayment, net of outstanding PIK interest 1		(44,661	)		23,374
Foreign exchange revaluation 2		1,627			(9,275	)
Total carrying value of long-term debt		77,614			134,747

1 The Company repaid $78.6 million of principal on its 2020 Senior Notes. The repayment is netted with the accumulated PIK interest of $32.1 million. Total accrued unpaid PIK as at September 30, 2022 is $1.8 million.

2 The 2020 Senior Notes are issued in US dollars and are revalued to Canadian dollars at each reporting period, using the period end foreign exchange rate.

The 2020 senior notes agreement (“the 2020 Senior Notes”) has a maturity date of July 10, 2024. The notes bear interest at 12% per annum and provide the option of paying interest as cash or as paid-in-kind (“PIK”). PIK interest is added to the principal balance of the 2020 Senior Notes and is due on maturity.

On September 26, 2022, the Company repaid, at par value, US$59.3 million of principal and accrued interest on its 2020 Senior Notes, reducing the aggregate principal balance outstanding down to US$56.5 million.

The debt repayment was accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, with the transaction costs of $0.2 million related to the settlement recognized as part of the loss on debt repayment. The following table summarizes the calculation of the loss on repayment of the 2020 Senior Notes:

(Cdn$ thousands)
Net carrying amount of 2020 Senior Notes, prior to repayment	78,621
Less principal repaid	(78,621	)
Transaction costs incurred	(218	)
Loss on debt repayment	(218	)

On settlement of US$57.9 million of principal, $5.2 million of the accumulated unrealized loss recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, was reclassed to realized foreign exchange loss on the statement of profit (loss). The realized foreign exchange loss on debt was offset with a $3.2 million realized foreign exchange gain from the settlement of a foreign currency hedge entered into during the three months ended September 30, 2022.

As at September 30, 2022, the Company was in compliance with all covenants related to the 2020 Senior Notes.

7. LEASE OBLIGATIONS

The Company incurs lease payments related to office facilities in Calgary and Grande Prairie. The Company has recognized lease liabilities measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments using an incremental

F-92

borrowing rate for the Calgary and Grande Prairie offices of 4.6% and 7.0%, respectively (December 31, 2021 - 4.6% and 7.0%, respectively).

(Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
Balance, beginning of period		4,957			3,252
Additions and modifications		—			3,145
Interest expense		175			181
Lease payments		(942	)		(1,621	)
Balance, end of period		4,190			4,957
Current portion		814			1,030
Long-term portion		3,376			3,927

Variable payments which are not linked to an index relate to property tax. Such items are charged to operating expense and general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of profit (loss) and are immaterial.

8. DECOMMISSIONING OBLIGATIONS

Decommissioning obligations arise as a result of the Company’s net ownership interests in petroleum and natural gas assets including well sites, processing facilities and infrastructure. The following table provides a reconciliation of the carrying amount of the obligation associated with the retirement of oil and gas properties:

(Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
Balance, beginning of period		29,569			31,499
Obligations incurred		2,201			2,590
Obligations disposed		—			(3,168	)
Settlements 1		(123	)		—
Change in rates		(11,027	)		(1,195	)
Change in estimates		73			(182	)
Accretion of decommissioning obligations 2		415			25
Balance, end of period		21,108			29,569

1 For the period ended September 30, 2022, all obligations were indirectly settled through a government subsidy, whereby third party service providers were reimbursed on behalf of HHR.

2 Accretion of the decommissioning obligation due to the passage of time is presented within finance expense in the consolidated statement of profit (loss). See note 15.

At September 30, 2022, key assumptions on which the carrying amount of the decommissioning obligations is based include a risk free rate of 3.1% and an inflation rate of 1.8% (December 31, 2021 – 1.7% and 1.8%, respectively). As at September 30, 2022, the undiscounted and uninflated amount of the estimated cash flows required to settle the obligation is $29.0 million (December 31, 2021 – $26.7 million), which will be incurred over the next 35 years.

9. WARRANT LIABILITY

The following table summarizes the warrants outstanding:

Number of warrants (000’s)	September 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
2020 Warrants		35,020		35,020
2013 Warrants		6,000		6,000
Total		41,020		41,020

F-93

The Company issued warrants in connection with the June 17 and December 8, 2020 investment agreements (the “2020 Warrants”) and the 2013 notes issuance (the “2013 Warrants”).

The warrants represent standalone written put options and are classified as a liability rather than equity as the warrants provide for a variable number of shares that could be issued, which does not meet the ‘fixed for fixed’ requirement when classifying between debt or equity. The warrants were recorded at fair value upon inception and were net against the initial proceeds as a debt or equity issuance cost. The warrants are reassessed at the end of each reporting period with subsequent changes in fair value recognized through income as a non-cash item.

The warrants are considered a level 3 financial instrument as the initial and subsequent valuations are based on prices or valuation techniques that are not based on observable market data. The 2020 and 2013 Warrants are valued using the Black- Scholes model, which requires several key assumptions including volatility, projected share price and likelihood of a future liquidity event, among other considerations.

The change in fair value of all warrants during the period is summarized in the following table:

(Cdn$ thousands)	2020 Warrants		2013 Warrants			Total
Fair value at December 31, 2020		11,038		226			11,264
Change in fair value		151		(55	)		96
Fair value at December 31, 2021		11,189		171			11,360
Change in fair value		10,691		(3	)		10,688
Fair value at September 30, 2022		21,880		168			22,048

10. EQUITY COMMITMENT

(a) June 2020 Equity Commitment

On June 17, 2020, the Company entered into an investment agreement (“the June 2020 Investment Agreement”) with an affiliate of its controlling shareholder. Under the June 2020 Investment Agreement, the Company has agreed to issue up to 600.0 million Series IX first preferred shares and 33.7 million common share purchase warrants, in exchange for aggregate cash proceeds of up to $300.0 million. The preferred shares have been classified as equity.

As at September 30, 2022, the remaining equity commitment under the June 2020 Investment Agreement was $166.3 million, for which future draws are subject to approval of the controlling shareholder and satisfaction of certain terms and conditions, at any time prior to June 17, 2024.

			(Cdn$ thousands)
					Issue Costs
	Number of Shares (000’s)		Gross Cash Proceeds		Non-cash			Cash			Net Cash Proceeds
As at December 31, 2020		200,000		100,000		(10,530	)		(1,139	)		98,861
February 5, 2021		67,405		33,702		—			(22	)		33,680
As at December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022		267,405		133,702		(10,530	)		(1,161	)		132,541

(b) December 2020 Equity Commitment

On December 8, 2020, the Company entered into an investment agreement (“the December 2020 Investment Agreement”) with an affiliate of one of its shareholders (“the Investor”). Under the December 2020 Investment Agreement, the Company has agreed to issue up to 23.1 million Series IX first preferred shares and 1.3 million common share purchase warrants, in exchange for aggregate cash proceeds of up to $11.6 million. The preferred shares have been classified as equity.

F-94

As at September 30, 2022, the remaining equity commitment under the December 2020 Investment Agreement was $6.4 million. The Investor may be required to invest all or a portion of the remaining equity commitment at any time prior to June 17, 2024, subject to further investment made by an affiliate of the controlling shareholder under the June 2020 Investment Agreement.

			(Cdn$ thousands)
					Issue Costs
	Number of Shares (000’s)		Gross Cash Proceeds		Non-cash			Cash			Net Cash Proceeds
As at December 31, 2020		7,700		3,850		(405	)		(199	)		3,651
February 5, 2021		2,595		1,298		—			—			1,298
As at December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022		10,295		5,148		(405	)		(199	)		4,949

11. SHARE CAPITAL

(a) Common shares

Authorized

The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of voting common shares.

Issued and outstanding

The following table summarizes common shares issued and outstanding:

	Number of shares (000’s)		Amount (Cdn$ thousands)
Balance, December 31, 2020		391,038		583,483
Long term retention program		—		527
Exercise of restricted share units		110		265
Balance, December 31, 2021		391,148		584,275
Exercise of restricted share units		1,339		1,267
Balance, September 30, 2022		392,487		585,542

(b) Preferred shares

Authorized

Refer to note 12 of the Annual Financial Statements for a description of the authorized preferred shares.

F-95

Issued and outstanding

The following table summarizes preferred shares issued and outstanding:

	Number of shares (000’s)		Amount (Cdn$ thousands)
Series I preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022		one share		one dollar
Series II preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022		100,952		185,093
Series III preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022		88,889		198,945
Series IV preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022		one share		one dollar
Series VI preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022		one share		one dollar
Series VII preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022		33,333		95,539
Series VIII preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022		one share		three dollars
Series IX preferred shares
Balance, December 31, 2020		207,700		91,577
Issued in private placement, net of share issue costs (note 10)		70,000		34,977
Balance, December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022		277,700		126,554
Balance, December 31, 2021 and September 30, 2022		500,874		606,131

(c) Per share amounts

The Company uses the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted share units (“RSUs”), warrants and convertible preferred shares. Under this method, only “in-the-money” dilutive instruments impact the calculation of diluted profit (loss) per common share.

F-96

The following table outlines the adjustments made to net profit (loss), in computing the basic and diluted net profit (loss) per common share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022			2021			2022			2021
Basic
Net profit (loss)		67,251			(25,319	)		157,802			(108,960	)
Effect of Series VII cumulative preferred share dividends		(6,469	)		(5,584	)		(18,521	)		(15,985	)
Net profit (loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders - basic		60,782			(30,903	)		139,281			(124,945	)
Diluted
Net profit (loss)		67,251			(25,319	)		157,802			(108,960	)
Effect of Series VII cumulative preferred share dividends		(6,469	)		(5,584	)		(18,521	)		(15,985	)
Net profit (loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders - diluted		60,782			(30,903	)		139,281			(124,945	)

In computing the diluted profit per common share for the three months ended September 30, 2022, the Company excluded the effect of 28.2 million warrants and 59.2 million convertible preferred shares as they were anti-dilutive. In computing the diluted loss per common share for the three months ended September 30, 2021, the Company excluded the effect of all share options, RSUs, warrants and convertible preferred shares as they were anti-dilutive.

In computing the diluted profit per common share for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company excluded the effect of 0.4 million RSUs, 28.2 million warrants and 59.2 million convertible preferred shares as they were anti-dilutive. In computing the diluted loss per common share for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company excluded the effect of all share options, RSUs, warrants and convertible preferred shares as they were anti-dilutive.

The following table outlines the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted net (profit) loss per common share:

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
Number of shares (000’s)	2022		2021		2022		2021
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic		392,309		391,113		391,549		391,102
Effect of convertible preferred shares		500,324		—		500,324		—
Effect of share options and RSUs		75,124		—		65,451		—
Effect of common share purchase warrants		—		—		—		—
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted		967,757		391,113		957,324		391,102

F-97

12. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock options

The following table summarizes information regarding stock options outstanding at September 30, 2022:

	Number of Options (000’s)
Balance at December 31, 2020		12,219
Expired		(1,339	)
Forfeited		(177	)
Balance at December 31, 2021		10,703
Expired		(173	)
Balance at September 30, 2022		10,530
Exercisable at September 30, 2022		10,465

Restricted share units

The following table summarizes information regarding RSUs outstanding at September 30, 2022:

	Number of RSUs (000’s)
Balance at December 31, 2020		18,273
Granted		43,380
Exercised		(110	)
Expired		(1,693	)
Forfeited		(4,872	)
Balance at December 31, 2021		54,978
Granted		30,431
Exercised		(1,339	)
Expired		(246	)
Forfeited		(187	)
Balance at September 30, 2022		83,637
Exercisable at September 30, 2022		60,914

Share-based compensation expense

The total fair value associated with share options and RSUs is recognized over the service period using cliff or graded vesting, resulting in share-based compensation expense as outlined in the following table:

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022			2021			2022			2021
Share-based compensation payments		1,441			4,537			12,668			14,786
Capitalized to developed and producing assets		(386	)		(1,123	)		(3,726	)		(3,504	)
Share-based compensation expense		1,055			3,414			8,942			11,282

F-98

13. SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Cash Flow Presentation

Changes in non-cash working capital and cash interest transactions are summarized in the following table:

	Nine Months Ended September 30,				Three Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022		2021		2022			2021
Source (use) of cash:
Accounts receivable		15,555		622		(14,966	)		(4,600	)
Prepaid expenses and deposits		1,070		1,791		(611	)		(3,275	)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		15,463		19,222		(5,512	)		21,917
		32,088		21,635		(21,089	)		14,042
Related to operating activities		13,425		2,838		(8,699	)		2,900
Related to investing activities		18,663		18,797		(12,390	)		11,142
		32,088		21,635		(21,089	)		14,042
Other:
Interest paid		3,081		937		6,649			4,998
Interest received		6		1		13			6

14. REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

The following table presents the Company’s revenue from contracts with customers, disaggregated by revenue source:

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022		2021		2022		2021
Crude oil & field condensate		100,118		45,131		328,212		138,493
Natural gas		80,307		41,804		231,106		111,294
Natural gas liquids (“NGL”)		26,093		16,112		86,650		50,873
Total oil and gas revenue		206,518		103,047		645,968		300,660
Treating, processing & gathering		369		426		1,105		937
Transportation income		—		8		—		168
Total revenue from contracts with customers		206,887		103,481		647,073		301,765

15. FINANCE EXPENSE

	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022		2021			2022		2021
Interest on 2020 Senior Notes - Cash		1,785		—			1,785		—
Interest on 2020 Senior Notes - PIK		2,478		3,774			10,586		10,853
Total interest on 2020 Senior Notes		4,263		3,774			12,371		10,853
Interest and fees on bank debt		1,721		927			5,143		4,892
Interest on lease obligation		55		40			175		142
Interest on EDC facility - letters of credit		21		60			46		60
Accretion of decommissioning obligations		161		(22	)		415		(67	)
Total finance expense		6,221		4,779			18,150		15,880

F-99

16. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FAIR VALUES AND RISK MANAGEMENT

(a) Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The Company classifies fair value measurements using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:

• Level 1 – Values are based on unadjusted quoted prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

• Level 2 – Values are based on inputs, including quoted forward prices for commodities, time value and volatility factors, which can be substantially observed or corroborated in the marketplace. Prices in level 2 are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date.

• Level 3 – Values are based on prices or valuation techniques that are not based on observable market data.

As at	September 30, 2022				December 31, 2021
(Cdn$ thousands)	Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value
Financial assets at amortized cost:
Cash		6,590		6,590		12,239		12,239
Accounts receivable		64,399		64,399		49,433		49,433
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:
Risk management contracts		8,371		8,371		289		289
Financial liabilities at amortized cost:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		111,354		111,354		116,866		116,866
Bank debt		107,800		107,800		106,300		106,300
Term debt		77,614		77,614		134,747		134,747
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:
Risk management contracts		30,022		30,022		26,394		26,394
Warrant liability		22,048		22,048		11,360		11,360

Assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgement and may affect the placement within the fair value hierarchy. The Company has estimated the fair value amounts using appropriate valuation methodologies and information available to management as of the valuation dates. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate that value:

• Cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities - The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

• Bank debt and term debt - The bank debt and term debt are valued at amortized cost. The amortized costs approximates the fair value of both the bank debt and term debt.

• Risk management contracts - The fair value of the risk management contracts are a level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. Risk management contracts are valued using valuation techniques with observable market inputs. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing and swap models using present value calculations and third-party option valuation models. The models incorporate various inputs including the foreign exchange spot and forward rates, and forward rate curves and volatilities of the underlying commodity. Inputs to the change in the fair value are disclosed in the note below.

• Warrant liability - The fair value of the warrant liability is a level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Inputs to the change in fair value of the warrant liability are disclosed in note 9.

F-100

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, there were no transfers of any financial assets or liabilities between levels.

(b) Risk Management

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks that arise as a result of its exploration, development, production and financing activities such as:

• Credit risk

• Liquidity risk

• Market risk

This note presents information about the Company’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Company’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risk and the Company’s management of capital. The Board of Directors oversees management’s establishment and execution of the Company’s risk management framework. Management has implemented, and monitors compliance with risk management policies. The Company’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Company to set appropriate risk limits and controls and to monitor risks and adherence to market conditions and the Company’s activities.

(i) Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Company’s accounts receivable from joint operators and oil and gas marketers.

Accounts Receivable

As at September 30, 2022, the maximum exposure to credit risk for loans and receivables at the reporting date, by type of customer, was:

(Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Oil and gas marketers		62,239		43,206
Joint venture		324		528
GST input tax credit		1,710		2,965
Other		126		2,734
Accounts receivable		64,399		49,433

HHR’s allowance for doubtful accounts was nominal as at September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Based on industry experience, the Company considers its accounts receivable to be in default when the receivable is more than 90 days past due. When determining whether amounts that are past due are collectible, management assesses the creditworthiness and past payment history of the counterparty as well as the nature of the past due amount.

Risk management contracts

Financial assets and liabilities are only offset if HHR has the legal right to offset and intends to settle on a net basis or settle the asset and liability simultaneously. HHR’s risk management contracts are subject to master netting agreements that create a legally enforceable right to offset by counterparty, where the currency and timing of settlement are the same. The following is a summary of HHR’s financial assets and financial liabilities

F-101

that were subject to offsetting at September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The net asset amounts represent the maximum exposure to credit risk for risk management contracts at each reporting date.

September 30, 2022	Gross Assets (Liabilities)			Amount Offset Assets (Liabilities)			Net Amount Presented
(Cdn$ thousands)
Current:
Risk management contract assets		18,672			(11,332	)		7,340
Risk management contract liabilities		(41,354	)		11,332			(30,022	)
Long-term:
Risk management contract assets		1,985			(954	)		1,031
Risk management contract liabilities		(954	)		954			—
Net liability		(21,651	)		—			(21,651	)

December 31, 2021	Gross Assets (Liabilities)			Amount Offset Assets (Liabilities)		Net Amount Presented
(Cdn$ thousands)
Current:
Risk management contract assets		289			—		289
Risk management contract liabilities		(23,344	)		—		(23,344	)
Long-term:
Risk management contract liabilities		(3,050	)		—		(3,050	)
Net liability		(26,105	)		—		(26,105	)

(ii) Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Company addresses its liquidity risk through its capital management of cash, working capital, credit facility capacity, and equity issuances along with its planned capital expenditure program. At September 30, 2022, the Company had $192.2 million borrowing capacity under the credit facility.

In the next twelve months, HHR’s credit facility will undergo two borrowing base redeterminations. The Company has determined that its current financial obligations, including current commitments (note 17), are adequately funded from the available borrowing capacity and from funds derived from operations. However, any reduction in the borrowing base could result in a material impact to HHR’s liquidity. Management believes that future funds generated from operations and equity issuances under the investment agreements entered into in 2020 will be sufficient to settle HHR’s financial liabilities.

The following table summarizes the timing of cash flows for the Company’s financial liabilities at September 30, 2022:

(Cdn$ thousands)	< 1 Year		1 to 5 Years		Total
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		111,354		—		111,354
Estimated interest on bank debt and letters of credit		7,444		29,776		37,220
2020 Senior Notes and estimated interest		—		93,253		93,253
Risk management contracts		30,022		—		30,022
Lease liabilities		814		3,376		4,190
Total financial liabilities		149,634		126,405		276,039

F-102

Estimated interest for future periods related to the credit facility were calculated using the published Canadian prime lending rate and bankers’ acceptance rate in place as at the period end, plus an applicable margin or fee based on the credit facility agreement terms and the Company’s proportion of debt outstanding under each interest option as at September 30, 2022. The existing maturity date in the credit facility agreement is May 31, 2024, with an option to extend for an additional 364 days at the lenders’ discretion. Based on the Company’s history of renewals on an annual basis, the principal balance of outstanding bank debt is not assumed to mature in the next five years.

The contractual maturity analysis assumes that both the principal amount of the 2020 Senior Notes, and any PIK interest accrued, is outstanding for the full term to maturity on July 10, 2024. Future PIK interest and principal payments have been converted from US dollars to Canadian dollars using the September 30, 2022 foreign exchange rate.

(iii) Market Risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices will affect the Company’s income or the value of its financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposure within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

The Company may use risk management contracts to manage market risks as disclosed below. All such transactions are conducted within risk management policies that are reviewed by the Board of Directors. For the fair value of the Company’s risk management contracts, see the Commodity Price Risk section below.

Currency Risk

Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company’s petroleum and natural gas sales are conducted in Canada and are denominated in Canadian dollars; however, Canadian commodity prices are influenced by fluctuations in the Canada to US dollar exchange rate as global oil prices are generally denominated in US dollars.

The Company is also exposed to currency risk in relation to its 2020 Senior Notes, which are denominated in US dollars. A 10% strengthening (weakening) of the US dollar would have contributed a $7.8 million increase (decrease) to the Company’s net loss before tax for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 (nine months ended September 30, 2021 – $13.2 million), resulting from the revaluation of the 2020 Senior Notes.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Company is exposed to interest rate risk related to borrowings drawn under the credit facility, as the interest charged on the credit facility fluctuates with floating interest rates.

An increase (decrease) in the interest rates of 1% would have increased (decreased) interest expense by $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 (nine months ended September 30, 2021 - $0.9 million).

Commodity Price Risk

Commodity price risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in commodity prices. Commodity prices for oil and natural gas are impacted not only by the relationship between the Canadian and United States dollars but also worldwide economic events that influence supply and demand.

HHR enters into risk management contracts to manage its exposure to commodity price fluctuations, which have served to protect and provide certainty on a portion of the Company’s cash flows.

F-103

The following tables list the fair value of all outstanding risk management contracts by commodity type:

(Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
Crude oil		(2,421	)		(13,463	)
Natural gas		(16,976	)		(2,773	)
NGL		(2,254	)		(9,869	)
Total net liability		(21,651	)		(26,105	)

The following table summarizes commodity risk management contracts outstanding as at September 30, 2022:

Remaining Term	Reference		Total Daily Volume (bbls/d)		Weighted Average (Price/bbls)
Crude Oil Swaps
Oct 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022		CDN$WTI		1,000		72.95
Oct 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022		US$ WTI		4,100		81.16
Jan 1, 2023 – Jun 30, 2023		US$ WTI		1,000		87.00
Jan 1, 2023 – Dec 31, 2023		US$ WTI		1,100		65.00
NGL Swaps
Oct 1, 2022 – Dec 31, 2022		CDN$OPIS		1,000		27.50

Remaining Term	Reference		Total Daily Volume (GJ/d)		Total Daily Volume (MMbtu/d)		Weighted Average (CDN$/GJ)		Weighted Average (US$/MMbtu)
Natural Gas Swaps
Apr 1, 2023 - Sept 30, 2023		CDN$AECO		30,000		—		4.96		—
Oct 1, 2022 - Dec 31, 2022		US$Dawn		—		30,000		—		3.50
Jan 1, 2023 - Jun 30, 2023		US$Dawn		—		30,000		—		3.04
Natural Gas Collar
Oct 1, 2022 - Dec 31, 2022		US$NYMEX		—		55,000		—		5.00 - 14.50
Jan 1, 2023 - Dec 31, 2023		US$NYMEX		—		30,000		—		5.00 - 9.80

The following tables show the breakdown of realized and unrealized gains and losses recognized by commodity type:

Three Months Ended September 30, 2022	Crude Oil			Natural Gas			NGL			Total
(Cdn$ thousands)
Realized loss on risk management contracts		(9,552	)		(15,914	)		(2,841	)		(28,307	)
Unrealized gain on risk management contracts		35,363			4,766			4,645			44,774
Gain (loss) on risk management contracts		25,811			(11,148	)		1,804			16,467
Three Months Ended September 30, 2021	Crude Oil			Natural Gas			NGL			Total
(Cdn$ thousands)
Realized loss on risk management contracts		(17,189	)		(6,213	)		(3,305	)		(26,707	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on risk management contracts		7,005			(11,996	)		(4,311	)		(9,302	)
Loss on risk management contracts		(10,184	)		(18,209	)		(7,616	)		(36,009	)

F-104

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022	Crude Oil			Natural Gas			NGL			Total
(Cdn$ thousands)
Realized loss on risk management contracts		(46,969	)		(36,642	)		(9,964	)		(93,575	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on risk management contracts		11,042			(14,202	)		7,615			4,455
Loss on risk management contracts		(35,927	)		(50,844	)		(2,349	)		(89,120	)
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021	Crude Oil			Natural Gas			NGL			Total
(Cdn$ thousands)
Realized loss on risk management contracts		(40,306	)		(12,854	)		(6,039	)		(59,199	)
Unrealized loss on risk management contracts		(17,637	)		(28,524	)		(16,726	)		(62,887	)
Loss on risk management contracts		(57,943	)		(41,378	)		(22,765	)		(122,086	)

The Company’s operational results and financial condition are largely dependent on the commodity price received for its oil and natural gas production. Commodity prices have fluctuated widely in recent years due to global and regional factors including supply and demand fundamentals, inventory levels, weather, economic and geopolitical factors.

HHR manages the risks associated with changes in commodity prices by entering into a variety of risk management contracts. The Company assesses the effects of movement in commodity prices on income before tax. When assessing the potential impact of these commodity price changes, the Company believes a 10% volatility is a reasonable measure. A 10% change in commodity prices would have resulted in the following impact to the Company’s unrealized gain (loss) on risk management contracts and net income before tax, assuming all other variables including the Canadian dollar to United States dollar exchange rate, remained constant for the nine months ended September 30, 2022:

(Cdn$ thousands)	Increase 10%			Decrease 10%
Crude oil		(11,041	)		11,041
Natural gas		(16,972	)		19,339
NGL		(481	)		481

(c) Capital Management

Hammerhead’s objective when managing capital is to maintain a flexible capital structure and sufficient liquidity to meet its financial obligations and to execute its business plans. The Company considers its capital structure to include shareholders’ equity, the funds available under outstanding debt and equity agreements, funds from operations and working capital. Modifications to Hammerhead’s capital structure can be accomplished through issuing common and preferred shares, issuing new debt, adjusting capital spending and acquiring or disposing of assets, though there is no certainty that any of these additional sources of capital would be available if required.

Hammerhead’s short-term capital management objective is to fund its capital expenditures using primarily funds from operations, noting value-creating activities may be financed with a combination of funds from operations and other sources of capital. Adjusted EBITDA indicates the Company’s ability to generate funds from its asset base on a continuing basis, for future development of its capital program and settlement of financial obligations.

F-105

Adjusted EBITDA is not a standardized measure and therefore may not be comparable with the calculation of similar measures by other entities.

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Cdn$ thousands)	2022			2021			2022			2021
Net profit (loss) before income tax		67,251			(25,319	)		157,802			(108,960	)
Add (deduct):
Unrealized (gain) loss on risk management contracts		(44,774	)		9,302			(4,455	)		62,887
Optimization fees		—			852			—			6,043
Transaction costs		16,021			—			16,021			—
Share-based compensation		1,055			3,414			8,942			11,282
Depletion, depreciation and impairment		35,802			28,015			108,766			93,957
Finance		6,221			4,779			18,150			15,880
Loss on foreign exchange		5,570			3,536			8,173			271
Loss (gain) on warrant liability		10,824			(23	)		10,688			90
Loss on debt redemptions of financial liabilities		218			—			218			—
Loss on asset disposition		—			—			—			13,813
Loss on settlement under long term retention program		—			—			—			527
Other income, excluding transportation income		(380	)		(300	)		(2,560	)		(566	)
Adjusted EBITDA		97,808			24,256			321,745			95,224

Net debt is used to assess and monitor liquidity at a point in time, while net debt to adjusted EBITDA assists the Company in monitoring its capital structure and financing requirements. Net debt and net debt to adjusted EBITDA are not standardized measures and therefore may not be comparable with the calculation of similar measures by other entities.

(Cdn$ thousands)	September 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Total bank debt		107,800		106,300
Total term debt		77,614		134,747
Working capital deficit 1		60,498		76,528
Total net debt		245,912		317,575
Annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA		391,232		180,048
Net debt to annualized quarterly adjusted EBITDA		0.6		1.8

1 Working capital deficit is calculated as current liabilities less current assets.

17. COMMITMENTS

At September 30, 2022, the Company is committed to future payments under the following agreements:

(Cdn$ thousands)	Year 1		Year 2		Year 3		Year 4		Year 5		Thereafter		Total
Firm transportation & processing		98,960		101,075		89,405		76,285		57,766		195,465		618,956
Office buildings 1		912		825		763		763		763		191		4,217
Drilling services		1,392		—		—		—		—		—		1,392
Total annual commitments		101,264		101,900		90,168		77,048		58,529		195,656		624,565

1 Relates to non-lease components and non-indexed variable payments.

F-106

PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under Section 124 of the ABCA, except in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Company to procure a judgment in the Company’s favor, the Company may indemnify a current or former director or officer or a person who acts or acted at our request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Company is or was a shareholder or creditor and the heirs and legal representatives of any such persons (collectively, “Indemnified Persons”) against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by any such Indemnified Person in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative, investigative or other actions or proceedings in which the Indemnified Person involved by reason of being or having been director or officer of the Company, if (i) the Indemnified Person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company, and (ii) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the Indemnified Person had reasonable grounds for believing that such Indemnified Person’s conduct was lawful (collectively, the “Discretionary Indemnification Conditions”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ABCA provides that an Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnity from the Company in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Person in connection with the defense of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action or proceeding in which the Indemnified Person involved by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the Company, if the Indemnified Person (i) was not judged by a court or competent authority to have committed any fault or omitted to do anything that the person ought to have done, and (ii) fulfills the Discretionary Indemnification Conditions (collectively, the “Mandatory Indemnification Conditions”). The Company may advance funds to an Indemnified Person for the costs, charges and expenses of such a proceeding; however, the Indemnified Person must repay the funds if the Indemnified Person does not fulfill the Mandatory Indemnification Conditions. The indemnification may be made in connection with a derivative action only with court approval and only if the Discretionary Indemnification Conditions are met.

A corporation may advance funds to an indemnifiable person in order to defray the costs, charges and expenses incurred by an indemnifiable person in respect of that proceeding, provided that if it is ultimately determined that the payment of expenses was prohibited, the indemnifiable person will repay any amounts advanced.

Subject to the aforementioned prohibitions on indemnification, an indemnifiable person will be entitled to indemnity from the corporation in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action or proceeding in which the indemnifiable person is involved by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the corporation or body corporate, if the person seeking indemnity: (i) was not judged by a court or competent authority to have committed any fault or omitted to do anything that the person ought to have done; and (ii) (a) the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation; and (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the person had reasonable grounds for believing that the person’s conduct was lawful.

As permitted by the ABCA, the Company’s by-laws require the Company to indemnify directors or officers of the Company, former directors or officers of the Company or other individuals who, at the Company’s request, act or acted as directors or officers or in a similar capacity of another entity of which the Company is or was a shareholder or creditor (and such individual’s respective heirs and personal representatives) to the extent permitted by the ABCA. Because the Company’s by-laws require that indemnification be subject to the ABCA, any indemnification that the Company provides is subject to the same restrictions set out in the ABCA which are summarized, in part, above.

II-1

We have entered into agreements with our directors and certain officers (each an “Indemnitee” under such agreements) to indemnify the Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to certain limitations, against all liabilities, costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by an Indemnitee in an action or proceeding to which the Indemnitee was made a party by reason of the Indemnitee being an officer or director of (i) our corporation or (ii) an organization of which our corporation is a shareholder or creditor if the Indemnitee serves such organization at our request.

The Company may also, pursuant to the ABCA, purchase and maintain insurance, or pay or agree to pay a premium for insurance, for each director and officer against any liability incurred by the director or officer as a result of their holding office in the Company or a related body corporate.

SEC Position. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

None.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules

(a) Exhibits.

Exhibit No.	Description of Exhibit
2.1	Business Combination Agreement, dated September  25, 2022 by and among DCRD, Hammerhead, NewCo and AmalCo, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No. 333-267830) filed with the SEC on October 11, 2022.
3.1	Articles of Amalgamation of Hammerhead Energy Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Shell Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.
3.2	Restated Articles of Incorporation of Hammerhead Energy Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to the Company’s Shell Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.
3.3	By-Law No.  1 of Hammerhead Energy Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to the Company’s Shell Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.
4.1	Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement by and among the Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Shell Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.
4.2	Warrant Assignment and Assumption Agreement by and among the Company, DCRD, Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Warrant Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Shell Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.
4.3	Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the holders named therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Company’s Shell Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.

II-2

Exhibit No.	Description of Exhibit
4.4	Amended and Restated Indenture dated June  19, 2020 between Hammerhead, as issuer, Prairie Lights Power GP Inc. and Prairie Lights Power Limited Partnership, as guarantors and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No. 333-267830) filed with the SEC on December 6, 2022.
5.1*	Opinion of Burnet, Duckworth & Palmer LLP.
5.2*	Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP.
10.1	Form of Lock-up Agreement, dated as of September  25, 2022, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No.  333-267830) filed with the SEC on October 11, 2022.
10.2	Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Shell Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.
10.3	Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated June  9, 2022 between Hammerhead, as borrower, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, National Bank of Canada, ATB Financial, Business Development Bank of Canada and Canadian Western Bank, as lenders, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No. 333-267830) filed with the SEC on November 18, 2022.
10.4	Consent and Second Amending Agreement dated December  15, 2022 between Hammerhead, as borrower, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Royal Bank of Canada, ATB Financial, Business Development Bank of Canada and Canadian Western Bank, as lenders and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, a Canadian chartered bank, as Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No. 333-267830) filed with the SEC on December 21, 2022.
10.5†	Hammerhead Energy Inc. Legacy Share Award Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Shell Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.
10.6†	Hammerhead Energy Inc. Legacy Share Option Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Shell Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.
10.7†	Hammerhead Energy Inc. Equity Incentive Award Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Shell Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.
10.8†	Hammerhead Energy Inc. Share Option Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Shell Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.
21.1*	List of subsidiaries of Hammerhead Energy Inc.
23.1*	Consent of Ernst and Young LLP.
23.2*	Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC.
23.3*	Consent of Burnet, Duckworth & Palmer LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.4*	Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2).
23.5*	Consent of McDaniel & Associates Consultants Ltd. with respect to the Hammerhead Resources Inc. reserve reports.
24.1*	Power of Attorney (contained on the signature page of this Registration Statement).

II-3

Exhibit No.	Description of Exhibit
99.1	Reserve Report of McDaniel  & Associates Consultants Ltd. as to reserves of Hammerhead Resources Inc. as of December  31, 2021, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No.  333-267830) filed with the SEC on December 23, 2022.
99.2	Reserve Report of McDaniel  & Associates Consultants Ltd. as to reserves of Hammerhead Resources Inc. as of December  31, 2020, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No.  333-267830) filed with the SEC on December 23, 2022.
99.3	Reserve Report of McDaniel  & Associates Consultants Ltd. as to reserves of Hammerhead Resources Inc. as of December  31, 2019, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No.  333-267830) filed with the SEC on December 23, 2022.
107*	Filing Fee Table

* Filed herewith.

† Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as

II-4

to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(6) To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-5

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Calgary, Province of Alberta, Canada on March 16, 2023.

Hammerhead Energy Inc.
By:	/s/ Scott Sobie
	Name: Scott Sobie
	Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Scott Sobie and Michael G. Kohut as the undersigned’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with the powers of substitution and revocation, for the undersigned and in the undersigned’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto such attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in order to affect the same as fully, to all intents and purposes, as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following person in the capacities indicated on March 16, 2023.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ Scott Sobie Scott Sobie	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	March 16, 2023
/s/ Michael G. Kohut Michael G. Kohut	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	March 16, 2023
/s/ Robert Tichio Robert Tichio	Director	March 16, 2023
/s/ Jesal Shah Jesal Shah	Director	March 16, 2023
/s/ A. Stewart Hanlon A. Stewart Hanlon	Director	March 16, 2023
/s/ J. Paul Charron J. Paul Charron	Director	March 16, 2023
/s/ James McDermott James McDermott	Director	March 16, 2023
/s/ Bryan Begley Bryan Begley	Director	March 16, 2023

II-6

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Hammerhead Energy Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed by the following duly authorized representative in the United States on March 16, 2023.

Puglisi & Associates
By:	/s/ Donald J. Puglisi
	Name: Donald J. Puglisi
	Title: Managing Director

II-7